REFERENCE

SMALL BOAT BLOCKS

BIG BOAT BLOCKS

COMPLEMENTARY
HARDWARE

TRAVELERS &
GENOA LEADS

MAINSAIL
HANDLING
SYSTEMS
HEADSAIL
HANDLING
SYSTEMS
WINCHES

HYDRAULICS

INDEX

ENGLISH

FRANCAIS

DEUTSCH

ITALIANO

ESPAÑOL

POLSKA

We’re in the breakthrough equipment business.
So it stands to reason we think a lot about how breakthroughs happen and how to
compel the next one.
Over the years we’ve noticed they seem to cluster where knowledge meets immediate
need. That’s why, when our products are used in competition, we’re there. To listen and
collaborate—directly with the sailors who’ve just used what we build. There’s nothing
like hearing a trimmer say “What If?” to change the world.
You see, our commitment doesn’t end when you leave the store…or the dock. It begins.
That’s non-negotiable, like our core values:
• Keep the well-being of your people first.
• Make the best products at a fair price.
• Service your customers beyond their expectations.
• Never lose the basic judgment you’ve been taught: your sense of right from wrong.
Good Sailing,
The whole Harken team

Peter Harken
Chairman
Global CEO

Stefano Castagna

Global HR Manager
Executive Committee

Giampaolo Spera
Managing Director
Italy

Bill Goggins

Managing Director USA
Executive Committee

Patrick Rieupeyrout
Managing Director
France

Olaf Harken

Chairman
Vice Global CEO

John Jensen

Global Chief
Financial Officer
Executive Committee

Andy Ash-Vie

Managing Director
United Kingdom

Arthur Mitchel

Corporate Navigator

Matt Malec

Andrea Merello

Adriano Rubinaccio

Vice Managing Director USA Vice Managing Director Italy Director of Operations Italy
Executive Committee
Executive Committee
Executive Committee

Garry Lock

Managing Director
New Zealand

Grant Pellew

Managing Director
Australia

Fredrik Bergström
Managing Director
Sweden

Zofia Truchanowicz
Managing Director
Poland

Catalog Guide
13 Reference

Mastbase Halyard/Over-The-Top/Flip Flop

MKIV Hydraulic

Warranty/Warnings

Snatch/High-Load Snatch

Accessories

Trademarks

TTR2 Air Blocks

Maintenance

Classic Wooden Blocks

Genoa Lead Car

87 Complementary Hardware

204 Winches
Radial
Aluminum

Traveler

Cam Cleats/Accessories

Chrome

Mainsheet

Cam Bases

White

Boom Vang

Stand-Up Bases

Bronze

Outhaul

Accessories

Powered

Cunningham

Self-Contained Sheaves

Mastbase & Cabin Top

Big Boat Sheaves

Spinnaker

High-Load/Narrow/Steering Sheaves

Spinnaker Pole Handling

Small Boat/Midrange Deck Organizers

Backstay Adjuster

Cruising ESP Deck Organizers

Mainsail Reefing

Big Boat Deck Organizers

Electric Components

Self-Tacking Jibs/Staysail

Spinnaker Pole Cars

Digital System Switch

Metric Conversions/Drilling Guide

Stainless Steel Shackles

Aluminum & Stainless Steel

Ball Bearing Replacement Chart

Eyestraps

Stainless Steel, All-Chrome

Rigging Breaking Loads

Folding Padeyes/Padeyes

Bronze

Loading Formulas

Fixed & Removable Padeyes

Smart Valve

Materials & Properties

Soft Attachments

Carbon Fiber

Lead Rings

Handles

GP Jib Leads/
Bolt-Down Fairleads

Service Kits

40 Small Boat Blocks
Carbo Air Blocks
T2
T2 Ratchamatic
29 mm
40 mm
57 mm
75 mm
Ratchet

Halyard Tensioners/Tiller Extension
113 Travelers & Genoa Leads
Dinghy Pinstop Jib Leads
Crossbow Pivoting Self-Tacking
Jib Traveler System
CB Captive Ball Bearing Travelers &
Genoa Lead Cars

Electric & Hydraulic Motors
Rewind
Performa
Electric & Hydraulic

Pedestals
Pedestal Drive Components
Electric Captive Reel
Hydraulic Captive Reel

Cylinders

Fiddle

22 mm Small Boat

Double-pull Cylinders

Small Boat Flip-Flops

27 mm Midrange

Cylinder Blocks & Toggles

16 mm

32 mm Big Boat

Boom Vangs/Boom Angle Indicator

Micro

Windward Sheeting

Grand Prix Cylinders

Classic Blocks

CRX Roller

Valves & Manifolds

Bullet

42 mm Mini-Maxi

MVP-1 & MVP-4 Control Panels

Dinghy

64 mm Maxi

Compact Control Panels/Pump Handles

2.25"

Curved Track

Pumps

Hexa-Cat Bases

T-Track Genoa Lead Cars

Rotary Pumps

Dinghy Vang

Access Rail System

Reservoirs

Wire
65 Big Boat Blocks
Black Magic Air Blocks
57 mm
75 mm

Battcar Systems
Trysail Switch

268 Harken Hoister

Furling Mainsail/Outhaul Systems/
Single Line Reefing/Lazy Jacks

269 Patton Harken Watch

HEADSAIL
HANDLING
SYSTEMS

WINCHES

HYDRAULICS

INDEX

270 Harken Sport
271 Harken Industrial

Carbo Racing Foil

125 mm/150 mm

Small Boat Furling

273 McLube™

Small Boat Underdeck Furling

274 Index

Air Runner Blocks/Crossover

MAINSAIL
HANDLING
SYSTEMS

Power Systems
267 Classic Collection

100 mm
Teardrops/Footblocks

TRAVELERS
& GENOA LEADS

Accessories

T-Track Switch Battcar Systems

173 Headsail Handling Systems

COMPLEMENTARY
HARDWARE

Integral Backstay Adjuster
Locking Cylinders

Midrange/Midrange Hexaratchet

BIG BOAT BLOCKS

239 Hydraulics

13 mm Micro

152 Mainsail Handling Systems

SMALL BOAT BLOCKS

Unipower

Ratchamatic

Two-Speed Mainsheet Systems

REFERENCE

272 Laser® Products

Spinnaker, Staysail & Gennaker

Cruising ESP

MKIV

Stainless Cruising ESP

MKIV Underdeck

Stainless Steel

ESP

Aluminum Megayacht

Electric

© Harken Inc. 2015. All rights reserved. No portion of this catalog may be reproduced
without the express written permission of Harken, Inc. Printed in U.S.A.

Melges 20 fleet © Billy Black

REFERENCE

Worldwide Limited Warranty
COVERAGE. HARKEN warrants that each HARKEN product, when properly
used and maintained, will be free from defects in material and workmanship
from the date of receipt of the product by the final customer. HARKEN products
are covered by two different kinds of warranties, on the basis of the purchaser
and use made of them.
1. The Private Customer Warranty
2. The Professional Customer Warranty
THE LIMITED PRIVATE CUSTOMER WARRANTY. This limited warranty
applies to all Harken products purchased for final use by private
individuals only and installed on boats used exclusively for recreational
purposes. Harken products installed on boats used for any other purpose
or by any other entity are covered by the limited PROFESSIONAL
CUSTOMER WARRANTY. The Owner’s sole and exclusive remedy under
this limited PRIVATE CUSTOMER WARRANTY for original defects in
materials or workmanship of a HARKEN product shall be the repair or
replacement, in HARKEN’s sole discretion, of the defective part or
component, at no charge to the owner of the product.
THE LIMITED PROFESSIONAL CUSTOMER WARRANTY. This limited
warranty applies to all Harken products purchased for final use by or
on behalf of any entity other than a private individual (such as by
corporations, partnerships, competitive race groups, etc.) or installed on
boats used for any purpose other than recreational use, such as for hire,
charter or other professional or commercial events or activities. Such
Professional Customers may include, but are not limited to, America's Cup
Syndicates, international competitive syndicates, racers in transoceanic and
globe-circling events, one-design racers with boats 40 feet and up racing in
major competitive and international competition.
The Owner’s sole and exclusive remedy under this limited PROFESSIONAL
CUSTOMER WARRANTY for original defects in materials or workmanship
of a HARKEN product shall be the repair or replacement, in HARKEN’s sole
discretion, of the defective part or component, in accordance with the terms
of this warranty.
WARRANTOR. For products originally sold in the Unites States, the limited
warranty for the products is supplied by HARKEN, INC.. For products originally
sold in the European Union, the limited warranty for the products is supplied by
the dealer who sold the product through the Harken Distributors in that country.
For products originally sold in the rest of the World, the limited warranty for the
products is supplied directly by the Harken Distributors in that country. When
“HARKEN” is mentioned throughout this Limited Warranty, it refers to the entity
as defined in this paragraph.
OWNER – NON-TRANSFERABLE WARRANTY. This warranty is made by
HARKEN with only the original purchaser of the product and does not extend to
any third parties. The rights of the original purchaser under this warranty may
not be assigned or otherwise transferred to any third party.
WARRANTY TERM. The limited PRIVATE CUSTOMER WARRANTY covers any
original defects in material or workmanship manifested within five (5) years of
the date of receipt of the product by the final customer.
However, the warranty terms under the limited PRIVATE CUSTOMER
WARRANTY for the following products are as indicated below by the date
of receipt of the product by the final customer:
1. Jib Reefing and Furling systems are warranted for seven (7) years.
Hydraulic and Electric Furling systems are warranted for five (5) years.
Electric furling motor, switches, control boxes, and breakers are warranted
for two (2) years.
2. Code Zero furlers and associated fairleads, 2:1 sheave adapters,
snap shackles and thimbles are warranted for three (3) years.
3. Carbo Racing Foils are warranted for three (3) years.
4. Winches and handles, cylinders, valves, pumps, reservoirs, control
panels are warranted for three (3) years. Electric/hydraulic winch motors,
captive reel winches, hydraulic power units, switches, control boxes,
and breakers are warranted for two (2) years.
5. Custom products, pedestals, gearboxes, push buttons, drive shafts,
carbon fiber products, and/or high performance applications of standard
catalog products for extraordinary use applications are warranted for two
(2) years.
6. Harken gloves, sunglasses, and related accessories are warranted for
the period of time and under the conditions noted on their hang tags.
The limited PROFESSIONAL CUSTOMER WARRANTY covers any original
defects in material or workmanship manifested within 12 months of the date
of receipt of the product by the final customer.
NOT COVERED. Neither the limited PRIVATE CUSTOMER WARRANTY nor the
limited PROFESSIONAL CUSTOMER WARRANTY applies to, nor shall HARKEN
Loups is a registered trademark of Yale Cordage

have any liability or responsibility for, damages or expenses relating to defects
caused by misuse, abuse, failure to install, use, maintain, or store the HARKEN
product as specified in the warranty booklet, service booklet, manuals,
catalogue, or other literature available from HARKEN.
Neither the limited PRIVATE CUSTOMER WARRANTY nor the limited
PROFESSIONAL CUSTOMER WARRANTY applies to, and neither HARKEN
shall have any liability or responsibility in respect of, damages or expenses
relating to:
• defects in material or workmanship that did not exist when the product was
first delivered;
• defects in material or workmanship that are manifested outside the
warranty period;
• defects which are not reported to HARKEN within sixty (60) days of discovery;
• a product that has been altered or modified from factory specifications;
• damage or deterioration of cosmetic surface finishes, including cracking,
crazing, discoloration, or fading;
• accidents, misuse, abuse, abnormal use, improper use, lack of reasonable
or proper maintenance or storage;
• installation, wiring, service, or repairs improperly performed or replacement
parts or accessories not conforming to HARKEN’s specifications;
• use exceeding the recommended and permitted limits or loads of the product
and/or the vessel on which the product is installed;
• normal wear or deterioration occasioned by the use of the product or its
exposure to the elements;
• besides HARKEN’s Hoister products used to store watercraft and bicycles, any
use outside, other than or besides normal sailing or sailboat applications;
• ropes, lines, LOUPSTM, buckles, and webbing;
• clear coat finishes on carbon fiber;
• loss of time, loss of use, inconvenience, travel expense, costs related to
procuring any substitute boat, transportation costs, towing costs, any
incidental or consequential damages arising out of the non-use of the boat,
or compensation for inconvenience or loss of use while the boat is being
repaired or otherwise not available, or other matters not specifically
covered hereunder;
• the costs to remove, disassemble, or re-install the product;
• the costs or expenses associated with transporting the product to and from
HARKEN or a HARKEN dealer
• hauling out, storage, and relaunching of the boat on which the product has
been installed, even where this is necessary to carry out the warranty service.
The limited PROFESSIONAL CUSTOMER WARRANTY does not cover, nor shall
HARKEN have any liability or responsibility in respect of, damages or expenses
relating to, the following products and/or components:
• pawls and pawl springs in winches;
• components and gears in titanium;
• washers and spacers;
• winch drum grip;
• ball bearings, roller bearings, thrust bearings;
• winch handles.
PROCEDURE. In the event of a defect covered by this limited warranty, the
Owner shall contact one of HARKEN’s worldwide Distributors (there is a list
of them on the www.harken.com site). If the product was originally sold in
European Union the Owner shall contact the dealer that sold the product. To
obtain warranty service for or replacement of your HARKEN product, your
specific and detailed claim must be reported to and received by HARKEN, in
writing, in accordance with the terms of this warranty and within the applicable
warranty period. Also provide your name, address, phone number, original
sales receipt, a description of the application of the product, and an explanation
of the defect and conditions under which the product was used. If the examination of the product and the warranty claim reveals that the defect is not covered
by this warranty, you will be contacted and advised of the cost of repair of your
product. If you accept this estimate, the product will be repaired outside of
this warranty.
DAMAGES OR OTHER COSTS. Except as expressly provided by this
warranty, HARKEN SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR OTHER COSTS, WHETHER THE CLAIM IS
BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, including but not limited to
any costs, taxes, fees, levies, or other expenses imposed by any location in
which the product was originally sold. The foregoing statements of warranty
are exclusive and in lieu of all other remedies. Some jurisdictions do not allow
the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so this
limitation or exclusion may not apply to you.

13

Worldwide Limited Warranty
DISCLAIMER. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES
ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE, BY STATUTE
OR OTHERWISE, IS HEREBY STRICTLY LIMITED TO THE TERM OF THIS
WRITTEN LIMITED WARRANTY. This Agreement shall be the sole and
exclusive remedy available to the Owner with respect to this product. In the
event of any alleged breach of any warranty or any legal action brought by the
purchaser based on alleged negligence or other tortious conduct by HARKEN,
the Owner’s sole and exclusive remedy will be repair or replacement of
defective materials as stated above. No dealer and no other agent of HARKEN
is authorized to modify, extend, or enlarge this warranty.
APPLICABLE LAW. This warranty is governed by the laws of the State of
Wisconsin for all products originally sold outside European Union. This
warranty is governed by the laws of the Member State of the European Union
where the product was originally sold. The exclusive jurisdiction and venue
for any court action commenced by you under or relating to this limited
warranty or any implied warranty(ies) shall be decided in the Courts of
Waukesha County, Wisconsin or in the competent European Union State
Member Court if the product was originally sold in European Union.

In the event HARKEN prevails in any court action, the claimant shall reimburse
HARKEN for the expenses, including attorney fees and expenses of litigation,
reasonably incurred by HARKEN in defending against such claim.
OTHER RIGHTS. Claimant's acceptance of delivery of the warranted HARKEN
product constitutes acceptance of the terms of this limited warranty. This
warranty gives specific legal rights, and claimant may also have other rights
under the laws of the jurisdiction involved.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This document contains the entire warranty given by
HARKEN in respect of your product and supersedes any and all oral or express
warranties, statements, or undertakings that may previously have been made.
Any and all warranties not contained in this warranty are specifically excluded.
There are no terms, promises, conditions, or warranties regarding your product
other than those contained herein. HARKEN specifically does not authorize any
person to extend the time or scope of this warranty or to create or assume for
HARKEN any other obligation or liability with respect to HARKEN products.
June 2008/112616.1

General Warnings and Instructions

Sailing is an exciting sport that can provide hours of enjoyment for you,
your family, and friends. However, there are risks inherent in the sport,
as well as with the equipment involved, that must be respected in order
to avoid an accident, damage to your vessel, personal injury, or death.

The Breaking Load (BL) is the load at which a product is likely to fail.
It is much higher than the highest load a product should ever experience,
and should not, under any circumstances, ever be considered in selecting
equipment. It is published for informational purposes only.

WARNINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS. You must carefully read, understand,
and follow all of the warnings and instructions provided by Harken in order
to avoid an accident. These warnings and instructions can be found on the
equipment, in its packaging, in our brochures, on our website, or through
our customer service department.

3. Harken hardware and winches shown in the Harken catalog and the
Harken.com website are designed and engineered for use on sailing boats
for normal sailboat applications for rigging. Do not use Harken equipment
for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled
for such use. Aloft rigging and maintenance must be left to rigging professionals only. For non-sailing applications consult the HarkenIndustrial.com
website and consult with experts at Harken regarding product certification
prior to using for human suspension.

HYDRAULIC EQUIPMENT WARNING. Pressurized hydraulic cylinders can
be dangerous and if handled improperly may explode, possibly causing an
accident, damage to your vessel, personal injury or death. Cylinders should
only be serviced by a thoroughly trained and equipped hydraulic technician
following the instructions in the manual.
TRAINING AND EXPERIENCE. Even though Harken equipment appears
simple and easy to operate (as intended by our design), our equipment
should never be used unless you have a sufficient level of training and
experience in sailing in general and with the equipment in particular.
The amount of training and experience depends on a number of factors,
including the size and type of your vessel, the weather conditions, and the
task you are trying to complete. If you have any doubt whatsoever about
your training or experience, please do not use the equipment. Please
contact Harken or seek additional training.
AVOID ACCIDENT & INJURY. Regardless of your skill level, in order to
avoid an accident, damage to your vessel, personal injury, or death:
1. Loads on hardware can be significant, and shock loading from heavy
winds or seas can quickly multiply that load to extremely high levels.
Maximum line diameter is a guide to sheave groove size and not intended
to provide the maximum working load of the block. All persons selecting,
installing, or maintaining Harken gear must be aware and cautious of
such loads.
Select appropriate Harken hardware by using the loading formulas and
charts provided in the Harken catalog or online at www.harken.com.
Always confirm your selection with a rigging professional or contact
Harken directly.
2. Never, under any circumstances, exceed the capacity or Maximum
Working Load (MWL) of any piece of equipment. The maximum working
load may be found in our catalog, on our website, or through our technical
service department. Loads above the MWL can cause the equipment to fail
suddenly and unexpectedly.

14

4. Keep fingers, hands, hair, loose clothing, gloves, and tools away from
moving parts.
5. If you are securing any equipment to the vessel with screws or other
fasteners, be sure you are installing the screw into solid structure, or that
you use anchor bolts, and that the attachment is sufficient to hold the
anticipated load. Otherwise, the screw could become loose over time,
or otherwise fail unexpectedly, resulting in an accident.
6. NYLOCK® nuts must not be used after being removed three times.
When you replace shackles and fasteners, use the correct Harken parts
to maintain the proper strength.
7. Always have all components of your vessel, down to the smallest
pulleys, inspected for wear, corrosion, or deterioration at least yearly,
and replace as necessary.
8. Before manipulating any piece of equipment, be sure that all persons and
objects are clear of the path of movement of all reacting components.
9. As part of your maintenance procedures and to keep your equipment in
optimum working order, frequently flush it with fresh water.
10. Always wear a personal flotation device and/or harness while on board
any vessel, and especially while manipulating equipment.
11. Always be sure all safety equipment and electronics are in good
working order before you set out on your journey.
12. For general boating safety information, visit the maritime organization
in your sailing destination country (such as the United States Coast Guard at
www.uscgboating.org).
Nylok is a registered trademark of Nylok Corporation.

Harken Trademarks
Following is a non-exhaustive list of Harken, Inc. trademarks and registered trademarks in the U.S. and other
countries and the corresponding product.
When using the marks only in the U.S. include the appropriate TM or ® symbol on first use. For non U.S. usage,
do not include the trademark symbols. Instead use a trademark attribute statement as follows: Carbo is a registered
trademark of Harken, Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
The list also includes suggested products. Include the appropriate product after the trademark for the first time it
appears and thereafter the product should appear frequently with the trademark. The products are suggestions and
there may be other words that are equally appropriate.
Remember that trademarks are adjectives and cannot be made plural or possessive.
All Harken, Inc. trademarks need to be given the correct attribution in the credit section of all U.S. and international
publications. For example: Carbo is a registered trademark of Harken, Inc.
The list is updated from time to time. The absence of a trademark or associated product from this list does not
constitute a waiver of Harken, Inc. trademark or other intellectual property right concerning that word or logo.
Registered Trademarks

Product

Air®

block, runner block, foil, sheave

Black Magic

block, Air® block, glove

®

Cam-Matic® cleat
Carbo®

block, racing foil, ratchet block, Ratchamatic® block, fiddle block

Carbo-Cam® cleat
Harken®

blocks, ratchet blocks, traveler cars and track, genoa lead cars, cleats, fairleads,
shackles, padeyes, furling, furling systems, Battcar, Battcar systems

Hexaratchet®

block, sheave

PowerSeat® ascender
Radial Line® winch
Ratchamatic® block
Trademarks Product
T2™

soft-attach block, block, loop block

Bullet™ block
Crossbow™

pivoting self-tacking jib traveler, traveler

Performa winch

Rewind™

winch, Radial Line® winch

UniPower™
winch, Radial Line® winch

Raider II © Scott Norman

15

16

3

4
4
6

4

Metal parts

Winch top

Plastic parts

Apply to bearings

Apply to bearings

Apply to bearings

4
4

Black Magic Air blocks disassembled,
solution on rollers

4

4
5

Cleaning

9
10

7
8

On pawl

On gears

Slider cars only

On balls

Lubrication

Adhesive: 5200. Semi-permanent adhesive. Electric heat gun will not raise temperature enough to break adhesive seal.

Adhesive: Red Loctite®. Semi-permanent adhesive. Can be removed with heat. Electric heat gun will not raise temperature enough to break adhesive seal.

Replace: lock nuts after the third removal.

Anti-seize: Coat stainless fasteners that pass through aluminum blocks with an antiseize compound such as Tef-Gel®.

Adhesive: Blue Loctite®. Temporary adhesive. Can be removed without heating.

Lubricate: winch pawls with a drop of Harken Pawl Oil. Do not grease winch pawls.

Grease lightly: with Harken winch grease.

Lubricate: Dry lubricants such as McLube® Sailkote, dry PTFE, and dry silicon sprays which will not attract dirt may be used on slider cars.

Condition: Use only a single drop of McLube OneDrop™ ball bearing conditioner. Too much oil attracts dirt.

Degrease: Remove grease with degreaser. Harken recommends environmentally friendly citrus degreasers.

Check for wear and corrosion: Check pawls and springs, bearings, gears, and spindles.
Clean: Keep your equipment clean and free-running by frequently flushing with fresh water. Periodically clean with mild detergent and water solution.
Spin sheaves, rotate cams, and roll cars back and forth to distribute soap solution evenly.
Clean: with Scotch Brite® pad on Classic block sideplate and stainless steel strap.

Inspect frequently: shackles and shackle posts for signs of corrosion, cracks, or elongation.
Inspect: lashings and loops for UV damage, wear, or chafe. When replacing loops, lashings, or shackles, use Harken parts to maintain the proper strength.
Inspect frequently: wire terminals, turnbuckle components, toggles, shackles, clevis and cotter pins below and inside drum assembly for signs of loosening, corrosion, or cracks.

Refer to the owner's manual for detailed maintenance instructions.
Over application of grease can cause salt and water deposits to become trapped in
the winch. Clear drain ports of sealants or grease. Lubricate pawls with Harken Pawl
Oil. Do not grease pawls.

2

1

1

1

Inspection

12
13

On socket bolt

On foil screws Cruising
On foil screws MKIV

On Cruising foil
clamp screws

On bolts

11
13
11
14
15

On cam screws

11

12

11

Fasteners

McLube is a registered trademark of McGee Industries, Inc. Loctite is a registered trademark of Henkel AG & Company KGaA. Scotch Brite is a registered trademark of 3M Company. Tef-Gel is a registered trademark of Ultra Safety Systems, Inc.

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

4

2
3

1

Winches

Furling

Travelers
and Battcars

Refer to the owner's manual for detailed maintenance instructions.

Big Boat bearings are resistant to deformation, but we recommend releasing heavy
loads on any hardware when not in use.

Big Boat
Blocks

Cams

Tape cotter rings to prevent snagging. Do not leave heavy loads on blocks when not
in use as this may slightly deform the bearings. Normally bearings will return to their
proper shape after rotation, but an initial resistance to rolling may be felt.

General Information

Small Boat and
Midrange Blocks

Product

Always flush frequently with fresh water and periodically inspect all products for damage.
Do not let deck hardware come in contact with teak cleaner or other caustic solutions as this causes discoloration and damage to the finish.

Harken equipment is designed for minimal maintenance. However, some upkeep is required to give the best service and comply with the Harken limited warranty. Harken installation
manuals are available at no charge online at www.harken.com or by contacting a Harken dealer.

Maintenance

Genoa Lead Cars
Part numbers represent hardware most commonly used.

A

B

Typical boat length:
Small Boat: 6.7 - 8.5 m (22 - 28')
Midrange: 8.8 - 10.4 m (29 - 34')
Big Boat:
10.7 - 12.8 m (35 - 42')
Diagram
Ref. Description

C

Small Boat
Part No.

Midrange
Part No.

Big Boat
Part No.

G226S
6106
2751

G276S
6091
R27

G326S
6093
R32

G226S
2751
G222B
2740
2720
6091
E2200
350
365

G276S
R27
G273B
E2750
R27
3220
E2700
2644
150

G326S
R32
G323B
E3250
R32
3234
E3200
6106
280

G2227B
2740
2720
E2200
350
365

G2737B
1632
R27
E2700
2644
150

G3247B
3169
R32
E3200
6106
150

Barberhauler: change to G272B

Pinstop Slider:
A pinstop
slider car on ball bearing track is recommended
Barberhauler:
change
to G272B
for cruising boats that might upgrade to adjustable ball bearing cars.

Pinstop Slider
A
B
C

Lead car
Cheek
Track

Multi-Track
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I

Lead car
Track
Lead car
End control
Track
Footblock
Endstop
Cheek
Cam cleat

C

D

A

F
G

E

B

H
I

Multi-Track: Use an adjustable car for the #1 and #2 genoas. Use a pinstop car
for the #3 and #4 jibs. Adjust the forward car with a pinstop slider.

Barbarhauler
A
B
C
D
E
F

Lead car
End control
Track
Endstop
Cheek
Cam cleat

A

B

Beachcat Jib Controls
Multihulls
A
B
C
D

Single
Single
Cheek
Cam cleat

D

C
2.4 - 4.3 m
(8 - 14')
348
2611
350
468

4.6 - 6.4 m
(15 - 21')
2636
2628
2644
150




2758.1.1M.50
2149
404
416
2698
240











E
F

Barbarhauler: Use this low-profile system on racing boats with nonoverlapping
jibs like the Farr® 40 and One Design 35. An inhaul is used to control slot size.

Crossbow
A
B
C
D
E
F

Crossbow
Single
Single
Cheek
Single
Cam Base

A
C

B

D
Beachcat Jib Controls: This jib traveler is used to haul the jib sheet block outboard
old
for slot adjustment on multihulls up to 6.4 m (21').

D

C

E
B

A
F

Crossbow: The Crossbow is a self-tacking jib system designed for high-performance
dinghies, skiffs, and catamarans under 6 m (20').

Farr is a registered trademark of Bruce K Farr.

17

Traveler
Part numbers represent hardware most commonly used.

A

C

Standard boat length*:
Small Boat: 6.7 - 8.5 m (22 - 28')
Midrange: 8.8 - 10.4 m (29 - 34')
Big Boat:
10.7 - 12.8 m (35 - 42')

B
2:1
2:1 Cam on Car: This system features cleats on adjustable arms that can be angled.
On flush-deck boats, face cleats down the length of the track. On boats with seat
backs, angle the cleats forward or aft.

*Refer to Ordering Mainsail Travelers for in-depth
specifications by boat type.
Diagram
Ref. Description

Small Boat
Part No.

Midrange
Part No.

Big Boat
Part No.

2734
2720
073





2745
2746
2740
2720

1635
1636
1631
R27






1635
1631
R27

3177
3168
R32

2728
137
2720
150







2731
348
2743
2720

T2731B

E2756
R27

T3231B

E3256
R32

2727
342
2743
2720

T2742B

E2756
R27

T3242B

E3256
R32




T3222B.HL
E3230.HL
46.2STA
R32

Traveler
Track
Eyestrap

A

B

2:1 Cam on Car
A
B
C

C

C

3:1

3:1 Windward Sheeting
A

Traveler

B
C

End control
Track

A

B

Traveler
End control
Track

C

4:1

4:1 Windward Sheeting
A
B
C

B

Windward Sheeting: The windward sheeting traveler lets crew pull the car above
the centerline without releasing the leeward control line. Tack and the car stays
in the same position, ready to be pulled to the new windward side.

2:1 Remote Cleat
A
B
C
D

Traveler
Eyestrap
Track
Cam cleat

A

B
C

Standard 3:1
A
B
C
D

Traveler
Control block
End control
Track

Standard 4:1
A
B
C
D

Traveler
Control block
End control
Track

2:1
D

D

2:1 Remote Cleat: Use this 2:1 system on flush-deck boats like the J/24 where
crew sit outboard of the traveler and loads are nearly vertical.

B

C

2:1 with Dedicated Winch
A
B
C
D

Traveler
End control
Winch
Track




B

B

A

C
D

3:1

Standard 3:1: This system, with cleats on the track, is used on boats
under 10.7 m (35').

C

B
D

A

4:1

C

B
D

Standard 4:1: This 4:1 system is used on moderately-sized cruising and racing boats.
Control blocks and cleats mount on track ends.

B

B
D

A
2:1

C

C

2:1 with Dedicated Winch: Install this system on big boats when winches are used
to adjust the traveler.

18

Traveler
Part numbers represent hardware most commonly used.
Standard boat length*:
Small Boat: 6.7 - 8.5 m (22 - 28')
Midrange: 8.8 - 10.4 m (29 - 34')
Big Boat:
10.7 - 12.8 m (35 - 42')

Small Boat Midrange
Part No.
Part No.

C
D

A
4:1

E

*Refer to Ordering Mainsail Travelers for in-depth
specifications by boat type.
Diagram
Ref. Description

B

B

C

E

4:1 Remote Cleat: If the traveler is mounted ahead of the companionway,
place the cleats at the aft-edge of the cabin house.
Big Boat
Part No.

4:1 Remote Cleat
A
B
C
D
E

Traveler
Control block
End control
Track
Cam cleat

2727
342
2742
2720
150

T2742B

E2750
R27
150
365

T3242B

E3250
R32
150

2727
341
220
150

2720

T2703B
2637
220
150
365
R27

T3203B
2601
223
150

R32















T3203B.HL
R32
3215
2605
2604
222
150
627











T3242B
E3250HB
R32HB
1849
1986
458

3:1

D
C

D

A

B

C

B

3:1 Remote Cleat
A
B
C
D

Traveler
Control block
Upright block
Cam cleat

E

Track

E
3:1 Remote Cleat: When the crew sits above the traveler, lead control lines
up the cockpit sides to a convenient cleat on the coaming.

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

Traveler
Track
Single
Triple
Triple
Upright block
Cam cleat
Padeye
Traveler
End control
Track
Track riser
Halyard lead block
Cam cleat

F

G

F

F
H
E

4:1 Dodger Block
A
B
C
D
E
F

F

G

Underdeck Traveler Control

E
6:1

D

D
A

C

C
B

Underdeck Traveler Control: Racing boats often keep decks clean by running the
traveler tackle belowdeck. This system has a 6:1 purchase that exits at a central
control pod forward of the wheel or tiller, which allows the mainsheet trimmer
to easily adjust the traveler. Popular on boats like the Farr® 40.

A

B

B
C

D

F
D

4:1

E

E
F

F

4:1 Dodger: This system works well with a dodger.

Farr is a registered trademark of Bruce K Farr.

19

Mainsheet
Part numbers represent hardware most commonly used.
4:1

Typical boat length:
Small Boat: 6.7 - 8.5 m (22 - 28')
Midrange: 8.8 - 10.4 m (29 - 34')
Big Boat:
10.7 - 12.8 m (35 - 42')

A

6:1

A

A

8:1

B
Diagram
Small Boat
Ref.
Description Part No.

Midrange
Part No.

Big Boat
Part No.

2621
2676

2690
2697

1559
1566

2604
2141

2664
2686

1546
1556

2.4 - 4.3 m
(8 - 14')
2654
2619

4.6 - 6 m
(15 - 20')
2631
2632

6.4 - 9 m
(21 - 30')
2677
2687

B

B

4:1 Fiddle
A
B

Fiddle
Fiddle

4:1 Fiddle: This 4:1
tackle is the most
common system on
boats under 8.5 m (28').

6:1 Reeved Right Angle
A
B

Triple
Triple

6:1 Reeved Right Angle:
Boats with mainsails to
35 m2 (375 ft2) often
use a 6:1 system.

8:1 Beachcat
Multihulls
A
B

Quad
Triple

4:1/16:1

4:1 Swivel Base
A
B
C
D

Single
Single
Single
Cam base

2600
2601
2135
205

2660
2661
2670
144

1540
1541
1549
1574

2636
381
2658
2675

2600
2642
2676
2696

2660
2602
2697
1565

2636
2135
205
342
349
471

2600
2135
144
2638
2652
471

2660
1549
1574
2602
2600
150

2638
2647
2636
2655
2676

2602
2629
2600
2621
2676

2662
1555
2660
2690
2697

2640
2617
2638
2658

2604
2629
2638
2658

2664
2685
2602
2676

4:1

Single
Double
Fiddle
Fiddle
Single
Single
Cam base
Double
Single
Cam cleat

A

A

C

A

C
D

B
D

4:1/16:1 Double-ended Fine Tune
A
B
C
D
E
F

A

B

4:1/16:1 Gross/Fine
A
B
C
D

8:1 Beachcat: This 8:1
purchase handles high
mainsheet loads on
Beachcats up to
6 m (20').

4:1/16:1 Gross/Fine: This
powerful gross-trim/fine-tune
cascading system allows crew
to use the 4:1 gross-trim for
most trimming and the 16:1
fine-tune for precise adjustments.

4:1 Swivel Base: Position the swivel
base block off the traveler car to allow
mainsail adjustment without dragging
the car to windward in light air. To
avoid tightening the leech, curve the
track ends up.

6:1/24:1 Gross/Fine
A
B
C
D
E

Double
Triple
Single
Fiddle
Fiddle

4:1/16:1

A

A

6:1/24:1 Cascaded
A
B
C
D

Triple
Triple
Double
Fiddle

C

A

A

D
B
C

A

6:1/24:1

D

F

C
B
E

4:1/16:1 Double-ended Fine Tune:
This 4:1/16:1 system uses a dinghy-like
double-ended tackle that locates the sheet
ends on the cockpit sides.

E
6:1/24:1

6:1/24:1 Gross/Fine: This 6:1/24:1
cascading system is used on boats
with end-boom sheeting and mains
as large as 25.5 m2 (275 ft2) and
end-boom sheeting.

D

B

6:1/24:1 Cascaded: This
6:1/24:1 system is used
on boats with mains as
large as 25.5 m2 (275 ft2)
and end-boom sheeting.

20

Mainsheet
Part numbers represent hardware most commonly used.
Typical boat length:
Small Boat: 6.7 - 8.5 m (22 - 28')
Midrange: 8.8 - 10.4 m (29 - 34')
Big Boat:
10.7 - 12.8 m (35 - 42')

A

A
G

D
Diagram
Ref. Description

Small Boat
Part No.

Midrange
Part No.

Big Boat
Part No.








2600
2629
2650
2604
2655
2644
046
2156

2660
2685
2650
2664
2621
2606
047
2156





6059
6085
6094
6091
40.2ST

3231
3241
3232
3234
46.2ST

2660
2691
1548
35.2ST

1540
1560
1548
46.2ST

3231
3242
3234
46.2ST

7:1/28:1 Gross/Fine
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

Single
Triple
Straphead
Triple
Fiddle
Cheek
Through-deck
Pivoting lead

4:1 with Dedicated Winch
A
B
C
D
E

Single
Fiddle
Single w/becket
Footblock
Winch

5:1 with Dedicated Winch
A
B
C
D

Single
Fiddle w/ becket
Footblock
Winch
Single
Single
Footblock
Winch




1586
1540
1548
40.2ST

A
B
C
D
E

Double
Single
Single
Footblock
Winch





1544
1586
1540
1548
35.2ST

3233
3246
3231
3234
46.2ST







3247
3246
3254
46.2ST

F
A
D

C

B

7:1/28:1 Gross/Fine: This gross-trim/finetune system is found on racing multihulls
where it is desirable to split the gross-trim
from the fine-tune. Placing the fine-tune in
the boom provides a very clean system that
the trimmer can get a hold of and put his
weight into. The powerful cascading finetune portion is used to haul the boom in
that last little bit.

4:1 with Dedicated Winch: This system moves
the traveler over the companionway to clean up
the cockpit. A favorite on cruising boats.

5:1

2:1
A

A

A

A

B

3231
3215
3220
46.2ST

Admiral's Cup 2:1 with Dedicated Winches

H

A

C

B

2:1 with Dedicated Winches
A
B
C
D

4:1

7:1/28:1

A

D

A
C

B

B

D

C

C

D
5:1 with Dedicated Winch: This system
is popular on cruising boats with cabintop
travelers. The sheet leads forward to the
gooseneck and then down and back to
a winch on the aft edge of the cabintop.

2:1 with Dedicated Winches: This simple
double-ended system lets the mainsheet run
freely through the blocks which allows the
traveler car to move easily. The trimmer
makes sail adjustments from the high side.

3:1 with Dedicated Winch
A
B
C
D

Single w/ becket
Single
Stand-up
Winch

2:1

3:1

A

C

A
E
B

D
E

D

C

B

D

Admiral's Cup 2:1 with Dedicated Winches:
In this system, the traveler is independent
of the mainsheet so it rolls freely. The sheet
leads forward along the boom before it turns
down and aft to winches. Used on race
boats like the Farr® 40.

Farr is a registered trademark of Bruce K Farr.

3:1 with Dedicated Winch: Many large
boats use this simple 3:1 system. A block
on deck turns the sheet to a winch.

21

Mainsheet
Two-Speed Mainsheets

Part numbers represent hardware most commonly used.
A

Typical boat length:
Small Boat: 6.7 - 8.5 m (22 - 28')
Midrange: 8.8 - 10.4 m (29 - 34')
Big Boat:
10.7 - 12.8 m (35 - 42')
Diagram
Ref. Description

B

A

3:1/6:1

2:1/4:1

3:1/6:1

A

Small Boat Midrange Big Boat
Part No.
Part No. Part No.

2:1/4:1 Swivel Base
A
B
C
D

Double
Single
Double
Cam base

2602
2600
2634
402







Cross block
Fiddle

400
401

400
401


2600
2602
2634
402

2600
2602
2634
402




2602
400
2634
402

2602
400
2634
402




3:1/6:1
A
B

3:1/6:1 Swivel Base
A
B
C
D

Single
Double
Double
Cam base

4:1/8:1 Swivel Base
A
B
C
D

Double
Cross block
Double
Cam base

C
B

B

C

B

D

D

2:1/4:1 Swivel Base: This
system is often found on
boats like J/24s where a
center-mounted swivel
base is desired.

3:1/6:1: This 3:1/6:1
two-speed system is
used on end-boom
sheeting and mainsails
up to 22.3 m2 (240 ft2)
and end-boom sheeting.

3:1/6:1 Swivel Base:
This 3:1/6:1 system allows
the mainsheet trimmer to
be positioned anywhere
on the boat. A great setup
for sportboats.

A

A

4:1/8:1

C
B
D
4:1/8:1 Swivel Base: Similar to
the 3:1/6:1 swivel base system,
but uses a 4:1/8:1 tackle for
more power.

22

Boom Vangs
Part numbers represent hardware most commonly used.
Typical boat length:
Small Boat: 6.7 - 8.5 m (22 - 28')
Midrange: 8.8 - 10.4 m (29 - 34')
Big Boat:
10.7 - 12.8 m (35 - 42')
Small Boat
Part No.

Midrange
Part No.

Big Boat
Part No.

226
245



447
455
405
407







2655
2658

2621
2624

6099
6085

300
2655
2658

304
2621
2624

308
1559
1564

4:1 V-Jam
A
B

Double
Fiddle

4:1 V-Jam: This simple 4:1 selfcleating vang is used on small
dinghies.

15:1 Cascaded Vang
A
B
C
D

Dinghy vang
Lower unit
Single
Double

C
B

4:1

B
Diagram
Ref. Description

D

A

15:1
A

15:1 Cascaded Vang: The 15:1
dinghy vang uses a 3:1 cascade
inside a 5:1 purchase to create
a powerful system. Suited for
dinghies and light daysailers
with mains to 11.6 m2 (125 ft2).

4:1 Fiddle
A
B

Fiddle
Fiddle

8:1 Cascaded Fiddle
A
B
C

Single
Fiddle
Fiddle

4:1 Cascaded Kicker
A
B

Fiddle
Fiddle

A
B

B
2655
2658

2621
2624

1559
1564

2640
2638
2652
240

2604
2602
2600
240

A

4:1
C

6:1 Double-Ended Cascaded Kicker
A
B
C
D

Triple
Double
Single
Cam cleat

344
342
349
241

4:1 Fiddle: The basic 4:1 fiddle
block vang is commonly used on
dinghies and small keelboats.

8:1

8:1 Cascaded Fiddle: A doubling
block increases the purchase of the
vang to 8:1. The load on the fiddle
blocks is halved so they can be used
safely on larger boats.

A
A
B

B
C

4:1
C

4:1 Cascaded Kicker: This rigid rod
vang utilizes a simple 4:1 tackle.
The rod also serves as a topping lift
for the boom. Used on cruising and
racing boats.

6:1

D
D

6:1 Double-ended Cascaded Kicker:
Many racers rig the vang with a
double-ended control line led
down each side of the boat.

23

Outhaul Systems
Part numbers represent hardware most commonly used.
Typical boat length:
Small Boat: 6.7 - 8.5 m (22 - 28')
Midrange: 8.8 - 10.4 m (29 - 34')
Big Boat:
10.7 - 12.8 m (35 - 42')

2:1

A

B
C

Diagram
Ref. Description

Small Boat
Part No.

Midrange
Part No.

Big Boat
Part No.

106
348
088
468
349

302
2650
131
150
2149

306
2152
046
150
2149

281
350
2146
468

137
2644
2148
365

1558
2606
2152
150

201
2655
2656
302
088
468

137
2621
2622
306
106
150

1558
2690
2691
310
106
150

201
407
408
2727
302
088
468

137
343
344
T2701B
306
106
150

1558
2639
2640
T2701B.HL
310
288
150

371
G222B
302

6061
1648
306

6061
3076
310

2:1 Internal
A
B
C
D
E

Through-deck
Single
Through-deck
Cam cleat
Single

4:1 External Cascade
A
B
C
D

Eyestrap
Cheek
Single
Cam cleat

2:1 Internal: Suitable for dinghies or small keelboats. A flexible cable shackles to the sail
and enters the boom through a wire block. Placing a block aft of the cleat allows the crew
to pull from a variety of positions.

4:1

A

Eyestrap
Fiddle
Fiddle
Through-deck
Through-deck
Cam cleat

6:1 Internal
A
B
C
D
E
F
G

Eyestrap
Double
Triple
Traveler
Through-deck
Through-deck
Cam cleat

B

C

D

5:1 Internal
A
B
C
D
E
F

E

D

4:1 External Cascade: A simple external outhaul system. A cascade of two 2:1 tackles
produces a 4:1 advantage.

5:1

D
A
E

B

C

F

5:1 Internal: This 5:1 internal outhaul is popular on small offshore boats.

2:1 Furling Main
A
B
C

Clew block
Traveler
Through-deck

6:1

D

F

E

B

A
G

C

6:1 Internal: A 6:1 internal outhaul system is popular on small-to-medium-sized offshore
boats using a traveler car to carry the clew of the mainsail.

2:1

A

B
C

2:1 Furling Main: Mainsails that furl into the mast are loose-footed and usually have a ball
bearing outhaul car that rides the length of the boom. The outhaul starts at the car, leads
through the clew block on the sail, back to the sheave on the car, and into the boom where
it leads to a winch.

24

Cunninghams
Part numbers represent hardware most commonly used.

4:1

Typical boat length:
Small Boat: 6.7 - 8.5 m (22 - 28')
Midrange: 8.8 - 10.4 m (29 - 34')
Big Boat:
10.7 - 12.8 m (35 - 42')
Diagram
Ref.

Description

Small Boat
Part No.

Midrange
Part No.

Big Boat
Part No.

2146
349
350
470

2148
2652
2644
458




8:1

2:1

A

2:1

A

4:1 Cascaded
A
B
C
D

Single
Stand-up
Cheek
Cam cleat

8:1 Cascaded
A
B

Fiddle
Fiddle

244
245

2655
2658

2621
2624

348
395
233





344
347

2640
2648

2640
2648

2149
2644
150
339

2152
2606
150
237

4:1 Double-Ended Cascaded
A
B
C

Single
Pivoting lead
Cheek

2:1

D

4:1

B

C

B

4:1 Cascaded: This simple 4:1 system leads
aft to the cockpit. A favorite on small
keelboats and daysailers.

8:1 Cascaded: The most basic
cunningham is a self-cleating 8:1
tackle positioned at the mastbase.

12:1 Cascaded
A
B

Triple
Triple

4:1

12:1

2:1

6:1 Double-Ended Jib Downhaul
A
B
C
D

Single
Cheek
Cam cleat
Bullseye

2146
350
468
339

(Looking
forward)

A

A

B

B

A
6:1
B

4:1 Double-ended Cascaded: This
system is easy to adjust from the
trapeze. It’s easy to rig and unrig.
Popular on smaller beachcats.

12:1 Cascaded: This simple 2:1
purchase is attached to a 6:1
cascade for a 12:1 system. Used
on larger racing and cruising boats.

6:1

C
B

D
A
A
A
D

B
C

6:1 Double-ended Jib Downhaul: Small boats like J/24s use a doubleended genoa cunningham system to adjust draft from the weather rail.

25

Mastbase
& Cabintop Blocks
Part numbers represent hardware most commonly used.

C

A

Typical boat length:
Small Boat: 6.7 - 8.5 m (22 - 28')
Midrange: 8.8 - 10.4 m (29 - 34')
Big Boat: 10.7 - 12.8 m (35 - 42')
Diagram
Ref. Description

Small Boat
Part No.

Midrange
Part No.

Big Boat
Part No.

222
2644
2652
2142

1986
2606

3122

1990
3220

1987

222
271
20.2PTP
2636
097
2652

1986
6055
35.2PTP
2660
071
3227

1990
6053
40.2PTP
1540
1634
3244

1986
6055
20.2PTP

1988
6053
35.2PTP
1984

1990
6053
40.2PTP
1981

1986
1986
3002

1988
1988
3002

1990
1990
3002

1 Halyard
A
B
C
D

Mastbase
Cheek
Single
Flip-Flop

D

B
1 Halyard: This simple system leads principle halyards aft.
Used by boats under 9 m (30').

3 Halyards
A
B
C
D
E
F

Mastbase
Deck organizer
Winch
Single
Stand-up spring
Stand-up

D

A

6 Halyards
A
B
C
D

Mastbase
Deck organizer
Winch
Crossover

F

Over the Top
A
B
C

Mastbase
Mastbase
Mastbase

B

3 Halyards: Larger boats use special mastbase halyard lead blocks. Lines are routed out to
deck organizers then aft to stoppers and winches. Stand-up blocks on a base are sometimes
preferred for their complete articulation, but they hold halyards higher off the deck than
specialized mastbase blocks.

C

A

D

B

6 Halyards: Modern race boats lead halyards and control lines straight aft through deck
organizers so they can be used on either cabintop winch.

C
A

B

Over-the-Top: Special “over-the-top” blocks are required to route lines over an
outside corner like the front of a doghouse or coaming.

26

Spinnaker
Part numbers represent hardware most commonly used.
E

D

Typical boat length:
Small Boat: 6.7 - 8.5 m (22 - 28')
Midrange: 8.8 - 10.4 m (29 - 34')
Big Boat:
10.7 - 12.8 m (35 - 42')

F

C

C

F

G

F

G

B
A

Diagram
Small Boat
Ref. Description Part No.

Midrange
Part No.

Big Boat
Part No.

2600
2601
237
2636
2149
150
2660












2600
2636
237
3227
150
3226

2660
2600
237
3244
150
3231

2148
339
150
2680

2660
237
150
1549/1571

3231
237
280
3215

4.6 - 6 m
(15 - 20')
2625
2148

6.4 - 9 m
(21 - 30')
2680
2151

D

Standard Sheets
A
B
C
D
E
F
G

Single
Single
Bullseye
Single
Single
Cam cleat
Single

2636
2637
339
340
2146
468
2625

E
Standard Sheets: Masthead rigs to 8.5 m (28') and
fractional rigs to 9.7 m (32') use one pair of lines which
lead to turning blocks at the transom. Tweakers bring the
guy to the deck near the point of maximum beam to provide
additional control over the spinnaker pole. One foreguy line
is appropriate for these boats.

Standard Sheets and Guys
A
B
C
D
E
F

Single
Single
Bullseye
Stand-up
Cam cleat
Single
Single
Bullseye
Cam cleat
Single

Continuous Line—Beachcat
A
B

Multihulls
Single
Single

2.4 - 4.3 m
(8 - 14')
2625
2146

E

B

Asymmetrical on Sprit
A
B
C
D

C

D

C

A

B

C

E

C

F
F

D
Standard Sheets & Guys: Offshore boats over 9 m (30') use separate sheets and guys.
The sheets lead to turning blocks at the transom, while the guys lead to blocks at the
point of maximum beam and then to a winch. A double-ended foreguy adjusts from
either side of the boat.

D
A
B

C

B

D

Asymmetrical on Sprit: Boats with asymmetrical spinnakers and retractable
(or removable) bowsprits are rigged with a tack line leading through a block
on the end of the sprit, and aft to a cleat or stopper. Two sheets attach to the
clew of the sail, with the lazy sheet leading aft ahead of the headstay, over
the sprit, and outside the shrouds and sheets.

A
A
B
A
A
Continuous Line: Beachcats install two Carbo auto ratchets on each side of the boat
to manage high spinnaker sheet loads. Use 57 mm ratchets on catamarans up to
6 m (20'). Use 75 mm ratchets on multihulls to 9 m (30').

27

Spinnaker Pole
Handling & Halyards
Part numbers represent hardware most commonly used.
Typical boat length:
Small Boat: 6.7 - 8.5 m (22 - 28')
Midrange: 8.8 - 10.4 m (29 - 34')
Big Boat:
10.7 - 12.8 m (35 - 42')
Diagram
Ref. Description

E

D

B

C

Small Boat
Part No.

Midrange
Part No.

Big Boat
Part No.

3188
2146
150
350
201

3189
2148
150
2644
073

782
2148
150
2644
137

3188
2146
150
350

3189
2149
150
2644

782
2152
150
2644

089
150

134
150


340
341
237
137







D

C

D

B

A

A

B

B

A

2:1 Spinnaker Pole
A
B
C
D
E

Spinnaker pole car
Single
Cam cleat
Cheek
Eyestrap

C

B

C

3:1 Spinnaker Pole
A
B
C
D

Spinnaker pole car
Single
Cam cleat
Cheek

Spinnaker Halyard through Spar
A
B

Exit block
Cam cleat

Pole Launcher
A
B
C
D

Single
Single w/becket
Bullseye
Eyestrap

D

E

2:1 Spinnaker Pole:
This system allows
the inboard end of
the pole to be moved
under load. It features
a continuous adjuster
line and 2:1 controls.

D

D

D

3:1 Spinnaker Pole: This
adjustable system features
3:1 controls for more power.

Spinnaker Halyard
through Spar: Smaller
offshore boats often
mount a cam cleat
below the spinnaker
halyard exit so crew
can jump the halyard
and cleat it to the
mast when setting the
spinnaker. The cam also
holds the line should
the sail fill prematurely.

A

D

A

D
C

B
D

Pole Launcher: Many racing boats have asymmetrical spinnakers and retractable
bowsprits. This system features a launcher line on top of the pole, with strong
shockchord on the bottom to automatically retract the pole when the launcher
line is uncleated.

28

Backstay Adjuster

12:1

6:1

A

Part numbers represent hardware most commonly used.

2:1

A

Typical boat length:
Small Boat: 6.7 - 8.5 m (22 - 28')
Midrange: 8.8 - 10.4 m (29 - 34')
Big Boat:
10.7 - 12.8 m (35 - 42')
Diagram
Ref. Description

B

Small Boat
Part No.

Midrange
Part No.

Big Boat
Part No.

2640
2648



300
344
347





304
2621
2624

308
2621
2624



304
2655
2658

308
2621
2624



300
340
342
349
350
150

304
2600
2602
2652
2644
150






6:1

B

C

6:1 Right Angle
A
B

Triple
Triple

12:1 Cascaded
A
B
C

Single
Triple
Triple

6:1 Right Angle: This simple 6:1
system is used on small cruising boats
with a single line or wire backstay.

4:1 Split Backstay
A
B
C

Single
Fiddle
Fiddle

4:1

8:1 Split Backstay
A
B
C

Single
Fiddle
Fiddle

A

A

Single
Single
Double
Stand-up
Cheek
Cam cleat

8:1

Backstay adjuster

A

A

B
C
C

Double-Acting Hydraulic Backstay Adjuster
A

A

B

6:1 Double-ended Split
A
B
C
D
E
F

12:1 Cascaded: This cascading 2:1/6:1
system provides a 12:1 purchase and is
used on small racer/cruisers and daysailers.

HCI025110345BCC HCI040160385BCC
HCI035130345BCC HCI045160385BCC

4:1 Split Backstay: This 4:1 system
is used on small keelboats with split
backstay systems. Pinching the wires
together tightens the backstay and
increases headstay tension to flatten
the genoa, decrease weather helm,
and stabilize the rig in heavy air.

6:1

A

A
B

8:1 Split Backstay: A more powerful
version of the split backstay adjuster
uses a doubling wire running through
a wire block for a purchase of 8:1.

A

B
B

C
F
D

E

6:1 Double-ended Split: This double-ended
split backstay system leads lines forward
to cam cleats mounted just ahead of the
helmsman so adjustments can be made
from either side of the boat.

Double-Acting Hydraulic Backstay Adjusters:
These powerful systems deliver oil when
the handle is pushed and pulled, delivering
oil twice as fast as single-acting pumps—
an excellent choice for racer/cruisers.

29

Mainsail Reefing
Part numbers represent hardware most commonly used.
Typical boat length:
Small Boat: 6.7 - 8.5 m (22 - 28')
Midrange: 8.8 - 10.4 m (29 - 34')
Big Boat:
10.7 - 12.8 m (35 - 42')

Diagram
Ref. Description

Small Boat Midrange Big Boat
Part No. Part No. Part No.

A

Single Line
A

Single line reefing

430

2644
2650
222
339

6106
2600
1986
237

3220
3215
1988
237

252

253

254

Dual Line
A
B
C
D

Cheek
Single
Mastbase block
Bullseye

Single Line: The Single Line Reefing kit is easy to install and use. To reef, simply
ease the halyard to a predetermined mark and pull the single reef line taut.
Ideal for boats from 6.7 - 8.2 m (22 - 27') with a maximum sail area of
14 m2 (150 ft2).

Lazy Jacks
A

Lazy Jack kit

A
D
B
C
C
Dual Line: This dual-line system is common on boats 9 m (30') and larger.
Position blocks so line pulls down and out to keep the sail flat and prevent
lateral loads on the luff rope or luff sliders.

A

A

Lazy Jacks: Lazy Jacks contain mainsails during reefing and dousing.
They work exceptionally well with full-battened mains, but are also used
with conventional sails.

30

Self-Tacking Jibs & Staysails
Part numbers represent hardware most commonly used.
Typical boat length:
Small Boat: 6.7 - 8.5 m (22 - 28')
Midrange: 8.8 - 10.4 m (29 - 34')
Big Boat:
10.7 - 12.8 m (35 - 42')
B
Diagram
Ref. Description

Small Boat
Part No.

Midrange
Part No.

Big Boat
Part No.

088/131
2636

046
2600

047
3226/1540


1558
6106

2660
688
6106
2660

3226
689
3220
3215

Unit 0
2602
2600
2601
6054

Unit 1
2662
2660
2661
6054

Unit 2
3217
3215
3216
6052

A

Standard Self-tacker
A
B

Through-deck
Single

2:1 Self-tacker
A
B
C
D

Single
Padeye
Cheek
Single

Standard Self-tacker: This system is often used on course racing keelboats like Solings.
The traveler track is bent in a radius equal to the distance from the headstay to the
sheeting point along the LP of the sail.

Self-tacker on Jib Boom
A
B
C
D
E

Furler
Double
Single
Single
Deck organizer

D
B
A
A

C
2:1 Self-tacker: Self-tacking jibs are popular because they keep the foredeck clean.

C
D

A

D
C
B

E
Self-tacker on Jib Boom: Self-tacking jibs and staysails work well with furling systems
and jib booms. This system features two “sheets”—one controls the in and out
movement of the sail much like an outhaul. The other controls the boom.

31

Metric Conversions

This catalog shows both imperial and metric measurements. In
most cases, the metric dimension shown is calculated from the
imperial measurement and rounded to a whole number. For example,
5/16" is generally shown as 8 mm, while an exact conversion would
be 7.9375 mm. When referring to a line diameter, it is sufficient to
approximate the conversion. In cases where a dimension is critical,
exact metric dimensions are shown. For example, a clevis pin for
a furling unit with a diameter of 1/2" is shown as 12.7 mm.
Length

Area

When you know
Inches
Inches
Feet
Feet
Feet
When you know
Millimeters
Centimeters
Millimeters
Centimeters
Meters

Multiply by
25.40
2.540
304.80
30.48
0.3048
Divide by
25.40
2.540
304.8
30.48
0.3048

To find
Millimeters
Centimeters
Millimeters
Centimeters
Meters
To find
Inches
Inches
Feet
Feet
Feet

Multiply by
28.35
0.4535

To find
Grams
Kilograms

Multiply by
0.26417
2.1134

To find
Gallons
Pints

When you know
Square inches
Square inches
Square feet
Square feet
Square yards
When you know
Square millimeters
Square centimeters
Square centimeters
Square meters
Square meters

Multiply by
645.2
6.452
929.0
0.0929
0.8361
Divide by
645.2
6.452
929.0
0.0929
0.8361

To find
Square millimeters
Square centimeters
Square centimeters
Square meters
Square meters
To find
Square inches
Square inches
Square feet
Square feet
Square yards

When you know
Grams
Kilograms

Divide by
28.35
0.4535

To find
Ounces
Pounds

When you know
Gallons
Pints

Multiply by
3.7854
.4731

To find
Liters
Liters

Weight
When you know
Ounces
Pounds

Liquid
When you know
Liters
Liters

To use the online calculator for finding length, area and weight go to www.harken.com

Equivalency Table

Fastener Types
HH, RH, TH,
CH and SH
measured from
below
fastener head
FH measured
full height
Hex head bolt
(HH)

Flat head
(FH)

Round head
(RH)

Truss head
(TH)

Socket head
cap screw
(SH)

Cheese head
(CH)

Pan Head
(PH)

Drilling Guide
Fastener
mm
2
2.5
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
16

32

Drill for
clearance hole
mm
2.25
2.75
3.25
4.25
5.25
6.25
8.25
10.25
12.25
16.26

Drill for
tapping
mm
1.6
2.05
2.5
3.25
4.25
5
6.75
8.5
10.25
14

Fastener
6-32
8-32
10-24
10-32
1/4-20
5/16-18
3/8-16
7/16-14
1/2-13
5/8-11

Drill for
clearance hole
in
9/64
11/64
13/64
13
/64
17/64
21/64
25/64
29/64
33/64
41/64

Drill for
tapping
#36
#29
#25
#21
#7
#F
5/16"
#T
27/64"
17/32"

Fraction
1/32
1
/16
3/32
1/8
5
/32
3/16
7/32
1
/4
9
/32
5/16
11/32
3/8
13/32
7/16
15/32
1/2
17/32
9
/16
19
/32
5
/8
21
/32
11/16
23/32
3/4
25/32
13/16
27
/32
7
/8
29
/32
15
/16
31
/32

Decimal
0.0313
0.0625
0.0938
0.125
0.1563
0.1875
0.2188
0.25
0.2813
0.3125
0.3438
0.375
0.4063
0.4375
0.4688
0.5
0.5313
0.5625
0.5938
0.625
0.6563
0.6875
0.7188
0.75
0.7813
0.8125
0.8438
0.875
0.9063
0.9375
0.9688

mm
.7938
1.5875
2.3813
3.175
3.9688
4.7625
5.5563
6.35
7.1438
7.9375
8.7313
9.525
10.3188
11.1125
11.9063
12.7
13.4938
14.2875
15.0813
15.875
16.6688
17.4625
18.2563
19.05
19.8438
20.6375
21.4313
22.225
23.0188
23.8125
24.6063

33

Car

Small Boat 1250 series
T27 Midrange CB
T27 Midrange CB high-load

Midrange with 2 toggles
T32 Big Boat CB 3000 series
T32 Big Boat CB 4500 series

2727, 2729, 2731, 2733, 2734, 2745

2735, 2736, 2737, 2738, 2746

156, 157, 171, 211

158, 159, 172, 210, 212

214, 215, 247, 440, 441

T2701B, T2702B, T2703B, T2705B, T2721B,
T2722B, T2731B, T2732B, T2741B, T2742B

T2701B.HL, T2702B.HL, T2703B.HL, T2705B.HL, T2721B.HL,
T2722B.HL, T2731B.HL, T2732B.HL, T2741B.HL, T2742B.HL

T2704B.HL, T2744B.HL

1635

1636

1624, 1628

1629

1626, 1640

1625, 1627, 1641

1508, 1575, 1594

1509, 1576, 1595

1604

T3201B, T3202B, T3203B, T3205B, T3221B,
T3222B, T3231B, T3232B, T3241B, T3242B

T3201B.HL, T3202B.HL, T3203B.HL, T3205B.HL,
T3221B.HL, T3222B.HL, T3231B.HL, T3232B.HL,
T3241B.HL, T3242B.HL, T3243B.HL

T3204B, T3224B, T3234B, T3244B

T3204B.HL, T3224B.HL, T3234B.HL, T3244B.HL

T3208B

3176, 3177

3178, 3179

3160, 3163, 3164

3161, 3165, 3166

CB+

CB+

Non-CB

Non-CB

Non-CB

CB+

CB+

CB+

CB+

CB+

CB+

CB+

CB only

CB only

Non-CB

Non-CB

Non-CB

CB+

CB+

CB+

CB+

CB+

CB+

CB+

CB+

CB+

Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.

Big Boat CB 4500 series

Big Boat CB 3000 series

56
56

23/16
23/16

56

23/16

70
70
70
70
70
70
70

23/4
23/4
23/4
23/4
23/4
23/4
23/4

85

35/16

85
85
85

35/16
35/16
35/16
3 /16

85

85

35/16

5

85

3 /16

5

85

35/16

85

70

23/4

3 /16

70

5

70

23/4

70

2 /4

3

23/4

70

56

23/16

2 /4

56

23/16

3

56

2 /16

3

40

19/16

Car body
width

7 /16

7

53/8

77/16

53/8

53/8

7 /16

7

91/8

77/16

5 /8

3

71/4

51/4

41/4

53/16

41/4

53/16

41/4

53/16

41/4

4 /4

1

53/16

4 /4

1

43/8

27/8

27/8

4 /8

1

27/8

27/8

23/16

188

136

188

136

136

188

231

188

136

184

133

108

132

108

132

108

132

108

108

132

108

111

73

73

105

73

73

56

mm

in

in

mm

Car length

Car width

72

50

72

50

50 x 2

72 x 2

90

72

50

86

60

48

60

48

60

48

60

48

48 x 2

60

48

64

42

42

60

40

40

40

# balls
per car

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Delrin

Torlon

Torlon

Delrin

Torlon

Torlon
®

®

Delrin

Ball
material

Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.

Big Boat CB 4500 series windward sheeting

Big Boat CB 3000 series windward sheeting

T32 Big Boat CB 2 cars with 2 toggles

T32 Big Boat CB 2 high-load cars with 2 toggles

T32 Big Boat CB 5000 series with 2 toggles/shackles

Midrange long

Midrange

Midrange CB long

Midrange CB

Midrange CB long

Midrange CB

Midrange CB high-load windward sheeting

Midrange CB windward sheeting

T27 Midrange CB 2 cars with 2 toggles

Small Boat high-load

Small Boat

Small Boat CB 1250 series

Small Boat CB high-load

Small Boat CB

2726, 2728, 2730, 2732, 2744

Micro CB

Non-CB car

CB+

CB-only car

Description

2700, 2701, 2702, 2703

CB+ car

Part number

CB only

Bearing
style

Ball Bearing Replacement Chart

TRAVELER

Length

547

547

547

547

547

547

547

547

547

1526

1526

1526

1526

1526

1526

1526

1526

1526

1526

1526

1526

177

177

176

177

177

176

2708

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

21

21

21

21

21

21

20

Part No. # Balls

Ball kit

/8

/8
3

3

/8

3

/8

/8
3

3

/8

/8
3

3

/8

3

/8

3

/16

5

/16

5

/16

5

/16

5

/16

5

/16

5

/16

5

/16

5

/16

5

/16

/16
5

5

/16

5

/4

1

/4

1

/4

1

/4

/4
1

1

/4

/16

1

3

in

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

6

6

6

6

6

6

5

mm

HMR47

HMR2

HMR2

HSB116

HSB116

HSB116

Included

Ball diameter Car loader

HBB28

HBB1

HBB28

HBB1

HBB1 x 2

HBB28 x 2

HBB25

HBB28

HBB1

HMR2

HMR2

HMR2

HMR2

HMR2 x 2

HMR2

HMR2

HSB116

HSB116

HSB116

Order

Car loader for
CB+ to non-CB

Car

TRAVELER

SPINNAKER POLE

3075

3070

3188

780

1645, 1646, 1647

3189

1578

1579, 1580

3097

3098, 3099

782

783, 784

G222B, G224B, G2227B, G2247B

249

G272B, G273B, G274B, G2727B, G2737B, G2747B

G273B.HL, G274B.HL, G2737B.HL, G2747B.HL

1537

G323B, G324B, G3237B, G3247B

554

587

HC4928

3072

Non-CB

CB+

Non-CB

CB+

CB+

Non-CB

Non-CB

CB+

CB+

Non-CB

Non-CB

CB+

Non-CB

CB+

CB+

Non-CB

CB+

Non-CB

Non-CB

Non-CB

Non-CB

3074

Non-CB

3068

1941

Non-CB

Non-CB

1939

Non-CB

Non-CB car

Description

Mini-Maxi

Big Boat

Big Boat

Big Boat

Big Boat CB

Midrange

Midrange CB

Midrange CB

Small Boat

Small Boat CB

Big Boat toggle

Big Boat 120/130 bell

Big Boat CB toggle

Big Boat CB 120/130 bell

Midrange toggle

Midrange 120/130 bell

Midrange CB ring

Midrange CB

Spinnaker pole

Small Boat CB ring

Maxi

Mini-Maxi

Big Boat CRX

Big Boat CRX

Car body
width

85

133

43/8
51/4

56

23/16

85
85

35/16
35/16

56
56
70
70
70

23/16
23/16
23/4
23/4
23/4

85

35/16

4 /8

111

85

35/16
3

85

3 /16

5

85

3 /16

5

85

3 /16

5

70
85

2 /4
35/16

3

2 /4

70

70

23/4
3

70

2 /4

3

56

2 /16

3

85
111

3 /16

5

3 /16

85

85

35/16
5

85

3 /16

5

85

3 /16

85

mm

35/16

5

35/16

in

Car width
in

8 /2

5 /4

5 /4

13 /16

11

101/4

1

71/4

9 /8

1

51/4

9

53/16

43/8

41/8

7 /4

1

71/4

77/16

77/16

1

5 /4

1

53/16

5 /16

3

43/8

4 /8

1

137/8

10

7 /2

1

5

101/2

1

71/4

5 /4

1

348

260

133

184

231

133

229

132

111

105

184

184

188

188

133

133

132

132

111

105

353

254

191

127

267

216

184

133

231

mm

Car length

91/8

Length

84

104

50

72

90

60

96

60

64

60

72

72

72

72

60

60

60

60

64

60

104

72

148

102

110

90

72

50

90

# balls
per car

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon
®

®

Delrin

Ball
material

Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.

Big Boat 6000 series with 3 toggles/shackles

Big Boat 5000 series with 2 toggles/shackles

Big Boat 4500 series

Big Boat 3000 series

Big Boat CB 5000 series with 2 toggles/shackles

CB-only car

Non-CB

515, 608, 1928, 1930

558, 609, 1929, 1931

Non-CB

CB+ car

Part number

Non-CB

3167

CB only

Bearing
style

Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.

GENOA LEAD

34
MP-128

547

547

547

547

1526

1526

1526

177

177

547

547

547

547

1526

1526

1526

1526

177

177

MP-128

MP-128

H-38349A

H-38349A

547

547

547

547

547

Part No.

1

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

21

21

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

21

21

1

1

Rollers

Rollers

25

25

25

25

25

# Balls

Ball kit

/4

/4

/2

1

/8

/8
3

3

/8

/8
3

3

/16

/16
5

5

/16

5

1

/4

/8
1

3

/8

/8
3

3

/8

/16
3

5

/16

/16
5

5

/16

5

1

/4

/2
1

1

/2

1

/8

/8
3

3

/8

3

/8

/8

3

3

in

12

10

10

10

10

8

8

8

6

6

10

10

10

10

8

8

8

8

6

6

12

12

10

10

10

10

10

mm

Ball diameter

HBB72

HBB25

HBB1

HBB28

HMR2

HSB116

HBB28

HBB28

HMR2

HMR2

HSB116

HBB32

HBB39

HBB25

HBB25

HBB28

HBB1

Included

Car loader

HBB25

Contact Harken

HMR2

HSB116

HBB28

HBB28

HMR2

HMR2

HSB116

Order

Car loader for
CB+ to non-CB

35

Car

OUTHAUL

1925, 1901, 1944, 1976, 1977

1894

3852

3863

3856, 3857, 3859, 3879

3860

1793

1979

1794, 1826, 1902, 1946, 1978, 1980

1895

3867

3871

3868, 3869, 3870, 3872

3873

1782

1784, 1795, 1827, 1828, 1829, 1903

1785

1785HL

Non-CB

CB+

CB+

CB+

CB+

Non-CB

Non-CB

Non-CB

Non-CB

CB+

CB+

CB+

CB+

Non-CB

Non-CB

Non-CB

Non-CB

3811

CB+

Non-CB

3816

CB only

1792, 1807

3815

CB only

Non-CB

3813

CB only

3882, 3883

1771

Non-CB

CB+

595

Non-CB

3812

3096

CB+

3829, 3830, 3831, 3881

3076

CB+

CB+

1615

Non-CB

CB+ car

Part number

CB+

1648

CB+

Bearing
style

*Torlon bearings used on all high-load “HL” cars.

BATTCAR

System C high-load luff car

System C luff car

System C batten car

System C headboard car

System C CB reef car

System C CB Battcar

System C CB intermediate car

System C CB headboard

System B luff car

System B batten car

System B intermediate car

System B headboard car

System B CB reef car

System B CB Battcar

System B CB intermediate car

System B CB headboard

System A luff car

System A batten car

System A headboard car

System A CB high-load

System A CB Battcar

System A CB intermediate car

System A CB headboard

System AA CB Battcar

System AA CB intermediate car

System AA CB headboard

Big Boat 4500 series

Big Boat 3000 series

Big Boat CB 4500 series

Big Boat CB 3000 series

Midrange

Midrange CB

Non-CB car

85

35/16

85
40
40
40
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
70
70

35/16
19/16
19/16
19/16
23/16
23/16
23/16
23/16
23/16
23/16
23/16
23/4
23/4

70

23/4

70
70
70
85
85

23/4
23/4
23/4
35/16
35/16

85
85

35/16
35/16

85
85
85

3 /16
35/16
35/16

5

85

3 /16

5

70

2 /4

3

70

2 /4

3

85

3 /16

5

85

35/16

70
70

Car body
width

mm

2 /4

3

23/4

in

Car width
in

4 /8

4

4

4 /4

3

51/2

91/8

5 /8

3

33/4

91/8

23/4

313/16

313/16

3

53/16

4 /16

5

29/16

53/16

21/8

3

35/8

41/8

27/8

21/4

41/8

23/16

23/16

23/16

71/4

5 /4

1

71/4

51/4

5 /4

1

53/16

102

102

121

140

231

136

96

232

70

97

97

111

132

109

68

132

54

76

92

105

73

57

105

56

56

132

184

133

184

133

133

132

mm

Car length

Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.

CB-only car

Description

Length

®

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Delrin/Torlon*

Delrin/Torlon*

Delrin/Torlon*

Delrin/Torlon*

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Delrin/Torlon*

Delrin/Torlon*

Delrin/Torlon*

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Delrin

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Torlon

Delrin
®

Ball
material

547

547

547

547

547

547

547

547

1526

1526

1526

1526

1526

1526

1526

1526

177

177

177

177

177

177

177

2708

492

2708

547

547

547

547

1526

1526

Part
No.

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

21

21

21

21

21

21

21

20

20

20

25

25

25

25

25

25

#
Balls

Ball kit

/8

3

/8

3

/8

/8
3

3

/8

3

/8

/8
3

3

/8

3

/16

5

/16

5

/16

/16
5

5

/16

5

/16

/16
5

5

/16

5

/4

1

/4

1

/4

1

/4

1

/4

/4
1

1

/4

1

/16

3

/16

3

/16

3

/8

3

/8

/8
3

3

/8

3

/16

/16

5

5

in

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

5

5

5

10

10

10

10

8

8

mm

Ball
diameter

HBB1

HBB1

HBB1

HBB1 x 2

HMR2

HMR2

HMR2

HMR2 x 2

HSB116

HSB116

HSB116 x 2

HBB28

HBB1

HMR2

Included

Car loader

Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.

36

36

44

52 x 2

90

50

34

90 x 2

30

40

40

48 x 2

60

48

28

60 x 2

30

40

52 x 2

60

40

32

60 x 2

40

40

40 x 2

72

50

72

50

60

60

# balls
per car

HBB25

HBB1

HBB1

HBB25 x 2

HMR2

HMR2

HMR2

HMR2 x 2

HSB116

HSB116

HSB116

HSB116 x 2

HBB28

HBB1

HMR2

Order

Car loader for
CB+ to non-CB

36

8740

12072

10802

13530

19272

26620

34833

42460

56320

70400

/32

/16

/8

7 16

/2

/16

/8

/4

31926

25541

19256

15797

6136

4899

19

16

14

11

10

8

7

6

5

70400

56320

42460

26620

21544

13561

10827

7828

5380

3969

4410

5447

6351

7100

7828

10232

4.76

5

5.56

6

6.35

7

8

kg

4640

3550

3220

2880

2470

2000

1800

1280

720

500

320

lb

89526

64101

47674

40926

31268

25689

22933

19338

15987

14509

12944

kg

40600

29070

21620

18560

14180

11650

10400

8770

7250

6580

5870

**Typical European wire.

26

22

19

16

14

12.7

12

11

10

9.53

9

mm

/8

3220

2470

1800

3719

8200

1 4

/8

/

/

5 8

9 16

/2

1

/16

7

3

/16

5

/

9 32

in

44000

36500

29700

23400

17500

12500

10300

lb

16

14

12

10

8

7 (-12)

6 (-8)

5

4

3

mm

29980

24470

17990

12500

8000

6120

4490

3130

2130

1120

lb

13600

11100

8160

5670

3630

2780

2040

1420

970

510

kg

19954

16553

13469

10612

7936

5669

4671

kg

11650

6580

‡Breaking load may vary widely by manufacturer.

9140

20165

/

5150

11350

2280

1 2

5040

3 8

/

/

1 4

1750

1285

/32

7

3865

2830

3 16

/

kg

lb

in

/

25680

14500

Breaking
load
lb
kg

Type 316 7 x 19** Stainless Wire Rope

2857

6300

7 32

1497

952

544

227

kg

2131

3300

2100

1200

500

lb

4700

/

/2

1

/8

3

in

Size

Type 302 1 X 19* Stainless Wire Rope

7090

5445

3960

Breaking
load
lb
kg

/16

3

/32

5

1

/32

3

/

1 16

in

/4

1

/32

7

/16

3

Size
in

Type 316 1 x 19* Stainless Wire Rope

Dacron is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.
Dyform is a registered trademark of Bridon International Ltd.
Dyneema is a registered trademark of DSM IP Assets B.V. L.L.C.
Navtec is a registered trademark of Lewmar, Ltd.
Nitronic is a registered trademark of AK Steel Corporation.
Spectra is a registered trademark of Honeywell International, Inc.
Vectran is a registered trademark of Kuraray Co., Ltd.

*Typical American wire.

1588

2822

3

1103

2.5

4

lb

706

2

31926

25541

19256

12072

9770

6150

4910

3550

2440

Type 316 1 x 19** Stainless Wire Rope

mm

3

5

9

1

/

3

5

9

4011

8844

/4

1

2235

4928

3

/16

Type 316 1 x 19 (25) Compacted Strand,
example Dyform®
Breaking
Breaking
Size
Size
load
load
in
lb
kg
mm
lb
kg

-320

-260

-220

-195

-170

-150

-115

-91

-76

-60

-48

-40

-30

-22

-17

-15

-12

-10

-8

-6

-4

1.500

1.313

1.191

1.125

1.066

1.000

0.875

0.768

0.705

0.660

0.562

0.500

0.437

0.375

0.33

0.296

0.281

0.250

0.225

0.198

0.172

38.10

33.35

30.25

28.58

27.08

25.40

22.23

19.51

17.91

16.76

14.27

12.7

11.1

9.53

8.38

7.52

7.14

6.35

5.72

5.03

4.37

40800

34500

27200

21800

17200

13600

10200

7940

6460

5670

4670

3720

2860

2130

320000 145000

260000 118000

217000 98400

190000 86200

170000 77100

150000 68000

115000 52200

90000

76000

60000

48000

38000

30000

22500

17500

14250

12500

10300

8200

6300

4700

Nitronic 50® Stainless Rod Rigging,
example Navtec®
Breaking
Size
load
in
mm
lb
kg

Typical Rigging Breaking Loads‡

/8

/4

7

3

/8

5

/

9 16

/2

/16

1

7

/8

/16

3

5

/4

1

3175

2490

1700

1270

815

25000 11340

16000 7250

14000 6350

10000 4535

7000

5500

3750

2800

1800

Breaking
load
lb
kg

22

19

15

14

12

11

9

7

6

mm

Size

/

/

/16
1 2

7

3 8

/

5 16

/4

in
1

lb

21000

14000

9800

6200

5100

3175

2490

1700

1270

815

9524

6349

4444

2812

2313

kg

25000 11340

16000 7250

14000 6350

10000 4535

7000

5500

3750

2800

1800

Breaking
load
lb
kg

100% Spectra®/Dyneema®
Core Rope w/Dacron Cover
Breaking
Size
load

Size
in

Dacron® Double Braid Rope

/

lb

kg

6032
8617

13300
19000

5 16

/

3 8

/

4443

9800
1

5800

2630

952

kg

7618

5215

3537

2154

1587

907

kg

1727

1439

1193

761

535

288

/4

2100

lb

S12 Spectra

16800

11500

7800

4750

3500

2000

lb

V12 Vectran

3809

3174

2630

1677

1179

634

Breaking
load

3 16

/

/

5 32

/

1 8

in

/

/16
3 8

5

1 4

/

/32
3 16

5

/8
1

in

/

/16
1 2

7

/8

/16
3

5

/4

/16

1

3

Size
in

Vectran® Core Rope w/Dacron Cover‡

Loading Formulas
Block Loading vs Angle of Deflection

Load on a block is a combination of the load on the line passing
through the block, plus a block-loading factor, which is determined
by the angle by which the block turns the sheet. For example, a footblock that turns a sheet 180 degrees will see a load equal to twice
the load on the sheet. A deck organizer, which turns a halyard only
30 degrees, will see just 52 percent of the load on the halyard.

Boat Type

Most load formulas assume a medium displacement monohull, but
you can easily correct for other boat types. Multihulls and boats with
canting keels or water ballast have great form stability and speed
and will often carry sails very high in the apparent wind speed, so
calculations must be done with this wind speed in mind. ULDBs are
typically tender and often change sails or reef quite early, so loading
may be done at relatively low wind speeds. For example, a modern
trimaran may carry its blade jib in 25 knots of wind at speeds over
15 knots for an apparent wind of nearly 40 knots, whereas a ULDB
will probably remove its #1 genoa at about 15 knots of apparent wind.

Angle of
deflection
30°
45°
60°
75°

Load
factor
52%
76%
100%
122%

Angle of
deflection
90°
105°
120°
135°

Load
factor
141%
159%
173%
185%

Angle of
deflection
150°
160°
180°

Load
factor
193%
197%
200%

Genoa System Loading

Because wind speed is squared, it is the most important variable and
can greatly influence loading. Wind speed (the apparent wind) should
be calculated for the specific sail being analyzed. For example, the #1
genoa on a 7 m (25') boat might only be carried in 15 knots of wind,
while the #3 blade on a Maxi-boat could well be carried in 40 knots.
To calculate loading on a genoa lead car, multiply sheet load by the
load factor of the sheet. Most #1 genoas will deflect about 45 degrees,
while a #3 genoa may deflect 75 degrees or more.
Lead car adjuster tackle load is dependent on the angle of deflection
of the sheet in the lead car, but is generally assumed to be 0.3 of lead
car load when deflection is 45 degrees and .05 of lead car load when
deflection is 60 degrees.

Mainsheet System Loading

The formula for mainsheet loading is not as widely accepted
as that for genoa sheet loads and should only be used as a rough
guide for offshore boats from 9 - 18 m (30 - 60').
Traveler car adjuster load is generally considered to be 0.2 times
car load.

.2 x Car Load

.3 x Car Load

.5 x Car Load

Genoa sheet load
English
Metric
SL = SA x V2 x 0.00431
SL = SA x V2 x 0.02104
SL
Sheet load in pounds
SL
Sheet load in kilograms
SA
Sail area in square feet
SA
Sail area in square meters
V
Wind speed in knots
V
Wind speed in knots
Formulas are for typical cruising monohulls with fixed keel and Dacron® sails,
sheets, and halyards. For all other types, please contact Harken for technical
assistance in calculating loads.

Mainsheet load
English
Metric
ML = E2 x P2 x 0.02104 x V2
ML = E2 x P2 x 0.00431 x V2
( P2 + E2) x (E - X)
( P2 + E2) x (E - X)
ML Mainsheet load in pounds
ML Mainsheet load in kilograms
E Foot length of main in feet
E Foot length of main in meters
P Luff length of main in feet
P Luff length of main in meters
V Wind speed in knots
V Wind speed in knots
Distance from aft end of boom to
Distance from aft end of boom to
X
X
mainsheet attachment point in feet
mainsheet attachment point in meters
Formulas are for typical cruising monohulls with fixed keel and Dacron sails, sheets,
and halyards. Assumes standard roach of 7.5%. For large roach sails such as “flattops”
multiply calculated load by the percentage of the mainsail roach. If a sail has 25%
roach, multiply the calculated load by 1.25. For all other types, please contact Harken
for technical assistance in calculating loads.

Rig Dimensions

The following abbreviations are often used to describe various measurements on a sailboat. Precise
technical definitions exist for each abbreviation, but the following is a list of simple descriptions:
LOA Length overall - overall tip-to-tip length of the boat

I2

LWL Length waterline - length of waterline of the boat

J

Design waterline - theoretical waterline length of boat
as opposed to LWL, which is actual waterline length
BMX Beam maximum - width of the boat at the widest point
BWL Beam waterline - widest beam of boat at the waterline
Height of the foretriangle measured from the top of the
I
highest sheave to the sheerline

DWL

Height of staysail halyard above deck
Base of the foretriangle measured from the front of the
mast to the intersection of the forestay and deck

J2

Base of staysail triangle

P
E

Luff length of the mainsail
Foot length of the mainsail

LP

Shortest distance from headstay to the clew of the jib

Dacron is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.

P
I

E

J

2

I
2

J
37

Harken Materials & Properties
Aluminum

6061-T6: an aluminum alloy that has excellent corrosion resistance to air and salt
water. It is an easily welded, tough alloy that responds well to anodizing.
7075-T6: the strongest aluminum alloy with strength comparable to many steels.
Harken uses 7075-T6 in its Grand Prix cylinders which are built to handle extremely
high loads at minimal weight. A vigorous maintenance schedule is required when
using this alloy, because corrosion resistance is lower than 6061-T6. Available in
hardcoat or clear-anodized finishes.
Bearing properties are functions of contact area, material type, bearing cages,
and whether the bearing rolls or slides.

Types
Ball bearings: very low-friction; low/medium-load capacity.
Roller bearings: low-friction; high-load capacity.
Sleeve bearings: medium/high-friction; extremely high-load capacity.
Materials
Stainless steel is stronger than Torlon thermoplastic and Torlon is stronger than
Delrin® acetal resin. Because stainless is heavier and usually higher maintenance,
Torlon is used in most high-load applications.
®

Bearing efficiency (low-friction)

Bearings

Delrin®
balls

Torlon®
balls

Caged
rollers

Stainless
balls

Uncaged
rollers

Sleeve
bearing
Bearing load capacity

Contact Area
More contact between the bearing and the race increases friction, but also increases
load capacity. Balls are loaded on small points, cylindrical rollers are loaded along their
length, and sleeve bearings are curved around the shaft so a large portion is in contact.
Unlike balls and cylinders, sleeves are not prone to being flattened by extreme or static
loads because they already conform to the curvature of the shaft.

Roller bearing
contact area

Ball bearing
contact area

Motion (rolling, caged rolling, or sliding)
Sliding bearings (known as sleeve, plain, full-contact, bushing, or journal bearings) are
very high strength but have nothing to reduce friction between contact areas. At most,
they have a low-friction sleeve between the surfaces. Rollers and balls avoid almost all
of this friction because they do not slide against the race, though they can come in contact
with each other. Caged roller bearings are separated from each other to avoid this.

Caged Bearings

Caged bearings are roller bearings held in a cage that keeps them separated from
each other and parallel to reduce friction. Caged bearings are used in winches and
Black Magic blocks.

Caged rollers

Uncaged rollers

Captive Bearings

Captive bearings are ball bearings that are contained so they won't spill during
product maintenance. Black Magic blocks have ball bearings held captive by the
lip of the sheave. CB traveler cars feature ball bearings held captive by a wire guide.

Carbo

Carbo Air blocks feature lightweight, fiber-reinforced, nylon-resin sideplates with a
60% higher MWL than stainless-reinforced Classic blocks. Lightweight fiber-reinforced
Carbo-Cams are ideal for racing where weight is critical. The Carbo name comes from
an additive that gives blocks their color and UV-resistance.

CB traveler

Black Magic sheave

Carbon Black

Carbon black is a color additive used in black Delrin ball bearings, block sheaves,
and sideplates to protect against UV exposure.

Carbo Air block

For complete listing, see www.harken.com/glossary
Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.
Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers, L.C.C.

38

Carbo-Cam cleat

Harken Materials & Properties
Clear-Anodized

Clear aluminum anodizing is an electrochemical process that produces a corrosionresistant finish. It also hardens the surface, making components less prone to scratches
and dents. It is “clear” because the protective layer isn’t thick enough to change the
color of the component (though dye can be added). More rigorous anodizing, such
as hardcoat, can give components a black or colored hue.

Delrin® Acetal Resin

Hardcoat-anodized

Hardcoat aluminum anodizing is an electrochemical process that produces a
corrosion-resistant finish with hardness characteristics second only to diamonds.
Harken's hardcoating process is twice as thick as black anodizing to provide extra
protection against scratches, dents, superficial deformation, and corrosion.

6061-T6 Aluminum Anodizing Thickness
Thickness range
in inches

Clear
Black

Hard Lube-Anodized

.002

.0005

Nylatron® Nylon

Harken hardcoat
.0002

Hard Lube-anodized aluminum includes all the corrosion-resistant properties
of hardcoat-anodized aluminum with the additional benefits of a PTFE coating
for a smoother surface and reduced friction.

Clear-anodized

.015

Hardcoat-Anodized

.001

Black (white in older blocks) material which excels in small boat and low to
moderate-load applications. Delrin® acetal resin is used for bearings, sheaves,
and sideplates.

Durable, lightweight composite material that has high mechanical strength
and stiffness, resists static electricity, and has excellent wear resistance.

PTFE-Coated

PTFE-coating, along with anodizing, protects aluminum against corrosion
by sealing the surface from moisture. It also minimizes friction and gives
the component better wear resistance.

Stainless Steel

17-4 PH Stainless Steel: this alloy is used in gears because it is hardenable
to extremely high strengths. 17-4 PH is more corrosion-resistant than any other
standard hardenable stainless steel.

Delrin®

316 Stainless Steel: this is a nonhardenable alloy with high corrosion resistance
in freshwater and saltwater.
XM-19 Stainless Steel: this stainless is highly alloyed, with very high mechanical
strength and superior corrosion resistance. Rods and pins in Harken cylinders are
made of XM-19 stainless.

Titanium

This lightweight, hard metal has the highest strength-to-weight ratio of any metal.
Its corrosion rate is so low that after 4000 years in seawater, corrosion would only
have penetrated to the thickness of a thin sheet of paper. Harken uses titanium rollers
in TTR2 blocks to handle bearing loads.

Torlon® Thermoplastic

Exceptionally strong crush/impact-resistant bearing material that withstands heavy
long-term use and shock loading. Most Harken hardware that sees extreme loads
uses greenish-brown Torlon® bearings.

Torlon®

UV-Stabilized

UV light photo-degrades composites by breaking their chemical bonds, leaving
them weak, brittle, and discolored. This is common in equipment with white bearings.
All Harken composites and bearings are naturally UV-resistant or use stabilizers
like carbon black.

Not UV-stabilized

UV-stabilized

For complete listing, see www.harken.com/glossary
Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.
Nylatron is a registered trademark of Quadrant EPP USA Inc.
Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers, L.C.C.

39

Hobie 16, 5.11 m (16.77'), Hobie Cat Company © Pierrick Contin

SMALL BOAT BLOCKS

Nacra 17 © US Sailing Team Sperry Top-Sider/Will Ricketson

CARBO AIR BLOCKS
These smooth-running powerful performers make trimming
easy, no matter how hard the wind blows. Carbo Air blocks
are made of tough reinforced composite in a size and style
to fit any system: singles, doubles, triples, quads, and quints;
ratchets and fiddles; soft and hard attach; 18 - 75 mm. Perfect
for main, jib and spinnaker sheets on dinghies
and sportboats; control lines on boats of all sizes.

High-strength, lightweight
• Lightweight, strong and reliable fiber-reinforced
composite construction.
• Open Air block design eliminates unnecessary material
to reduce weight.

Stands up to sun, salt, and time
• Ball bearings, sheave, and sideplates are UV-stabilized.

Low-friction efficiency for fast
trim and release
• Free-running ball bearings roll on
curved races, efficiently dispersing
load for a higher strength block.

Cam-Lock

U-Lock

Materials

For properties
see pages 38-39.

Delrin®
acetal resin,
UV-stabilized:

Carbo composite:
Sideplates, sheave

Ball bearings

DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product
is specifically certified and labeled for such use.

Shackle blocks lock in two directions or swivel to
keep line from twisting
• Cam-Lock or U-Lock allows shackle to be fixed or to swivel.
Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.

41

T2
Soft-Attach Blocks

Harken offers these patent-pending, high-strength,
soft-attach blocks in 18 to 57 mm sizes. The 18 mm
block features stainless steel ball bearings and an
integrated stainless inner race and rivet for optimal
strength-to-weight. The 29, 40, and 57 mm blocks
feature composite sheaves that spin freely on Delrin®
ball bearings with curved bearing races. They have
no metal shackles or rivets, making them the lightest
soft-attach blocks Harken has ever designed.

2161

All T2 blocks are lashed or spliced through the loadbearing center of the block, decreasing the loads on
the sideplates and acting as a safety backup for the
system. Use for traveler controls, mainsheets and
vangs, cascades, bridles, and other systems where
small lightweight blocks are called for.

2698

T2 block with open center
Line ties, splices, or lashes to almost
anything: cascades, bridles, traveler
controls.

2146
2149
2152
T2 Loop block with anchor post
Loops deadend on anchor post
for easy installation. No knots
or splices needed.

2158

T2 Blocks

T2 blocks come in single and double configurations
and can be tied, spliced, or lashed to almost anything.
T2 doubles feature composite line guides that
are integrated into the block head. They keep the
block aligned correctly by pushing the lashing line
to the outer edges of the block's head.
A length of Spectra® line with a polyester
cover is included.

2148
2151

T2 Loop Blocks

2147
2150
2153

The T2 Loop block's on/off loop system slides
through the block head and over the anchor post
for a secure connection. A SK75 Dyneema® loop
is included. Replacement loops available.

Slide the loop through the head and
over the anchor post for a secure
connection.

Use the 2161 “tight cinching” 18 mm
in applications where the block
needs to be secured extremely
close to the deck.

Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.
Dyneema is a registered trademark of DSM IP Assets B.V. L.L.C.
Spectra is a registered trademark of Honeywell International, Inc.
Sheave
Ø

Length

Weight

Part
No.

Description

in

mm

in

mm

oz

g

2161
2698
2146

Single
Single
Single

23 32

/32
/
11/8

18
18
29

11/8
11/8
111/16

28
28

.25
.25
0.4

7.2
7.2
12

2149
2152
2158
2147
2150
2153

Single
Single
Double
Double
Double
Double

19/16
21/4
23
/32
11/8
19/16
21/4

40
57
18
29
40
57

21/4
31/16
11/8
111/16
21/4
31/16

57
79

0.9
2
0.6
.83
1.7
3.8

Max line
Ø
in
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb

kg

T2
23

43

28
43
57
79

3 16

/16
/
5/16

5
5
8

275
275
330

125
125
150

992
992
1000

450
450
454

25
57
17
23.5
48
107.5

/
/
3
/16
5/16
3/8
7/16

10
11
5
8
10
11

485
792
450
600
700
1080

220
359
204
272
317
490

1200
2380
1500
1900
2100
3200

544
1080
680
861
952
1451

26
59

7 16

/8
/

10
11

485
792

220
359

1200
2380

544
1080

3

3 8

7 16

T2 Loop
2148 Single*
2151 Single**
*Includes 2154 loop.

42

19/16
40
21/4
57
0.9
57
31/16
79
2
21/4
**Includes 2155 loop. Replacement loops see page 109.

3

Carbo T2
Soft-Attach Ratchamatic

The patent-pending T2 Ratchamatic is Harken’s newest block to feature
the T2 line’s styling and soft-attachment system.
The weight of this high-strength block is only a few ounces. This is thanks
to composite fiber-reinforced sideplates, hardcoat-anodized aluminum sheave,
a lightweight soft-attach, and a minimum of moving parts in the ratcheting
mechanism. All T2 blocks are lashed or spliced through the load-bearing center
of the block, decreasing the loads on the sideplates and acting as a safety backup
for the system. Lashing allows ratchet adjustment close to the deck. Lashing or
splicing provides a variety of options for securing the block at exactly the right
height to maintain a fairlead.
Pressure on the line engages the ratchet mechanism, which switches seamlessly
from free-running to ratchet mode. Unloaded main and jib sheets run out freely
during mark roundings, and asymmetrical spinnaker sheets free instantly during
jibes. T2 Ratchamatic blocks are clearly labeled with high-contrast directional
markers for correct reeving and trimming direction.

Pressure on the line reeved through the
center engages the ratchet mechanism.

Use for mainsheet and spinnaker systems on beachcats, dinghies, and sportboats.
A length of Spectra® line with a polyester cover is included.
2160

Spectra is a registered trademark
of Honeywell International, Inc.

2159

Lashing secures the block close
to the deck and keeps the block
from capsizing.

Finn © US Sailing Team Sperry Top-Sider/Will Ricketson

Part
No. Description

Sheave
Ø
in
mm

Length
in
mm

Weight
oz

g

Max line
Ø
in
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb

kg

Holding power
w/180° wrap
50 lb (23 kg)

40 mm
2159 Single

19/16

40

21/4

57

.90

25

3 8

/

10

300

136

1000

454

10:1

21/4

57

31/16

79

2.5

71

3 8

/

10

500

227

2000

907

10:1

57 mm
2160 Single

43

29 mm Blocks

342

341

343

About Carbo Air blocks: see feature page at
beginning of this section.

340

Doubles and triples feature U-Locks
to hold the swivel in front/side
position, or to let it spin freely.

344
345

348
346

349

30 mm
(13/16")

347

371

381

352
Use as becket block without the
additional height of a becket.

350

32 mm
(11/4")

353
395

44

396

Sheave
Weight
Shackle pin
Ø
Length
w/shackle
Ø
Part
No. Description
in
mm
in
mm
oz
g
in
mm
5
29
25/8
66
0.9
26
/32
4
340 Single/swivel
11/8
5/32
29
31/16
78
1.0
28
4
341 Single/swivel/becket
11/8
3/16
29
27/8
73
1.8
51
5
342 Double/swivel
11/8
3/16
29
33/8
85
1.9
54
5
343 Double/swivel/becket
11/8
3
29
27/8
73
2.6
74
/16
5
344 Triple/swivel
11/8
3/16
29
33/8
85
2.7
77
5
345 Triple/swivel/becket
11/8
3/16
29
27/8
73
4.6
130
5
346 Triple/471 Carbo-Cam**
11/8
3
29
33/8
85
4.7
133
/16
5
347 Triple/471 Carbo-Cam/becket**
11/8
29
115/16
49
0.8
23


348 Single/fixed*
11/8
29
23/16
56
1.1
31


349 Stand-up/fixed*
11/8
29
21/8
53
0.6
17


350 Cheek
11/8
29
21/16
52
0.9
26


352 90° fixed head*
11/8
29
35/8
92
1.2
34


353 Traveler
11/8
29
47/8
124
1.8
51


371 Clew block assembly
11/8
29
21/8
54
1.2
34


381 Double/fixed
11/8
29
315/16
100
3.2
90.7


395 Pivoting lead block/468 Cam-Matic**
11/8
29
315/16
100
2.96
83.7


396 Pivoting lead block/471 Carbo-Cam**
11/8
*Can be used as becket block. **Maximum working loads and breaking loads for blocks based on cam strengths.

High-strength pivoting lead blocks
with cams are used for halyard
controls on larger keelboats and
as “headknockers” on dinghies and
beachcats for sheeting directly from
the boom. Hole spacing and rivet
size are the same as Classic models,
making upgrades easy. Cam reverses
for either up or down cleating.

Max line
Ø
in
mm
5
/16
8
5/16
8
5/16
8
5/16
8
5
/16
8
5/16
8
1/4
6
1
/4
6
5/16
8
5/16
8
5/16
8
5
/16
8
5/16
8
5/16
8
5/16
8
1/4
6
1/4
6

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
330
150
330
150
660
299
660
299
990
449
990
449
750
340
900
408
330
150
330
150
330
150
330
150
330
150
330
150
660
299
200
91
150
68

Breaking
load
lb
kg
1000
454
1000
454
1625
737
1625
737
2000
907
2000
907
1500
680
1800
816
1000
454
1000
454
1000
454
1000
454
1000
454
1000
454
1625
737
650
295
650
295

40 mm Blocks

About Carbo Air blocks: see feature page at beginning of this section.

Reversible cam arms.

2646
Use as becket block without the
additional height of a becket.
Photo © US Sailing Team Sperry Top-Sider / Mick Anderson / sailingpix.dk

2644

2636

38 mm
(11/2")

2637

2163

63 mm
(2½")

2649
2652

2650

2659

2645
32 mm
(11/4")
Sheave
Weight
Shackle pin
Ø
Length
w/shackle
Ø
Part
No. Description
in
mm
in
mm
oz
g
in
mm
40
229/32
74
4.9
139


2163 Cheek/becket
19/16
5/32
40
33/8
86
1.6
44
4
2636 Single/swivel
19/16
5/32
40
4
102
1.7
48
4
2637 Single/swivel/becket
19/16
40
23/4
70
1.2
34


2644 Cheek
19/16
5/32
40
33/8
86
4.2
119
4
2645 Single/swivel/471 Carbo-Cam**
19/16
5/32
40
4
102
4.3
122
4
2646 Single/swivel/471 Carbo-Cam/becket**
19/16
40
41/4
108
1.8
52


2649 Traveler
19/16
40
21/2
64
1.4
40


2650 Single/fixed*
19/16
40
23/4
70
1.7
48


2652 Stand-up/fixed*
19/16
40
215/16
75
1.6
44


2659 90° fixed head*
19/16
*Can be used as becket block. **Maximum working loads and breaking loads for blocks based on cam strengths.

Max line
Ø
in
mm
3/8
10
3/8
10
3/8
10
3/8
10
1/4
6
1/4
6
5
/16
8
3/8
10
3/8
10
3/8
10

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
485
220
485
220
485
220
485
220
150
68
300
136
330
150
485
220
485
220
485
220

Breaking
load
lb
kg
1620
735
1620
735
1620
735
1620
735
300
136
600
272
1000
454
1620
735
1620
735
1620
735

45

40 mm Blocks
About Carbo Air blocks: see feature page at
beginning of this section.

2156

Zim 15, 4.57 m (15'), Zim Sailing © Zim Sailing

2157

2638

2643

46

2641

2640

2639

2647

High-strength pivoting lead blocks
with cams are used for halyard
controls on larger keelboats and
as “headknockers” on dinghies and
beachcats for sheeting directly from
the boom. Hole spacing and rivet
size are the same as Classic models,
making upgrades easy. Cam reverses
for either up or down cleating.

2642

2648

Sheave
Weight
Shackle pin
Ø
Length
w/shackle
Ø
Part
No. Description
in
mm
in
mm
oz
g
in
mm
40
41/2
112
6.6
186


2156 Pivoting lead block/150 Cam-Matic* **
19/16
40
41/2
112
5.5
157


2157 Pivoting lead block/365 Carbo-Cam* **
19/16
3
40
311/16
94
3.2
86
/16
5
2638 Double/swivel
19/16
3/16
40
45/16
110
3.4
90
5
2639 Double/swivel/becket
19/16
3/16
40
311/16
94
4.6
118
5
2640 Triple/swivel
19/16
3
40
45/16
110
4.7
122
/16
5
2641 Triple/swivel/becket
19/16
3/16
40
31/2
89
2.8
80
5
2642 Double/fixed
19/16
3/16
40
43/16
106
2.9
84
5
2643 Double/fixed/becket
19/16
3/16
40
311/16
94
8.2
232
5
2647 Triple/swivel/471 Carbo-Cam**
19/16
3
40
45/16
110
8.3
235
/16
5
2648 Triple/swivel/471 Carbo-Cam/becket**
19/16
3/16
40
311/16
94
6
170
5
2654 Quad/swivel
19/16
*Can be used as becket block. **Maximum working loads and breaking loads for blocks based on cam strengths.

2654

Max line
Ø
in
mm
3/8
10
3/8
10
3
/8
10
3/8
10
3/8
10
3
/8
10
3/8
10
3/8
10
1/4
6
1
/4
6
3/8
10

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
300
136
200
91
970
440
970
440
1455
660
1455
660
970
440
970
440
750
340
900
408
1455
660

Breaking
load
lb
kg
950
430
950
430
2380 1080
2380 1080
3050 1383
3050 1383
2380 1080
2380 1080
1500
680
1800
816
3050 1383

57 mm Blocks

About Carbo Air blocks: see feature page at beginning of this section.

4
8

2602
2600

6

7

2601

2603

3

2

5

1

Use with 2632 for a
powerful 8:1 purchase.

2615

2616

2631

2606

2604

2605

2618
2762

2617

Sheave
Ø
Length
Part
No. Description
in
mm
in
mm
57
45/16
110
2600 Single/swivel
21/4
57
53/16
132
2601 Single/swivel/becket
21/4
57
43/4
121
2602 Double/swivel
21/4
57
55/8
142
2603 Double/swivel/becket
21/4
57
43/4
121
2604 Triple/swivel
21/4
57
55/8
142
2605 Triple/swivel/becket
21/4
57
35/8
92
2606 Cheek
21/4
57
45/16
110
2615 Single/swivel/150 Cam-Matic*
21/4
57
53/16
132
2616 Single/swivel/150 Cam-Matic/becket*
21/4
57
43/4
121
2617 Triple/swivel/150 Cam-Matic*
21/4
57
55/8
142
2618 Triple/swivel/150 Cam-Matic/becket*
21/4
57
43/4
121
2631 Quadruple/swivel
21/4
57
43/4
121
2762 5-Sheave/swivel
21/4
*Maximum working loads and breaking loads for blocks based on cam strengths.

Weight
w/shackle
oz
g
3.1
87
3.4
96
6.3
178
6.6
187
9
255
9.3
264
2.4
68
9.5
269
15.6
442
15.2
431
15.6
442
12
340
15.8
448

Shackle pin
Ø
in
mm
3/16
5
3/16
5

6

6

6

6


3/16
5
3/16
5

6

6

6

6

Max line
Ø
in
mm
3/8
10
3/8
10
3/8
10
3/8
10
3/8
10
3/8
10
3
/8
10
3/8
10
3/8
10
3/8
10
3
/8
10
3/8
10
3/8
10

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
792
359
792
359
1584 720
1584 720
2380 1080
2380 1080
792
359
300
136
600
272
1500 680
1800 816
2380 1080
2380 1080

Breaking
load
lb
kg
2380 1079
2380 1079
3300 1500
3300 1500
5000 2270
5000 2270
2380 1079
750
340
1500
680
3750 1700
4500 2040
5000 2270
5000 2270

47

75 mm Blocks

About Carbo Air blocks: see feature page at beginning of this section.

4
8

6

7

3

2

5

1

2661

A-Class Catamaran, Exploder, Jakub Kopłowicz design © Julie Hartwig www.juliehartwigphotography.ipf3.com

2660

2662

2666

2663
2664

Use with 2687 for a
powerful 8:1 purchase.

2667

2677

2665
2668

Sheave
Ø
Length
Part
No. Description
in
mm
in
mm
75
53/8
137
2660 Single/swivel
215/16
75
61/2
165
2661 Single/swivel/becket
215/16
75
6
152
2662 Double/swivel
215/16
75
7
178
2663 Double/swivel/becket
215/16
75
6
152
2664 Triple/swivel
215/16
75
7
178
2665 Triple/swivel/becket
215/16
75
53/8
137
2666 Single/swivel/150 Cam-Matic*
215/16
75
61/2
165
2667 Single/swivel/150 Cam-Matic/becket*
215/16
75
6
152
2668 Triple/swivel/150 Cam-Matic*
215/16
75
7
178
2669 Triple/swivel/150 Cam-Matic/becket*
215/16
75
61/4
159
2677 Quadruple/swivel
215/16
*Maximum working loads and breaking loads for blocks based on cam strengths.

48

Weight
w/shackle
oz
g
6.9
195
7.5
214
14.2
402
14.8
419
20.5
580
21.1
599
13.4
381
14
397
27.8
788
28.4
805
27.2
772

Shackle pin
Ø
in
mm

6

6
5/16
8
5/16
8
5/16
8
5
/16
8

6

6
5/16
8
5/16
8
5/16
8

Max line
Ø
in
mm
9/16
14
9
/16
14
9/16
14
9/16
14
9/16
14
9
/16
14
1/2
12
1/2
12
1/2
12
1/2
12
9/16
14

2669

Maximum
Breaking
working load
load
lb
kg
lb
kg
1213 550
3638 1650
1213 550
3638 1650
2426 1100 6000 2722
2426 1100 6000 2722
3639 1650 10000 4535
3639 1650 10000 4535
300
136
750
340
600
272
1500
680
1500 680
3750 1700
1800 816
4500 2040
3639 1650 10000 4535

Ratchet Blocks

Carbo ratchet blocks allow sailors to hand-hold loaded
lines and offer balance between holding power and
controlled easing.
Nylon-resin sideplates are densely packed with
long-glass fibers for a compact block with a high
strength-to-weight ratio. Machined aluminum sheaves
are Hard Lube-anodized for strength and corrosion
resistance. Eight facets hold line securely. Ball bearings,
sheave, and sideplates are UV-stabilized with carbon
black for maximum protection.

2609
2136
2671

2608
2135
2670

40 mm

On/off switch operates from both sides.

2614
2137
2672

The 40 mm ratchets are ideal for jib sheets and
spinnakers where size and weight are critical. The
2608, 2609, and 2614 have on/off switches; other
40 mm ratchets are always in ratchet mode.

57 mm and 75 mm

The 57 mm and 75 mm switchable ratchets provide
precise on/off control with accessible, easy-to-operate
on/off switches on both sides of the block.
For the ultimate system, mount a switchable
ratchet in the cockpit and a boom-mounted
Ratchamatic block directly above for double
holding power in heavy air and a freerunning mainsheet when it’s light. The
75 mm provides up to 15:1 holding
power; the 57 mm 10:1.

Cam assembly adjusts and locks
in a range of positions for crew
accessibility.

2139

About Carbo Air blocks: see feature page
at beginning of this section.

2138

Switch locks shackle in front or side
positions, or lets block swivel to keep
line from twisting.

2611
2610

Sheave
Ø
in
mm

Part
No. Description

Length
in
mm

Weight
w/shackle
oz
g

Shackle pin
Ø
in
mm

Max line
Ø
in
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg

40 mm
2608
2609
2610
2611
2614

Single/swivel
Single/swivel/becket
Single/swivel/471 Carbo-Cam**
Single/swivel/471 Carbo-Cam/becket**
Cheek*

19/16
19/16
19/16
19/16
19/16

40
40
40
40
40

33/8
4
33/8
4
23/4

86
102
86
102
70

1.7
1.8
4.6
4.7
1.6

49
52
129
132
44

/
/32
5/32
5/32

4
4
4
4

/
/8
1/4
1/4
3/8

10
10
6
6
10

300
300
150
300
300

136
136
68
136
136

1000
1000
300
600
1000

454
454
136
272
454

Single/swivel
Single/swivel/becket
Cheek*
Single/swivel/150 Cam-Matic**
Single/swivel/150 Cam-Matic/becket**

21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4

57
57
57
57
57

41/16
415/16
31/4
41/16
415/16

103
125
83
103
125

3.0
3.3
2.5
8.7
9.0

85
94
71
247
255

/16
/

3/16
3/16

5
5

5
5

/8
/
3/8
3/8
3/8

10
10
10
10
10

500
500
500
300
600

227
227
227
136
272

2000
2000
2000
750
1500

907
907
907
340
680

1/4
7/16
215/16
75
53/8
137
8.0
227
6
1/4
7/16
75
61/2
165
8.75
248
6
215/16
7/16
75
41/16
103
6.3
179


215/16
**Maximum working loads and breaking loads for blocks based on cam strengths.

12
12
12

750
750
750

341
341
341

3000
3000
3000

1361
1361
1361

5 32
5

3 8
3

57 mm
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139

3

3 16

3

3 8

75 mm
2670 Single/swivel
2671 Single/swivel/becket
2672 Cheek*
*Includes RH fasteners and mounting pad.

49

Ratchet Blocks

CARBO RATCHET
BLOCKS

Q&A

About Carbo Air blocks: see feature page at beginning of this section.

I SAIL WITH MY SON ON A
RHODES 19 AND HE HAS
TROUBLE TRIMMING THE
MAINSHEET WHEN THE WIND
PICKS UP. ANY SUGGESTIONS?

2619

2613

2612

2140

A Carbo ratchet block would
increase the mainsheet load your
son could handle by as much as
15:1. For example, a Harken ratchet
could stop an unanticipated gust
from yanking the line through his
hands, allowing him to release
and then retrim the sheet under
complete control.

2141

40 mm
Actual size

57 mm
Actual size

75 mm
Actual size

29er, Tasha Bryant and Annie Wilmot © Traks Gordon

Part
No.

Description

Sheave
Ø
in
mm

Length
in
mm

Weight
w/shackle
oz
g

Shackle pin
Ø
in
mm

Max line
Ø
in
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg

40 mm
311/16
45/16
43/4

94
110
121

8.5
8.6
9.5

242
245
269

2140 Triple/swivel/150 Cam-Matic*
21/4
57
41/16
57
415/16
2141 Triple/swivel/150 Cam-Matic/becket*
21/4
*Maximum working loads and breaking loads for blocks based on cam strengths.

103
125

15.4
15.7

435
445

2612
2613
2619

Triple/swivel/471 Carbo-Cam*
Triple/swivel/471 Carbo-Cam/becket*
Triple/471 Carbo-Cam/29 mm block/becket*

19/16
19/16
19/16

40
40
40

1 4

/
/
1
/4

6
6
6

/
/

6
6

1 4

3 16

/
/
3
/16

5
5
5

750
900
900

340
408
408

1500
1800
1800

680
816
816

/
/

10
10

1500
1800

680
816

3750
4500

1700
2041

3 16

57 mm

50

1 4
1 4

3 8
3 8

Ratchamatic Blocks

The Carbo Ratchamatic is a load-sensing ratchet block
that rolls freely in both directions under low loads and
automatically engages the ratchet as loads increase.
Shifting between ratchet and light-air modes is seamless.
Unloaded main and jib sheets run out freely during mark
roundings and asymmetrical spinnakers free instantly
during jibes.

2625
2680
Adjustable ratchet engagement adapts
block to a variety of applications.

Ratchet engagement may be adjusted to a higher or lower
load according to strength and sailing style. The Ratchamatic
cheek block mounts on either port or starboard. The holding
power of the 57 mm is as high as 10:1. The 75 mm is up to 15:1.
For the ultimate system, mount a Ratchamatic block on the boom
above a cockpit-mounted switchable ratchet to allow the
mainsheet to run freely in light air and to double holding
power in heavy air.
Use the 2634 with a 402 or 403 swivel arm for a versatile
two-speed mainsheet system.

2628
2684

About Carbo Air blocks: see feature page at beginning of this section.

Eight-faceted, Hard Lube-anodized
aluminum sheave holds line securely.

2626
2681

75 mm
Actual
size

2627
2683

57 mm
Actual size

2633
2682
Optimist, Zim Sailing © Onne van der Wal

Max line
Ø
in
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

/
/
3
/8
3/8
3/8

10
10
10
10
10

500
500
300
600
500

227
227
136
272
227

2000
2000
750
1500
2000

907
907
340
680
907

10:1
10:1
10:1
10:1
10:1

1/4
7/16
2680 Single
215/16
75
53/8
137
8.4
238
6
12
1
7
75
61/2
165
9.0
255
/4
6
/16
12
2681 Single/becket
215/16
7/16
75
41/16
103
6.5
184


12
2682 Cheek*
215/16
1/4
7/16
75
57/16
138 15.5 440
6
12
2683 Single/150 Cam-Matic**
215/16
1/4
7/16
75
61/2
165 15.5 440
6
12
2684 Single/150 Cam-Matic/becket**
215/16
*Includes RH fasteners and mounting pad. **Maximum working loads and breaking loads for blocks based on cam strengths.

750
750
750
300
600

341
341
341
136
272

3000
3000
3000
750
1500

1361
1361
1361
340
680

15:1
15:1
15:1
15:1
15:1

Part
No.

Description

Sheave
Ø
in
mm

Single
Single/becket
Single/150 Cam-Matic**
Single/150 Cam-Matic/becket**
Cheek*

21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4

Length
in
mm

Weight
oz
g

Shackle pin
Ø
in
mm

Breaking
load
lb
kg

Holding power
w/180° wrap
50 lb (23 kg)

57 mm
2625
2626
2627
2628
2633

57
57
57
57
57

41/16
415/16
41/16
415/16
31/4

103
125
103
125
83

3.7
4.0
9.4
9.7
3.1

104
113
266
275
89

/
/
3
/16
3/16

3 16
3 16

5
5
5
5

3 8
3 8

75 mm

51

Ratchamatic Blocks
About Carbo Air blocks: see feature page at beginning of this section.

Use with 2631/2677 for a powerful
8:1 purchase.

Flying Phantom, 5.52 m (18.11'), naval architect: Phantom International © Pierrick Contin

.

2630
2686

2629
2685
Part
No. Description

Sheave
Ø
in
mm

2632
2687

Length
in
mm

Weight
oz
g

Shackle pin
Ø
in
mm

2634

Max line
Ø
in
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg

Holding power
w/180° wrap
50 lb (23 kg)

/
/
3
/8
3/8

10
10
10
10

1500
1800
1800
750

680
816
816
340

3750
4500
4500
1875

1700
2041
2041
851

10:1
10:1
10:1
10:1

/
/
7
/16

12
12
12

1500
1800
1800

680
816
816

3750
4500
4500

1700
2041
2041

15:1
15:1
15:1

57 mm
103
125
156
116

14.9
15.2
18.3
7.2

421
431
520
204

1 4

2685 Triple/150 Cam-Matic*
215/16
75
63/16
137
75
61/2
165
2686 Triple/150 Cam-Matic/becket*
215/16
75
61/2
165
2687 Triple/150 Cam-Matic/57 mm block/becket*
215/16
*Maximum working loads and breaking loads for blocks based on cam strengths.

31.0
31.6
34.7

879
896
984

5 16

2629
2630
2632
2634

Triple/150 Cam-Matic*
Triple/150 Cam-Matic/becket*
Triple/150 Cam-Matic/40 mm block/becket*
Double

21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4

57
57
57
57

41/16
415/16
61/8
49/16

/
/
1
/4
1/4

6
6
6
6

3 8

/
/
5
/16

8
8
8

7 16

1 4

3 8

75 mm

52

5 16

7 16

Carbo Fiddle Blocks
The Carbo fiddle block line features high-load ball
bearings with fitted races for low-friction
operation. The 40 mm fiddle is an excellent
choice for 3:1 and 4:1 tackles on dinghy vangs
and mainsheets, as well as for controls such
as cunninghams and internal boom outhauls
on larger boats.
The 57 fiddle features the Cam-Lock locking
system. The switch allows the shackle to lock
at 90-degree intervals or to swivel freely.

Ratchet Blocks

The 57 and 75 mm switchable ratchet blocks
provide precise on/off control with accessible,
easy-to-operate on/off switches on both
sides of the block.

2658
2624
2693

2657
2623
2692

About Carbo Air blocks: see feature page at beginning of this section.

2675
2696

2676
2697

2656
2622
2691

2655
2621
2690

Part
No.

Description

Sheave
Ø
in
mm

2674
2695
2673
2694

Length
in
mm

Weight
w/shackle
oz
g

Shackle pin
Ø
in
mm

Max line
Ø
in
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg

40 mm
40 mm
40 mm/becket
40 mm/471 Carbo-Cam
40 mm/471 Carbo-Cam/becket

19/16
19/16
19/16
19/16

40
40
40
40

41/2
51/8
41/2
51/8

115
131
115
131

1.8
1.9
4.4
4.5

51
54
125
128

/32
/
5/32
5/32

4
4
4
4

/8
/
1/4
1/4

10
10
6
6

485
485
485
485

220
220
220
220

1620
1620
1620
1620

735
735
735
735

57 mm
57 mm/becket
57 mm/150 Cam-Matic
57 mm/150 Cam-Matic/becket
57 mm/ratchet
57 mm/ratchet/becket
57 mm/ratchet/150 Cam-Matic
57 mm/ratchet/150 Cam-Matic/becket

21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4

57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57

6
67/8
6
67/8
45/8
55/8
45/8
55/8

153
175
153
175
118
143
118
143

3.7
4.0
10.1
10.4
4.0
4.3
10.4
10.7

105
113
286
295
113
121
294
303

3

/16
/
3/16
3/16
3
/16
3/16
3/16
3
/16

5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

3

/8
/
3/8
3/8
3
/8
3/8
3/8
3
/8

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

792
792
792
792
793
793
793
793

359
359
359
359
360
360
360
360

2380
2380
2380
2380
2380
2380
2380
2380

1080
1080
1080
1080
1080
1080
1080
1080

2690 75 mm
215/16
75
63/16
157
75
77/16
189
2691 75 mm/becket
215/16
75
63/16
157
2692 75 mm/150 Cam-Matic*
215/16
75
77/16
189
2693 75 mm/150 Cam-Matic/becket
215/16
75
63/16
157
2694 75 mm/ratchet
215/16
75
77/16
189
2695 75 mm/ratchet/becket
215/16
75
63/16
157
2696 75 mm/ratchet/150 Cam-Matic*
215/16
75
77/16
189
2697 75 mm/ratchet/150 Cam-Matic/becket
215/16
*Maximum working loads and breaking loads for blocks based on cam strengths.

8.4
9.1
15.0
15.6
9.5
10.2
16.1
16.8

238
257
424
443
270
289
456
475

1

/4
/
1/4
1
/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1
/4

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

/16
/
1/2
1
/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1
/2

14
14
12
12
12
12
12
12

1212
1212
900
1212
1212
1212
900
1212

550
550
408
550
550
550
408
550

3637
3637
2250
3637
3637
3637
2250
3637

1650
1650
1020
1650
1650
1650
1020
1650

2655
2656
2657
2658

5

5 32

3

3 8

57 mm
2621
2622
2623
2624
2673
2674
2675
2676

3 16

3 8

75 mm
1 4

9

9 16

53

Small Boat
57 & 75 mm
Flip-Flop Blocks

Small Boat Flip-Flop blocks pivot around the line axis to keep
line close to the deck. Hinged construction allows a variety of
lead angles.
Lightweight, machined 6061-T6 aluminum cheeks pivot on
fiber-reinforced plastic chocks. Sheave runs exclusively on
a ball bearing system for fast trim and release under any load.
Ball bearings, sheave, and sideplates are UV-stabilized with
carbon black for maximum protection.

Block pivots around the line axis
to keep line entry height low.

Ratchamatic block versions roll freely in both directions under
low loads and automatically engage a ratchet mechanism
as loads increase, giving sailors a holding power of up to 15:1.
The ratchet engagement can be adjusted to a higher or lower
load depending on the sailor’s strength, sailing style and
system usage.
Reversible cam arms adjust and lock in a range of
positions for crew accessibility and accommodation
of changing lead angles.

2142
2678

2143
2679

2145
2689

2144
2688

Sheave
Ø
Width
Part
No. Description
in
mm
in
mm
21/4
57
2
50
2142 57 mm
2143 57 mm/150 Cam-Matic*
21/4
57
25/8
66
2144 57 mm Ratchamatic
21/4
57
2
50
2145 57 mm Ratchamatic/150 Cam-Matic*
21/4
57
25/8
66
2678 75 mm
3
75
21/2
64
3
75
25/8
66
2679 75 mm/150 Cam-Matic*
3
75
21/2
64
2688 75 mm Ratchamatic
3
75
25/8
66
2689 75 mm Ratchamatic/150 Cam-Matic*
*Maximum working loads and breaking loads for blocks based on cam strengths.

54

Length
in
mm
45/16
110
45/16
110
45/16
110
45/16
110
55/8
143
55/8
143
55/8
143
55/8
143

Height
in
mm
21/8
54
45/16
110
25/8
66
43/16
106
33/4
95
59/16
141
31/2
89
53/8
137

Weight
oz
g
5
141
11
304
5.5
156
12
329
9.7
275
17
485
11
304
18
514

Max line
Ø
in
mm
3/8
10
3
/8
10
3/8
10
3/8
10
9/16
14
9/16
14
7
/16
12
7/16
12

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
500
227
300
136
500
227
300
136
750
340
300
136
750
340
300
136

Breaking
load
lb
kg
1584 718
600
272
1000 554
600
272
2426 1100
600
272
1500 680
600
272

16 mm

The 16 mm is Harken’s smallest block. It is perfect for small synthetic control
lines found on high-tech dinghies.
The bearing system uses stainless steel balls in a captive grooved race and has a
113 kg (250 lb) maximum working load—the highest on the market compared to
similarly sized blocks.
The 442 uses a spacer and the 404 uses an O-ring to keep the line in the sheave
during intermittent loading.
The 467 and 484 use a narrow sheave for extremely small control lines and have
a ferrule head for soft attachments. They use the same high load ball system.
The 484 features a bronze sheave for added durability.
Use for:
Dinghy control lines
Spinnaker pole trip lines
Big Boat leech lines
Outhauls
Downhauls Cunninghams
Traveler controls
Halyards on prams

Cutout
11 mm (7/16") x 41 mm (15/8")
60.3 mm
(23/8")

Hardened stainless steel inner race
for maximum strength-to-weight ratio.

391

376

404

405

368
Actual size

409

408
407

406

36 mm
(17/16")

416
417
Cutout
11 mm (7/16") x 35 mm (13/8")
44.5 mm
(13/4")

442

437
421

432

12.7 mm
(1/2")

467

484

27 mm
(11/16")

Sheave
Max line
Ø
Length
Weight
Ø
Part
No. Description
in
mm
in
mm
oz
g
in
mm
5/8
7/32
16
3
76
.94
27
5
368 In-line exit*
5/8
7/32
16
11/8
29
.38
11
5
376 Forkhead
5/8
7/32
16
15/8
41
.5
13
5
391 Hook-in halyard
5/8
7/32
16
11/8
29
.33
10
5
404 Single**
5/8
7/32
16
11/2
38
.44
12
5
405 Single/becket
5/8
7/32
16
111/16
43
.94
27
5
406 Double
5
7
/8
16
21/8
54
1
28
/32
5
407 Double/becket
5/8
7/32
16
113/16
46
1.44
41
5
408 Triple
5/8
7/32
16
21/4
57
1.5
43
5
409 Triple/becket
5/8
7/32
16
113/16
46
.44
12
5
416 Cheek*
5
7
/8
16
113/16
46
.63
18
/32
5
417 Single/swivel***
5/8
7/32
16
23/8
60
.63
18
5
421 Through-deck*
5/8
7/32
16
13/8
35
.38
11
5
432 Pivot cheek*
5
7
/8
16
15/16
34
.75
21
/32
5
437 Flip-flop*
5/8
7/32
16
13/8
35
.44
12
5
442 Block/eyestrap assembly*
5/8
5/32
16
115/32
37
.44
12
4
467 Narrow ferrule head
5/8
5/32
16
1 15/32
37
.53
15
4
484 Narrow ferrule head, bronze sheave
*4 mm (#8) RH fasteners. **Contact Harken for replacement O-rings HSB340. ***Shackle pin diameter 4 mm (5/32").

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
250
113
250
113
250
113
250
113
250
113
450
204
450
204
700
318
700
318
250
113
250
113
250
113
250
113
250
113
250
113
250
113
250
113

Breaking
load
lb
kg
1200
544
1200
544
400
181
1200
544
1200
544
1200
544
1200
544
1200
544
1200
544
1200
544
750
339
1200
544
750
339
1200
544
1200
544
750
339
750
339

55

Micro Blocks

Actual Size

Low-friction Micro blocks are compact
and lightweight. They are ideal for sailboards,
smaller dinghies, and lightly loaded control lines
on boats of all sizes.

225

224

Micro block sheaves run exclusively on ball
bearing systems for fast trim and release under
any load. Delrin® ball bearings are UV-stabilized
with carbon black for maximum protection.
Stainless steel sideplates add strength.

227

226

Use for:
Cunninghams/outhauls
Vangs
Traveler controls
Barberhaulers
Flag halyards
Leech cords
Lead car return tackles

228

230
Micro fiddle with rounded V-Jam,
or triples with cam make compact
self-cleating tackles.

229

232

231

233
234

52 mm
(21/16")
Cutout
16 mm (5/8") x 40 mm (19/16")
54 mm
(21/8")

242

235

243

25 mm
(1")

443

22 mm
(7
/8")

292

377

244

245

Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.
Part
No.
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
242
243
244
245
292
377
443

Description
Single
Single/becket
Double
Double/becket
Triple
Triple/becket
Triple/471 Carbo-Cam
Triple/471 Carbo-Cam/becket
Traveler
Cheek***
Single/shackle
Single/shackle/becket
Through-deck***
Upright***
Fiddle/V-Jam*
Fiddle/V-Jam/becket**
Single/swivel
Forkhead
Block/eyestrap assembly‡

*Use w/225 or 235.

56

**Use w/226.

Sheave
Ø
in
mm
7/8
22
7/8
22
7/8
22
7
/8
22
7/8
22
7/8
22
7/8
22
7
/8
22
7/8
22
7/8
22
7
/8
22
7/8
22
7/8
22
7/8
22
7
/8
22
7/8
22
7/8
22
7
/8
22
7/8
22

Length
in
mm
11/2
38
2
51
2
51
21/2
64
2
51
21/2
64
2
51
21/2
64
23/4
71
21/2
64
21/4
57
23/4
71
25/8
67
11/2
38
31/2
89
4
102
23/8
60
121/32
42
13/4
45

***#10 (5 mm) RH fasteners.

Weight
oz
g
.5
14
.75
21
1.5
43
1.5
43
2
57
2.25
64
3.5
99
3.5
99
1.25
35
.75
21
.75
21
1
28
1
28
1
28
2
57
2
57
1
28
.56
16
.56
16

‡#8 (4 mm) RH fasteners.

27 mm
(11/16")
Sheaves see page 96.

Shackle pin
Ø
in
mm




















3
/16
5
3/16
5




3
/16
5
3/16
5
5/32
4



Max line
Ø
in
mm
1/4
6
1/4
6
1/4
6
1
/4
6
1/4
6
1/4
6
1/4
6
1
/4
6
1/4
6
1/4
6
1
/4
6
1/4
6
1/4
6
1/4
6
1
/4
6
1/4
6
1/4
6
1
/4
6
1/4
6

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
200
91
200
91
350
159
350
159
500
227
500
227
500
227
500
227
200
91
200
91
200
91
200
91
200
91
200
91
350
159
350
159
200
91
200
91
200
91

Breaking
load
lb
kg
1200
544
1200
544
1200
544
1200
544
1200
544
1200
544
1200
544
1200
544
1200
544
1200
544
1200
544
1200
544
1200
544
1200
544
1200
544
1200
544
1200
544
1200
544
1000
454

Saffier SC 10m photo

CLASSIC BLOCKS
The timeless styling of our Classic block line
enhances your boat’s traditional look. Strong,
dependable and exceptionally free-running, these
compact blocks are the foundation of the Harken
block line. We offer them in multiple configurations
for dinghies, scows, beachcats, iceboats, and
small offshore racers and cruisers.

Corrosion-resistant, maintain beauty
and strength over time
• Ball bearings, sheave, and sideplates are UV-stabilized.
• Corrosion-resistant stainless steel straps reinforce blocks.

Fast trim and release under load
• Free-running ball bearings roll on
flat races with minimal friction.

Materials

For properties
see pages 38-39.

Delrin®
UV-stabilized:
Ball bearings

316 Stainless
steel:

Shackle blocks lock in two directions or swivel to
keep line from twisting
• Set screw allows shackle to be fixed or to swivel.

Sideplate straps

Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.
DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use.

57

Bullet Blocks

083
099
126

082
098
125

Low-friction Bullet blocks lead control lines aft.
They are compact and lightweight, with fast trim and
release under high or low loads. A range of styles lets
these blocks adapt to almost all control line applications.
Wire Bullet blocks use roller bearings to carry higher
loads and feature Hard Lube-anodized aluminum sheaves
for strength and corrosion resistance. Mast exit blocks
with cams are used for halyard controls and under
boom mainsheets.

084
100
127

About Classic blocks: see feature page at beginning of this section.

085
128

Integrated shackle minimizes
block length for purchase power
in limited space.

086
129
087
130

167
169

147
166
168
183

Photo © US Sailing Team Sperry Top-Sider / Jen Edney

146

The complete line of Small Boat Classic blocks is available through
Harken dealers worldwide and online at www.harken.com/classic.
Part
No.

Description

Sheave
Ø
in
mm

in

Single
Single/becket
Double
Double/becket
Triple
Triple/becket
Wire single
Wire single/becket
Double wire
Single/swivel
Single/swivel/becket
Wire swivel

11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8

29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29

2
23/4
23/4
31/2
3
33/4
2
23/4
23/4
23/4
31/2
23/4

51
70
70
89
76
95
51
70
70
70
89
70

1
1.25
2.5
2.75
3.75
4.5
1
1.25
2.75
1.5
1.75
1.5

11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2

38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38

21/2
31/2
31/2
41/2
33/4
43/4
31/8
4
31/4
4

64
89
89
114
95
121
79
102
83
102

1.5
2
4.25
4.75
6.5
6.75
2
2.25
2.25
2.5

Length
mm

Shackle pin
Ø
in
mm

Max line
Ø
in
mm

Sheaves see page 96
Maximum
Breaking
working load
load
lb
kg
lb
kg

28
35
71
78
106
128
28
35
78
43
50
43



3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16


3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16



5
5
5
5


5
5
5
5

5 16

/
/
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5
/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

300
300
400
400
600
600
500
500
750
300
300
500

136
136
181
181
272
272
227
227
340
136
136
227

2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000

907
907
907
907
907
907
907
907
907
907
907
907

43
57
120
135
184
191
57
64
64
71



1
/4
1/4
1/4
1
/4
3/16
3/16
3/16
3
/16



6
6
6
6
5
5
5
5

3 8

/
/
3
/8
3/8
3/8
3
/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3
/8

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

300
300
600
600
750
750
300
300
300
300

136
136
272
272
340
340
136
136
136
136

2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000

907
907
907
907
907
907
907
907
907
907

Weight
oz
g

Bullet
082
083
084
085
086
087
098
099
100
166
167
183

5 16

Big Bullet
125
126
127
128
129
130
146
147
168
169

58

Single
Single/becket
Double
Double/becket
Triple
Triple/becket
Single/shackle
Single/shackle/becket
Single/swivel
Single/swivel/becket

3 8

Bullet, Dinghy & Exit Blocks
About Classic blocks: see feature page at beginning of this section.

220
223

220 - 49 mm (115/16")
223 - 57 mm (21/4")

096
108
222

220 - 25 mm (1")
223 - 38 mm (17/16")

113

089 - 79 mm (31/8")
134 - 110 mm (45/16")
096, 108 - 30 mm (13/16")
222 - 33 mm (15/16")

096, 108 - 25 mm (1")
222 - 38 mm (17/16")

448

088, 106 - 57 mm (21/4")
131 - 73 mm (27/8")

Cutout
089 - 21 x 67 mm (13/16" x 25/8")
134 - 24 x 94 mm (15/16" x 311/16")

38 mm
(17/16")

79 mm (31/8")

287, 288 - 57 mm (21/4")

088
106
131
Cutout
088, 106 - 19 x 44 mm (3/4" x 13/4")
131 - 24 x 56 mm (15/16" x 23/16")

289

287
288

Cutout
19 x 67 mm (3/4" x 25/8")

Cutout
287, 288 - 19 x 44 mm (3/4" x 13/4")

56 mm (23/16")

57 mm
(21/4")

51 mm
(2")
Cutout
27 x 68 mm
(11/16" x 211/16")

38 mm
(11/2")

046

109
The complete line of Small Boat Classic blocks is available through
Harken dealers worldwide and online at www.harken.com/classic.

Part
No.

089
134

197

Description

Sheave
Ø
in
mm

in

mm

oz

g

Through-deck*
In-line exit*
Upright**
Wire Through-deck*
Wire upright**
Wire cheek**
Pivoting cheek**
Exit/150 Cam-Matic (port/stbd)**
Double upright**
Through-deck**
Wire Through-deck**
In-line exit**

11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8

29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29

3
33/4
11/2
3
11/2
27/8
11/8
3
11/2
3
3
33/4

76
95
38
76
38
73
29
76
38
76
76
95

1.25
1.75
1.5
1.25
1.5
1.25
1
4.5
2.25
1.25
1.5
2

35
50
43
35
43
35
28
128
64
35
43
60

Through-deck*
In-line exit*
Upright**
Double upright**

11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2

38
38
38
38

31/2
5
21/4
21/4

89
127
57
57

2.25
3.25
2.5
3.25

64
92
71
92

3 8

Through-deck‡

13/4

44

3

76

4

113

3 8

Length

Weight

Max line
Ø
in
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg

/16
/
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5
/16
5
/16
5/16
5/16
5
/16
5/16

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

300
400
300
500
500
500
300
300
400
300
400
400

136
181
136
227
227
227
136
136
181
136
181
181

2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000

907
907
907
907
907
907
907
907
907
907
907
907

/
/
3
/8
3/8

10
10
10
10

300
600
300
600

136
272
136
272

2000
2000
2000
2000

907
907
907
907

/

10

350

159

2000

907

600

272

Bullet
088
089
096
106
108
109
113
197
220
287
288
289

5

5 16

Big Bullet
131
134
222
223

3 8

Dinghy
046

Upright
448 Halyard lead block
11/2
38
2
51
*5 mm (#10) FH fasteners.
**5 mm (#10) RH fasteners. ‡4 mm (#8) RH fasteners.

3/8
2.1
60
10
300
136
Contact Harken for other Dinghy 44 mm (13/4") blocks.

59

2.25" Blocks

63 mm
(21/2")

About Classic blocks: see feature page at beginning of this section.
38 mm
(11/2")

047
Cutout
27 mm (11/16") x 83 mm (31/4")

38 mm
(11/2")

206
38 mm
(11/2")

001
The complete line of Small Boat Classic blocks is
available through Harken dealers worldwide and
online at www.harken.com/classic.
Part
No.
Description
001
Single
047
Through-deck*
206
Upright lead**
*#8 (4 mm) RH fasteners.

Sheave
Ø
in
mm
21/4
57
21/4
57
57
21/4
**#10 (5 mm) RH fasteners.

Length
in
mm
41/4
108
31/2
89
31/4
83

Weight
oz
g
4 .5
128
5 .5
156
5 .5
156

Hexa-Cat Bases

Shackle pin
Ø
in
mm
3
/16
5



Max line
Ø
in
mm
7
/16
12
7
/16
12
7
/16
12

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
500
227
500
227
500
227

Breaking
load
lb
kg
2500
1134
2500
1134
2500
1134

193

Combine the 193 and 170 Hexa-Cat bases
with Big Bullet or 2.25" (57 mm) blocks
for purchases from 5:1 to 8:1.
About Classic blocks: see feature page
at beginning of this section.

170
Little Hexa-Cats
Hexa-Cats

5:1
Little
Hexa-Cat
128

126/125

The complete line of Small Boat
Classic blocks is available through
Harken dealers worldwide and online
at www.harken.com/classic.
Part
No. Description
170 Hexa-Cat/150 Cam-Matic
193 Little Hexa-Cat/150 Cam-Matic

60

Hexa-Cat
004/2603/
2663
001/002 or
2601/2600
2660/2661

Hexa-Cat maximum working loads
5:1
6:1
7:1
8:1
Base
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
kg
193 1100 499 1100 499 1250 567 1250 567
170 1500 680 1500 680 1500 680 1500 680

Boom blocks (single block on boom)
6:1
7:1
Little
Little
Hexa-Cat
Hexa-Cat
Hexa-Cat
Hexa-Cat
129
048/2604
130
2605
or 2664
or 2665
Boom blocks (multiple blocks on boom)
125/127
001/003 or
126/127
002/003 or
2602/2600
2603/2600
2662/2660
2663/2660

8:1
Little
Hexa-Cat
2654

2 x 127

127

003

128

004

129

048

130

193

170

193

170

193

170

193

Shackle pin
Ø
in
mm
1/4
6
1/4
6

Max line
Ø
in
mm
7/16
12
3/8
10

Sheave
Ø
in
mm
3
76
57
21/4

Length
in
mm
184
71/4
53/4
146

Weight
oz
g
16.5
468
12
340

Maximum
working load
lb
kg



Breaking
load
lb
kg
3000
1361
2500
1134

Dinghy Vang System

The dinghy vang comes pre-reeved with low-stretch
polyester line. It is constructed with a 3:1 cascade inside
a 5:1 purchase for a powerful 15:1 system.
16 mm blocks handle high loads. A Micro Carbo-Cam cleat
allows precise trimming; it’s easy to cleat because it pivots
for a fairlead and angles up and down to accommodate
different mounting heights.
The dinghy vang has a maximum mast-to-boom distance
of 760 mm (30"). A simple line adjustment shortens
the system.

Stainless steel vang housing
has lightening holes to minimize
weight. Stainless steel mast
bracket fits most masts.

455

447

Length
Part
No. Description
in
mm
447 System/471 Carbo-Cam
30
760
455 Lower unit/471 Carbo-Cam*
9
229
*Order your own line, 407, and 405 blocks to complete system.

Max
sail area

Weight
oz
20
15

g
567
425

ft2
125
125

Two-Speed
Mainsheet Systems

Systems
Description
3:1/6:1 self-contained system*
4:1/8:1 self-contained system*

in
5/16
5/16

Min
mm
8
8

in
3/8
3/8

Max mainsail area
Max
mm
10
10

(385)

System
332

Two-speed mainsheet systems come in three
configurations for boats from 6.5 m to 11.8 m
(22 - 39'), with mains as large as 32.4 m2 (350 ft2).

Part
No.
332
383

m2
11.6
11.6

Breaking
load
lb
kg
1200
544
1200
544

(400)

Harken gross-trim/fine-tune mainsheet systems are
easy to install and use. These optimized systems
decrease overall line clutter because they use less line
than traditional gross-trim/fine-tune systems. For fast
trimming, pull both tails of the mainsheet. To fine-tune
or to trim using a higher purchase, pull a single tail.

Line Ø

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
450
204
450
204

End-boom
ft2
m2
240
22.3
350
32.4

System
383

(386)

(401)

Mid-boom
ft2
m2
180 16.9
275 25.5

*Line not included.

Components
Sheave Ø
Part
No.
385
386
400
401

Primary
Description
Double fiddle
Double fiddle/ratchet/cross block/412 Cam-Matic
Double/cross block
Double ratchet/fiddle/412 Cam-Matic

in
3
3
3
3

mm
76
76
76
76

Secondary
in
mm
13/4
44
57/44
21/4/13/4
57
21/4
44
13/4

Length
in
73/4
111/2
91/2
71/4

Weight
mm
197
292
241
184

oz
21
37
22
31

g
595
1049
625
885

61

Ordering Midrange Blocks
1. Determine block size and type

The tables below are guidelines for typical applications. Additional rigging tips are available at http://www.harken.com.

P

2. Contact

I

E

If you have questions, please contact your dealer or Harken Technical Service.

J

Note: Multihulls and heavy displacement monohulls should reduce the maximum sail areas shown by as much as 25%.

Mainsheet

The farther forward a mainsheet system is on
the boom, the higher the loads. Systems with
multiple attachment points spread the load over
the boom. Use the table to determine if Midrange
blocks are strong enough for your mainsail area.
See pages 20 - 22 for common configurations.

Mainsheet
End-boom system
Mid-boom system
*Assumes 10% roach.

Genoa Footblocks

Determine the area of your foretriangle and
how many degrees the footblock will deflect
the line to select footblock size. For system
loading details, see the Block Loading vs.
Angle of Deflection and Genoa System
Loading sections on page 37. See
page 17 for common configurations.

Spinnaker: Symmetrical/Asymmetrical

Use the spinnaker’s sail area to determine what
size Midrange or high-load Midrange blocks to
use for the sheet and afterguy controls. See
page 27 for common configurations.

Maximum mainsail area (P x E x .5 x 1.1*)
ft2
m2
Single attachment
500
46
Multiple attachment†
540
50
Single attachment
425
39
Multiple attachment†
500
46
†Assumes two or more shackles share load on both boom and deck.

Genoa Footblocks

Maximum 100% foretriangle sail area at 35 knots (I x J x .5)
ft2
m2
150
14
215
20

180˚ turn
90˚ turn

Spinnaker

Sheet
Afterguy*

Plain
Ratchet
Mounted amidships
Mounted on transom

Maximum spinnaker area (P x E x .5 x 1.8)
Standard
High-load
ft2
m2
ft2
m2
1100
100
1300
120
900
83


1100
100
1250
115
900
83
1000
93

Maximum "I" dimension
48

Masthead halyard
*Assumes maximum deflection of 45°.

Mastbase Lead Blocks

Attach blocks to padeyes or 1634 Midrange
ESP stand-up bases, or mount mastbase halyard
leads to the deck. Use mainsail luff length and
foretriangle height to determine what size
Midrange or high-load Midrange blocks to use.
Carbo blocks or 1986 mastbase halyard leads
may be appropriate for applications with lower
loads. See page 26 for common configurations.

Running Backstays

The table below shows if Midrange or highload Midrange blocks are strong enough for
the backstay, based on the breaking strength
of the runner wire.

Vang

See page 23 for common configurations.

53

16

Mastbase Lead Blocks
Standard
ft

High-load
m

ft

m

Maximum "P" dimension
Main halyard lead

48

14.6

52

15.8

Maximum "I" dimension
Genoa halyard lead

46

14

50

15.3

Maximum "I" dimension
Spinnaker halyard lead

48

14.6

53

16

Running Backstays
2:1 flying blocks
1:1 afterguy deck
2:1 afterguy becket deck
2:1 afterguy single deck

Maximum breaking load of runner wire
Standard
High-load
lb
kg
lb
kg
2200
998
2800
1270
3600
1633
3600
1633
4500
2040
5000
2268

Vang
Fiddle
Triple
*Assumes 10% roach.

62

14.6

Maximum mainsail area (P x E x .5 x 1.1*)
ft2
m2
400
37
450
42

Midrange Blocks

About Classic blocks: see feature page at beginning of this section.

98 mm
(37/8")

1544

1541
1540
1542
1586

1548

Hexaratchet blocks
Midrange Hexaratchet blocks grip
loaded sheets, yet allow sailors to
ease and trim quickly and with
complete control. A switch on the
side engages and disengages the
ratchet mechanism.

60 mm
(23/8")

1545

1559

1546

Eight-sided aluminum sheave for
10:1 or 15:1 holding power with
180° wrap.

1560

1564
STANDARD
1549

1550

1555

1571

1556

1565

1566

HEXARATCHET
Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.

Description

Sheave
Ø
in
mm

Length
in
mm

Single
Single/becket
Single/aluminum sheave
Double
Double/becket
Triple
Cheek*
Fiddle
Fiddle/becket
Fiddle/280 Cam-Matic/becket
Single/high-load**

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3/2
3/2
3/2
3

61/8
71/8
61/8
71/2
81/2
73/4
43/8
81/2
91/2
91/2
61/8

156
184
156
191
216
197
111
216
241
241
156

13
14
15
251/2
261/2
36
11
17
18
241/2
13

367
397
425
723
751
1020
312
482
510
695
367

5 16

1549 Single/clockwise
3
76
61/8
1550 Single/becket/clockwise
3
76
71/8
1555 Triple/280 Cam-Matic/clockwise
3
76
73/4
1556 Triple/280 Cam-Matic/becket/clockwise
3
76
83/4
1571 Single/counterclockwise
3
76
61/8
1565 Fiddle/280 Cam-Matic/clockwise
3/2
76/51
81/2
1566 Fiddle/280 Cam-Matic/becket/clockwise
3/2
76/51
91/2
* 6 mm (1/4") RH fasteners. **High-load Midrange blocks use Torlon® ball bearings.

156
184
197
222
156
216
241

14
15
49
51
14
261/2
271/2

397
425
1389
1446
397
751
780

5 16

Part
No.

Weight
oz
g

Shackle pin
Ø
in
mm

Max line
Ø
in
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg

/
/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9
/16
9/16
9/16

14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14

1800
1800
1800
2800
2800
3800
1500
1800
1800
1800
2300

816
816
816
1270
1270
1724
680
816
816
816
1043

5000
5000
5000
7000
7000
8500
4200
5000
5000
5000
5000

2268
2268
2268
3175
3175
3856
1905
2268
2268
2268
2268

/
/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
9
/16
9/16

14
14
14
14
14
14
14

1800
1800
3800
3800
1800
1800
1800

816
816
1724
1724
816
816
816

5000
5000
8500
8500
5000
5000
5000

2268
2268
3856
3856
2268
2268
2268

Standard
1540
1541
1542
1544
1545
1546
1548
1559
1560
1564
1586

76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76/51
76/51
76/51
76

/
/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16

5/16
5
/16
5/16
5/16

8
8
8
8
8
8

8
8
8
8

9 16

/
/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5
/16
5/16

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

9 16

5

9

Hexaratchet
5

9

63

Line/Wire High
Strength Blocks

300
304
308

Lightweight, low-friction wire blocks carry wire halyards
and high-strength control lines on boats of all sizes.
High-load composite bearings carry axial loads.
Hard Lube-anodized sheave for strength and
corrosion resistance.

High-load composite bearings handle
wire and high-strength line.

25 mm (1") wire blocks use low-friction thrust washers.
38 mm (1.5") and 51 mm (2") wire blocks feature
sideload balls between the sheave and the sideplate
to minimize friction from unfair leads.

466

466 features a forkhead and becket making it useful
for vangs, halyards and control lines.
Use for:
Wire halyards
Vangs
Control lines

Sideplates rotate to insert preswaged/
Nico-pressed wire fittings.

302 – 54 mm (21/8")
306 – 75 mm (215/16")
310 – 94 mm (311/16")

Cutout
302 11 mm (13/32") x 39 mm (117/32")
17/32") x 59 mm (25/16")
306 13 mm (
310 14 mm (9/16") x 73 mm (223/32")

321
322

302
306
310

320

301 – 22 mm (7/8")
305 – 32 mm (11/4")
309 – 41 mm (15/8")

301
305
309
A15, A-Class Catamaran, Exploder, Jakub Kopłowicz design — Paula Kopłowicz photo

Sheave
Shackle pin
Max wire
Ø
Weight
Ø
Ø
Part
No. Description
in
mm
oz
g
in
mm
in
mm
3/16
3/32
5
2
300 Single
1
25
1
28
3
/32
2
301 Cheek‡*
1
25
1.25
35


3/32
2
302 Through-deck*
1
25
1
28


1/4
1/8
38
2.75
78
6
3
304 Single
11/2
1/8
38
3.25
92


3
305 Cheek‡**
11/2
1
38
3.25
92


/8
3
306 Through-deck*
11/2
5/16
3/16
8
5
308 Single
2
51
5.25
149
3/16
5
309 Cheek‡***
2
51
6
170


3
/16
5
310 Through-deck**
2
51
5.75
163


3/16
3/32
5
2
312 Single/becket
1
25
1.25
35
1/4
1/8
38
3
85
6
3
313 Single/becket
11/2
5/16
3/16
8
5
314 Single/becket
2
51
5.75
163
1
38
3
85


/8
3
320 Ferrule head
11/2
321 Small split backstay plate for 304


1
28




322 Split backstay plate for 308


1.19
34




3/16
3/32
5
2
466 Single forkhead/becket
1
25
1.02
29
‡Fasteners included. *#10 (5 mm) RH fasteners. ** 6 mm (1/4") RH fasteners. *** 8 mm (5/16") RH fasteners.

64

Max line
Ø
in
mm
5/32
4
5
/32
4
5/32
4
3/16
5
3/16
5
3
/16
5
1/4
6
1/4
6
1
/4
6
5/32
4
3/16
5
1/4
6
3
/16
5




5/32
4

312
313
314
Maximum
working load
lb
kg
1000
454
1000
454
1000
454
1500
680
1500
680
1500
680
2000
907
2000
907
2000
907
1000
454
1500
680
2000
907
1500
680




1000
454

Breaking
load
lb
kg
2000
907
2000
907
2000
907
3000
1361
3000
1361
3000
1361
4000
1814
4000
1814
4000
1814
2000
907
3000
1361
4000
1814
3000
1361




2000
907

NEW FOR 2016
Classic
Wooden Blocks
Pages 84-85
Abu Dhabi Ocean Racing, VOR65 © Matt Knighton/Abu Dhabi Ocean Racing

BIG BOAT BLOCKS

Ordering Big Boat Blocks

P

1. Determine block size and type

E

The tables below are a guideline for typical applications. Additional rigging tips are available at
http://www.harken.com.

I
J

2. Contact

If you have any questions, please contact your dealer or Harken Technical Service.

Note: These hardware specifications assume a boat of moderate displacement sailing in normal conditions. Ultralight displacement
boats (ULDB) may use smaller hardware. Heavy displacement boats and multihulls often require stronger hardware.

Mainsheet

Mainsheets are usually attached near the end or the middle of the boom, depending on accessibility and whether the boat is used
for racing or cruising. The farther forward a mainsheet system is on the boom, the higher the loads it sees. Systems with multiple
attachment points spread the load over the boom. Use the table to choose the appropriate Black Magic, ESP, or stainless steel blocks
for your mainsail area. See pages 20 - 22 for common configurations.
Maximum mainsail area (P x E x .5 x 1.1*)
57 mm low-load
Black Magic
m2
ft2

57 mm high-load
Black Magic
ft2
m2

75 mm low-load
Black Magic/
75 mm ESP
ft2
m2

75 mm high-load
Black Magic/
75 mm stainless
ft2
m2

100 mm
Black Magic/
100 mm stainless
ft2
m2

150 mm
Black Magic/
150 mm stainless
ft2
m2

125 mm
Black Magic
ft2
m2

End-boom
Single attachment
Multiple attachment*†

450
500

41
46

550
675

51
63

600
720

56
67

750
900

70
84

900
1100

84
102

1250
1500

116
139

1550
1750

144
163

400
37
400
37
450
42
550
450
41
575
53
600
56
700
†Assumes two or more shackles share load on both boom and deck.

51
65

700
950

65
88

1000
1300

93
121

1375
1525

128
142

Mid-boom
Single attachment
Multiple attachment*
*Assumes 10% roach.

Running Backstays

Crews use running backstays to adjust mast bend for different wind conditions. This controls headsail sag as well as the camber (depth)
of the mainsail. Use Black Magic Air Runner blocks with higher breaking strengths than your runner wire.
Maximum breaking load of runner wire

Flying
2:1 Separate deck
2:1 Becket deck
3:1 Deck (block #1)
3:1 Deck (block #2)

57 mm
Black Magic
Air Runner
lb
kg
2500
1134
3025
1372
1875
850
3713
1684
4525
2052

75 mm
Black Magic
Air Runner
lb
kg
10000
4535
12100
5490
7500
3400
14850
6735
18100
8210

100 mm
Black Magic
Air Runner
lb
kg
15000
6800
17550
7960
10900
4945
21600
9800
26300
11930

125 mm
Black Magic
Air Runner
lb
kg
22000
10000
26500
12020
16500
7485
32700
14835
39850
18075

150 mm
Black Magic
Air Runner
lb
kg
30000
13605
36136
16388
22500
10204
44550
20203
54300
24625

Mastbase Lead Blocks

Leading halyards and control lines aft allows crews to raise and lower sails or make tuning adjustments from the cockpit. Attach blocks
to the mast collar post or padeyes, or mount mastbase halyard leads to the deck. The table below sizes Black Magic, ESP, stainless steel,
and mastbase blocks for different foretriangle heights and luff lengths. See page 26 for common configurations.

57 mm low-load
Black Magic/ESP
ft
m

57 mm high-load
Black Magic/
fixed MBL* blocks
ft
m

75 mm low-load
Black Magic/
Mast collar post block/
75 mm ESP
ft
m

75 mm high-load
Black Magic/fixed
MBL* blocks/
75 mm stainless
ft
m

100 mm
Black Magic/
100 mm stainless
ft
m

125 mm
Black Magic
ft
m

Maximum “P” Dimension
Main halyard

47

14.3

52

15.8

60

18.3

74

22.6

80

25

90

27.5

21.9
22.6

76
82

23.2
25

87
93

26.5
28.4

Maximum “I” Dimension
Genoa halyard
Spinnaker halyard
*MBL = Mastbase lead blocks.

66

45
47

13.7
14.3

50
53

15.2
16.1

58
60

17.7
18.3

72
74

Ordering Big Boat Blocks

Salona 38, J & J Design, AD Boats

Spinnaker: Symmetrical/Asymmetrical

Use the spinnaker’s sail area to determine what size Black Magic, ESP, or stainless steel blocks to use for the sheet and afterguy
controls. See pages 27 - 28 for common configurations.
Maximum spinnaker area (I x J x 1.8)

57 mm low-load
Black Magic
m2
ft2
Spinnaker sheet, tack line
720
67
Afterguy*
790
73
*Assumes maximum deflection of 45° to winch.

57 mm high-load
Black Magic
ft2
m2
1200
111
1320
123

75 mm low-load
Black Magic/
75 mm ESP
ft2
m2
1400
130
1500
140

75 mm high-load
Black Magic/
75 mm stainless
ft2
m2
2000
186
2200
204

100 mm
Black Magic/
100 mm stainless
ft2
m2
2650
246
2900
269

125 mm
Black Magic
ft2
m2
4300
400
4700
437

150 mm
Black Magic/
150 mm stainless
ft2
m2
5600
520
6100
567

Genoa Footblocks

Footblocks route genoa controls from the lead car to a winch. Double footblocks or snatch blocks enable faster sheet changes. Determine
the area of your foretriangle and how many degrees the footblock will deflect the line to select footblock size. For system loading details,
refer to the Block Loading vs Angle of Deflection and Genoa System Loading sections on page 37. See page 17 for common configurations.

Single Genoa Footblocks
Maximum 100% foretriangle sail area at 40 knots (I x J x .5)

180° turn
120° turn
90° turn

57 mm low-load
Black Magic
m2
ft2
110
10
125
12
155
14

57 mm high-load
Black Magic
ft2
m2
180
17
210
20
260
24

75 mm
Black Magic/
75 mm stainless
ft2
m2
365
34
420
39
515
48

100 mm
Black Magic/
100 mm stainless
ft2
m2
540
50
630
59
770
72

125 mm
Black Magic
ft2
m2
800
74
920
85
1130
105

150 mm
Black Magic/
150 mm stainless
ft2
m2
1100
102
1256
117
1540
143

Double Genoa Footblocks
Maximum 100% foretriangle sail area at 40 knots* (I x J x .5)

180° turn
120° turn
90° turn
*Based on load on upper sheave.

57 mm low-load
Black Magic
ft2
m2
75
7
85
8
105
10

57 mm high-load
Black Magic
ft2
m2
120
11
140
13
175
16

75 mm
Black Magic
ft2
m2
240
22
275
26
340
32

100 mm
Black Magic
ft2
m2
360
33
415
39
510
47

125 mm
Black Magic
ft2
m2
530
49
610
57
750
70

67

Infiniti 36 GT, Infiniti Yachts © Quin Bisset/Q&K

BLACK MAGIC AIR BLOCKS
Black Magic Air blocks are a top favorite of
Big Boat performance racers and cruisers.
These lightweight, free-running, powerful
performers are used for sail controls that see
lots of action: mainsheet, runner, halyard,
and spinnaker systems. Offered in
57 - 150 mm sizes, with low-load
versions in 57 and 75 mm ranges.

High-strength, lightweight
• Aluminum sheaves and sideplates.
• CNC sculpted for optimal strength-to-weight.

Stands up to sun, salt, and time
• Sideplates and sheaves Hard Lube-anodized for
maximum UV protection and a smooth surface.
• Dissimilar metals isolated to prevent corrosion.

Caged vs. Uncaged Rollers

Low-friction efficiency for fast trim and release
• Center cage keeps Torlon® roller bearings
separated and parallel to reduce friction.
• Captive Delrin® ball bearings carry side loads.

DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use.

68

Shackle blocks lock in two
directions or swivel to keep
line from twisting

Soft-attach options

Soft-attach options

• Loop or lash through sheave center
instead of block head.

• Set screw allows shackle to be fixed
or to swivel.

• Sheave center carries primary load,
allowing a smaller, lighter weight block.

• Patented loop blocks have a
removable deadend post for
attachment to a padeye.

Easy maintenance
• Quick disassembly with hex wrench;
minimal number of fasteners;
no loose balls or rollers.

Materials

For properties
see pages 38-39.

6061-T6
aluminum:

Hard Lube-anodized
sideplates, sheave

Delrin
UV-stabilized:

Torlon:

Caged roller bearings

Ball bearings

Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.
Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.

69

57 mm Blocks

About Black Magic Air blocks: see feature pages at beginning of this section.

Low-load blocks have red
isolators. They use Torlon®
rollers and 316 stainless steel
shackles. Standard blocks
have 17-4 PH stainless
headposts.

JPK 10.80 m (35.4'), naval architect: Jacques Valer © Jean-Marie Liot

3226
3215

3216
3229

3217
3228

3219

3214

3227

Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers, L.L.C.

70

Sheave
Ø
Length
Weight
Part
No. Description
mm
in
mm
oz
g
119
5.44
154
3226 Low-load single swivel
57
411/16
140
5.95
169
3229 Single/low-load/becket swivel
57
51/2
132
12.05
342
3228 Double/low-load swivel
57
53/16
132
13.34
378
3219 Triple swivel
57
53/16
119
5.36
152
3215 Single swivel
57
411/16
140
5.86
166
3216 Single/becket swivel
57
51/2
132
11.86
336
3217 Double swivel
57
53/16
3218 Double/becket swivel
57
6
152
12.43
352
114
7.04
200
3227 Stand-up*
57
41/2
3214 Single loop**
57
3
76
3.23
92
*Includes padeye. **Loop not included. See page 109. 6 mm (1/4") fastener circle: 37 mm (115/32").

Shackle pin
Ø
in
mm
1/4
6
1/4
6
5/16
8
5/16
8
1
/4
6
1/4
6
5/16
8
5/16
8
1
/4
6

Max Line
Ø
in
mm
7/16
12
7/16
12
7/16
12
7/16
12
7
/16
12
7/16
12
7/16
12
7/16
12
7
/16
12
7/16
12

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
1655
750
1655
750
2755
1250
4850
2200
2500
1134
2500
1134
3600
1633
3600
1633
2500
1134
2500
1134

Breaking
load
lb
kg
3310
1500
3310
1500
5510
2500
9700
4400
5000
2268
5000
2268
7200
3267
7200
3267
5000
2268
5000
2268

75 mm Blocks

About Black Magic Air blocks: see feature pages at beginning of this section.

Low-load blocks have red
isolators. They use Torlon®
rollers and 316 stainless steel
shackles. Standard blocks
have 17-4 PH stainless
headposts.

Code 1, 12.2 m (40'), Black Pepper, naval architect: Marc Lombard © Jacques Vapillon

3230

3231
3243

3232

3233

3244

3241

3242

Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers, L.C.C.
Part
No.
Description
3230
Single loop*
3231
Single/swivel
3232
Single/swivel/becket
3233
Double/swivel
3241
Spriddle/swivel
3242
Spriddle/becket/swivel
3243
Single/swivel/low-load
3244
Stand-up**
*Loop not included. See page 109.

Sheave
Shackle pin
Max line
Maximum
Breaking
Ø
Length
Weight
Ø
Ø
working load
load
mm
in
mm
oz
g
in
mm
in
mm
lb
kg
lb
kg
9
100
7.36
209


/16
14
5000
2268
10000
4536
75
315/16
5/16
9/16
129
11.68
331
8
14
5000
2268
10000
4536
75
51/8
5/16
9/16
157
12.8
363
8
14
5000
2268
10000
4536
75
63/16
3
9
134
25.44
721
/8
10
/16
14
7500
3402
15000
6804
75
51/4
5/16
9/16
199
17.76
503
8
14
5000
2268
10000
4536
75/57
713/16
5/16
9/16
225
18.96
538
8
14
5000
2268
10000
4536
75/57
87/8
5/16
9/16
129
11.82
335
8
14
3000
1361
6000
2722
75
51/8
9
151
15.6
442


/16
14
5000
2268
10000
4536
75
515/16
**Includes padeye. Uses hole spacing and base dimensions of 627 padeye. Maximum working load decreases at varying angles,
refer to page 107.

71

100 mm Blocks

About Black Magic Air blocks: see feature pages at beginning of this section.

3248

Deadend post for attachment
to a closed bail. Loop not
included, see page 109.

3246

3247

3245

3254

Almavida, Solaris 50, 15.24 m (50'), Solaris Yachts, naval architect: Javier Soto Acebal © Andrea Carloni

Part
No. Description
3245 Single loop*
3246 Single/swivel
3247 Single/swivel/becket
3248 Double/swivel
3254 Stand-up**
*Loop not included. See page 109.

72

Sheave
Shackle pin
Max line
Ø
Length
Weight
Ø
Ø
mm
in
mm
oz
g
in
mm
in
mm
5/8
128
13.09
371


16
100
51/16
3/8
5/8
10
16
100
8
203
21.98
623
3/8
5/8
241
23.82
675
10
16
100
91/2
1
5
227
45.28
1284
/2
12
/8
16
100
815/16
5/8
195
31.18
884


16
100
711/16
**Includes padeye. Uses hole spacing and base dimensions of 648 padeye, refer to page 107.

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
7500
3402
7500
3402
7500
3402
11000
4990
7500
3402

Breaking
load
lb
kg
15000
6804
15000
6804
15000
6804
22000
9979
15000
6804

125 mm & 150 mm Blocks
About Black Magic Air blocks: see feature pages at beginning of this section.

The center becket provides
block with additional stiffness
for deadending purchases.

Lagoon 52, 15.84 m (52') © Photothèque Lagoon - Nicolas Claris

3261

3255

Part
No.

Description

3256
Sheave
Ø
mm

Length
in
mm

Weight
oz
g

3267
3268

3266

3262
Shackle pin
Ø
in
mm

Max line
Ø
in
mm


1
/2

/
/4
3/4

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg

125 mm
3255
3256
3261
3267

Single loop*
Single/swivel
Stand-up**
Center becket

125
125
125

6
10
91/16
23/8

163
254
230
60

23.2
36.8
43.9
4.9

658
1042
1246
140


12

3 4
3

19
19
19

11000
11000
11000
3667

4990
4990
4990
1663

22000
22000
22000

9977
9977
9977

150 mm
5/8
3262 Single/swivel
150
12
305
61
1730
16
1
25
15000
6802
30000 13605
283
66
1878


1
25
15000
6802
30000 13605
3266 Stand-up ‡
150
111/8
71
9.4
270




5000
2268


3268 Center becket

23/4
*Loop not included. See page 109. **Includes padeye. Uses hole spacing and base dimensions of 648 padeye. Maximum working load decreases at varying angles, refer to page 107.
‡ Uses hole spacing and base dimensions of 629 padeye. Maximum working load decreases at varying angles, refer to page 107.

73

Teardrop Blocks

3223
3240
3253

Teardrop blocks are ideal as masthead leads and in other
applications where limited articulation or direct attachment
is desired. When attached to a compatible padeye, teardrop
blocks will not hit the deck when lines are slack, but allow
enough movement to ensure fairleads when jumping
halyards. They are often used on permanent backstays
of fractionally rigged boats where the backstay can be
spliced directly to the head of the block.
About Black Magic Air blocks: see feature pages at beginning of this section.

Part
No.

Description

Sheave
Ø
in
mm

Length
in
mm

Padeye/high-load

21/4

57

33/8

86

3.92

111

5

Padeye

3

75

47/16

113

8.72

247

3

Padeye

4

100

513/16

148

16

454

1 2

Weight
oz
g

Clevis pin
Ø
in
mm

Max line
Ø
in
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg

/16

8

3

/8

10

2500

1134

5000

2268

627

/8

10

9

/16

14

5000

2268

10000

4535

648/689

/

12.7

/

16

7500

3402

15000

6804

Use
padeye

57 mm
3223

75 mm
3240

100 mm
3253

Footblocks

5 8

3220
3234
3249
3257
3263

Use footblocks to redirect lines on
the deck. Footblocks with lockoffs
temporarily secure sheets.
Either metric or imperial flathead
fasteners may be used for mounting
and are not exposed.

3221
3236

About Black Magic Air blocks: see feature
pages at beginning of this section.

3222
3235
3250
3258

3237
Refer to page 86 for hole spacing.

Part
No.

Description

Sheave
Ø
in
mm

Length
in
mm

Height
in
mm

Weight
oz
g

Max line
Ø
in
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg

Fasteners
(FH)
in
mm

57 mm
3220 Single/high-load
3221 Single/high-load/lockoff*
3222 Double/high-load

21/4
21/4
21/4

57
57
57

35/16
35/16
35/16

84
84
84

1
1
113/16

25
25
46

4.29
5.44
7.6

122
154
215

7 16
7

/
/16
7/16

12
12
12

2500
2500
1650

1134
1134
750

5000
5000
3300

2268
2268
1500

4 x 1/4
4 x 1/4
4 x 1/4

4x6
4x6
4x6

3
3
3
3

75
75
75
75

43/8
43/8
43/8
43/8

111
111
111
111

11/4
21/4
11/4
21/4

32
57
32
57

9.76
17.28
11.28
20.24

277
490
320
574

9 16

/
/
9
/16
9/16

14
14
14
14

5250
3465
5250
3465

2380
1572
2380
1572

10500
6930
10500
6930

4762
3143
4762
3143

4 x 5/16
4 x 5/16
4 x 5/16
4 x 5/16

4x8
4x8
4x8
4x8

4
4

100
100

55/8
55/8

143
143

15/16
27/16

33
62

19.57
34.1

555
967

5 8
5 8

/
/

16
16

7500
4950

3402
2250

15000
9900

6803
4500

4 x 3/8
4 x 3/8

4 x 10
4 x 10

5
5

125
125

615/16
615/16

176
176

111/16
213/16

43
71.5

/4
/

19
19

11000
7260

4990
3292

22000
14520

9977
6585

4 x 1/2
4 x 1/2

4 x 12
4 x 12

3263 Single
6
150
81/16
205
17/8
48
58.58 1661
1
*Lockoffs are intended to hold lines temporarily and should not be used in place of line stoppers or clutches.

25

15000

6818

30000

13636

4 x 5/8

4 x 16

75 mm
3234
3235
3236
3237

Single
Double
Single/lockoff*
Double/lockoff*

9 16

100 mm
3249 Single
3250 Double

125 mm
3257 Single
3258 Double

34.29 972
60.35 1711

3

3 4

150 mm

74

Air Runner Blocks

Runners are used on running backstays of offshore boats
to adjust mast bend for different wind conditions.
Integrated sideplate bails and recessed cotter key help
produce a smooth design that won’t snag lifelines.
Foam padded Block Socks easily install over Air Runner
blocks to protect your blocks, deck, and crew.
About Black Magic Air blocks: see feature pages at beginning of this section.

3239
3252
3260
3265

3224
3238
3251
3259
3264

3035
3036
3037
3038

Sideload bearing strips dampen
rig vibration.

Block Socks
Block Socks
Part No.
3035
3036
3037
3038

Fits
3224/3238/3239
3251/3252
3259/3260
3264/3265

Runner Blocks
Part
No.

Description

Sheave
Ø
in
mm

Length
in
mm

Single

21/4

57

33/8

Single
Single/becket

3
3

75
75

Single
Single/becket

4
4

Single
Single/becket
Single
Single/becket

Weight

Clevis pin
Ø
in
mm

Max Line
Ø
in
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg

oz

g

86

4.42

125

3 8

/

10

1 2

/

12

2500

1134

5000

2268

45/8
53/4

118
146

10.16
11.2

288
318

1 2

/
/

12.7
12.7

9 16

1 2

9 16

/
/

14
14

5000
5000

2268
2268

10000
10000

4544
4544

100
100

63/16
79/16

157
193

17
19.12

481
542

5 8

/
/

15.9
15.9

5 8

5 8

5 8

/
/

16
16

7500
7500

3402
3402

15000
15000

6802
6802

5
5

125
125

711/16
91/2

195
240

29.76
33.52

844
950

3 4

/
/4

19
19

3 4

/
/4

19
19

11000
11000

4990
4990

22000
22000

9980
9980

6
6

150
150

83/4
1013/16

221
275

50.64
56.72

1436
1608

3 4

/
/

19
19

1
1

25
25

15000
15000

6802
6802

30000
30000

13605
13605

57 mm
3224

75 mm
3238
3239

100 mm
3251
3252

125 mm
3259
3260

3

3

150 mm
3264
3265

3 4

Crossover Blocks

Crossover blocks provide a cleaner, more efficient
deck. These easy-to-install blocks mount behind
the stopper bank on each side of the cabin house
and can route any line to the winch on the opposite
side. Blocks feature built-in risers and sculpted
backing plates. The large, strong bases protect
cored decks. Use the 1984 for boats to 11.5 m
(38') and the 1981 for boats to 15 m (48').

Part
No. Description
1984 Crossover
1981 Crossover
Fastener included.

Sheave
Ø
in
mm
44
13/4
56
23/16

1984
1981

Base
Ø
in
21/16
25/8

mm
52
66

Height
in
mm
11/4
32
17/16
36

Weight
oz
g
4.2
119
8
227

Max line
Ø
in
mm
3
/8
10
7/16
12

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
2000
907
3000
1361

Breaking
load
lb
kg
4000
1814
6000
2721

75

Cruising ESP Blocks

6059
6058
6100

Cruising ESP blocks complement our existing blocks
in looks and function, but are simpler in design and
construction. Sheaves feature sleeve bearings to handle
high static loads and are ideal for halyards or limited
purchase systems on cruising boats. Available in
aluminum or hand-polished stainless steel.

Teardrop Blocks

6094
6084

Use teardrop blocks for direct attachment to padeyes,
mast collar posts, perforated mast collars, or in mastbase
situations where leads might change.

Footblocks

Use footblocks to redirect lines on the deck. Footblocks
with lockoffs temporarily secure sheets and are designed
for port or starboard installation by flipping them over.

TECH TIP

To convert 57 and 75 mm blocks
to stand-up blocks, remove the shackle
and insert the headpost of the block
into the 1634 stand-up base.

Swivels and Fiddle Blocks

Use Cruising ESP swivel and fiddle blocks in winchdriven purchases of 4:1 or less. Perfect for vangs
or mainsheet systems on cruising boats from
10 m to 14 m (35' to 45').

6086

6085

Replace your shackle with a 1584 snap
shackle and move the 57 and 75 mm
blocks around the boat. For example,
use on spinnaker guys and sheets, or
as a preventer.

6105
6099

Part
No.

Sheave
Ø

Length
in
mm

Description

in

mm

Single/swivel
Single/swivel/becket
Forkhead

21/4
21/4
21/4

57
57
57

51/2
611/16
41/2

3
3
3/113/16
3/113/16
3/113/16

75
75
75/46
75/46
75/46

4

100

Weight

Shackle pin
Ø
in
mm

oz

g

140
170
114

7.7
9
4.5

218
255
129

5 16

61/4
71/4
83/8
91/2
91/2

159
184
213
241
241

12
13
14.7
15.6
25.2

340
369
415
444
715

5 16

81/8

206

28.5

808

3 8

Max line
Ø
in
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg

57 mm
6059
6094
6105

/
/16
1/4

8
8
6

5 8

5

5

/
/8
3/8

16
16
10

2205
2205
1650

1000
1000
748

4409
4409
3300

2000
2000
1496

/
/
5
/16
5/16
5/16

8
8
8
8
8

3 4

/
/
3
/4
3/4
3/4

19
19
19
19
19

3500
3500
3500
3500
2000

1587
1587
1587
1587
907

7000
7000
7000
7000
4000

3175
3175
3175
3175
1814

/

10

3 4

/

19

4870

2209

9740

4418

75 mm
6058
6084
6085
6086
6099

Single/swivel
Single/swivel/becket
Fiddle
Fiddle/becket
Fiddle/becket/280 Cam-Matic

5 16

3 4

100 mm
6100

76

Single/swivel

Cruising ESP Blocks

6077
6078

Ball bearings handle low loads and
sideloads from unfair leads.

6091
6092
6093

Lagoon 39 photo © Photothèque Lagoon Nicolas Claris

Lockoff blocks feature aluminum
sheaves.

6106

Post not included

14 mm
(6050, 6056)

6050
6056
6095

6107

6065
6057

6096
6097
6098

Refer to page 86 for 6077/6078/6091/6092/6093 hole spacing.
Part
No. Description

Sheave
Ø
in
mm

Length
in
mm

Weight
oz
g

Clevis pin
Ø
in
mm

Max line
Ø
in
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg

Max lockoff
load
lb
kg

Fasteners
(FH)
in
mm

40 mm
6106 Teardrop footblock‡
6107 Teardrop mast collar

19/16
19/16

40
40

219/32
219/32

65.5
65.5

1.8
2.2

50
64


1/4


6

1 2

/
/

12
12

1250
1250

567
567

2500
2500

1134
1134



5 16, 5 32

1 2

Teardrop mast collar
Teardrop padeye block
Footblock/lockoff*‡
Footblock‡
Teardrop mast collar/low-load
Narrow teardrop mast collar
Narrow teardrop mast collar

21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4

57
57
57
57
57
57
57

311/16
311/16
37/8
37/8
45/8
31/2
31/2

93.5
93.5
99
99
117
89
89

4.3
4.5
8
5.4
4
3.3
3.5

122
128
226
153
113
94
99

5 16

/
/16




5/16

8
8


6
6
8

5 8

Teardrop mast collar
Teardrop padeye
Foot/lockoff*‡
Footblock‡
Narrow teardrop mast collar

3
3
3
3
3

75
75
75
75
75

45/8
411/16
43/8
43/8
47/16

117
119
112
112
113

7.8
8.4
12
10.3
6.4

221
238
340
293
181

5 16

/
/8


5/16

8
10


8

3 4

/

/

8, 4

/
/8
5/8
5/8
5
/8
3/8
3/8

16
16
16
16
16
10
10

2100
2100
2205
2205
1650
1650
1650

850
850
1000
1000
750
748
748

4190
4190
4409
4409
3300
3300
3300

1900
1900
2000
2000
1500
1497
1497



1200





550





5/16
5/16




8
8


/
/4
3/4
3/4
1/2

19
19
19
19
12

3000
3500
3500
3500
2500

1361
1587
1587
1587
1134

6000
7000
7000
7000
5000

2721
3175
3175
3175
2268



1200



550



5/16
5/16



8
8

3/4
6093 Footblock‡
4
100 511/16 144 22.6 642


19
*Lockoffs are intended to hold lines temporarily and should not be used in place of line stoppers or clutches.
‡If double stacked, upper block is two-thirds of listed mwl and breaking load.

7500

3402 15000 6804

1 2

/

12

57 mm
6050
6065
6077
6091
6095
6096
6097

5

5

75 mm
6056
6057
6078
6092
6098

3

3

100 mm

77

Stainless
Steel Cruising
ESP Blocks

6076
6079
6080

6068
6072
6081

6069
6073
6070
6074
14 mm
(6069, 6073)

Post not
included.
80 mm (35/32")
6071

57 mm (21/4")
6075

6075
6071

6089
6087

Part
No. Description

Sheave
Ø
in
mm

Length
in
mm

Weight
oz
g

Clevis/shackle
pin Ø
in
mm

Max line
Ø
in
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load‡
lb
kg

/
/8
5/8
5/8
5/8

16
16
16
16
16

2205
2205
2205
2205
2205

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

4409
4409
4409
4409
4409

/4
/
3/4
3/4
3
/4
3/4
3/4

19
19
19
19
19
19
19

3500
3000
3500
3500
3500
3500
3500

1587
1361
1587
1587
1587
1587
1587

7000
6000
7000
7000
7000
7000
7000

Max lockoff
load
lb
kg

Fasteners
(RH)
in
mm

2000
2000
2000
2000
2000



650



295



3/8
3/8



10
10

3175
2721
3175
3175
3175
3175
3175



750





340





3/8
3/8




10
10


/
/8

8
10

57 mm
6068
6069
6070
6076
6089

Single/swivel
Mast collar
Single foot/lockoff*‡
Footblock**‡
Single/swivel/becket

21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4

57
57
57
57
57

51/2
311/16
33/4
33/4
611/16

140
93.5
132
95
170

11
7
9
7
12.5

312
198
255
198
354

5 16

/
/16


5/16

8
8


8

5 8

61/4
45/8
43/8
41/2
83/8
91/2
71/4

159
117
111
114
213
241
184

19
16
17
16
24
26.25
21.25

539
454
482
454
680
744
602

5

/16
/


5
/16
5/16
5/16

8
8


8
8
8

3

5

5

75 mm
6072
6073
6074
6079
6080
6081
6087

Single/swivel
Mast collar
Single foot/lockoff*‡
Footblock**‡
Fiddle
Fiddle/becket
Single/swivel/becket

3
75
3
75
3
75
3
75
3/113/16 75/46
3/113/16 75/46
3
75

5 16

3 4

Deck Organizers

78

1/2
6075 Deck organizer/3-sheave‡ 11/2
40
711/16 179
10
284


12
5
57
915/16 252
21
595


/8
16
6071 Deck organizer/3-sheave‡ 21/4
*Lockoffs are intended to hold lines temporarily and should not be used in place of line stoppers or clutches.
‡If double stacked, upper block/organizer is two-thirds of listed mwl and breaking load.

3000 1361 6000
2721


6000 2721 12000 5442


**Refer to page 86 for 6076/6079 hole spacing.

5 16
3

NEW

STUD MASTBASE BLOCKS

Stainless Steel Blocks
Harken’s line of stainless steel blocks reflect the traditional
beauty of a yacht’s classic lines. Stainless sideplates are
mirror-polished for durability and unmatched esthetics.
The ultralight composite bearing system (ULC) rides on a
heat-treated stainless steel inner race to handle extremely
high loads. Snap-fit Torlon® ball bearings carry thrust loads.

C12242
C12243
C12244
C12245

Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.

ULC bearing construction allows a
narrower sheave to reduce weight.

HC9080
HC9085
HC9090
HC9095
HC9076
HC9081
HC9086
HC9091

HC9078
HC9083
HC9088
HC9093

HC9077
HC9082
HC9087
HC9092

HC9079
HC9084
HC9089
HC9094

100, 125, 150 & 175

Part
No.

Description

Sheave
Ø
in
mm

Swivel block
Stand-up block
Swivel block/becket
Teardrop
Single footblock

3
3
3
3
3

75
75
75
75
75

1.51
1.74
1.70
1.30
1.51

.68
.79
.77
.59
.68

/
/16
9/16
9/16
9
/16

14
14
14
14
14

5000
5000
5000
5000
5250

2268
2268
2268
2268
2382

10000
10000
10000
10000
10500

4536
4536
4536
4536
4763

Stand-up block
Swivel block
Teardrop
Single footblock
Double footblock
Stud mastbase block

315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16

100
100
100
100
100
100

4.32
3.89
2.98
5.23
8.84
6.46

1.96
1.76
1.35
2.37
4.01
2.93

/8
/
5/8
5
/8
5/8
5/8

16
16
16
16
16
16

11025
11025
11025
11025
7350
11025

5000
5000
5000
5000
3333
5000

22050
22050
22050
22050
14699
22050

10000
10000
10000
10000
6666
10000

Stand-up block
Swivel block
Teardrop
Single footblock
Double footblock
Stud mastbase block

415/16
415/16
415/16
415/16
415/16
415/16

125
125
125
125
125
125

7.12
6.09
4.64
9.27
15.66
9.07

3.23
2.76
2.11
4.20
7.10
4.11

/
/
3/4
3/4
3
/4
3/4

19
19
19
19
19
19

15435
15435
15435
15435
10187
15435

7000
7000
7000
7000
4620
7000

30870
30870
30870
30870
20374
30870

14000
14000
14000
14000
9240
14000

Stand-up block
Swivel block*
Teardrop
Single footblock
Double footblock
Stud mastbase block

515/16
515/16
515/16
515/16
515/16
515/16

150
150
150
150
150
150

13.82 6.27
11.30 5.12
8.11 3.68
16.90 7.67
28.08 12.74
14.15 6.42

1
1
1
1
1
1

25
25
25
25
25
25

22050
19405
22050
22050
14699
22050

10000
8800
10000
10000
6666
10000

44100
38810
44100
44100
29398
44100

20000
17600
20000
20000
13332
20000

175 19.62 8.90
1
25 33075
175 18.99 8.59
1
25 28225
175 12.01 5.45
1
25 33075
175 21.51 9.76
1
25 33075
175 36.38 16.50
1
25 22050
175 20.88 9.47
1
25 33075
Contact Harken East for custom sizes.

15000
12800
15000
15000
10000
15000

66150
56450
66150
66150
44100
66150

30000
25600
30000
30000
20000
30000

Weight
lb
kg

Max line
Ø
in
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg

75 mm
HC9985
HC9986
HC9987
HC9990
HC10041

9 16

9

100 mm
HC9076
HC9077
HC9078
HC9080
HC9079
C12242

5

5 8

HC9985

HC9986

125 mm
HC9081
HC9082
HC9083
HC9085
HC9084
C12243

3 4

3 4

150 mm
HC9086
HC9087
HC9088
HC9090
HC9089
C12244

175 mm
HC9091 Stand-up block
67/8
HC9092 Swivel block*
67/8
HC9093 Teardrop
67/8
HC9095 Single footblock
67/8
HC9094 Double footblock
67/8
C12245 Stud mastbase block
67/8
*Maximum working load limited by shackle.

HC9990

HC9987

75 MM

HC10041

79

NEW

STUD MASTBASE BLOCK

Aluminum
Megayacht Blocks

The clean, crisp look of aluminum is perfect for
performance-oriented yachts. Sideplates are constructed
of hardcoat-anodized 6061-T6 aluminum for strength and
corrosion resistance. The ultralight composite bearing
system (ULC) rides on a heat-treated stainless steel inner
race to handle extremely high loads. Snap-fit Torlon® ball
bearings carry thrust loads.

C12236
C12237
C12238
C12239

Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.

Use the hollow inner race as a becket
attachment for weight reduction.

HC8928
HC8929
HC8930
HC8931

HC8670
HC8657
HC8639
HC8635
Part
No.

HC8673
HC8674
HC8675
HC8932

HC8667
HC8640
HC8633
HC8631
Sheave
Ø

Description

HC8671
HC8663
HC8661
HC8636

Weight

Max line
Ø
in
mm

in

mm

lb

kg

Stand-up
Swivel
Teardrop
Single footblock
Double footblock
Stud mastbase block

315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16

100
100
100
100
100
100

3.09
2.65
1.91
3.03
5.07
5.53

1.40
1.20
0.87
1.38
2.30
2.52

5 8

Stand-up
Swivel
Teardrop
Single footblock
Double footblock
Stud mastbase block

415/16
415/16
415/16
415/16
415/16
415/16

125
125
125
125
125
125

5.15
4.13
2.99
5.27
8.87
7.40

2.34
1.87
1.35
2.39
4.02
3.36

3 4

Stand-up
Swivel*
Teardrop
Single footblock
Double footblock
Stud mastbase block

515/16
515/16
515/16
515/16
515/16
515/16

150
150
150
150
150
150

10.29
7.74
5.24
9.41
15.89
11.29

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb

kg

100 mm
HC8673
HC8670
HC8667
HC8928
HC8671
C12236

/
/
5/8
5/8
5
/8
5/8

16
16
16
16
16
16

11025
11025
11025
11025
7350
11025

5000
5000
5000
5000
3333
5000

22050
22050
22050
22050
14699
22050

10000
10000
10000
10000
6666
10000

/
/
3
/4
3/4
3/4
3/4

19
19
19
19
19
19

15435
15435
15435
15435
10187
15435

7000
7000
7000
7000
4620
7000

30870
30870
30870
30870
20374
30870

14000
14000
14000
14000
9240
14000

4.67
3.51
2.38
4.27
7.21
5.12

1
1
1
1
1
1

25
25
25
25
25
25

22050
19405
22050
22050
14699
22050

10000
8800
10000
10000
6666
10000

44100
38810
44100
44100
29398
44100

20000
17600
20000
20000
13332
20000

6.36
6.05
3.30
6.34
9.69
8.03

1
1
1
1
1
1

25
25
25
25
25
25

33075
28225
33075
33075
22050
33075

15000
12800
15000
15000
10000
15000

66150
56450
66150
66150
44100
66150

30000
25600
30000
30000
20000
30000

5 8

125 mm
HC8674
HC8657
HC8640
HC8929
HC8663
C12237

3 4

150 mm
HC8675
HC8639
HC8633
HC8930
HC8661
C12238

175 mm

80

HC8932
Stand-up
HC8635
Swivel*
HC8631
Teardrop
HC8931
Single footblock
HC8636
Double footblock
C12239
Stud mastbase block
*Maximum working load limited by shackle.

67/8
175
14.03
175
13.34
67/8
175
7.28
67/8
175
13.97
67/8
175
21.37
67/8
67/8
175
17.70
Contact Harken East for custom sizes.

Mastbase Halyard
Lead Blocks

1988
1990
3123
C8508

448

Low-profile mastbase halyard lead blocks are
lightweight and can be grouped in a small area
at the mastbase. Flared cheeks prevent chafe on
the halyards.

The high-load bearing system has a PTFE composite
bushing and sideload balls. The sheave is hardcoatanodized aluminum for additional strength.

Part
No. Description
448 Halyard lead
1986 Halyard lead*
1988 Mastbase/fixed**
1990 Mastbase/fixed***
3123 Mastbase/fixed‡
C8508 Mastbase/fixed‡‡
*6 mm (1/4") RH. **6 mm (1/4") FH.

Sheave
Ø
in
mm
38
11/2
44
13/4
57
21/4
3
76
4
102
415/16 125
***8 mm (5/16") FH.

1986

Max line
Width
Length
Height
Weight
Ø
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
oz
g
in
mm
7
3
/8
22
2
51
21/8
53
2.1
60
/8
10
7
3
/8
22
313/16
97
21/4
57
3.36 95
/8
10
3/8
13/8
35
33/16
81
27/8
73
6.2 175
10
1
41
45/8
117
33/4
95
11.5 326
/2
12
15/8
41
51/8
130
51/8
130 24.9 708 11/16
18
15/8
115/16
49
71/4
184
67/32
158 44.5 1261 3/4
19
‡16 mm (5/8") HH. ‡‡Contact Harken to request quote and lead time.

Over-the-Top Blocks
Over-the-top blocks lead lines aft over cabin houses,
coamings, and splashguards. They feature high-load
sheaves and come in single, double, and
triple configurations.

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
300
136
750
340
2500
1136
5000
2273
11000
4990
15000
6804

Breaking
load
lb
kg
600
272
1500
680
5000
2273
10000
4545
22000
9980
30000 13608

3003

3004

C8322
3002
C8624

Sheave
Ø
Width
Part
No. Description
in
mm
in
mm
57
13/8
35
3002 Single over-the-top*
21/4
57
27/16
62
3003 Double over-the-top*
21/4
57
31/2
89
3004 Triple over-the-top*
21/4
45
17/16
36
C8322 Single over-the-top**
13/4
75
111/16
43
C8624 Single over-the-top**
215/16
*6 mm (1/4") FH. **Contact Harken to request quote and lead time.

Length
in
mm
31/4
83
31/4
83
31/4
83
31/16
78
4
101

Height
in
mm
31/4
83
31/4
83
31/4
83
37/32
82
4
101

Weight
oz
g
6.4 181
12.2 346
18.1 513
5.6 159
18.5 526

Max line
Ø
in
mm
3
/8
10
3
/8
10
3/8
10
1
/2
12
9
/16
14

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
2500
1136
2500
1136
2500
1136
2500
1136
5000
2272

Breaking
load
lb
kg
5000
2272
5000
2272
5000
2272
5000
2272
10000
4536

Flip-Flop Blocks
Low-profile Flip-Flop blocks are lightweight
and can be used for various leads on your
boat including halyard, mainsheet, and
spinnaker sheet leads.

The Flip-Flop block has aluminum hardcoatanodized sideplates and features Hard Lubeanodized aluminum sheaves for strength and
corrosion resistance.
High-load Flip-Flop blocks pivot around
the line axis to keep line close to the deck.
Hinged construction allows variable leads.
Lockoff provides a temporary stop to free
up winches.
Part
No. Description
1987 Flip-Flop*
1989 Flip-Flop/lockoff*
3122 Flip-Flop**
3194 Flip-Flop/lockoff**
*8 mm (5/16") SH. **6 mm (1/4") SH.

Sheave
Ø
in
mm
3
76
3
76
57
21/4
57
21/4

3122
1987
3194
1989

Width
in
mm
72
27/8
72
27/8
21/4
57
21/4
57

Length
in
mm
6
152
6
152
43/8
111
43/8
111

Height
Weight
in
mm
oz
g
4
100 17.37 493
4
100 21.1 598
27/8
73
9
255
27/8
73 11.2 317.8

Max line
Ø
in
mm
1
/2
12
1/2
12
3/8
10
3/8
10

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
5000
2273
5000
2273
2500
1136
2500
1136

Breaking
load
lb
kg
10000 4545
10000 4545
5000 2273
5000 2273

81

Snatch Blocks

Harken Snatch blocks feature low-friction roller/ball
bearing sheaves and a unique push-button latch for
one-handed operation. The opening side allows sheets
to be inserted without reeving.
Urethane sideplates prevent damage to decks, spars, and
cabin houses. An integral bail allows blocks to hang from
lifelines with shockcord. Snap shackles attach to padeyes
and bails, while trunnion shackles attach to toerails and
other fixtures.

1609

Snatch blocks are offered in high-load configurations
and are used on offshore boats of all sizes.

One-handed latch.

Use for:
Genoa leads
Mastbase reefing blocks
Changing sheets
Spinnaker sheet deflector blocks

Part
No.
1609

Description
Midrange/high-load/trunnion

Sheave
Ø
in
mm
64
21/2

Length
in
mm
59/16
166

Weight
oz
g
20
564

Max line
Ø
in
mm
5
/8
16

A
in
7
/8

High-Load
Snatch Blocks

Crew can quickly fasten these opening blocks
wherever needed. ULC bearing technology ensures
sheaves turn smoothly and maintain efficiency at
high loads. Snap-fit Torlon® ball bearings handle
thrust loads, and the integral headspacer prevents
the hardcoat-anodized sideplates from binding the
sheave. The articulating LOUP® soft attachment
carries the block’s primary load. Strong, lightweight
Velcro® strap holds block closed when sideplates
are aligned.

B
mm
22

in
11/16

mm
26

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
3500
1588

Breaking
load
lb
kg
7000
3175

HC8910
HC8628
C9452

HC8796
HC8832

Use for:
Static line applications

Sideplate pivots around the sheave
axis, making it easy to attach to
rigged line.

LOUP is a registered trademark of Yale Cordage.
Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.
Velcro is a registered trademark of Velcro Industries B.V.I.
Sheave
LOUP
Ø
Length
Weight*
Ø
Part
No. Description
in
mm
in
mm
oz
g
in
mm
5/16
38.5
23/8
60
3.77
107
7
HC8796 2.3T snatch
11/2
3/8
56
33/8
86
8.64
245
10
HC8832 5T snatch
21/4
1/2
114 20.28
575
12
HC8910 8T snatch
3
75
41/2
11/16
1350
17
HC8628 12T snatch
4
100
513/16 148 47.62
3/4
184 75.70
2146
19
C9452 15T snatch
5
125
71/4
Contact Harken to request quote and lead time. *Includes weight of LOUP and Velcro strap.

82

Max line
Ø
in
mm
7/16
11
5/8
16
3/4
18
13/16
30
1
25

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
5070
2300
10805
5000
18080
8000
26460
12000
33069
15000

Breaking
load
lb
kg
10140
4600
21610
9800
36160
16400
52920
24000
66138
30000

LOUP
included
HCP1800
HCP1772
HCP1868
HCP1852
HCP1944

TTR2 Air Blocks

TTR2 Air blocks have evolved from Harken’s successful line of
Titanium Roller Bearing blocks. Lightweight and strong, these
compact load-bearing blocks are 98% efficient, harnessing power
other blocks lose to friction. Titanium rollers handle bearing loads,
while high-wear composite thrust bearings handle sideloads for
reduced maintenance. Sideplates are 6061-T6 hardcoat-anodized
aluminum for durability. The loop is lashed tightly through the
block’s lashing window and, if a becket or fiddle configuration
is desired, through the block’s hub. This increases block stability
and keeps it from capsizing.

Soft-attachment loops can be
configured as becket or fiddle block.
Articulating loop attachments and
sculpted head ensure a fair lead.

Emirates Team New Zealand, Extreme 40 © Chris Cameron

Carbon version is available by
special order.

C10670
C10245
C10125
C10150
C10193

C10226
C10151
C10194

Sheave
Max line
Ø
Length
Weight
Ø
Part
No.
Description
in
mm
in
mm
oz
g
in
mm
11/32
9
C10670 1.5T single
1.85
47
2.69
68
3.73
106
3/8
10
C10245 3.0T single*
2.20
56
3.10
79
4.48
127
7/16
11
C10125 5.0T single*
2.44
62
3.40
86
7.16
203
2 X 14
C10226 5.0T wide single
2.44
62
3.78
96
9.95
282
2 x 9/16
7/16
11
C10555 5.0T footblock
2.44
62
3.56
90
11.81
335
2 X 14
C10556 5.0T wide footblock
2.44
62
3.97
101
15.20
431
2 X 9/16
5
/8
16
C10150 6.5T single
3.22
82
4.44
113
14.57
413
2 X 18
C10151 6.5T wide single
3.42
87
5.33
135
26.10
740
2 X 3/4
5/8
16
C10557 6.5T footblock
3.22
82
4.41
112
28.60
811
2 X 18
C10558 6.5T wide footblock
3.43
87
5.11
130
42.35
1201
2 X 3/4
3
/4
20
C10193 8.0T single
4.09
104
5.61
142
27.09
768
2 X 20
C10194 8.0T wide single
4.33
110
6.19
157
39.54
1121
1 X 3/4
3/4
20
C10559 8.0T footblock
4.09
104
5.68
144
45.19
1281
Contact Harken to request quote and lead time. Loops not included. *Carbon version is available by special order.

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
3301.5
1500
6603
3000
11005
5000
11005
5000
11005
5000
11005
5000
14306.5
6500
14306.5
6500
14306.5
6500
14306.5
6500
17608
8000
17608
8000
17608
8000

Breaking
load
lb
kg
6603
3000
13206
6000
22010
10000
22010
10000
22010
10000
22010
10000
28613
13000
28613
13000
28613
13000
28613
13000
35216
16000
35216
16000
35216
16000

83

NEW

Classic
Wooden Blocks

Harken wooden blocks combine the warm appeal of old-world
craftsmanship with durable, low-friction, high-strength Harken
ULC bearing systems. Block shells are crafted from hand-selected,
classic maritime elm which resists splitting and does not dry out.
A gloss finish protects the wood from the elements and gives it
a deep, rich shine.

Block coins can be engraved with
yacht's name or logo.

Sheaves are constructed of high-strength, corrosion-resistant,
black-anodized aluminum or a rich finished bronze—perfect
for today’s high-strength rope and winches. Blocks are available
in 62 - 127 mm sizes and fit rope from 12 - 22 mm. Multiple
configurations provide complete working systems.

Doña Francisca, Astillero Buquebus, Soto Acebal design © Matt Bridge

3309
3314
3319
3324
3329

3305
3310
3315
3320
3325

3306
3311
3316
3321
3326

3308
3313
3318
3323
3328

3307
3312
3317
3322
3327

Available January 2016

84

Bronze Sheave
Part
No.

Sheave
Ø
Description

Max line
Ø

Weight

in

mm

lb

kg

Single/fixed
Single/swivel
Single/becket
Double/fixed
Single footblock

27/16
27/16
27/16
27/16
27/16

62
62
62
62
62

1.27
1.49
1.43
1.54
1.38

.58
.68
.65
.70
.63

15

Single/fixed
Single/swivel
Single/becket
Double/fixed
Single footblock

3
3
3
3
3

76
76
76
76
76

2.17
2.31
2.64
2.53
2.42

.99
1.05
1.20
1.15
1.10

1

Single/fixed
Single/swivel
Single/becket
Double/fixed
Single footblock

33/4
33/4
33/4
33/4
33/4

96
96
96
96
96

3.35
3.52
4.18
3.96
3.63

1.52
1.60
1.90
1.80
1.65

19

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

in

mm

/32
/
15
/32
15
/32
15
/32

12
12
12
12
12

3749
2536
3749
3749
3749

/2
/2
1
/2
1
/2
1
/2

13
13
13
13
13

/32
/32
19
/32
19
/32
19
/32

Breaking
load
lb

kg

1700
1150
1700
1700
1700

7497
5072
7497
7497
7497

3400
2300
3400
3400
3400

6395
4851
6395
6395
6395

2900
2200
2900
2900
2900

12789
9702
12789
12789
12789

5800
4400
5800
5800
5800

15
15
15
15
15

12128
6284
12128
12128
12128

5500
2850
5500
5500
5500

24255
12569
24255
24255
24255

11000
5700
11000
11000
11000

/16
/16
11
/16
11
/16

17
17
17
17

17861
8600
17861
17861

8100
3900
8100
8100

35721
17199
35721
35721

16200
7800
16200
16200

/16

17

17861

8100

35721

16200

/8
/
7
/8
7
/8
7/8

22
22
22
22
22

22491
9923
22491
22491
22491

10200
4500
10200
10200
10200

44982
19845
44982
44982
44982

20400
9000
20400
20400
20400

62 mm
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309

15 32

76 mm
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314

1

96 mm
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319

19

101 mm
3320
3321
3322
3323

Single/fixed
Single/swivel
Single/becket
Double/fixed

4
4
4
4

101
101
101
101

5.62
5.84
6.61
5.84

2.55
2.65
3.00
2.65

11

3324

Single footblock

4

101

6.02

2.73

11

Single/fixed
Single/swivel
Single/becket
Double/fixed
Single footblock

5
5
5
5
5

127
127
127
127
127

8.09
8.64
10.04
8.81
8.42

3.67
3.92
4.56
4.00
3.82

7

11

127 mm
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329

7 8

Aluminum Sheave
Part
No.

Sheave
Ø
Description

Max line
Ø

Weight

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

in

mm

lb

kg

in

mm

Single/fixed
Single/swivel
Single/becket
Double/fixed
Single footblock

27/16
27/16
27/16
27/16
27/16

62
62
62
62
62

.98
1.20
1.15
1.26
1.09

.45
.55
.52
.57
.50

15 32

/
/
15/32
15/32
15/32

12
12
12
12
12

3749
2536
3749
3749
3749

Single/fixed
Single/swivel
Single/becket
Double/fixed
Single footblock

3
3
3
3
3

76
76
76
76
76

1.74
1.87
2.21
2.09
1.98

.79
.85
1.00
.95
.90

1 2

/
/
1/2
1/2
1
/2

13
13
13
13
13

Single/fixed
Single/swivel
Single/becket
Double/fixed
Single footblock

33/4
33/4
33/4
33/4
33/4

96
96
96
96
96

2.60
2.77
3.43
3.21
2.88

1.18
1.25
1.55
1.45
1.30

19

/32
/
19/32
19
/32
19/32

Breaking
load
lb

kg

1700
1150
1700
1700
1700

7497
5072
7497
7497
7497

3400
2300
3400
3400
3400

6395
4851
6395
6395
6395

2900
2200
2900
2900
2900

12789
9702
12789
12789
12789

5800
4400
5800
5800
5800

15
15
15
15
15

12128
6284
12128
12128
12128

5500
2850
5500
5500
5500

24255
12569
24255
24255
24255

11000
5700
11000
11000
11000

/
/16
11/16
11/16

17
17
17
17

17861
8600
17861
17861

8100
3900
8100
8100

35721
17199
35721
35721

16200
7800
16200
16200

62 mm
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334

15 32

76 mm
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339

1 2

96 mm
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344

19 32

101 mm
3345
3346
3347
3348

Single/fixed
Single/swivel
Single/becket
Double/fixed

4
4
4
4

101
101
101
101

4.64
4.86
5.63
4.86

2.10
2.20
2.55
2.20

11 16

3349

Single footblock

4

101

5.04

2.28

11 16

/

17

17861

8100

35721

16200

Single/fixed
Single/swivel
Single/becket
Double/fixed
Single footblock

5
5
5
5
5

127
127
127
127
127

6.64
7.19
8.59
7.35
6.97

3.01
3.26
3.90
3.34
3.16

7 8

/
/
7/8
7/8
7/8

22
22
22
22
22

22491
9923
22491
22491
22491

10200
4500
10200
10200
10200

44982
19845
44982
44982
44982

20400
9000
20400
20400
20400

11

127 mm
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354

7 8

85

Specifications
F

C

G

B

B

B

C

C

A

6076, 6079
E

D

6070, 6074

A

F

B

B

A

C

3220, 3221, 3222, 3234, 3235, 3236, 3237,
3249, 3250, 3257, 3258, 3263

E
D

6106
6091, 6092, 6093
F
B

A

45°

E

B

D

C

A

3227, 3244, 3254, 3261, 3266

6077, 6078
C

Stand-Up Blocks
A
B
C
Part
No.
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
57
23/16
56
11/4
32
3227
27/32
75
213/16
72
111/16
43
3244
215/16
125
115/16
50


1987/1989*
415/16
93.6
19/16
39.7


3122/3194**
311/16
93
327/32
97
25/16
59
3254
321/32
93
43/16
106
21/4
57
3261
321/32
95
53/16
132
35/8
92
3266
33/4
*8 mm (5/16") SH cap screw fasteners. **6 mm (1/4") SH cap screw fasteners.

B

A

1987, 1989, 3122, 3194

Footblocks
Part
No.
3220/3221/3222
3234/3235/3236/3237
3249/3250
3257/3258
3263
6070
6074
6076
6077
6078
6079
6091
6092
6093
6106

86

Fasteners (FH)
in
mm
1/4
6
5/16
8
3/8
10
1/2
12
5/8
16
3/8
10
3
/8
10
3/8
10
5/16
8
5/16
8
3
/8
10
5/16
8
5/16
8
1
/2
12
5/16, 5/32
8, 4

A
in
3/8
15/32
9/16
21/32
13/16
131/32
2

1/2
1/2

1/2
1/2
11
/16

B
mm
9.5
11.5
14.5
17
20.5
50
51

13
13

13
13
17

in
7/8
11/8
115/32
125/32
23/32
25/32
21/2
25/32
25/32
213/32
21/2
25/32
213/32
31/32
19/16

C
mm
22.5
28.5
37.5
45
53.5
55
63
55
55
61
63
55
61
77
39

in
21/32
23/4
321/32
47/16
53/32
21/4
229/32
21/4
2
2
231/32

9/16

19/16

D
mm
51.5
70.5
92.5
113
129
57
74
57
51
51
75

14

40

in
5/8
13/16
13/32
111/32
15/8



9/16
9/16

9/16
19/32
11
/16

E
mm
16
21
28
34.5
41



14
14

14
15
18

in
25/16
3
315/16
51/32
61/16



21/4
27/8

21/4
231/32
41/8

F
mm
59
77
100
127.5
154



57
74

57
75
105

in
35/16
45/16
55/8
629/32
81/32



33/4
43/8

33/4
43/8
511/16

G
mm
84
110
143
176
204



96
111

96
111
145

in
1/2
21/32
29/32
13/32
15/16









mm
13
17
23
28
33









NEW FOR 2016
Big Boat CB
spinnaker pole cars
See page 103

Novintiss.com, Mini 6.50, Prepa Nautic, naval architect: E. Bertrand
© Julien Branco

COMPLEMENTARY HARDWARE

Audi Melges 20 © Billy Black

BALL BEARING CAM CLEATS
Multiple rows of high-load ball bearings
and precise V-shape reduce friction, allowing
Harken cam cleats to activate with the snap
of the wrist. No need for draw-through cleating:
a downward flick snaps the sheet into the cam
and stays exactly where you put it. Flick up
and the cleat releases instantly, even under
high loads. Harken cleats are the only cleats
that engage under maximum line tension.

Cams engage/release loaded line instantly
for precise sail control
• Multiple rows of UV-stabilized ball bearings
reduce friction.
• Cam horns and V-shape for easy line entry.

Three sizes in high-wear, lightweight materials
Offshore

• Micro, standard, offshore sizes.

Standard

• Cam-Matic: Hard Lube-anodized aluminum,
or mirror-polished stainless steel.

Micro

• Carbo-Cam: UV-stabilized fiber-reinforced
Carbo composite.

DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use.

88

Protective tooth design holds
line securely

Full range of accessories
• Flairleads, fairleads, adapter plate, wedge kits, risers, and bases.

• Rounded teeth reduce line wear,
squeezing rather than cutting the line.
• Each line size held by the most
number of teeth.

Materials

For properties
see pages 38-39.

316 Stainless
steel:
Mirror-polished

6061-T6
aluminum:

Hard Lube-anodized

Carbo
composite:

UV-stabilized

®

Delrin
UV-stabilized:
Ball bearings

Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.

89

Ball Bearing Cam Cleats
Standard

Micro

468

Offshore

280

150

CAM-MATIC

471

Offshore

491
CAM-MATIC

365

CARBO-CAM

412

Standard
Micro

TRIGGER CLEAT
Part
No.
150
280
468
491
365
412
471

418

Description
Cam-Matic*
Offshore Cam-Matic‡
Micro Cam-Matic**
Offshore Cam-Matic SS ‡
Carbo-Cam*
Double Cam-Matic*
Micro Carbo-Cam**

355
Height
in
mm
30
13/16
37
17/16
7/8
22
17/16
37
30
13/16
53
21/16
7/8
22

Length
in
mm
29/16
65
33/8
85
17/8
48
33/8
85
29/16
65
317/32 81
17/8
48

Width
in
mm
11/4
32
11/2
38
15/16
24
11/2
38
11/4
32
11/4
32
15/16
24

Weight
oz
g
2.50
71
5.25 148
0.93
26
13.4 380
1.44
42
4.50 126
0.67
19

Line Ø
min - max
in
mm
1
/8 - 1/2 3 - 12
1
/4 - 5/8 6 - 16
3/32 - 1/4
2-6
1/4 - 5/8
6 - 16
1/8 - 3/8
3 - 10
5/16 - 3/8
8 - 10
1/8 - 1/4
3-6

Fastener
Maximum
Breaking
spacing
working load
load
in
mm
lb
kg
lb
kg
Pawls
11/2
38
300 136
750 340
Aluminum
21/16
52
500 227 1000 454
Aluminum
11/16
27
200
91
400 181
Aluminum
21/16
52
500 227 1000 454
Stainless steel
11/2
38
200
91
500 227 Plastic carbon-matrix
27/16
62
500 227
750 340
Aluminum
11/16
27
150
68
300 136 Plastic carbon-matrix

Trigger Cleat
418 Trigger cleat ‡‡
13/8
35
21/2
1/4
355 Trigger cleat adapter plate
6
39/64
*#10 (5 mm) FH fasteners. **#8 (4 mm) RH fasteners.

Cam Kits
472

64
3
76
5.6
79 19/32
31
1.3
‡6 mm (1/4") FH fasteners.

469
327

473
326

499
497

90

Description
Carbo-Cam/wedge/wire fairlead
Cam-Matic/wire fairlead
Carbo-Cam/wire fairlead
Carbo-Cam/X-Treme Angle Fairlead
Cam-Matic/X-Treme Angle Fairlead
Cam-Matic/Fast Release Fairlead
Carbo-Cam/Fast Release Fairlead

51
66

500

227

498
496

1000

454

Stainless steel

474
458

470
459

Standard Kits

Micro Kits
Part
No.
472
469
473
474
470
498
499

159 3/16 - 1/2 5 - 12
2
36


25/8
‡‡#10 (5 mm) TH fasteners.

Cam
471
468
471
471
468
468
471

Wedge
297





Fairlead
475
475
475
476
476
495
495

Weight
oz
g
1.2
33
1.2
33
0.9
26
1.7
47
1.9
55
1.8
52
1.5
43

Part
No.
326
327
458
459
496
497

Description
Carbo-Cam/wire fairlead
Cam-Matic/wire fairlead
Cam-Matic/X-Treme Angle Fairlead
Cam-Matic/X-Treme Angle Fairlead
Cam-Matic/Fast Release Fairlead
Carbo-Cam/Fast Release Fairlead

Cam
365
150
365
150
150
365

Wedge Fairlead

298

298

375

375

494

494

Weight
oz
g
2.00
54
3.00
85
3.36
98
4.42
127
4.85
137
3.53
100

Cam Cleat Accessories

Use these accessories to adapt our cleats for many applications, such as cleaning
up cockpit controls with color-coding or leading a line cleanly to a cleat.
The 475 Micro Cam-Matic cleat and 298 wire fairleads guide line into the entrance
side of the cleat, maintaining a low profile and holding line close to the cleat.
Use the 475 with the 468 and 471 Micro Cam-Matic cleats. Use the 298 wire
fairlead with the 150 Cam-Matic and 365 Carbo-Cam cleats.
The 494 and 495 Fast Release Fairleads feature low-friction, angled stainless steel
line guides on the exit side of the cleat. The angled lead keeps the line away from
the cam to eliminate unexpected recleats during maneuvers. Use for fast spinnaker
take-downs during mark roundings—anywhere fast release is crucial. Harken
Cam-Matic Fairleads are made of tough, abrasion-resistant composite.

Cleat and uncleat at angles
up to 90 degrees.

Use the 495 with 468 and 471 Micro Cam-Matic cleats; the 494 fairlead with the
150 Cam-Matic and 365 Carbo-Cam cleats.

Stainless steel loop provides
low-friction turning post.

The 375 X-Treme Angle Fairlead uses low-friction stainless steel line guides on
the exit side of the cleat. This allows crew to release and recleat at angles up to
90 degrees to the cleat without centering the line. Perfect for cabintop controls
and adjusting deck cleats from the rail. A must for fine-tuning Laser outhaul and
cunningham controls. Harken Cam-Matic Fairleads are made of tough, abrasionresistant composite. Use the 476 X-Treme Angle Fairlead with the 468 and 471
Micro Cam-Matic cleats; the 375 X-Treme Angle Fairlead with the 150 Cam-Matic and
365 Carbo-Cam cleats.

Base plate ensures optimal
cleating height.
Ideal for Laser outhaul/
cunningham controls.

The 424 and 425 low-profile, top-mounted Flairleads can also be used to guide
lines. They feature stainless wearguards and are available in various colors for
color coding cams. Use the 424 with the 468 and 471 Micro Cam-Matic cleats.
Use the 425 with the 150 Cam-Matic and 365 Carbo-Cam cleats.
Wedge kits and risers improve the angle of your cams. A range of eyestraps
holds line at the cleat and provides fair leads.

Description

Height
above cam
in
mm

Eyestrap
Wire fairlead
Flat cam riser
15° angled micro cam riser
Cam wedge kit
X-Treme Angle Fairlead
Flairlead‡‡
Fast Release Fairlead

1/2




7/8
7/16
9/16

12




22
11
14


/
5
/8
3/4

17/16

19/16


23
16
19

37

40

17/16
17/8
17/8
17/8
17/8
15/16
15/8
15/16

36
48
48
48
48
33
41
33

/
/
15
/16
15/16
15/16
2
5/8
115/16

11
24
24
24
24
51
16
49

.16
.29
.50
.75
.16
1
.13
.92

4.5
8
14
21
5
29
3.5
26

11/16
11/16
11/16
11/16
11/16
11/16
11/16
11/16

27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27

468/471
468/471
468/471
468/471
468/471
468/471
468/471
468/471

Eyestrap
Cam wedge kit
Low-profile eyestrap
Flat cam riser
15° angled cam riser
Wire fairlead
X-Treme Angle Fairlead‡
Flairlead‡‡
Cam adapter plate
Fast Release Fairlead

3/4

3/8



15/16
5/8

3/4

19

10



24
16

19




1
1
11/4
21/4

9/16
23/32




28
25
32
57

14
53

2
29/16
17/8
29/16
29/16
29/16
113/16
23/16
3
113/16

51
65
48
65
65
65
46
56
76
47

9/16
11/4
7/16
11/4
11/4
11/4
29/16
13/16
17/16
25/8

14
32
11
32
32
32
65
21
36
67

.32
1.00
.16
1.50
1.25
.50
1.92
.25
2.50
2.12

9
28
4.5
38
35
14
56
7
71
60

11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2

38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38

150/365
150/365
150/365
150/365
150/365
150/365
150/365
150/365
150/365
150/365

15/16
282
Large eyestrap
23


213/16
71
85
283
Offshore cam wedge kit




33/8
‡Max line Ø: 10 mm (3/8"). ‡‡Indicate color: BL (blue), Y (yellow), G (green), B (black), R (red).

3/4
11/2

19
38

.80
1.50

23
43

21/16
21/16

52
52

280
280

Part
No.

Height
in
mm

Length
in
mm

Width
in
mm

Weight
oz
g

Fastener
spacing
in
mm

Fits

Micro
281
475
293
294
297
476
424
495

15 16

7 16

15 16

Standard
137
145
201
295
296
298
375
425
438
494

Offshore

91

Cam Cleat Accessories
Micro

297

Standard

Offshore

424
425

145
283
Wedge kits and risers are
available to improve cam
angles. Underdeck shims
are included with angled
risers and wedges for
easy mounting.

294

293

Lightweight, fiber-reinforced Flairleads
feature stainless wearguards for long
life and are available in various colors
for color-coding cams.

296

295

438
475

476

The 438 adapter plate is perfect for
use on masts and booms. It raises
the cleat off the mast to improve
the cleating angle and control.

298

375

495

494

424

425

137
281

92

201

282

Cam Bases

Use cam swivel bases when leads must rotate
to face the trimmer.
Ball bearing swivel bases feature dual rows of
Delrin® ball bearings that swivel freely even under
high loads. Bases include stand-up springs and a
U-Adaptor to accept a variety of appropriate blocks.

144
205
1574

The 144 is the standard configuration with a tall
arm. It is ideal for mounting in the cockpit or for
use on larger keelboats and small offshore boats
that use 76 mm (3") plastic blocks. The lowprofile 205 is used when installation is at deck
level and when smaller blocks are used. The
1574 accepts Midrange blocks.

Cam-Matic ball bearing cam cleats.
Swivels freely under load.
Stops on base prevent swivel from
over-rotating and fouling line.

The 216 features a second cleat for lines led
vertically through the base of the swivel. It is
frequently used to combine vang or backstay
controls in the same swivel base that handles
the mainsheet.

361

462

The 240 and 241 are simple swivel bases for
main and jib sheets on very small boats or
for control lines on boats of all sizes.
The 402 and 403 are fitted with a double
Cam-Matic cleat for use in 2-speed
mainsheet systems.

144 includes adapter for 57 mm
and 75 mm Carbo blocks.

The 462 swivel base with 468 Micro Cam-Matic
cleat provides precise cleating. The 16 mm sheaves
feature low-friction stainless steel ball bearings
to handle high loads. Ideal for controls where
cleating angles change dramatically.
Use for:
Mainsheets
Jib sheets
Control lines

238
239
379

216
402
403

241
240

Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.
Part
No. Description
144 Swivel base/150 Cam-Matic*
205 Little swivel base/150 Cam-Matic*
216 Duocam swivel base/365, 471 Carbo-Cam*
238 150 Cam-Matic on plate/bullseye‡
239 365 Carbo-Cam on plate/bullseye‡
240 Bullseye swivel base/150 Cam-Matic*
241 Bullseye swivel base/365 Carbo-Cam*
361 Little swivel base/Trigger cleat*
379 471 Micro Carbo-Cam on plate/bullseye‡‡
402 Small swivel base/412 Cam-Matic*
403 Swivel base/412 Cam-Matic*
462 Swivel base/468 Micro Cam-Matic/16 mm sheaves
1574 Midrange swivel base/280 Cam-Matic**
*#10 (5 mm) FH fastener. **6 mm (1/4") FH fastener.

Line Ø
Fastener
Maximum
Height
Weight
Min
Max
spacing
working load
in mm oz
g
in mm in mm in
mm
lb
kg
Use with
1/2
3/4
3
12
19


57 mm/75 mm/2.25"/3.00"/ratchets
53/4 146 13 369 1/8
1/2
3/4
3
12
19

— 57mm/Big Bullet/Dinghy/2.25"/little ratchets
41/2 114 12 340 1/8
3/4
19


57mm/2.25"/3.00"/ratchets
53/4 146 16 454 — — — —
1
4
113 1/8
3
/2 12 11/2/1 38/25 300
139
15/16 33
1/8
3/8
3
85
3
10 11/2/1 38/25 200
91
15/16 33
1/2
7.5 213 1/8
3
12 11/32
26
300
136
115/16 49
3/8
61/2 184 1/8
3
10 11/32
26
150
68
11/2 38
1/2
3/4
3
12
19


Big Bullet/Dinghy/2.25"/little ratchets
45/16 110 14 398 1/8
7/8
1/8
1/4
22 1.75 50
3
6 11/16
27
150
68
3/8
3/4
10
19


57 mm/2.25" double ratchets
43/8 111 12.75 362 5/16 8
3
3
/8 10
/4
19


57 mm/2.25"/3.00" double ratchets
53/4 146 14 398 5/16 8
1/4
4.8 136 1/8
3
6 11/32 26
200
91
113/16 46
5/8
6
16 11/16
27


Midrange
515/16 151 23 652 1/4
‡#10 (5 mm) RH fastener. ‡‡#8 (4 mm) RH fastener.

93

Stand-Up Bases

1634

Stand-up bases allow a wide variety of blocks
to be held upright, swivel freely, or pivot so lines
have a fair lead under load.

Ball-and-Socket Swivel Bases

41 mm
15/8"

41 mm
15/8"

The ball-and-socket design lets blocks articulate up to
45 degrees and swivel freely. The 460 and 461 bases
have stainless steel reinforcement plates to handle the
high load capacities of 57 mm and 75 mm Carbo
blocks. Bases may be fitted with springs, but blocks
won’t hit the deck without them.

010, 029
460, 461

Stanchion Mount Base

The 061 stanchion mount base attaches blocks
to 22 mm or 25 mm (7/8" or 1") stanchions or pulpits
and is often used to lead furling lines to the cockpit.
Allows blocks to swivel and pivot for fairleads.

25 mm
1"

1634: Midrange and ESP Cruising
block stand-up base

25 mm
1"

Swivels and pivots freely
Blocks will not hit deck

Midrange Cruising ESP Stand-Up

Use the 1634 stand-up base with Midrange blocks
and 57 mm or 75 mm Cruising ESP blocks. Block
headpost fits into socket without shackle. The
low-profile design is ideal for mastbase and
halyard lead blocks.

Springs

Springs support blocks on padeyes, eyestraps, bases,
and traveler cars, and prevent blocks from hitting the deck.

Stand-Up Boots

Made of durable, flexible PVC, stand-up boots hold
blocks up without snagging lines. The 369 fits 40 mm
and 57 mm Carbo and Black Magic blocks. The 370
fits 75 mm Carbo blocks.

077

061

B

369
370

A

460
461

1634

A

A

097, 071, 1603
B

010

B

Bases
Part
No.
010
061
460
461
1634

Height
Description
in
mm
44
Ball/socket*
13/4
32
Stanchion mount
11/4
44
Ball/socket/high-load*
13/4
Large ball/socket/high-load*
2
51
49
Midrange/Cruising ESP stand-up** 115/16

Weight
oz
g
3
85
2
57
4
113
4.5
128
9
255

Base
Ø
in
mm
21/8
54


21/8
54
54
21/8
27/8
73

Inside socket
Ø
in
mm
3/8
10
3
/8
10
3/8
10
7/16
12
9/16
15

Pin
Maximum
Ø
working load
in mm
lb
kg
3/16
5
400 181
3
/16
5
350 159
3/16
5
800 363
1/4
6
1000 454
5/16
8
3500 1588

Breaking
load
lb
kg
1300 590


2500 1134
2500 1134
7000 3175

Use with
2.25"/Little Fiddle/ratchets
Bullet/Big Bullet/2.25"/ratchets
57 mm Carbo
75 mm Carbo
Midrange/Cruising ESP

Base accessories
Part
No. Description
071 Stand-up spring
077 DN adaptor
097 Small stand-up spring
369 Small stand-up boot
370 Large stand-up boot
1603 Midrange stand-up spring
*#10 (5 mm) FH fasteners. ** 6 mm (1/4") RH fasteners.

94

Weight
oz
.32
2.4
.13
.45
1.1
.74

A
g
9.1
69
3.7
12.7
30.8
21

in
2
1/4
1
2
25/8
21/2

B
mm
51
32
25
51
67
64

in
7
/8
11/16
3/4
19/16
23/16
13/8

mm
22
17
19
40
55
35

Shackle pin
Ø
in
mm


3/16
5







Accessories

Accessories are designed to make standard blocks
more versatile or fill a special need. Custom products
available on website.

Handhold

B

The 062 handhold is popular on boats like Solings
and scows to help hiking crew reenter the boat. It can
also be used as a handle for things like engine covers.
It has drain holes.

Bullseye Fairlead

Use the 237 and 339 where there is little deflection
in the line such as routing a spinnaker pole foreguy
aft along the cabin house.

062

A

Sail Chafe Protectors

Use the 285 to ease genoas over lifelines or past shrouds
and to help large roach mainsails clear backstays.

Prefeeder

Use 947 with racing foils or furling systems.

A

A

Dinghy Clew Hook

The 433 and 394 dinghy clew hooks are designed for
Lasers and other loose-footed dinghies. They install
permanently on the boom and allow you to instantly
attach and adjust your sail in high wind and waves.

285

B

339
237

947

433

394

Z420, 2.24 m (13.90'), Laser Performance © Laser Performance

A
Part
No. Description
in
mm
146
062 Handhold*
53/4
32
237 Bullseye fairlead**
11/4
70
285 Sail chafe protector set (2)
23/4
27
339 Micro bullseye fairlead‡
11/16
*#10 (5 mm) FH fasteners. **#10 (5 mm) RH fasteners.

B
Fastener spacing
in
mm
in
mm
31/2
89


11/2
38
1
25.4




3/4
19
.708
18
‡#8 (4 mm) RH fasteners, max line Ø 6 mm (1/4").

Part
No.
394
433
947

Weight
Description
Dinghy clew hook/404
Dinghy clew hook
Prefeeder

oz
1.00
.65
.13

g
28.4
18.4
3.7

95

Self-Contained Sheaves

Self-contained sheaves are designed for sailors to use in custom applications.
The Micro, Bullet, and Big Bullet sheaves are Delrin with Delrin® ball bearings.
They are scored for rope. 16 mm sheaves are Delrin and feature stainless ball
bearings that ride in a grooved race. Midrange sheaves come in either Delrin
or aluminum for wire.
Wire sheaves are Hard Lube-anodized aluminum that ride on high-load
composite bearings.

160

Ball bearings in the 38 mm (11/2") and 51 mm (2") sheaves minimize friction.
The 25 mm (1") wire sheave uses low-friction washers for this purpose.
Two 160 sheaves make up the 161 dual-sheave universal lead. Use this
sheave to divert a line that must turn in either direction.

277

Use Cruising ESP sheaves to handle high static loads from halyards and reef
lines. Sheaves are carbon-black Delrin for UV-protection and turn on stainless
steel spacers. Contained sideload ball bearings allow sheaves to spin freely when
loads are released. Sheaves require a sideplate for the sideload balls to roll on.

415

Use for:
Custom applications

Ball bearings handle low loads
and sideloads from unfair leads.
Plastic sleeve bearing for high
static loads

38 mm
11/2"

161

6063

6062

Delphia 46cc, Andrzej Skrzat, Delphia Yachts

1533
1534

Sheave
Ø
Width
Part
No.
Description
in
mm
in
mm
1/2
29
12
160
29 mm
11/8
7
29
/8
22
161
29 mm
11/8
9/16
38
14
265
38 mm
11/2
7/8
13/32
22
10
277
22 mm
9
/32
7
303
25 mm
1
25
13/32
38
10
307
38 mm
11/2
13/32
10
311
51 mm
2
51
5/8
5/16
16
8
415
16 mm
7
/8
22
1533 51 mm
2
51
7/8
22
1534 51 mm/aluminum
2
51
5/8
57
15
2760 57 mm
21/4
11/16
40
17
6062 40 mm
19/16
13/16
57
21
6063 57 mm
21/4
7/8
75
22
6064 75 mm
215/16
Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.

96

Weight
oz
g
.25
7
1
28
.5
14
.1
3
.25
7
1
28
1.5
43
.13
4
1.5
43
2.5
71
.88
25
.8
23
1.6
46
4.4
126

2760

265

303

in
/
5
/16
3/8
1/4
5
/32
3/16
1/4
3/16
5
/8
5/8
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4

311

307

Line
5 16

6064

mm
8
8
10
6
4
5
6
5
16
16
10
12
16
19

Max Ø
wire
in
mm








3
/32
2
1/8
3
3/16
5




3/16
5







Center pin
Ø
in
mm
1/4
6.27
1
/4
6.27
1/4
6.27
3/16
4.75
3
/16
4.75
1/4
6.27
5/16
8.10
3/16
4.75
1
/4
6.27
1/4
6.27
1/4
6.27
5/16
8.10
3/8
10.00
3/8
10.00

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
300
136
300
136
300
136
200
91
1000
454
1500
680
2000
907
250
113
500
227
500
227
300
136
1250
567
2500
1134
3500
1588

Big Boat Sheaves

Big Boat sheaves are available for special applications
as well as for replacement sheaves in Big Boat blocks.
Made of Hard Lube-anodized, 6061-T6 aluminum,
sheaves feature Torlon® rollers to carry high radial
loads and carbon-black Delrin® ball bearings to
support sideloads and provide UV-protection.
Select sheaves based on load-carrying capability.
Installation requires clamping or securing inner race.
Use for:
Mainsheets
Spinnaker sheets
Afterguy/foreguy
Footblocks

Torlon roller/ball bearing system
Hard Lube-anodized
6061-T6 aluminum

Ansias, Outremer 5X, Outremer Yachting, VPLP, Franck Darnet/
Patrick Le Quément design, 17.98 m (59') © Outremer

Carbon-black balls for UV-protection

500

603

518
519
520
Sheave
Center pin
Ø
Width
Weight
Ø
Fasteners
Part
No.
in
mm
in
mm
oz
g
in
mm
in
mm
7/8
3/8
3/8
22
6
170
10.00
10
500
3
76
3/4
3/8
114
1
25
16
454
19.10
10
518
41/2
7/8
3/8
140
11/8
29
27
765
22.28
10
519
51/2
1/2
29
45
1280
11/2
38.00
12
520
7
178
11/8
7/8
3/8
3/8
22
10
284
10.00
10
550
4
102
3/8
3/8
40
10
284
10.00
10
603
3
76
19/16
3
3
114
15/8
41
25
709
/4
19.10
/8
10
657
41/2
5/16
5/16
64
13/8
35
7
198
8.10
8
1539
21/2
Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.
Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers, L.C.C.

657
Fastener
circle
in
mm


13/8
35
15/8
41
21/2
64




13/8
35

1539

550
Max line
Ø
in
mm
9/16
14
3/4
18
7/ 8
22
7/8
22
9/16
14
3/4
18
7
/8
18
1/2
12

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
4950
2245
7500
3401
9100
4127
14000
6349
4950
2245
4950
2245
14850
6736
3000
1361

Breaking
load
lb
kg
9900
4490
15000
6803
18200
8254
28000 12698
9900
4490
9900
4490
29700 13472
6000
2721

97

High-Load Sheaves

High-load sheaves are offered as replacement parts or for use in
special applications. Their bearing system combines sideload-carrying
balls with a PTFE composite bushing to carry radial loads. While not
as free-rolling as the standard Harken ball/roller bearing system, this
compact bearing system is extremely durable and perfect for carrying
high loads in a restricted diameter.
Installation requires clamping or securing inner race.

Wide tulip sheave allows wider
range of line entry angles.

Custom sheaves available by request. View more options on
harken.com.
727
Use for:
Masts
Booms
Deck organizers
Through-the-transom running backstays

C7842

754

712

C4579

716

714

1734

GreyMax, Maxi 1200, 12.16 m (39.9'), Maxi Yachts, Delphia Yachts KOT, naval architect: Pelle Petterson © Dick van der Veer

Sheave
Ø
Width
Part
No.
in
mm
in
mm
7/8
22
712
4
102
714
5
127
1
25
716
6
152
1
25
7/8
57
22
727
21/4
7/8
22
754
3
76
35
1734
8
203
13/8
32
C4579
6
152
11/4
90
1 15/16
50
C7842
3 1/2
*Based on use of solid 304 stainless shafts.

98

Weight
oz
10
17
23
4
5
46
32
20

g
284
481
652
113
142
1300
903
578

Center pin
Ø
in
mm
11/16
17.60
7/8
22.28
7
/8
22.28
3/8
10.00
1/2
12.70
11/4
31.70
131/64
37.74
11/16
18

Max Ø
Line
in
/
5/8
5
/8
1/2
1/2
7/8
7/8
5/8
1 2

mm
12
16
16
12
12
22
22
16

in
/
5/16
3
/8
5/16
5/16
1/2
5 16

Wire
mm
8
8
10
8
8
12

——

——

——

——

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
12000
5443
15000
6804
18000
8165
4950
2245
7000
3175
37000
16783
41000
18600
12811
5811

Breaking
load*
lb
32000
51000
51000
9900
16500
100000
82000
25622

kg
14515
23133
23133
4491
7484
45360
37200
11622

Narrow Halyard &
Steering Sheaves

Narrow high-load sheaves in mastheads improve sail
handling, speed sail changes, and allow the use of smaller,
lighter halyard winches. Used in steering systems, these
sheaves return “feel” to wheel-steered boats.

Lightening holes

Sheaves combine sideload-carrying balls with a PTFEcomposite bushing for radial loads. These durable sheaves
are made of 6061-T6 aluminum and are well-suited for
masthead and steering installations.
Installation requires clamping or securing inner race.

692

691

Use for:
Masthead/halyard sheaves
Steering systems

695

694
693

Sofia, Solaris 58, 17.68 m (58'), Solaris Yachts, naval architect: Javier Soto Acebal © Carlo Borlenghi

Sheave
Ø
Width
Part
No.
in
mm
in
mm
5/8
16
691
3
76
3
/4
19
692
4
102
3/4
19
693
5
127
7/8
22
694
6
152
695
7
178
1
25
*Based on use of solid 304 stainless shafts.

Weight
oz
41/2
8
12
19
27

g
128
227
340
539
765

Center pin
Ø
in
mm
1/2
12.70
1
/2
12.70
3/4
19.10
3/4
19.10
1
25.42

Max Ø
Line
in
/
7
/16
7/16
1/2
9
/16
3 8

mm
10
12
12
12
14

in
/
5
/16
5/16
3/8
7
/16
3 16

Wire
mm
5
8
8
10
12

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
4000
1814
8250
3742
12000
5443
16000
7258
21000
9526

Breaking
load*
lb
16500
16500
37100
37100
66000

kg
7484
7484
16828
16828
29937

99

Small Boat &
Midrange
Deck Organizers

Deck organizers lead halyards and control lines aft,
allowing crew to sail from the security of the cockpit.
Deck organizers lead a large number of lines through
a small space. Harken deck organizers feature ball
bearing sheaves and are available in double, triple,
and stacked double and triple configurations.
Use for:
Halyards
Control lines
Reef lines
Outhauls
Pole lifts

152 mm
6"
271
273
108 mm
41/4"
270
272
148 mm
513/16"

207 mm
81/8"

Self-contained sheaves
1591

148 mm
513/16"

148 mm
513/16"
1590

207 mm
81/8"
1501
1503

270
1500

148 mm
513/16"
1500
1502

272
1502

271
1501

273
1503
1590

1591
Orson, Storm 22, 6.7 m (22'), Storm Yacht SA, designer:
Wojciech Spisak © Marek Wilczek

100

Sheave
Max line
Maximum working
Breaking
Ø
Length
Height
Weight
Ø
load/sheave‡
load‡
Part
No.
Description
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
oz
g
in
mm
lb
kg
lb
kg
7/8
3/8
38
51/16
129
22
41/2
128
10
300
136
2000
907
270
Small Boat/2-sheave*
11/2
7
3
38
613/16
173
/8
22
61/2
184
/8
10
300
136
2000
907
271
Small Boat/3-sheave*
11/2
3/8
38
51/16
129
19/16
40
71/2
191
10
300
136
2000
907
272
Small Boat/stacked 2-sheave*
11/2
3/8
38
613/16
173
19/16
40
121/2
355
10
300
136
2000
907
273
Small Boat/stacked 3-sheave*
11/2
5/8
175
11/8
29
91/2
269
16
500
227
2500
1134
1500 Midrange/2-sheave**
2
51
67/8
5/8
233
11/8
29
131/2
383
16
500
227
2500
1134
1501 Midrange/3-sheave**
2
51
93/16
7
1
1
5
1502 Midrange/stacked 2-sheave**
2
51
6 /8
175
2 /8
54
16 /2
468
/8
16
500
227
2500
1134
5/8
233
21/8
54
231/2
666
16
500
227
2500
1134
1503 Midrange/stacked 3-sheave**
2
51
93/16
5/8
324
11/8
29
16
454
16
500
227
3750
1700
1590 Midrange/4-sheave**
2
51
123/4
5
29
19
539
/8
16
500
227
3750
1700
1591 Midrange/5-sheave**
2
51
15
381
11/8
DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such. *#10 (5 mm) FH fasteners. ** 6 mm (1/4") FH fasteners.
‡If double stacked, upper block/organizer is two-thirds of listed mwl and breaking load.

Cruising ESP Deck
Organizers

Deck organizers lead halyards and control lines aft, allowing
crew to sail from the security of the cockpit. They lead a
large number of lines through a small space. Harken deck
organizers feature ball bearing sheaves and are available in
double, triple, and stacked double and triple configurations.
The ESP deck organizer features aluminum hardcoatanodized sideplates for strength and corrosion resistance.

80 mm (35/32")
6052/6053

Mount organizers with large fasteners directly through
the sheaves. If you need an additional sheave, use
the same holes and simply drill another hole
to mount the longer organizer.
Match Cruising ESP mastbase blocks
with organizers for a complete system.
6102 is preassembled as a double
and shares a common center plate.

57 mm (21/4")
6054/6055

6054
6052

Ball bearings handle loads from
unfair leads keeping the sheave
turning freely.
Aluminum and plastic sleeve
bearing for high-static loads

6055
6053
Available in stainless steel

80 mm (35/32")

80 mm (35/32")

6102

57 mm (21/4")
6066

80 mm (35/32")
6067

6075
6071

6066
6067

80 mm (35/32")

6101

57 mm (21/4")
6103

Maximum
Sheave
Max line
working
Ø
Length
Weight
Height
Ø
load/sheave
Part
No. Description
in
mm
in
mm
oz
g
in
mm
in
mm
lb
kg
5/8
57
63/4
172
7.5 213 11/16
27
16
2500
1134
6052 Aluminum 2-sheave
21/4
5/8
57
915/16 252 11.5 326 11/16
27
16
2500
1134
6053 Aluminum 3-sheave
21/4
15/16
1/2
40
413/16 122
3.5
99
24
12
1250
567
6054 Aluminum 2-sheave
1 9/16
15
1
40
711/16 179
5.5 156
/16
24
/2
12
1250
567
6055 Aluminum 3-sheave
19/16
15/16
1/2
40
95/16
237
7.5 213
24
12
1250
567
6066 Aluminum 4-sheave
19/16
5/8
57
131/16 332 15.5 439 11/16
27
16
2500
1134
6067 Aluminum 4-sheave
21/4
5/8
57
915/16 252
21
595


16
2500
1134
6071 Stainless steel 3-sheave
21/4
1
40
711/16 179
10
284


/2
12
1250
567
6075 Stainless steel 3-sheave
19/16
5/8
57
167/32 412 18.4 522


16
2500
1134
6101 Aluminum 5-sheave
21/4
5/8
57
915/16 252 20.7 588 21/32
52
16
2500
1134
6102 Aluminum 6-sheave
21/4
15
1
40
133/4 348 11.5 326
/16
24
/2
12
1250
567
6103 Aluminum 6-sheave
19/16
5/8
57
195/16 490 21.3 604 11/16
27
16
2500
1134
6104 Aluminum 6-sheave
21/4
DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such.
*If double stacked, upper block/organizer is two-thirds of listed mwl and breaking load.

80 mm (35/32")
6104

Maximum
working load*
lb
kg
4000
1814
6000
2721
2000
907
3000
1361
4000
1814
8000
3628
6000
2721
3000
1361
10000 4535
6000
2721
6000
2721
12000 5442

Breaking
load*
lb
kg
8000
3628
12000 5442
4000
1814
6000
2721
8000
3628
16000 7256
12000 5442
6000
2721
20000 9070
12000 5442
12000 5442
24000 10884

6103
6104

Fasteners
(RH)
in mm
3/8
10
3/8
10
5/16
8
5
/16
8
5/16
8
3/8
10
3/8
10
5
/16
8
3/8
10
3/8
10
5
/16
8
3/8
10

101

Big Boat Deck
Organizers

70 mm 62 mm
23/4"
27/16"

Use Big Boat deck organizers to lead multiple lines aft to
halyard stoppers or winches. Organizers are also perfect
for many other applications that call for a multiple-sheave,
cheek-mounted lead block.
Deck organizers feature aluminum hardcoat-anodized
sideplates for strength and corrosion resistance.
Use for:
Halyards
Reef lines
Outhauls
Pole lifts
Control lines

Rapid Transit, Antrim 49, Antrim Associates, Berkeley Marine Center © Louis Benainous

724

725

726

1867

1868
Big boat deck organizers are available with up to 10 sheaves by custom order.
Maximum
Max Ø
Sheave
working load/ Breaking load/
Maximum
Breaking
Ø
Length
Height
Weight
Line
Wire
sheave
sheave
working load
load
Part
No. Description
in mm
in
mm
in mm oz
g
in mm in mm
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
kg
79/16 192 11/8 29 191/2 553 1/2 12 5/16
8
4950 2245 9900 4491 4950 2245
9900
4491
724 2-sheave*
21/4 57
8
4950 2245 9900 4491 7425 3368 14850 6736
725 3-sheave*
21/4 57 105/16 262 11/8 29 271/2 780 1/2 12 5/16
35 992 1/2 12 5/16
8
4950 2245 9900 4491 9900 4491 19800 8981
726 4-sheave*
21/4 57 131/16 332 11/8 29
44 1247 1/2 12 5/16
8
4950 2245 9900 4491 12375 5613 24750 11227
1867 5-sheave*
21/4 57 1513/16 402 11/8 29
45 1276 1/2 12 5/16
8
4950 2245 9900 4491 14850 6736 29700 13472
1868 6-sheave*
21/4 57 189/16 471 11/8 29
DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use. *Fasteners included—10 mm (3/8") x 75 mm (3") HH.

102

NEW

3097, 3098, 3099

Spinnaker Pole Cars

Harken spinnaker pole cars feature recirculating ball bearings
to permit adjustment under load. They roll freely on low-beam
traveler track to allow crew to adjust for optimal sail shape.
Machined aluminum hardcoat-anodized races permit Torlon®
bearings to transition smoothly from active to return race for
smooth trimming or easing.
Cars feature captive ball bearings, making them easy to load
onto the track and to maintain.

Patented wire retaining clips keep
balls captive, making cars easy to
load and maintain. Composite corner
keepers help keep ball bearings
captive when the car is off the track.
For a cost-effective option, CB+ cars
can be modified to run on Harken
non-CB track.

Strong, lightweight cars are constructed from one-piece
solid aluminum that is Hard Lube-anodized for strength
and durability.
Ring fittings are 17-4 PH stainless steel and accept piston pole
ends for end-to-end jibing. Midrange and Big Boat cars accept
two popular toggle studs and Harken ball-end fittings. Cars are
also available from Harken’s Custom Division.

Cars fit low-beam track.

Use for:
Spinnaker poles
Whisker poles

A

B

3188
3189

Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers, L.L.C.
Forespar is a registered trademark of Forespar Products Corporation.

Pogo 50, 15.2 m (50'), Structures, Finot-Conq © Andreas Lindlahr

Max spin
Pin
area
Length
Weight
Ø
Part
m2
in
mm
oz
g
in
mm
No. Description
ft2
126
12
340


3188 Small Boat CB/ring
900
85
463/64
1/2
132
22.4
635
12.7
1645 Midrange CB/toggle 1500 140
53/16
15/32
132
23.2
658
12
1646 Midrange CB/bell
1500 140
53/16
5/8
132
24
680
16
1647 Midrange CB/toggle 1500 140
53/16
151
23.2
658


3189 Midrange CB/ring
1350 125 561/64
15
184
46.4
1315
/32
12
3097 Big Boat/bell
2000 186
71/4
5/8
184
47.2
1338
16
3098 Big Boat/toggle
2000 186
71/4
1/2
184
45.6
1293
12.7
3099 Big Boat/toggle
2000 186
71/4
See page 34 for replacement balls. *Check dimensions of pole end toggle from suppliers listed.

3097
3098
3099

1645
1646
1647

A
in

1
11/2
13/16

11/2
13/16
1

B
mm

25
38
30

38
30
25

in

2

21/8


21/2
25/16

mm

51

54


63
59

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
1125
510
2300
1043
2300
1043
2300
1043
2100
953
4050
1837
4050
1837
4050
1837

Track
2720
R27
R27
R27
R27
R32
R32
R32

Pole end*
Piston
Forespar® toggle
B120/B130 bell end
Sparcraft toggle
Piston
B120/B130 bell end
Sparcraft toggle
Forespar toggle

103

Load

Stainless Steel
Shackles
Forged

Stainless steel shackles used on Harken blocks are
available separately. Multiple configurations and sizes.

B

Stamped Shackles

The 072, 138, and 246 shackles are used on most
of the Small Boat blocks. They are also useful for
a range of other applications.

Number on shackle denotes screw
diameter in millimeters.

A

80% B

Snap Shackles

The 111, 112, and 1584 snap shackles fit a variety of
blocks and make them removable. Many use a snap
shackle on the lower vang block so that it can be moved
from the mastbase to the toerail for use as a preventer.

The breaking strengths
shown are derived from
tests that supported
80% of the length of
the screw pin that is
unsupported, which
is similar to the area
of a post in a block.
Maximum working
loads are no more
than half the minimum
breaking strength.

U-Adaptor

The 093 U-Adaptor allows blocks with 10 mm (3/8")
posts to be attached to swivel bases or to other blocks
with 10 mm (3/8") posts.
The 1598 U-Adaptor allows blocks with up to 15 mm
(19/32") posts to be attached to swivel bases or to
other blocks with 15 mm (19/32") posts.
The 463 U-Adaptor adapts 75 mm Carbo singles
to swivel bases.

High-resistance shackles are
marked “HR”.

U-Adaptors attach blocks to swivel
bases or to other blocks.

Bow
C
A

A

B

B

2103, 2110
2117, 2124

Captive Halyard
Twist

2131, 2132

2108, 2115
2122, 2126

2109, 2116
2123, 2127

C

A

B

A

A

B

B

2107
FORGED SHACKLES

2104, 2111
2118

2105, 2112
2119, 2125

2106

A
A

111
112

072
138
246

1584

A

A
B

093, 1598
SNAP SHACKLES

STAMPED SHACKLES

DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use.

104

U-ADAPTORS

B

463

Stainless Steel Shackles

Beijaflore, Diam 24, 7.25 m (23.8'), ADH Innotec, VPLP © Didier Hillaire

Part
No.

Description

Shackle pin
Ø
in
mm

Weight

A

B

C

oz

g

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg

Bow
2103 5 mm
2110 6 mm
2117 8 mm
2124 10 mm

/16
/
5
/16
13
/32

5
6
8
10

.64
1.04
2.48
4.88

18
29.5
70.5
138.5

1
11/16
11/2
17/8

25
27
38
48

/8
/
11
/16
7
/8

10
14
17
22

/16
/
11/8
11/4

17
19
29
32

1190
1650
3040
4870

540
750
1380
2210

2380
3300
6080
9740

1080
1500
2760
4420

/32
/

4
5

.3
.51

8.5
14.5

/8
/

/16
/

7 16

8
11

7

11 16

16
17

5

3 16

9 16

/16
/

11
14

810
1190

367
540

1620
2380

735
1080

/
/16
13
/32
1/2

6
8
10
12

.88
2.08
4.22
6.70

25
59
120
190

/
1
11/4
11/2

19
25
32
38

/
/16
13
/16
15/16

14
17
20
24







1650
3040
4870
7120

750
1380
2210
3230

3300
6080
9740
14240

1500
2760
4420
6460

/
/16
13
/32
1
/2

6
8
10
12

.80
2
3.92
6.8

22.5
56.5
111
193

/
1
11/4
13/4

19
25
32
44

/
/8
13
/16
1

14
16
20
25







2770
5130
8210
12000

1260
2330
3720
5440

5540
10260
16420
24000

2510
4650
7450
10880

/16
/4
5
/16

5
6
8

.78
1.34
3.01

22
38
85.5

11/2
13/4
21/4

38
44
57

/8
/2
5
/8

10
13
16





1190
1650
3040

540
750
1380

2380
3300
6080

1080
1500
2760

/16
/4
5
/16
13
/32

5
6
8
10

.78
1.12
1.84
4.96

22
32
52
140.5

17/16
11/8
15/8
17/8

37
29
41
48

/8
/2
11
/16
3
/4

10
12
17
19







1190
1650
3040
4870

540
750
1380
2210

2380
3300
6080
9740

1080
1500
2760
4420

/16

5

.88

25

15/16

33

13

/16

20

770

350

2200

1000

3

/16

5

1.12

32

13/8

35

9

/16

14

9

/16

14

1190

540

2380

1080

/16
/4
5
/32

5
6
4

.29
.54
.18

8
15.5
5

/2
/16
7
/16

11

12
17
11

7

1

/16
/8
3
/8

11
16
9





1250
1500
600

567
680
270

2500
3000
1200

1134
1360
545

/
/
5
/16

5
6
8

3
4.5
4

85
128
113

29/16
33/8
31/16

65
86
78









1000
1500
1800

454
680
816

2000
3000
3600

907
1361
1633

3
1
7
093 U-Adaptor
/16
5
.48
13.6
/2
12
/16
11

3/16 / 1/4
9/16
13/32
5/6
.58
16.3
14
10

463 U-Adaptor
5
1
7
/16
8
1.57
44.4
/2
12
/8
22

1598 Midrange U-Adaptor
DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use.



1250
1250
1800

567
567
817

2500
2500
3600

1134
1134
1633

3

1 4

3

9 16

11

3 4

Shallow Bow
2131 4 mm
2132 5 mm

5

5

Forged “D”
2108 6 mm
2115 8 mm
2122 10 mm
2126 12 mm

1 4

5

3 4

9 16

11

High-Resistance (HR) “D”
2109 6 mm
2116 8 mm
2123 10 mm
2127 12 mm

1 4

5

3 4

9 16
5

Long
2104 5 mm
2111 6 mm
2118 8 mm

3

1

3
1

Twist
2105 5 mm
2112 6 mm
2119 8 mm
2125 10 mm

3

1

3
1

Large Open
2106

5 mm

3

Captive Halyard
2107

5 mm

Stamped Shackles
072
138
246

Small
Large
Micro

3

1

5

Snap Shackles
111
112
1584

Snap shackle
Large snap shackle
Midrange snap shackle

3 16
14

U-Adaptors

105

Eyestraps

281

073

Eyestraps are useful accessories. They form
light-duty mounting bases for blocks, serve as
lash-down points, and can be used for fairleads.

1558

Forged 316 stainless eyestraps are extremely
strong and their smooth shape won’t chafe line.

074

Harken offers two sizes of tough, nylon-resin
eyestraps to secure shockcord, sheet bags, and
other items where loads are light. Available in
packages of six.

282
2133

137
419

F
C
A

B

H F

201

2134

445

C
A

074

E
D

1558

C
G
A

3287

3288

Houari 6.90, Gilbert Saint Blancat design © Gilbert Saint Blancat

Fasteners
Weight
(RH)
A
B
C
D
E
F
Part
No.
oz
g
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
1/2
7/16
3/8
7/16
43
12
11/4
32
11
10
073
.16
4.5
#10
5
111/16
1/4"
3/4
5/8
5/8
9/16
6
31/4
83
19
11/2
38
16
16
074
.64
18
1
3
5
5
9
/4"
6
2
51
/4
19
11/2
38
/8
16
/8
16
/16
137
.32
9
3/8
9/16
1/4
7/16
48
10
11/2
38
14
6
201
.16
4.5
#10
5
17/8
1/2
7/16
3/8
7/16
36
12
11/16
27
11
10
281
.16
4.5
#8
4
17/16
1/4"
15/16
7/8
3/4
3/4
6
213/16
71
23
21/16
52
22
19
282
.8
23
3
3
5
1
64
/4
19
2
51
/4
19
/8
16
/2
419
.5
14
#10
5
21/2
3/8
7/16
3/8
7/16
38
10
11/16
27
11
10
445
.09
2.5
#8
4
11/2
1/4"
5/8
5/8
7/16
6
21/4
57
16
13/4
45
16
11
11/8
1558
1
28
3/4
3/8
9/16
3/8
5
13/16
47
19
11/2
37
10
14
2133
.35
10
#10
1/4"
13/16
11/16
5/8
1/2
6
21/4
56
21
13/4
43
17
15
2134
.58
16.3
1/4"
5/8
3/8
7/16
3/4
6
17/8
46
16
113/64
30
10
12
3287 0.28
7.8
1/2
29/32
3/8
3/8
1/2
34
13
23
10
10
3288 0.14
4
#10
5
111/32
DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use.

106

G
mm
11
14
14
11
11
19
12
11
29
10
12
19
13

in

23/4










H
mm

70










in








5/8



Fits
mm
cam




— 150/365
— 150/365
— 338/423

280

418


16








Breaking
load
lb
kg
1600 726
4000 1814
3000 1361
1600 726
1000 454
3000 1361
1600 726
1000 454
6000 2722
2500 1130
3500 1588
1200 544
1200 544

Folding Padeyes

Folding padeyes keep deck and passageways clear.
They’re ready to attach a snatch block or fender,
but fold safely out of the way when not needed.
Bolt-down bases and D-rings are 316 stainless
steel. A vulcanized thermoplastic pad prevents
rattling and holds the D-ring in position.

FOLDING
PADEYES

Q&A

Use for:
Loops/soft attachments
Jacklines and tethers
Leads
Tie downs
Lifting points
Fenders

HOW SHOULD I ALIGN THE
LOAD ON A FOLDING PADEYE?

3207

3206
F

D
B C

B

E

C
A

A

Part
No.
3206
3207

A
Description
6 mm low-load
6 mm

in
1
17/8

B
mm
26
47

in
15/8
15/8

Folding padeyes differ from
conventional padeyes in that the
load should be perpendicular to
the hinge and bail instead of in line
with it. The strongest positions are
with the D-ring vertical or leaning
toward the fold-down position,
which focuses the load on the
side anchored with two screws.

C
mm
41.5
42.25

in
/
11/8
7 8

D
mm
23
28

in

15/16

E
mm

23

in
/
19/32

F
mm
14.9
14.9

19 32

in
11/8
11/8

mm
28
28

Weight
oz
g
21/4
65
23/4
78

Maximum
Breaking
working load
load
lb
kg
lb
kg
1760 800 3520 1600
3080 1400 6160 2800

Fasteners
(FH)
in
mm
1/4
6
1/4
6

Padeyes

Padeyes are great for mounting blocks and are
also used as attachment points for staysails,
reefing blocks, and hundreds of other items.

B D

627
648
629

Harken offers a range of stainless steel padeyes.
The diamond-shaped padeyes, 688 and 689, are
316 stainless and often used at mastbases where
the diamond shape allows them to be mounted very
close together. The 2759 is 316 cast stainless steel.
The 627, 629, and 648 padeyes are 17-4 PH stainless.

E F

2759

For maximum strength always align fixed
padeye bails to the load.
Maximum working load
1
2
3
Part
No.
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
627 5000 2270 4500 2040 4300
629 20000 9070 12000 5440 14000
648 11800 5358 10375 4705 8500
688 3800 1770 5000 2270 4300
689 8500 3855 8000 3628 7800
2759 2550 1156 —

2450

G

689
D

1
kg
1950
6350
3855
1950
3540
1111

C
A

688

lb
10000
40000
23600
7800
19000
5100

kg
4535
18140
10716
3540
8618
2313

Breaking load
2
lb
kg
9000 4080
24000 10890
20750 9430
10000 4535
17200 7800

3
lb
kg
8600 3900
28000 12700
17000 7710
8600 3900
15600 7075
4900 2222

Fasteners
(FH)
in
mm
1
/4
6
1
/2
12
3/8
10
1
/4
6
5/16
8
1/4
6

A
B
C
D
E
Part
No. Description
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
57


11/16
27
13/16
30
13/16
30
627 Small round
21/4
95


13/4
44
17/8
48
2
51
629 Large round
33/4
33
19/16
40
115/16
50
648 High-load medium
3
76


15/16
79
2
51
23/8
60
11/4
32
13/16
30
688 Small diamond
31/8
98
25/16
59
27/8
73
13/8
35
19/16
40
689 Large diamond
37/8
3/4
56
18
11/2
38


1
26
2759 Round
21/4
DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use.

1
2

Load
angle

C
A

3
Maximum working load

F
in
5/8
11/16
11/8
9/16
7
/8
9/16

G
mm
16
27
29
14
22
15

in
15/16
13/4
17/16
7/8
11/16
5/8

mm
24
44
37
22
27
16

Weight
oz
g
41/4
118
23
652
11
312
43/4
135
71/2
213
13/8
38

107

Fixed & Removable Padeyes
Fixed Padeyes

In-deck padeyes are recessed into the deck creating a discreet, low-profile design.
Lightweight and compact, Harken padeyes work well with almost any soft-attach
block, including Black Magic Loop blocks, Snatch blocks and TTR blocks.
Padeyes are mirror-polished, stainless steel to complement the look of classic
and modern yachts.

Removable Padeyes

Harken offers a variety of removable padeyes for blocks from 57 mm Black Magic,
to custom blocks with maximum working loads of 23,000 kg (50,715 lb). Bases
swivel so padeyes align to the load. This prevents the reduction of the block’s
maximum working load. The swivel feature is a Harken exclusive.

627
648
629

C11173

HC8207

HC7343
HC6107
HC8224

C11003

See page 107

C9064
C10777
C8997

Block not
included

In-deck loop padeyes provide a
clutter-free deck.

C6779

REMOVABLE PADEYES

C8997
C9064
C10267

Fixed Padeyes
Part
No.
C9064
C8997
C10777
C9153
C9057
C10063

Description
5T soft attachment/stainless steel*
12T soft attachment/stainless steel*
8T soft attachment/stainless steel*
5T U-Bolt/stainless steel*
9T U-Bolt/stainless steel*
12T U-Bolt/stainless steel*

Above deck
Ø
in
mm
311/32
85
106
43/16
106
43/16





Weight
oz
g
41.6
1179
88.2
2500
136
3856
17.8
505
37.4
1021
106
2215

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
11025
5000
26460
12000
17641
8000
11025
5000
19845
9000
26460
12000

C9153
C9057
C10063
FIXED PADEYES

Removable Padeyes
Weight
Component
Above deck
Maximum
Part No.
Ø
working load
Deck cup
Top
Assembly
Use
Part No.
Description
Deck cup
Top
in
mm
oz
g
oz
g Fasteners
lb
kg
with
1/4
57
4.5
127
7.4
209
4 x M6
4410
2000

HC7852
HC7340
HC8207 Bolt-down deck cup/bail top
2
57
4.5
127
9.6
272
4 x M6
5005
2270
627
HC7343
HC7340
HC7327 Bolt-down deck cup/swivel top
21/4
83
45.0 1275 —


11023 5000
HC7388

C10768*

5T stud deck cup
31/4
83
12.8 362 22.4 635 4 x M10 11814 5358
648
HC6107
HC7389
HC7388 Bolt-down deck cup/swivel top
31/4
108 41.6 1179 28.5 807 4 x M12 20000 9070
629
HC8224
HC7403
HC7224 Bolt-down deck cup/swivel top
41/4
108 41.6 1179 54.8 1553 4 x M12 20000 9070
HC9222/HC9598

HC7403
C6779* Bolt-down deck cup/stand-up toggle top
41/4
95
53.8 1524 —


26461 12000
C6779/HC7224

C9512*

Stud deck cup
33/4
90


56.1 1589

22046 10000


C11177*
C11173* Soft attachment/stainless steel
31/2

33075 15000
HC9289
C9527*
C9511*
C9374* Stud deck cup/stand-up toggle top
315/16 100 71.1 2016 86 2439
139 63.2 1792 —

6 x M16 33075 15000
C9374

C9775*

Bolt-down deck cup
51/2
165
148 4196 176.3 4999

50715 23000

C9758*
C9760*
C9761* Stud deck cup/stand-up toggle top
61/2
165 88.8 2517 —

6 x M20 50715 23000
C9761

C9240*

Bolt down deck cup
61/2
DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use. *Contact Harken to request quote and lead time.

108

Soft Attachments
LOUP

LOUP® soft attachments replace heavy stainless steel
shackles on racing and cruising boats. Weight savings
on large offshore boats can be as much as 91 kg (200 lb).
Strong and lightweight, LOUPS are constructed using
multiple coils of tough Dyneema® with Spectra® cover—
one of the most durable materials made. An annealing
process ensures loads are equal on all coils. Colored
tracers on the cover specify LOUP strength by
indicating the number of Dyneema coils.

3151

5 mm

Most LOUP configurations are made by taking the
block apart. If the block can’t be opened, a pin called
a “Dogbone” joins the LOUP to itself.

7 mm

When fitting hardware, choose the LOUP that matches
the attachment method shown in the chart. Custom length
LOUPS are also available.

Vertical
9 mm

T2 Loops

Length

Use T2 Loops in Carbo T2 blocks. These strong,
lightweight soft attachments are woven of Dyneema
fibers, and are load-set and locked-stitched to prevent
stretch after installation.
LOUP is a registered trademark of Yale Cordage.
Dyneema is a registered trademark of DSM Dyneema.
Spectra is a registered trademark of Honeywell International, Inc.

10 mm

11 mm

Choker

12 mm

With Dogbone

See page 42

Replacement T2 Loops
Part
No.
2154
2155

Ø
mm
3
3

Length
in mm
51/2 140
61/2 165

Weight
oz
g
.03
.9
.04
1

Use
with
2148
2151

Basket
2154

2155

With dogbone
Vertical maximum
Choker maximum
maximum
Length
Weight
working load
working load
working load
Part
Ø
No.
mm
in
mm
oz
g
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
kg
3202
5
8
203
.3
9
1275
578
1000
453


3203
7
10
254
.49
14
2550
1155
2040
920


3139
9
4
100
0.7
20
3600
1630
2880
1305


3140
9
8
200
1.4
40
3600
1630
2880
1305


3141
9
11
280
2
55
3600
1630
2880
1305


3142
10
5
125
1.1
30
5400
2445
4325
1960


3143
10
9
230
2
55
5400
2445
4325
1960


3144
10
15
380
3.3
94
5400
2445
4325
1960
5645
2560
3145
11
5
125
1.7
50
7200
3265
5765
2610


3146
11
9
230
3.1
88
7200
3265
5765
2610


3147
11
16
400
5.4
154
7200
3265
5765
2610


3148
12
6
150
2.3
65
9010
4085
7200
3265


3149
12
11
280
4.2
120
9010
4085
7200
3265


3150
12
17
430
6.5
180
9010
4085
7200
3265


3151


35
0.8
23
Dogbone fits 3144 LOUP
DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use.

Basket
maximum
working load
lb
kg
2550
1156
5100
2310
7200
3265
7200
3265
7200
3265
10810
4900
10810
4900
10810
4900
14415
6535
14415
6535
14415
6535
18020
8170
18020
8170
18020
8170

Fits
blocks
3214
3230





3245


3255


109

Lead Rings

LEAD RINGS

Q&A

Harken Lead Rings are simple, weight-saving devices used to
route line for jib in-haulers, twings, barberhaulers, Lazy Jacks,
cascading backstays and other applications requiring minimal
fine-tune adjustments. Rings are Hard Lube-anodized 6061-T6
aluminum for a smooth, slippery surface. With no moving
parts, wear is minimal.

I’M THINKING OF USING HARKEN
LEAD RINGS TO ADJUST MY VANG.
WHAT ARE YOUR THOUGHTS?

Lead Rings come in five sizes with 8, 10, 14, 20, and
28 mm holes.

Part
No.
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273

Center hole
Ø
in
mm
5
/16
8
7
/16
10
9
/16
14
7
/8
20
28
11/8

Description
Lead ring
Lead ring
Lead ring
Lead ring
Lead ring

3269

3270

Outer groove
width
in
mm
3
/16
5
1
/4
6
7
/16
10
9
/16
14
7
/8
20

3271

C&C 30, C&C Yachts, Mark Mills designer, 9.15 m (30.01') © Onne van der Wal/C&C Yachts

110

Weight
oz
.093
.155
.414
1.34
3.70

g
2.65
4.40
11.75
37.85
105

3272

Harken Lead Rings should only
be used for applications with
high static loads, where trimming
angles aren’t acute, or where only
minor adjustments are needed.
They will definitely save you
weight in your vang system,
but you’ll be adding friction to
the line compared to freerunning ball bearing blocks.

3273

Jib Leads & Fairleads
Bolt-Down Fairleads

Harken Bolt-Down Fairleads are used as shallow-angle line deflectors
on boats 6 - 15 m (20 - 50'). These weight-saving fairleads
are built of 6061-T6 Hard Lube-anodized aluminum for durability.
Smooth surfaces and radiused center holes minimize line wear.

A

Bolt-Down Fairleads are available in single, double, and triple
configurations with 12 or 16 mm hole sizes.

Grand Prix Jib Leads

TECH TIP

Fastener spacing

Hex-head bolts are ideal for
one-person through-deck fastening
as the hexagonal head is held
securely by the sides of the inset
when being tightened.

Strong aluminum jib leads deflect jib sheets to winches, preventing
overrides. These jib leads have two small drilled holes through
which a loop can be spliced to attach the hobble. This temporarily
secures the jib/genoa clew to free-up a winch for mark roundings.

3275

3274

3276

3277

3278

3279

3280
3281

J/70 © J/Boats Inc. photo

Part
No.

Description

Length
in
mm

Width
in
mm

Height
in
mm

Max line Ø
in
mm

/
/16
11/16
7/8
7
/8
7/8

11/8
11/8
11/8
11/4
11/4
11/4

/
/8
3/8
9/16
9
/16
9/16

Weight
oz
g

Fasteners*
in
mm

A
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking load
lb
kg

/
/4
1/4
5/16
5
/16
5/16

6
6
6
8
8
8

32.0
57.4
82.8
37.0
67.5
98.0

2000
2000
2000
4000
4000
4000

908
908
908
1816
1816
1816

4000
4000
4000
8000
8000
8000

1816
1816
1816
3632
3632
3632

6
10***

55.0
96.0

1500
4250

680
1930

3000
8500

1360
3860

Bolt-Down Fairlead
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279

Single/12 mm hole
Double/12 mm hole
Triple/12 mm hole
Single/16 mm hole
Double/16 mm hole
Triple/16 mm hole

17/8
27/8
37/8
23/8
39/16
43/4

48
74
99
60
91
121

11 16
11

18
18
18
22
22
22

28.2
28.2
28.2
31.8
31.8
31.8

3 8
3

10
10
10
14
14
14

.99
1.73
2.43
1.66
2.82
3.95

28
49
69
47
80
112

1 4
1

Jib lead
7/8
1/2
1/4
3280 Midrange
215/16
75
22
17/16
37
12
2.97
84
7/8
7/16**
125
11/8
29
25/16
58
22
9.72
276
3281 Big Boat
415/16
*HH, SH, CH in 6 mm, 5/16" and 8 mm. Size 1/4" in SH only. **7/16" in HH and SH. ***10 mm in HH, SH and CH.
DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use.

111

Aluminum Tiller Extension

The rigid anodized body of this tiller extension transmits subtle boat and
rudder movements, allowing the skipper to steer by the feel of the helm.
The simple and lightweight design has no unnecessary frills—every aspect
contributes to its strength, stiffness, or comfort. The universal joint and
nonslip foam grip are UV-protected and perfect for full dagger-grip and
fingertip steering.

7101
Base cover snaps off to remove
tiller extension.

7102

Universal joint rotates 360°.

7100.24
7100.30
7100.33
7100.36
7100.42
7100.48

Part
No.
Description
7100.24 Tiller extension
7100.30 Tiller extension
7100.33 Tiller extension
7100.36 Tiller extension
7100.42 Tiller extension
7100.48 Tiller extension
7101
Tiller extension base*
7102
Replacement universal joint
*Fasteners not included

Tube
Ø

Length
in
mm
24
600
30
760
33
840
36
915
42
1070
48
1220
1.75
44

in
5/8
5/8
5
/8
5
/8
5/8
5
/8

5
/8

mm
16
16
16
16
16
16

16

Nonslip foam rubber grip.

Weight
oz
g
4.1
117
4.9
138
5.2
149
5.6
160
6.3
178
7.1
203
.18
5
.46
13

Fastener
spacing
in
mm
1.25
31.8
1.25
31.8
1.25
31.8
1.25
31.8
1.25
31.8
1.25
31.8
1.25
31.8

Fasteners
in
mm
3/16
5
3/16
5
3
/16
5
3
/16
5
3/16
5
3
/16
5
3
/16
5

Joint
type
universal
universal
universal
universal
universal
universal

universal

Tube
material
aluminum
aluminum
aluminum
aluminum
aluminum
aluminum

Halyard Tensioners

Designed for rope or wire halyards on large cruisers, the Harken halyard
tensioner locks halyards at full hoist and frees your halyard winch for
other functions.
The one-piece aluminum car body is Hard Lube-anodized for durability.
Track is extruded from 6061-T6 aluminum and hardcoat-anodized for
a hard, long-lasting surface.
Choose the 40 mm version in single-pin, double-pin, or triple-pin
configurations based on required working load. 32 mm version available
in single-pin only. Custom cars can be designed to handle higher loads.
Part
No.

HC9733
HC9503
HC9953

Length
Description

To lock pin in up position, pull the
handle up with a lanyard or by hand
and twist 90 degrees.

HC9639
HC9504

Width

Weight

Maximum working load
lb
kg

in

mm

in

mm

oz

g

6
29 1/2

152
750

21/4
11/4

57
32

18.67

529

6615

3000

6 5/16
8 5/16
12 1/2
29 1/2
59 1/16
46 1/4

160
210
317
750
1500
1175

29/16
29/16
29/16
19/16
19/16
19/16

65.1
65.1
65.1
40
40
40

20.34
28.54
57.6
31.39
60.56
48.89

577
809
1634
890
1717
1386

8818
13227
19842


4000
6000
9000


32 mm T-Track
HC9639
HC9733

Single-pin car
Self-locking 32 mm track

40 mm T-Track
HC9504 Single-pin car
HC9498 Double-pin car
C10342 Triple-pin car*
HC9503 Self-locking 40 mm track for single/double pin
HC9953 Self-locking 40 mm track for single/double pin
C10343 Self-locking 40 mm track for triple
*Contact Harken to request quote and lead time.

112

NEW FOR 2016
G322B.HL
Genoa lead car
Page 139
Lagoon 450, 13.96 m (45') © Photothèque Lagoon - Nicolas Claris

TRAVELERS & GENOA LEADS

Dinghy Pinstop
Jib Lead Cars

453

These easy-to-adjust cars combine a spring-loaded pinstop
with precise track spacing. Use on dinghies and small sport
boats with jibs up to 13 m2 (140 ft2). Cars are built of tough
6061-T6 aluminum that is Hard Lube-anodized for durability.
Track is hardcoat-anodized.
The 450 pinstop jib lead has a removable bail to attach
a spring and block. The 452 bullseye lead has a controlled
pivot angle so the cleat is always within easy reach.
Use 451 bullseye cars when line deflection is small.

452P
452S

Flexible, lightweight, lashing
attachment allows block to
articulate freely on 450 jib car.
16 mm
5
/8"

450

6 mm
1/4"

451

12 mm
1
/2"

453

ROSA 2, Rosso 28 8m50 Chantier des iIeaux/Paolo Bua Truc Design © Emmanuel Van DETH

Cars
Part
No.
450
451
452P
452S

Description
Bail/pinstop
Bullseye/pinstop
Bullseye/swivel/365 Carbo-Cam (port)
Bullseye/swivel/365 Carbo-Cam (stbd)

Length
in
mm
67
25/8
67
25/8
79
31/8
79
31/8

Width
in
mm
15/16
23
15/16
23
37/16
87
37/16
87

Height
in
mm
11/16
27
113/16
46
27/16
62
27/16
62

Weight
oz
g
2
55
3
77
7
194
7
194

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
350
159
250
113
250
113
250
113

Breaking
load
lb
kg
700
318
500
227
500
227
500
227

Track
453
453
453
453

Track
Part
No.
Description
453.9.5 Low-beam/pinstop holes*
453.12 Low-beam/pinstop holes*
453.15 Low-beam/pinstop holes*
453.18 Low-beam/pinstop holes*
453.24 Low-beam/pinstop holes*
*1st hole 34 mm (13/8").

114

Length
ft/in
91/2"
1111/16"
1411/16"
1711/16"
2311/16"

m
.24
.3
.37
.45
.6

Mounting
hole spacing
in
mm
3
76
3
76
3
76
3
76
3
76

Weight
oz
1.22
1.5
1.8
2.3
3.1

g
35
43
52
65
87

Fasteners
(FH)
in
mm
#10
5
#10
5
#10
5
#10
5
#10
5

Crossbow Pivoting
Self-Tacking Jib Traveler System
The Crossbow self-tacking jib traveler is designed for high-performance dinghies, skiffs,
and catamarans under six meters (20'). The system features a curved track that hinges to
align both car and track with the sheet loads for less friction, more load-bearing capacity,
and for an ultra-lightweight design.

Curved races evenly distribute the
loads on Torlon ball bearings for
low-friction rolling.

The two-piece car body is machined of 6061-T6 aluminum and Hard Lube-anodized for
strength and corrosion resistance. Curved races evenly distribute the loads on Torlon®
ball bearings for low-friction rolling. A Delrin® cap keeps the balls captive when the car
is removed from the track. The hardcoat-anodized track has three pivoting attachment
points that distribute the load.
Track is offered in 20 or 50 mm heights. Use 20 mm track for the lightest
weight setup, or for spinnakers with a separate tack and halyard system.
Use 50 mm track with a single-line spinnaker system. The track’s center
strut has a hole for a fair, chafe-free halyard lead.
Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.
Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.

The track’s center strut has a hole
for a fair, chafe-free halyard lead.

2758.950MM.20
2758.1.1M.20

2758.1.1M.50

Goodall Design Viper, Goodall Design, Greg Goodall Naval Architect © Stephen Harman

Track
Part
No.
2758.950MM.20
2758.1.1M.20
2758.1.1M.50

Length
ft/in
3' 13/8"
3' 75/16"
3' 75/16"

Hole spacing
m
.95
1.1
1.1

in
2113/16
2113/16
2113/16

Weight
mm
554
554
554

oz
24
27.23
28.3

Fasteners (FH)
kg
.68
.77
.80

in
10
10
10

mm
5
5
5

115

Ordering Traveler Systems
1. Determine System Size

Determine size of traveler system (13, 22, 27, 32, 42, or 64 mm) based on
mainsail area, placement on the boom, and mono- or multihull. See Mainsail
Traveler System Size Selection chart. Typical boat lengths are listed as a
guideline only.

Typical Boat Lengths:
22 mm Small Boat: 6.7 - 8.5 m (20' - 28')
27 mm Midrange: 7.9 - 10.7 m (26' - 35')
32 mm Big Boat: 10.4 - 12.8 m (34' - 46')

Mainsail Traveler System Size Selection
Maximum mainsail area
Monohulls
Multihulls
End-boom sheeting
Mid-boom sheeting
End-boom sheeting
Mid-boom sheeting
ft2
m2
ft2
m2
ft2
m2
ft2
m2

Cars

Dinghies/Light Daysailers
13 mm Micro CB
22 mm Small Boat CB: low-load
22 mm Small Boat CB: standard
22 mm Small Boat CB: high-load:1250 series
27 mm Midrange CB: standard

110
125
160
200
350

10.2
11.6
14.9
18.6
32.5

85
100
135
160
285

8
9.3
12.5
14.9
26.5

85
100
135
160
275

8
9.3
12.5
14.9
25.5

70
80
110
135
215

6.5
7.5
10.2
12.5
20

150
190
260
300

14
17.5
24
28

125
150
215
240

11.5
14
20
22

135
160
215
240

12.5
14.9
20
22

110
125
160
190

10.2
11.5
14.9
17.5

425
550
575
700
1100
1100
1400

39.5
51
53.4
65
102
102
130

350
450
500
525
900
900
1100

32.5
42
46.5
49
83.6
83.6
102

350
450
500
525
900
900
1100

32.5
42
46.5
49
83.6
83.6
102

300
350
425
450
750
750
900

28
32.5
39.5
42
69.7
69.7
83.6

Small Offshore Boats/Heavy Daysailers
22 mm Small Boat CB: standard
22 mm Small Boat CB: high-load:1250 series
27 mm Midrange CB: standard
27 mm Midrange CB: high-load

Large Offshore Boats
32 mm Big Boat CB: standard
32 mm Big Boat CB: high-load
32 mm Big Boat CB: 2 stand-up toggles/32 mm CRX Roller: 3074
32 mm Big Boat CB: 2 T3201Bs joined by 580
32 mm Big Boat CB: 2 high-load cars coupled
42 mm Mini-Maxi: 3068/32 mm CRX Roller: 3075
64 mm Maxi: 3070

2. Select Track

Select size and length of track (sizes listed by width measurement of top of track in millimeters). Choose low-beam
track if it will be supported the entire length. Choose high-beam track for spanning companionways, cockpits, etc.

13 MM MICRO

22 MM SMALL BOAT

12 mm
1/2"

14 mm
9
/16"

17 mm ( /16")
11

2707
13 mm
1
/2"

/16"
20 mm

32 MM BIG BOAT
32 mm
11/4"

27 mm
11/16"

22 mm
7/8"

13 mm
1
/2"
9 mm
3
/8"

27 MM MIDRANGE

R27
1602

373
2720/2751

25 mm
1"

22 mm
7/8"

27 mm
11/16"

LOW-BEAM

19 mm
3/4"

R32
3159
30 mm
13/16"
32 mm
11/4"

HIGH-BEAM

13

2709

25 mm
1"

2721
42 mm
15/8"

17 mm
11
/16"

R27HB
57 mm
21/4"

R32HB

22 mm
7/8"

25 mm
1"

116

374
2725

31 mm
17/32"

42 mm
15/8"

Ordering Traveler Systems
3. Select Car & Purchase Requirements

+

Based on system size and purchase requirements, select a car and
accessories that match track and load requirements. Select control
blocks for the car.

+

A kit contains car-mounted components to make a 2:1, 3:1, or 4:1
system. 27 and 32 mm systems only.

OR

Cars come standard with shackles for attaching the mainsheet to the car.
Upgrade to a stand-up toggle with control tangs to attach high-performance
ball bearing control blocks. See Purchase Selection Guides for examples
and sizing.

+

4. Choose End Controls

Choose end controls that mate with the control blocks on the
traveler car for the correct purchase system, including a deadend,
allowing clean-running lines. Use Carbo ball bearing end controls with
toggle-mounted, ball bearing control blocks, or use ESP sleeve bearing
end controls with ESP car-mounted, sleeve-bearing control blocks.

Kit

Options include end controls with attached cams, or purchase cams
separately and mount remotely. See pages 18 - 19 for common systems.

5. Choose Endstops

Endstops are designed to absorb shock loads and should be installed
when end controls are not used. Trim caps finish off track ends cleanly.
Select high- or low-beam endstops/trim caps to match track. Low-beam,
line-shedding endstops prevent snags. Sold in pairs.

CARBO BALL BEARING
END CONTROLS

6. More Information

Previous steps show the most common configurations. Other options
include windward sheeting cars, soft attachments, coupled cars, track
risers, and track splice links.
If you have questions, contact a professional rigger or Harken Technical
Service at technicalservice@harken.com.
ESP SLEEVE BEARING
END CONTROLS

WINDWARD SHEETING

SOFT-ATTACH

COUPLED CARS

TRACK RISERS

Ordering Genoa Lead Systems

The chart below sizes lead cars for the #1, #2, and #3 genoas based on typical loads for
these sails. See Block Loading vs Angle of Deflection and Genoa System Loading on page
37 to size for different deflection angles and wind speeds. Visit www.harken.com or see
page 17 for common configurations.

Adjustable
genoa lead cars
#1 & #2 genoa
#3 genoa

22 mm
Small Boat
m2
ft2
450
41
175
16

Maximum sail area
32 mm Big Boat
Standard
High-load
ft2
m2
ft2
m2
1500 139 2700 251
435
40
650
60

27 mm
Midrange
ft2
m2
750
70
330
31

MiniMaxi
ft2
m2
4400 409
1300 121

Assumes 155% genoa/25 knots apparent wind/45° sheet lead angle
Assumes 100% genoa/40 knots apparent wind/60° sheet lead angle

117

Saare 38

CB TRAVELERS & GENOA LEAD CARS
Harken ball bearing traveler and genoa lead
cars with multipart purchases allow easy
adjustment of loaded sails from the cockpit.
Whether racing or cruising, these smoothrolling systems pay huge dividends in sail
control and are safer and faster than playing
the sheet. Patented CB (captive bearing)
systems are available in four sizes to fit
boats from the smallest dinghies to big boats.
Non-CB systems (CRX, Mini-Maxi, and Maxi)
are offered for larger yachts.

Strong, corrosion-resistant cars and track
stand up to sun, salt, and time
• One-piece, 6061-T6 aluminum cars
Hard Lube-anodized, UV-stabilized.
• Cars CNC sculpted to remove excess weight.
• Track is 6061-T6 aluminum, hardcoat-anodized.

Low-friction ball bearing cars for easy
adjustment under load
• Torlon® bearings roll smoothly
under both high and low loads.

DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use.

118

Easy loading and maintenance
• CB wire retaining clips and composite
corner keepers keep ball bearings
captive when car is off the track.

Choice of end-boom or
mid-boom configurations

Cost-effective retrofit options

• Use with high-beam track when
raising traveler out of cockpit.

Ball or roller bearing
control block options

• CB+ cars can be modified to run
on old style Harken non-CB track
supplied until 2003; upgrade cars
without replacing track. Look for
the plus sign on the end of the car
to confirm that it is a CB+ car.

• Stand-up toggles with ears attach
Carbo or Black Magic control blocks
for 2:1 up to 6:1 systems.
• Pair with Carbo ball bearing end
controls for reduced friction and
smooth-running system.

Carbo end control

• Carbo-Cam or Cam-Matic cleats
keep weight minimal.

ESP sleeve bearing
control block options
• Cars feature built-in sleeve bearing
control blocks for value-oriented
options for installation of 2:1 to
4:1 systems.

ESP end control

• Pair with ESP sleeve bearing end
controls for durability and strength.
• Carbo-Cam or Cam-Matic cleats
keep weight minimal.

Materials

For properties
see pages 38-39.

6061-T6
aluminum:

Hardcoat-anodized
track

Carbo
composite:

Control blocks

6061-T6
aluminum:

Torlon:

Ball bearings

Hard Lube-anodized
car bodies

Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.

119

13 mm Micro:
CB Track &
Accessories

LOW-BEAM

2706

2710

LINE-SHEDDING ENDSTOPS

Track

Track comes in low- and high-beam configurations,
and is predrilled with holes for mounting fasteners.

HIGH-BEAM DRILLED

Endstops

2711

Endstops absorb shock loads. Use the built-in groove
to deadend 2:1 control line. Sold in pairs. Fasteners
not included.

SPLICE LINKS

Splice Links

Splice links join track and keep it aligned during
installation.

Curved Track

13 mm High-Beam
Track Spanning Chart

100

Harken will bend track to your specifications.
See page 147.

13 mm
1
/2"

SAIL AREA (Feet2/Meters2)
Monohulls Only

9.29

9 mm
3
/8"

Mid-boom

90

8.36

End-boom

17 mm (11/16")

80

7.43

2707

70

6.50

13 mm
1
/2"

60

5.57

50

4.64

15

0.381

20

0.508

25

0.635

30

0.762

35

0.889

35

20 mm
13
/16"

1.016

SPAN (Inches/Meters)

2709
17 mm (11/16")

Track
2707
2709

Fastner hole distance
from track end
in
mm
1
25
50
115/16

Track
2707
2709

Finn, 4.5 m (14.76'), skipper: Jonathan Lobert © Christophe Launay, www.sealaunay.com

Part
No.

Track bending
Minimum radius
in
m
60
1.52
60
1.52

Hole
spacing

Length

Weight

Description

ft/in

m

in

mm

oz

g

Low-beam
Low-beam
Low-beam
Low-beam
Low-beam
High-beam
High-beam
High-beam

2'
3'3"
3'11"
6'7"
8'2"
3'3"
3'11"
6'7"

.6
1
1.2
2
2.5
1
1.2
2

131/32
131/32
131/32
131/32
131/32
315/16
315/16
315/16

50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100

4.6
7.6
9
15.1
18.9
13.2
15.8
26.4

129
214
257
429
536
375
449
749

Fasteners
(FH)
in
mm

Lineshedding
endstop‡

Splice link

2706
2706
2706
2706
2706
2710
2710
2710

2711
2711
2711
2711
2711


Metric Track

120

2707.600mm
2707.1m
2707.1.2m
2707.2m
2707.2.5m
2709.1m
2709.1.2m
2709.2m
‡Sold in pairs.

#8
#8
#8
#8
#8
#8
#8
#8

4 mm
4 mm
4 mm
4 mm
4 mm
4 mm
4 mm
4 mm

13 mm Micro:
CB Cars

Harken Micro CB traveler cars are used on small
dinghies and catamarans.

Block not
included

About CB traveler cars: see feature pages at beginning of this section.

2701

Loop cars matched with 29 or 40 mm
Carbo T2 blocks attached with
high-tech line provide the ultimate
lightweight, low-profile system.

Pivoting shackle cars have low pivot
points to handle nonvertical loads.
Melges 24 © Robert Cijntje

2705

2702

2700

2703

CARS

2704

16 mm control blocks spin on
stainless steel balls that roll freely
under high loads. The step-down
design keeps the controls low and
clear of the mainsheet block.

CAR CONTROLS

Cars
Part
No. Description
2700 Pivoting shackle
2701 Pivoting shackle/control blocks
2702 Pivoting shackle/tangs
2703 Loop
See page 33 for replacement balls.

Length
in
mm
56
23/16
87
37/16
61
23/8
56
23/16

Width
in
mm
19/16
40
19/16
40
19/16
40
19/16
40

Car body
height
in
mm
3
/4
19
3
/4
19
3
/4
19
3
/4
19

Weight
oz
g
1.76
50
2.56
73
2.08
59
1.6
45

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
310
140
310
140
310
140
310
140

Breaking
load
lb
kg
1500
680
1500
680
1500
680
1500
680

Car Controls
Part
No.
2704
2705

Description
Control block (pair)
Control tang (pair)

Sheave
Ø
in
mm
5/8
16

Length
in
mm
15/16
33
13/16
21

Weight
oz
g
.39
11
.11
3

Max line
Ø
in
mm
7/32
5

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
250
113
250
113

Breaking
load
lb
kg
750
339
750
339

Purchase
2:1
1:1

121

22 mm Small Boat:
CB Track &
Accessories

22 mm High-Beam
Track Spanning Chart

180

Variable Hole Spacing Track

CB (Captive Ball) high-beam variable hole spacing track is
used to span cockpits or other unsupported areas. Track
features internal slide bolts, allowing new track to be
installed without drilling additional holes.

SAIL AREA (Feet2/Meter2)
Monohulls Only

17

Offshore mid-boom
Offshore end-boom
Dinghy mid-boom
Dinghy end-boom

160
15

140
13

2721

120
11

100
9

80
8

60

High-Beam Drilled Track

6

20

30

.508

374 and 2725 high-beam track is predrilled with holes for
mounting fasteners.

.760

Low-beam track is available with or without pinstop holes.

Endstops/Trim Caps

Track
Metric
Retrofit

When end controls are not used, add endstops
to absorb shock loads. When end control assemblies
are used, trim caps finish track ends. Sold in pairs.
Fasteners not included.

50

60

1.27

1.52

374
2725

Fastener hole distance
from track end
in
mm
50
115/16
2
51

Track Bending
Minimum radius
(horizontal bend)
Cars
in
m
2726 - 2734, 2744 - 2745
42
1.07
2735 - 2738, 2746, 2735.NW
80
2.03
2726.NW, 2727.NW,
42
1.07
2754.NW

Splice links join track and keep it aligned
during installation.

Curved Track

Harken will bend track to your specifications.
See page 147.

Part
No.

40

1.02

SPAN (Inches/Meters)

Low-Beam Track

Splice Links

Description

Length
ft/in
m

Hole
spacing
in mm

Bolt slides
included.
Fasteners not
included.

Weight
oz
g

Minimum radius
(vertical bend)
in
m
65
1.65
94
2.38

Fasteners high-load
in
mm endstop*‡

42

373
2720
2751

22 mm
7/8"

373/2720
2751 131/mm
2"

25 mm
1"

2721
374/2725

1.07

173

174

Low-load/lineshedding
Splice link/
endstop‡
trim cap‡

Metric Track
2720.600mm
2720.1m
2720.1.2m
2720.1.5m
2720.1.8m
2720.2.1m
2720.2.5m
2720.3m
2720.3.6m
2720.6m
2725.1m
2725.1.2m
2725.1.5m
2725.1.8m
2725.3.6m
2751.600mm
2751.1m
2751.1.5m
2751.2m
2751.3.6m

Low-beam
Low-beam
Low-beam
Low-beam
Low-beam
Low-beam
Low-beam
Low-beam
Low-beam
Low-beam***
High-beam
High-beam
High-beam
High-beam
High-beam***
Low-beam/pinstop holes
Low-beam/pinstop holes
Low-beam/pinstop holes
Low-beam/pinstop holes
Low-beam/pinstop holes

1'115/8"
3'33/8"
3'111/4"
4'111/16"
5'1013/16"
6'1011/16"
8'27/16"
9'101/16"
11'93/4"
19'81/4"
3'33/8"
3'111/4"
4'111/16"
5'1013/16"
11'93/4"
1'115/8"
3'33/8"
4'111/16"
6'63/4"
11'93/4"

0.6
1
1.2
1.5
1.8
2.1
2.5
3
3.6
6
1
1.2
1.5
1.8
3.6
.6
1
1.5
2
3.6

315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

9.1
15.2
18.2
22.8
27.3
31.9
38
45.5
54.6
91.1
21
24.5
31
37
74
8.9
14.8
22.2
29.6
53.3

258
430
516
645
775
904
1077
1291
1549
2582
586
695
879
1055
2110
252
420
629
838
1510

10FH
10FH
10FH
10FH
10FH
10FH
10FH
10FH
10FH
10FH
10FH
10FH
10FH
10FH
10FH
#10
#10
#10
#10
#10

5FH
5FH
5FH
5FH
5FH
5FH
5FH
5FH
5FH
5FH
5FH
5FH
5FH
5FH
5FH
5
5
5
5
5

263/E2200
263/E2200
263/E2200
263/E2200
263/E2200
263/E2200
263/E2200
263/E2200
263/E2200
263/E2200
264
264
264
264
264
263/E2200
263/E2200
263/E2200
263/E2200
263/E2200

173/446**
173/446**
173/446**
173/446**
173/446**
173/446**
173/446**
173/446**
173/446**
173/446**
174/—
174/—
174/—
174/—
174/—
173/446**
173/446**
173/446**
173/446**
173/446**

2724/2722
2724/2722
2724/2722
2724/2722
2724/2722
2724/2722
2724/2722
2724/2722
2724/2722
2724/2722
—/2723
—/2723
—/2723
—/2723
—/2723
2724/2722
2724/2722
2724/2722
2724/2722
2724/2722

3'111/4"
4'111/16"
5'1013/16"
11'93/4"

1.2
1.5
1.8
3.6

Slide bolt
Slide bolt
Slide bolt
Slide bolt

30
37.5
45
90.1

851
1064
1277
2554




5HH
5HH
5HH
5HH

264
264
264
264

174/—
174/—
174/—
174/—

—/2723
—/2723
—/2723
—/2723

173/446**
173/446**
174/—
174/—

2724/2722
2724/2722
—/2723
—/2723
—/2723

2722

263

E2200
264

Variable Hole Spacing Track
2721.1.2m
2721.1.5m
2721.1.8m
2721.3.6m

High-beam
High-beam
High-beam
High-beam***

Retrofit 4" Hole Spacing Track
373.6
Low-beam
373.12
Low-beam
374.4
High-beam
374.6
High-beam
374.12
High-beam***
*#10 (5 mm) FH fasteners. ‡Sold in pairs.

122

6
1.83
4
102
12
3.66
4
102
4
1.22
4
102
6
1.83
4
102
12
3.66
4
102
**Fastens directly to deck.

28
787 10FH
56
1574 10FH
25
709 10FH
38
1077 10FH
76
2143 10FH
***Contact Harken.

5FH 263/E2200
5FH 263/E2200
5FH
264
5FH
264
5FH
264

2724

446

2723

22 mm Small Boat:
CB Cars
Small Boat CB traveler cars fit dinghies, keelboats,
beachcats, and offshore boats to 8 m (27').

2726
2727

About CB traveler cars: see feature pages at beginning of this section.

2753
2754

2732
2733

2728
2729

2730
2731

Block not
included

Loop cars matched with 29 or 40
mm Carbo T2 blocks attached with
high-tech line provide the ultimate
lightweight, low-profile system.

2738
2734

2735

Blocks attach directly to the toggle
for a low-profile, compact system.
Pivoting shackle and toggle cars
have low pivot points to handle
nonvertical loads.

382
2756
2757

The 382 radial traveler car has a curved
ball race to fit curved track—perfect for
radial vangs on boats like the Star.

2736

2737

Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.
Car body
Mainsheet Control block Maximum
Length
Width
Height
Weight
block pin Ø
pin Ø
working load
Part
No. Description
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
oz
g
in
mm
in
mm
lb
kg
15/16
57
24 6.24 177



— 1250 567
382 High-load/radial/shackle‡
41/8 105 21/4
15
73
21/4
57
/16
24 4.64 132




500 227
2726* Low-load/pivoting shackle**
27/8
15/16
73
21/4
57
24 4.64 132




850 386
2727* Pivoting shackle
27/8
15/16
73
21/4
57
24
5.6 159




500 227
2728 Low-load/fixed sheaves/eyestrap**
27/8
15/16
73
21/4
57
24
5.6 159




850 386
2729 Fixed sheaves/eyestrap
27/8
15
5
73
21/4
57
/16
24 5.12 145 3/16
5
/32
4
500 227
2730 Low-load/stand-up toggle**
27/8
15/16
5/32
73
21/4
57
24 5.12 145 3/16
5
4
850 386
2731 Stand-up toggle
27/8
15/16
73
21/4
57
24
4
113




500 227
2732 Low-load/loop**
27/8
15/16
73
21/4
57
24
4
113




850 386
2733 Loop
27/8
15/16
80
24 14.88 422




850 386
2734 Fixed sheaves/adjustable arms/365 Carbo-Cam
63/4 171 31/8
15/16
1/4
5/32
57
24 6.72 191
6
4
1250 567
2735* High-load/pivoting toggle
41/8 105 21/4
15/16
57
24 7.04 200



— 1250 567
2736 High-load/fixed sheaves/eyestrap
41/8 105 21/4
15
57
/16
24
9.6 272



— 1250 567
2737 High-load/pivoting sheaves/eyestrap
41/8 105 21/4
41/8 105 61/8 156 15/16
24 19.84 562



— 1250 567
2738 High-load/pivoting sheaves/swivel/365 Carbo-Cam
15/16
3/16
73
21/4
57
24 5.28 150


5
500 227
2753 Low-load/pivoting shackle/control tangs**
27/8
15/16
3/16
73
21/4
57
24 5.28 150


5
850 386
2754* Pivoting shackle/control tangs
27/8
15/16
73
21/4
57
24
9.84 279




850 386
2756 Pivoting sheaves/471 Carbo-Cam
27/8
15/16
57
24 14.18 401



— 1250 567
2757 High-load/pivoting sheaves/365 Carbo-Cam/eyestrap
41/8 105 21/4
*Available as a non-CB car on a car loader to run on a non-CB style track supplied before 2003. Add .NW to end of part number.
**Small Boat low-load cars with a 227 kg (500 lb) maximum working load use Delrin® balls.
See page 33 for replacement balls. ‡For horizontal curved track only—600−800 mm (24"−40") radius.

Breaking
load
lb
kg
2500 1134
2500 1134
2500 1134
2500 1134
2500 1134
2500 1134
2500 1134
2500 1134
2500 1134
2500 1134
2500 1134
2500 1134
2500 1134
2500 1134
2500 1134
2500 1134
2500 1134
2500 1134

123

22 mm Small Boat:
End Controls
About Carbo ball bearing or ESP sleeve bearing end controls:
see feature pages at beginning of this section.

Carbo ball bearing end controls
have an integrated bar for
deadending control line.

2741

Assemblies secure to track,
eliminating additional holes.
Tough one-piece bases and cam
arms are machined from a single
piece of aluminum.

Bull Shot, Harbor 20, W.D. Schock Corporation, Steve Schock Architect © Alexander Vucelic

2742

2755

2740

E2230

2743

CARBO BALL BEARING END CONTROLS

E2250

ESP SLEEVE BEARING END CONTROLS
Sheave
Ø
in
mm

Length
in
mm

Width
in
mm

11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8

29
29
29
29

37/16
37/16
37/16
37/16
15/8

87
87
87
87
42

13/8
31/8
13/8
31/8
13/8

35
80
35
80
35

8
10.8
10.3
13
1.6**

228
306
292
370
45**

/
/
5/16
1
/4

8
6
8
6

11/32
11/16
15/8
15/8
13/16

26
28
41
41
21

300
300
600
600

136
136
272
272

600
600
1200
1200

272
272
544
544

2:1
2:1
3:1/4:1
3:1/4:1

E2230 Single sheave/deadend (pair)
1
25
E2250 Double sheave/deadend (pair)
1
25
*Use with 2751 Small Boat pinstop track. **Weight each.

31/2
31/2

89
89

11/2
11/2

38
38

4.4
5.0

126
142

5 16

/
/

8
8

1
15/8

25
41

600
600

272
272

1200
1200

544
544

1:1/2:1
3:1/4:1

Part
No.

Description

Weight
(pair)
oz
g

Max line Height above Maximum
Ø
track
working load
in
mm
in
mm
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg

Purchase

Carbo Ball Bearing End Controls
2740
2741
2742
2743
2755

Single sheave (pair)
Single sheave/471 Carbo-Cam (pair)
Double sheave (pair)
Double sheave/471 Carbo-Cam (pair)
Pinstop*

5 16
14

ESP Sleeve Bearing End Controls

124

5 16

22 mm Small Boat:
Accessories
Accessories

The 384 traveler block features high-load composite bearings to handle
wire and high-strength line. Use with the 382 radial traveler car and
other Small Boat cars to configure a radial vang. Do not use as
mainsheet traveler.

Use the 384 traveler block with
the 382 radial traveler car to
configure a radial vang.

Stand-Up Toggles

Stand-up toggles hold blocks upright on travelers. Stand-up toggles
with control tangs allow attachment of control blocks.
Refer to stand-up toggles chart for mainsheet block compatibility.
See purchase selection guide for control blocks.

2749

384

175

2759

ACCESSORIES

2747
2748
STAND-UP TOGGLES

Accessories
Sheave
Weight
Max line
Ø
Length
Width
(pair)
Ø
Part
No.
Description
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
oz
g
in
mm
94
23/16
56
4.5** 128** —

175
Coupler


311/16
1
70


3.3** 93**
/4
6
384
Wire high-load vang block‡
2
51
23/4
7/8
23


.8
21


2749
Control tangs (pair)


3
56
/4
18
1.3**
38


2759
Padeye/fits 22 mm cars with sheaves


21/4
**Weight each. ‡Fits 382 for radial vang system. Do not use with controls if radius is tight. Max wire Ø = 5 mm (3/16").

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
1500 680
1250 567
600
272

Breaking
load
lb
kg Purchase
2500 1134

2500 1134

1200 544
2:1


Stand-Up Toggles
Part
No.

Description

2747
2748

Mainsheet Control block
block pin Ø
pin Ø
in
mm
in
mm

Small stand-up toggle/control tangs

3 16

/

Large stand-up toggle/control tangs

1

/4

5

5 32

/

6

5

/32

Height
in
mm

Weight
oz
g

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

4

13 16

1 /

45

1.5

43

1250

567

4

2

51

2

48

1250

567

22 mm Small Boat:
Purchase Selection Guide

Accepts mainsheet blocks
40 mm double & triple Carbo
57 mm single & fiddle Carbo
57 mm double & triple Carbo

2:1

3:1

4:1
Purchase
Car
2:1
2728 / 2729 / 2730 / 2731 / 2734 / 2753 / 2754 / 2735 / 2736 / 2737 / 2738
3:1
2730 / 2731 / 2753 / 2754 / 2735
4:1
2730 / 2731 / 2753 / 2754 / 2735
*Deadend line through center of sheave.

End control
2740 / 2741
2742 / 2743
2742 / 2743

Control block
(cars with stand-up toggles or control tangs only)
340 / 348 / 2608 / 2636 / 2650 / 2149
340* / 341 / 348* / 2609 / 2636* / 2637 / 2650*
342 / 2638 / 2642

125

22 mm Small Boat:
Genoa Lead Cars

CB adjustable genoa lead cars feature recirculating Torlon® ball bearings for easy
adjustment under full sheet loads.
Stainless steel sheave carriers pivot 60 degrees to accommodate changing lead angles.
Wide sheave holds two sheets during sail changes.
Cars feature car-mounted, sleeve-bearing control blocks for strength and durability.
All CB genoa lead cars are compatible with Harken end controls. Kits are available
for purchase upgrades up to 4:1.
Flexible, lightweight, lashing
attachment allows block to
articulate freely on 2750 jib car.

CB Adjustable Cars

Sheave carriers feature high-performance sheaves with ball bearings to handle radial
loads, while sideload balls handle thrust loads for easy trimming and fore-and-aft
adjustment.

ESP CB Adjustable & Pinstop Cars

Sheave carriers feature ESP sleeve bearing sheaves.

GENOA LEADS

Use pinstop cars in applications where lead positions change infrequently.

Q&A

Pinstop and ball bearing genoa lead cars both run on ball bearing track, allowing
system upgrades without changing track.

WHY DO I NEED ADJUSTABLE
GENOA LEAD CARS?

Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.

If you are a cruiser, ball bearing
genoa lead cars with multipart
purchases allow you to quickly
adjust loaded headsail leads from
the cockpit. If you race, ball bearing
lead cars let you quickly change your
sheeting angle, adjusting the twist
to optimize sail shape.

G2227B
CB ADJUSTABLE

2750
ESP PINSTOP

Part
No.

Description

G222B

G2247B

G224B

ESP CB ADJUSTABLE

For sheet-loading formulas see page 37.
End control selection guide
Car
End Control
G2227B/G222B
2740
G2247B/G224B
2742

Purchase
2:1
4:1

G226S

Sheave
Ø
in
mm

Length
in
mm

Width
in
mm

13/4
13/4

45
45

41/8
41/8

105
105

21/4
21/4

57
57

13.71
14.3

389
405

1250
1250

567
567

2500
2500

1134
1134

22 mm
22 mm

11/2
11/2

38
38

41/8
41/8

105
105

21/4
21/4

57
57

12.87
13.33

365
378

1250
1250

567
567

2500
2500

1134
1134

22 mm
22 mm

Weight
oz
g

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg

Track

CB Adjustable
G2227B*
G2247B

Small Boat/sheave
Small Boat/2 sheaves

ESP CB Adjustable
G222B
G224B

Small Boat/sheave
Small Boat/2 sheaves

ESP Pinstop
2750
Small Boat jib lead/pinstop


37/16
87.5
15/16
33
4.6
130
38
33/4
95
13/8
35
9.59
272
G226S
Small Boat/pinstop
11/2
*Available as a non-CB car on a car loader to run on a non-CB style track supplied before 2002. Add .NW to end of part number.

126

1100
500
2200
1000
1250
567
2500
1134
See page 34 for replacement balls.

2751
2751

27 mm Midrange:
CB Track & Accessories
CB (Captive Ball) high-beam variable hole spacing track is
used to span cockpits or other unsupported areas. Track
features internal slide bolts, allowing new track to be installed
without drilling additional holes.

Low-Beam Track

All Midrange track is predrilled with holes for mounting
fasteners and one pinstop hole between each fastener.

Mid-boom

R27HB

Endstops/Trim Caps

R27

When end controls are not used, add endstops to absorb
shock loads. When end control assemblies are used, trim caps
finish track ends. Sold in pairs. Fasteners not included.

SPAN (Inches/Meters)

Splice Links

14 mm
9/16"

Track Risers

Use 1849 risers for mid-boom travelers that must clear
companionway hatches. Risers fit most cabintops and articulate
for use with either straight or curved track. Sold in pairs.

R27
1602

Harken will bend track to your specifications.
See page 147.

1849

R27HB

42 mm
15/8"

Track bending

Part
No.

A

C D

Minimum radius
ft
m
8
2.44
9
2.73

E
F

Weight
Fits
oz
g
R27HB/R32HB 131.2 3720

Description

Length
ft/in
m

A
in
67/8

B
mm
175

Mounting
hole spacing
in
mm

in
99/16

C
mm
243

in
611/16

Weight
oz
kg

D
mm
170

Fasteners
in
mm

in
45/16

E
mm
110

in
13/4

F
mm
45

in
3

mm
76

Endstop**/
trim cap**

Splice link/
track riser‡

Metric Track
R27.1m
R27.1.2m
R27.1.5m
R27.1.8m
R27.2m
R27.2.5m
R27.3m
R27.3.6m
R27.6m

B

31 mm
17/32"

Track Risers
Description
Track riser (pair)

Track not
included.

25 mm
1"
27 mm
1/16"
1

Curved Track

Part
No.
1849

1602

27 mm
11/16"

Splice links join track and keep it aligned during
installation.

Car
T27xxB, T2701B.NW, T27x4B.HL, 1635
T27xxB.HL, T2701B.HL.NW, 1636

Bolt slides
included.
Fasteners not
included.

End-boom
SAIL AREA (Feet2/Meters2)
Monohulls Only

Variable Hole Spacing Track

27 mm High-Beam
Track Spanning Chart

Low-beam/pinstop holes
Low-beam/pinstop holes
Low-beam/pinstop holes
Low-beam/pinstop holes
Low-beam/pinstop holes
Low-beam/pinstop holes
Low-beam/pinstop holes
Low-beam/pinstop holes
Low-beam/pinstop holes

3'33/8"
3'111/4"
4'111/16"
5'1013/16"
6'63/4"
8'27/16"
9'101/16"
11'93/4"
19'81/4"

1
1.2
1.5
1.8
2
2.5
3
3.6
6

3'33/8"
4'111/16"
5'107/8"
8'27/16"
11'93/4"

1
1.5
1.8
2.5
3.6

315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

22
26.46
33
39
44
55
66
79
132

0.62
0.75
0.93
1.11
1.24
1.56
1.87
2.24
3.74

5

/16FH
5/16FH
5/16FH
5/16FH
5
/16FH
5/16FH
5/16FH
5/16FH
5/16FH

8FH
8FH
8FH
8FH
8FH
8FH
8FH
8FH
8FH

1522/E2700/1621
1522/E2700/1621
1522/E2700/1621
1522/E2700/1621
1522/E2700/1621
1522/E2700/1621
1522/E2700/1621
1522/E2700/1621
1522/E2700/1621

1619/—
1619/—
1619/—
1619/—
1619/—
1619/—
1619/—
1619/—
1619/—

57
86
104
144
207

1.63
2.45
2.93
4.08
5.87

1 4

/ HH
/ HH
1/4HH
1/4HH
1/4HH

6HH
6HH
6HH
6HH
6HH

1523/1622
1523/1622
1523/1622
1523/1622
1523/1622

—/1849
—/1849
—/1849
—/1849
—/1849

1522/E2700/1621
1522/E2700/1621

1619/—
1619/—

1621

1622

1522

E2700

Variable Hole Spacing Track
R27HB.1m
R27HB.1.5m
R27HB.1.8m
R27HB.2.5m
R27HB.3.6m

High-beam
High-beam
High-beam
High-beam
High-beam***

Slide bolt
Slide bolt
Slide bolt
Slide bolt
Slide bolt

1 4

Retrofit 4" Hole Spacing Track
1602.8
Low-beam
8
2.44
4
102
56 1588 1/4FH 6FH
1602.12
Low-beam
12
3.66
4
102
83 2354 1/4FH 6FH
*1st hole 50 mm (2"). **Sold in pairs. Trim caps not used with E27 end controls. ***Contact Harken.

1523
1619
127

27 mm Midrange:
CB Cars

Midrange CB traveler cars are built to handle high loads on boats
from 8 m to 10 m (27' to 34').
About CB traveler cars: see feature pages at beginning of this section.

T2705B and T2705B.HL lightweight
soft-attachment cars provide a
variety of rigging solutions—
athwartship jib or mainsheet systems,
for example. Lash Carbo T2 blocks to
the car for traveler control.

T2703B

Carbo ball bearing controls
For a ball bearing system, use separate Carbo control
blocks mounted on the stand-up toggle control tangs
to add up to 4:1 purchase. See page 130.

T2703B.HL
T2705B.HL

T2705B
ESP sleeve bearing controls
For an ESP sleeve-bearing system, use a
T27KIT control block kit mounted on the car
to add up to 4:1 purchase. See page 130.

T2721B.HL

T2721B

Part
No.

T2731B

Description

T2701B

T2731B.HL

T2701B.HL

T2741B.HL

T2741B
Length
in
mm

Complete selection of cars with
built-in car control blocks is available
online: www.harken.com/27mm-cars

T2704B.HL
Width
in
mm

Height
in
mm

Weight
oz
g

Mainsheet
block pin Ø
in
mm

Control block
pin Ø
in
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg

27 mm Midrange Standard
T2701B*
T2703B
T2705B
T2721B
T2731B
T2741B

Car/shackle
Car/stand-up toggle/ears
Car/soft attachment
Car/shackle/2:1 ESP controls
Car/shackle/3:1 ESP controls
Car/shackle/4:1 ESP controls

41/4
41/4
41/4
41/4
41/4
41/4

108
108
108
108
108
108

23/4
23/4
23/4
3
37/32
33/8

70
70
70
76
81
86

2
31/8
11/2
2
2
2

50
80
38
50
50
50

11.04
14.4
10.06
11.04
11.04
11.04

313
408
285
313
313
313


/, /



1 4 5 16


6, 8




/



5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000

2268
2268
2268
2268
2268
2268


2300 1043 5000
5
2300 1043 5000

3600 1633 7200

2300 1043 5000

2300 1043 5000

2300 1043 5000

2300 1043 5000
See page 33 for replacement balls.

2268
2268
3266
2268
2268
2268
2268

3 16


5



1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800

816
816
816
816
816
816

27 mm Midrange High-Load
T2701B.HL* High-load car/shackle
53/16 132 23/4
70
2
50 12.48 354


70
31/8
80 15.84 449 1/4, 5/16 6, 8
T2703B.HL High-load car/stand-up toggle/ears
53/16 132 23/4
70
31/8
80
25.6 726 1/4, 5/16 6, 8
T2704B.HL 2 cars/2 stand-up toggles
83/4 223 23/4
70
11/2
38 12.28 348


T2705B.HL High-load car/soft attachment
53/16 132 23/4
3
76
2
50 12.48 354


T2721B.HL High-load car/shackle/2:1 ESP controls 53/16 132
81
2
50 12.48 354


T2731B.HL High-load car/shackle/3:1 ESP controls 53/16 132 37/32
86
2
50 12.48 354


T2741B.HL High-load car/shackle/4:1 ESP controls 53/16 132 33/8
*Available as a non-CB car on a car loader to run on a non-CB style track supplied before 2003. Add .NW to end of part number.

128


/




3 16

27 mm Midrange:
End Controls
About Carbo ball bearing or ESP sleeve bearing end controls:
see feature pages at beginning of this section.

Cape Cod, 8.96 m (29.4'), Rosewest & Clément Salzes

Carbo ball bearing end controls
have an integrated bar for
deadending control line.

Assemblies secure to track,
eliminating additional holes.

1631

Tough one-piece bases and cam
arms are machined from a single
piece of aluminum.

1642
1632

1633

1652

Use E2750HB
double-sheave ESP end
controls for cabintop travelers
where lines lead to the aft edge
of the cabintop.

CARBO BALL BEARING END CONTROLS

Contact Harken to order special
length track with mounting holes
for E2750HB end controls.

E2730

E2750

E2756

E2750HB

ESP SLEEVE BEARING END CONTROLS
Fasteners not included.
Part
No.

Description

Sheave
Ø
in mm

Length
in mm

Width
in mm

Weight
(pair)
oz
g

Max line Height above Maximum
Ø
track
working load
in mm in
mm
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg Purchase

Carbo Ball Bearing End Controls
1631
1632
1633
1642
1652

Single sheave (pair)*
Double sheave (pair)*
Double sheave/365 Carbo-Cam (pair)*
Pinstop
Self-tacking jib controls (pair)***

19/16
19/16
19/16

2

40
40
40

51

41/2
41/2
41/2
25/16
43/16

114
114
114
59
106

115/16 49
115/16 49
315/16 100
115/16 49
21/4 57

20
26
36
4.8**
20.4

574
730
1020
136**
578

/
/
3/8

1/2

10
10
10

12

15/16
2
2
15/16
25/16

33
50
50
33
59

350
700
600

610

159
318
272

277

875
1750
1500

1200

/
/
3/8
3/8

10
10
10
10

17/16
1
21/4
21/4

36
25
56
56

1800
600
1800
600

816
272
816
272

3600 1633 1:1/2:1
1200 544 3:1/4:1
3600 1633 3:1/4:1
1500 680
4:1

38
38

397
794
680

544

2:1/3:1
3:1/4:1
3:1/4:1

1:1

ESP Sleeve Bearing End Controls
E2730 Single sheave/deadend (pair)
13/8 35 413/16 122 113/16 45 19.54 554
662
E2750HB High-beam double sheave (pair)‡
19/16 40 41/4 108 19/16 40 23.4
686
E2750 Double sheave/deadend (pair)
13/8 35 413/16 122 113/16 45 24.2
13/8 35 33/4 95 313/16 96 23.4 1278
E2756 Double sheave/deadend/365 Carbo-Cam (pair)‡‡
*Includes 8 mm PH fasteners. **Weight each. ***Includes 5/16" RH fasteners. ‡Requires high-beam track.
‡‡Maximum working loads and breaking loads based on cam strengths.

38
38

129

27 mm Midrange:
Car Accessories
Stand-Up Toggles

Stand-up toggles hold blocks upright on travelers. Stand-up toggles
with control tangs allow attachment of ball bearing Carbo control blocks.
Refer to stand-up toggles chart for mainsheet block compatibility.
See purchase selection guide for control blocks.
1561

Control Block Kits

1638

Kits are available for Midrange cars to add ESP sleeve-bearing control
systems for up to 4:1 purchase. Combine with ESP end controls.

Stand-Up Toggles
Mainsheet Control block
block pin Ø
pin Ø
in
mm
in
mm

Part
No.

Description

1561

Stand-up toggle

1

1638

Stand-up toggle/control tangs

1

Height
in
mm

Weight
oz
g

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

/4, 5/16

6, 8

25/16

59

3.5

99

2500

1134

/4, 5/16

6, 8

3 16

/

5

25/16

59

4.4

124

2500

1134

Accepts mainsheet blocks
75 mm Carbo singles, doubles, and triples,
3" Small Boat single, fiddle, Midrange blocks,
57 mm
75 mm Carbo singles, doubles, and triples,
3" Small Boat single, fiddle, Midrange blocks,
57 mm

Control Block Kits
Part
No.

Description

T27KIT ESP purchase upgrade kit

Includes
Kit includes (4) 25 mm control
blocks, (2) Small Boat deadends,
(8) M5 fasteners

2650

2638

T27KIT

See page 45-46

+

27 mm Midrange:
Purchase Selection Guide

OR

+

Kit

2:1 Ball Bearing

3:1 Ball Bearing

4:1 Ball Bearing

2:1 ESP

3:1 ESP

4:1 ESP

Purchase
Car
2:1 Ball bearing
T2701B
2:1 ESP
T2701B
3:1 Ball bearing
T2701B
3:1 ESP
T2701B
4:1 Ball bearing
T2701B
4:1 ESP
T2701B
*Deadend line through center of sheave.

130

+

End control
1631
E2730
1632/1633
E2750/E2756
1632/1633
E2750/E2756

Control block on car
1638 with 2650
T27KIT
1638 with 2650*
T27KIT
1638 with 2638
T27KIT

Control purchase recommendations
Sail area
End-boom sheeting
Mid-boom sheeting
ft2
m2
ft2
m2
Under 140
Under 13
Under 125
Under 12
140−235
13−22
125−200
12−19
235−275
22−25
200−250
19−23

Purchase
2:1
3:1
4:1

27 mm Midrange:
Genoa Lead Cars

CB adjustable genoa lead cars feature recirculating Torlon® ball bearings
for easy adjustment under full sheet loads.
Stainless steel sheave carriers pivot 60 degrees to accommodate
changing lead angles. Wide sheave holds two sheets during sail changes.
Cars feature car-mounted, sleeve-bearing control blocks for strength
and durability. All CB genoa lead cars are compatible with Harken
end controls. Kits are available for purchase upgrades up to 4:1.

G276S

CB Adjustable Cars

Sheave carriers feature high-performance sheaves with roller bearings
to handle radial loads, while sideload balls handle thrust loads for easy
trimming and fore-and-aft adjustment.

G276S.HL

ESP CB Adjustable & Pinstop Cars

Sheave carriers feature ESP sleeve-bearing sheaves.
Use pinstop cars in applications where lead positions change infrequently.
Pinstop and ball bearing genoa lead cars both run on ball bearing track,
allowing system upgrades without changing track.

ESP PINSTOP

Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.

G2727B

G2737B

G2747B

G2737B.HL

G2747B.HL

CB ADJUSTABLE

G272B

G273B

G274B

G273B.HL

G274B.HL

ESP CB ADJUSTABLE
131

27 mm Midrange:
Genoa Lead Cars

Elan 400, 10.6 m (34.8'), Rob Humphreys Yacht Design & Elan Design Team © Elan

Purchase
2:1
3:1
4:1

Part
No.

Description

Sheave
Ø
in
mm

Length
in
mm

Width
in
mm

For sheet-loading formulas see page 37.
End control selection guide
Car
End control
G272B/G2727B
E2730
G273B/G273B.HL/G2737B/G2737B.HL
E2750
G274B/G274B.HL/G2747B/G2747B.HL
E2750

Weight
oz
g

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg

Track

CB Adjustable
G2727B
G2737B
G2737B.HL
G2747B*
G2747B.HL

Midrange/sheave
Midrange/sheave/deadend
High-load Midrange/sheave/deadend
Midrange/2 sheaves
High-load Midrange/2 sheaves

21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2

64
64
64
64
64

53/16
53/16
91/8
53/16
91/8

132
132
232
132
232

23/4
23/4
23/4
23/4
23/4

70
70
70
70
70

27.52
28.4
39.25
29.76
40.64

780
805
1113
844
1152

2300
2300
3600
2300
3600

1043
1043
1632
1043
1632

5000
5000
7200
5000
7200

2268
2268
3266
2268
3266

R27
R27
R27
R27
R27

21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4

57
57
57
57
57

53/16
53/16
91/8
53/16
91/8

132
132
232
132
232

23/4
23/4
23/4
23/4
23/4

70
70
70
70
70

23.25
24.06
34.6
25.22
35.76

659
682
981
718
1017

2300
2300
3600
2300
3600

1043
1043
1632
1043
1632

5000
5000
7200
5000
7200

2268
2268
3266
2268
3266

R27
R27
R27
R27
R27

ESP CB Adjustable
G272B
G273B
G273B.HL
G274B
G274B.HL

Midrange/sheave
Midrange/sheave/deadend
High-load Midrange/sheave/deadend
Midrange/2 sheaves
High-load Midrange/2 sheaves

ESP Pinstop
G276S
Midrange/pinstop
2
51
5
127
15/8
41
17.92 508
184
15/8
41
22.93 650
G276S.HL High-load Midrange/pinstop
2
51
71/4
*Available as a non-CB car on a car loader to run on a non-CB style track supplied before 2003. Add .NW to end of part number.

132

3000
1361
6000
2722
3600
1632
7200
3264
See page 34 for replacement balls.

R27
R27

32 mm Big Boat:
CB Track &
Accessories

32 mm High-Beam
Track Spanning Chart

700
65

Mid-boom

650

SAIL AREA (Feet2/Meters2)
Monohulls Only

Variable Hole Spacing Track

CB (Captive Ball) high-beam variable hole spacing
track is used to span cockpits or other unsupported
areas. Track features internal slide bolts, allowing new
track to be installed without drilling additional holes.

Low-Beam Track

600
56

R32HB

550
51

500
46

450
42

400
37

350
33

300

All Big Boat track is predrilled with holes for mounting
fasteners and one pinstop hole between each fastener.

Bolt slides
included.
Fasteners not
included.

End-boom

60

28

R32
45

60

1.14 1.52

Endstops/Trim Caps

75

1.9

90

2.27

SPAN (Inches/Meters)

When end controls are not used, add endstops to
absorb shock loads. When end control assemblies
are used, trim caps finish track ends. Sold in pairs.
Fasteners not included.

32 mm
11/4"

3159

19 mm
3/4"

Splice Links

Splice links join track and keep it aligned during installation.

R32
3159

Track Risers

30 mm
13/16"

Use 1849 risers for mid-boom travelers that must clear
companionway hatches. Risers fit most cabintops and
articulate for use with either straight or curved track.
Sold in pairs. See page 127.

32 mm
11/4"

Track not
included.

Curved Track

Harken will bend track to your specifications.
See page 147.
1849

57 mm
21/4"

R32HB

Track bending
Minimum radius
(horizontal bend)
Cars
ft
m
T32xxB, T32xxB.NW, 3176, 3177
8
2.44
T32xxB.HL, T32x4B.HL
18
5.49
T32xxB.HL.NW, 3178, 3179
2 x T32xxB, 2 x T32xxB.NW
8
2.44
T32x4B.HL
24
7.32

Part
No.

Description

Minimum radius
(vertical bend)
ft
m
10
3.05
18

5.49

10
24

3.05
7.32

Length
ft/in
m

3157

42 mm
15/8"

Mounting
hole spacing
in
mm

Weight
oz
kg

Fasteners
in
mm

3158

548

Endstop**/
trim cap**

Splice link/
track riser‡

Metric Track
R32.1m
R32.1.5m
R32.1.8m
R32.2.1m
R32.2.4m
R32.3m
R32.3.6m
R32.6m

Low-beam/pinstop holes
Low-beam/pinstop holes
Low-beam/pinstop holes
Low-beam/pinstop holes
Low-beam/pinstop holes
Low-beam/pinstop holes
Low-beam/pinstop holes
Low-beam/pinstop holes

3'33/8"
4'111/16"
5'1013/16"
6'1011/16"
7'101/2"
9'101/16"
11'93/4"
19'81/4"

1
1.5
1.8
2.1
2.4
3
3.6
6

4'111/16"
5'107/8"
8'27/16"
11'93/4"

1.5
1.8
2.5
3.6

315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16
315/16

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

52
52
61.73
72
81
103
124
207

1.47
1.47
1.75
2.05
2.3
2.93
3.52
5.87

3 8

/ FH
/8FH
3/8FH
3/8FH
3
/8FH
3/8FH
3/8FH
3/8FH

10FH
10FH
10FH
10FH
10FH
10FH
10FH
10FH

548/E3200/3157
548/E3200/3157
548/E3200/3157
548/E3200/3157
548/E3200/3157
548/E3200/3157
548/E3200/3157
548/E3200/3157

3153/—
3153/—
3153/—
3153/—
3153/—
3153/—
3153/—
3153/—

167
201
279
402

4.74
5.69
7.9
11.38

5 16

/ HH
/ HH
5/16HH
5/16HH

8HH
8HH
8HH
8HH

562/3158
562/3158
562/3158
562/3158

—/1849
—/1849
—/1849
—/1849

3

E3200

Variable Hole Spacing Track
R32HB.1.5m
R32HB.1.8m
R32HB.2.5m
R32HB.3.6m

High-beam
High-beam
High-beam
High-beam***

Slide bolt
Slide bolt
Slide bolt
Slide bolt

5 16

Retrofit 4" Hole Spacing Track
3159.8
Low-beam
8
2.44
4
102*
89
2.48 5/16FH 8FH 548/E3200/3157
3153/—
3153/—
3159.12
Low-beam
12
3.66
4
102* 131 3.71 5/16FH 8FH 548/E3200/3157
*1st hole 50 mm (2"). **Sold in pairs. Trim caps not used with E32 end controls. ‡Track riser 1849 shown on page 127. ***Contact Harken.

562
3153
133

32 mm Big Boat: CB Cars

Big Boat CB traveler cars handle high loads on boats from 9.5 m to 15 m (32' to 50')
and up to 21 m (70') with coupled cars.
About CB traveler cars: see feature pages at beginning of this section.

T3205B and T3205B.HL lightweight
soft-attachment cars provide a variety
of rigging solutions—athwartship jib or
mainsheet systems, for example. Lash
Carbo T2 or Black Magic Loop blocks
to the car for traveler control.

T3203B

Carbo ball bearing controls
For a ball bearing system, use separate Carbo or Black
Magic control blocks mounted on the stand-up toggle
control tangs to add up to 6:1 purchase. See page 138.

T3203B.HL
T3205B.HL

T3205B
ESP sleeve bearing controls
For an ESP sleeve-bearing system, use a
T32KIT control block kit mounted on the
car to add up to 6:1 purchase. See page 138.

T3231B.HL

T3221B.HL

T3221B

Part
No.

T3201B

T3231B

Description

T3201B.HL
T3204B

T3241B.HL

T3241B

Length
in
mm

Complete selection of cars with builtin car control blocks is available
online: www.harken.com/32mm-cars

T3204B.HL

Width
in
mm

Height
in
mm

Weight
oz
g

Mainsheet Control block Maximum
block pin Ø
pin Ø
working load
in
mm
in
mm
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg

32 mm Big Boat Standard
T3201B*
T3203B
T3204B
T3205B
T3221B
T3231B
T3241B

Car/shackle
Car/stand-up toggle/ears
Car/2 stand-up toggles
Car/soft attachment
Car/shackle/2:1 ESP controls
Car/shackle/3:1 ESP controls
Car/shackle/4:1 ESP controls

53/8
53/8
91/8
53/8
53/8
53/8
53/8

136
136
231
136
136
136
136

311/32
311/32
311/32
311/32
35/8
4
43/8

85
85
85
85
98
101
111

25/8
31/2
31/2
2
25/8
25/8
31/2

73
89
89
50
73
73
89

20
25.28
55
20.43
20
20
20

567
717
1559
579
567
567
567


/
5/16




5 16


8
8




1/4





6




3000
3000
5000
3000
3000
3000
3000

1361
1361
2268
1361
1361
1361
1361

7000
7000
10000
7000
7000
7000
7000

3175
3175
4536
3175
3175
3175
3175



4500 2041 9000
1/4
6
4500 2041 9000


9000 4082 18000


4500 2041 9000


4500 2041 9000


4500 2041 9000


4500 2041 9000
See page 33 for replacement balls.

4081
4081
8163
4081
4081
4081
4081

32 mm Big Boat High-Load
T3201B.HL* High-load car/shackle
77/16 188 311/32 85
25/8
73
24
680


5/16
31/2
89 29.44 835
8
T3203B.HL High-load car/stand-up toggle/ears
77/16 188 311/32 85
31/2
89
79 2239 5/16
8
T3204B.HL 2 high-load cars/2 stand-up toggles
15
381 311/32 85
2
50 29.42 834


T3205B.HL High-load car/soft attachment
77/16 188 311/32 85
98
25/8
73
24
680


T3221B.HL High-load car/shackle/2:1 ESP controls
77/16 188 35/8
4
101 25/8
73
24
680


T3231B.HL High-load car/shackle/3:1 ESP controls
77/16 188
89
24
680


T3241B.HL High-load car/shackle/4:1 ESP controls
77/16 188 43/8 111 31/2
*Available as a non-CB car on a car loader to run on a non-CB style track supplied before 2004. Add .NW to end of part number.

134

NEW

3304

32 mm Big Boat:
End Controls

About Carbo ball bearing or ESP sleeve bearing end controls: see feature pages at beginning of this section.

Carbo ball bearing end controls
have an integrated bar for
deadending control line.

3170

Assemblies secure to track,
eliminating additional holes.
Tough one-piece bases and cam
arms are machined from a single
piece of aluminum.

3290

3168

3169

3197

CARBO BALL BEARING END CONTROLS

Use E3250HB
double-sheave ESP end
controls for cabintop travelers
where lines lead to the aft edge
of the cabintop.
Contact Harken to order special
length track with mounting holes
for E3250HB end controls.

3174

3173

3173 and 3174 high-load controls allow 2:1 to 6:1 purchases on offshore
boats with mainsails over 37 m2 (400 ft2). Controls feature 57 mm Black
Magic Big Boat ball/roller sheaves and high-load aluminum sideplates.

HIGH-LOAD END CONTROLS

E3230
E3230.HL
ESP SLEEVE BEARING END CONTROLS

3212

3304

3213

PINSTOPS

E3250
E3250.HL

E3256

E3250HB

135

NEW

3304

End Controls:
32 mm Big Boat

TECH TIP
27 mm Midrange and 32 mm Big
Boat kits are available for purchase
upgrades from 1:1 to 4:1.

Open Space, Elan Impression 45, 13.71 m (45'), Rob Humphreys Yacht Design & Elan Design Team © Elan

Control Purchase Recommendations
Sail area
End-boom sheeting
Mid-boom sheeting
m2
ft2
m2
ft2
Under 260
Under 24
Under 240
Under 22
260-450
24-42
240-400
22-37
450-600
42-56
400-550
37-51
Over 600
Over 56
Over 550
Over 51

Part
No.

Description

Sheave
Ø
in
mm

Length
in
mm

Width
in mm

Weight
(pair)
oz
g

Max line Height above Maximum
Ø
track
working load
in mm in
mm
lb
kg

Purchase
3:1
4:1
6:1
2:1 w/winch

Breaking
load
lb
kg Purchase

Performance End Controls
3168
3169
3170
3197
3290

Single sheave (pair)***
Double sheave (pair)***
Double sheave/150 Cam-Matic (pair)***
Triple sheave/deadend (pair)
Self-tacking jib controls (pair)‡

19/16
40 413/16
40 413/16
19/16
40 413/16
19/16
21/4/13/8 57/35 63/4
52
45/16
21/16

122
122
122
171
110

21/4
21/4
41/8
21/4
21/4

57
27
767
57
31
887
104 39 1116
57 32.4 918
57
34
964

/
/
3/8
3
/8
3/8

10
10
10
10
10

17/16
2
2
21/2
29/16

36
51
51
64
65

450
900
900
1500
900

/
/

38
38

204
408
408
680
408

1600 725 1:1/2:1
2300 1040 3:1/4:1
2300 1040 3:1/4:1
2500 1134 5:1/6:1
1800 817
1:1

High-Load Performance End Controls
3173
3174

High-load single (pair)
High-load double (pair)

21/4
21/4

57
57

67/16
67/16

164
164

21/4
21/4

57
57

35
41

981
1169

7 16

12
12

11/16
115/16

28
49

2500 1134 5000 2268 1:1/2:1
1650 750 3300 1500 3:1/4:1

Adjustable pinstop
Adjustable pinstop/shackle
Adjustable pinstop





29/16
47/16
21/2

65
113
64

21/4
21/4
21/4

57 8** 227** —
57 15.2** 431** —
57 10.3** 294** —



15/16
127/32
13/16

33
46
30



3500 1588

13/8
19/16
21/4
13/8
19/16
13/8

35
40
57
35
40
35

413/16
413/16
61/8
413/16
413/16
33/4

122
122
155
122
122
95

113/16 45
113/16 45
21/4 57
113/16 45
113/16 45
41/8 104

10
10
10
10
10
10

17/16
11/2
1
21/4
21/2
21/4

36
40
25
56
64
56

1800 816 3600 1633
2:1
2500 1134 5000 2268
2:1
700 318 1400 635 3:1/4:1
1800 816 3600 1633 3:1/4:1
2500 1134 5000 2268 3:1/4:1
900 408 2300 1040
4:1

7 16

Pinstops
3212
3213
3304







ESP End Controls
E3230
E3230.HL
E3250HB
E3250
E3250.HL
E3256

136

Single sheave/deadend (pair)
High-load/single sheave/deadend (pair)
High-beam/double sheave (pair)*
Double sheave/deadend (pair)
High-load/double sheave/deadend (pair)
Double sheave/deadend/Cam-Matic cleat (pair)‡‡

*Requires high-beam track. **Weight each. ***Includes 10 mm RH fasteners.
‡‡Maximum working loads and breaking loads based on cam strengths.

19.54
23.4
54.6
24.2
27.8
45.08

554
642
1547
686
788
1278

/
/
3/8
3/8
3/8
3
/8

38

38

‡Includes 3/8" RH fastener(s).

32 mm Big Boat:
Car Accessories
Stand-Up Toggles

1896
1994

Stand-up toggles hold blocks upright on travelers.
Stand-up toggles with control tangs allow attachment
of ball bearing Carbo control blocks.
Refer to chart below for mainsheet block compatibility.
See page 138 for control block purchase selection guide.

Couplers

Control blocks attach to ears
to reduce load on car.

Big Boat couplers join two cars to form high-load assemblies.
The high-load 580 and 752 couplers fit T3201B and T3201B.HL cars.
Use 580 and 752 couplers for single-point attachments. Use single,
double, or triple Black Magic with the 752 coupler.

598
669

Control Block Kits

Kits are available for Big Boat cars to add ESP sleeve-bearing control
systems for up to 6:1 purchases. Combine with ESP end controls.

Toggles have a low pivot point
to handle mainsheet loads up to
40 degrees from vertical, while
allowing cars to roll freely.

1966

752

3225

580

T32KIT
T32KIT.HL

Stand-Up Toggles
Mainsheet
block pin Ø
in
mm

Control block
pin Ø
in
mm

Height
in
mm

Weight
oz
g

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Part
No.

Description

598

Stand-up toggle/control tangs

5 16

/

8

1 4

/

6

23/16

56

8.2

231.3 4500

2041

669

Stand-up toggle/high load/control tangs*

5

/16

8

1

/4

6

23/16

56

10.9 308.4 7500

3401

1896

Stand-up toggle

5 16

/

8

15/8

41

5.8

163.3 4500

2041

1994

Stand-up toggle/high load*

5 16

/

8

15/8

41

9.1

258.6 7500

3401

1966

Stand-up toggle/1 control tang

5 16

/

8

1 4

/

6

23/16

56

7.74 219.4 4500

2041

Accepts mainsheet blocks
Midrange blocks, 57 mm double & triple Black
Magic, 75 mm single Black Magic
75 mm double Black Magic,
100 mm single Black Magic
Midrange blocks, 57 mm double & triple Black
Magic,75 mm single Black Magic
75 mm double Black Magic,
100 mm single Black Magic
Midrange blocks, 57 mm double & triple Black
Magic, 75 mm single Black Magic

*Includes a replacement headpost for 3233 75 mm Black Magic and 3246 and 3427 100 mm Black Magic.

Couplers & Control Block Kits
Sheave
Max line
Ø
Length
Width
Weight
Ø
Part
No.
Description
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
oz
g
in
mm
184
11/2
38
21
595


580
Coupler


71/4
273
11/2
38
28
794


752
Coupler


103/4
1/2
57
53/8
143


8.8
249
12
3225 2-sheave control block*
21/4
T32KIT ESP purchase upgrade kit
Kit includes (4) 35 mm control blocks, (2) Midrange/Big Boat deadends, (8) M6 fasteners
T32KIT.HL ESP purchase upgrade kit/high-load* Kit includes (4) 40 mm control blocks, (2) Big Boat deadends, (8) M8 fasteners
*Fits T32x4B.HL cars.

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
6000
2722
9000
4082
2500
1134

Breaking
load
lb
kg
12000 5443
18000 8165
5000
2268

137

32 mm Big Boat:
Purchase Selection Guide

Zing III, Langan 55, Langan Design Partners, SDK Structures © Antonio Ferrer

2:1 ESP

2:1 Ball bearing

3:1 ESP

3:1 Ball bearing

4:1 ESP

4:1 Ball bearing

6:1 Ball bearing

6:1 ESP

Purchase
2:1 ball bearing
2:1 ESP
3:1 ball bearing
3:1 ESP
4:1 ball bearing
4:1 ESP
6:1 ball bearing
6:1 ESP

138

Car
T3203B
T3201B
T3203B
T3201B
T3203B
T3201B
T3201B
T3201B

End control
3168
E3230
3169, 3170
E3250, E3256
3169, 3170
E3250, E3256
3197
3197

Control block on car
598 with 2600
T32KIT
598 with 2601
T32KIT
598 with 2642
T32KIT
598 with 2640
T32KIT & 598 with 2650

+

+
OR

+

Kit

NEW

G322B.HL

32 mm Big Boat:
Genoa Lead Cars

G3237B

G3247B

CB adjustable genoa lead cars feature recirculating
Torlon® ball bearings for easy adjustment under full
sheet loads.
Stainless steel sheave carriers pivot 60 degrees to
accommodate changing lead angles. Wide sheave
holds two sheets during sail changes.
CB ADJUSTABLE

Cars feature car-mounted, sleeve-bearing control
blocks for strength and durability. All CB genoa
lead cars are compatible with Harken end controls.
Kits are available for purchase upgrades up to 4:1.

G323B

CB Adjustable Cars

G322B.HL

Sheave carriers feature high-performance sheaves
with roller bearings to handle radial loads, while
sideload balls handle thrust loads for easy
trimming and fore-and-aft adjustment.

ESP CB Adjustable & Pinstop Cars

Sheave carriers feature ESP sleeve bearing sheaves.
Use pinstop cars in applications where lead
positions change infrequently.

G324B

Pinstop and ball bearing genoa lead cars both run
on ball bearing track, allowing system upgrades
without changing track.
ESP CB ADJUSTABLE
Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.

G326S.HL

G326S

For sheet-loading formulas see page 37.
End control selection guide
Purchase
Car
End control
2:1
HC4928
E3230.HL
3:1
G323B/G3237B
E3250.HL/3174
4:1
G324B/G3247B
E3250.HL/3174

Part
No.

Description

C6795

PINSTOP
Sheave
Ø
in
mm

Length
in
mm

Width
in
mm

3
3

76
76

91/8
91/8

231
231

33/8
33/8

85
85

63.27
65.12

1794
1846

5000
5000

2268
2268

10000
10000

4536
4536

R32
R32

3
3
3

76
76
76

91/8
91/8
10 5/8

231
231
270

33/8
33/8
33/8

85
85
85

59.54
62.14
85.43

1688
1761
2422

5000
5000
7716

2268
2268
3500

10000
10000
15432

4536
4536
7000

R32
R32
R32

3
3

76
76

91/8
91/8

232
232

21/2
21/2

64
64

53.26
62

1510
1758

5000
6000

2268
2722

10000
12000

4536
5443

R32
R32

Weight
oz
g

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg

Track

CB Adjustable
G3237B
G3247B*

Big Boat/sheave/deadend
Big Boat/2 sheave

ESP CB Adjustable
G323B
Big Boat/sheave/deadend
G324B
Big Boat/2 sheaves
G322B.HL Big Boat/sheave

ESP Pinstop
G326S
Big Boat/pinstop
G326S.HL Big Boat HL/pinstop

Custom
C6795
Big Boat/pinstop‡
3
76
10
254
21/4
57
61.83 1753
75
10
254
23/8
60
56.44 1600
C9815
Big Boat genoa lead***‡
215/16
75
10
254
23/8
60
61
1738
C10232 Big Boat/pinstop***‡
215/16
*Available as a non-CB car on a car loader to run on a non-CB style track supplied before 2004. Add .NW to end of part number.
***50 mm hole spacing required. ‡Contact Harken to request quote and lead time.

7716
3500
15432
7000
13228 6000
26448
12000
13228 6000
26448
12000
See page 34 for replacement balls.

R32
R32**
R32**

139

CB Cars:
Windward Sheeting
& 3:1 Cars
with Cams

2745

2746

Windward Sheeting Cars

Race once with the windward sheeting traveler
car and you’ll never race without one again. Pull
the car above the centerline without releasing the
leeward control line. Tack, and the car stays in
the same position, ready to be pulled to the new
windward side.

1635
1636

Mount track in the cockpit or near deck level.
For dinghies to large offshore boats.

Patented wire retaining clips keep
balls captive, making cars easy to
load and maintain. Composite corner
keepers help keep ball bearings
captive when the car is off the track.
For a cost-effective option, CB+ cars
can be modified to run on Harken
non-CB track.

3:1 Midrange Cars with Cams

The 1628 and 1629 cars with 365 Carbo-Cam
cleats provide additional mechanical advantage
(3:1 versus 2:1) by trimming from the car as
opposed to a fixed point at the end of the track.
Cars fit 27 mm Midrange CB track.

3176
3178

1628
1629

3177
3179

3:1 MIDRANGE
CARS WITH CAMS*

WINDWARD SHEETING CARS

Windward Sheeting Adapter Kits

2752

3180

1637

WINDWARD SHEETING ADAPTER KITS

Part
No. Description
1637 Midrange CB
2752 Small Boat CB
3180 Big Boat CB

Max line Ø
in mm
Fits cars
Purchase
3
/8
10
1624/1625
3:1/4:1
5/16
8
2726/2727/2728
2:1/3:1
2729/2730/2731/2735/2736/2753/2754
3
/8
10
3163/3165
4:1/5:1/6:1

Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.
Part
No. Description

Length
in
mm

Width
in
mm

Weight
oz
g

Max line
Ø
in
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg

Purchase/end controls

22 mm Small Boat Windward Sheeting
2745 Small Boat CB
2746 Small Boat CB/high-load

67/8
67/8

175
175

31/16
31/16

78
78

24.75
26

702
737

5

5 16

/16
/

8
8

850
1250

386
567

2500
2500

1134
1134

2:1/3:1/2740
2:1/3:1/2740

91/8
91/8

232
232

43/8
43/8

111
111

25.76
27.2

730
771

38
38

/
/

10
10

1800
2300

816
1043

5000
5000

2268
2268

3:1/1631
3:1/1631

63/4
63/4

171
171

41/8
41/8

105
105

35
36

990
1020

38

/
/8

10
10

1800
2300

816
1043

5000
5000

2268
2268

3:1/4:1/1631
3:1/4:1/1631

3/8
3176 Big Boat CB
99/16
243
5
127
57
1618
10
3000
3/8
243
5
127
62
1747
10
3000
3177 Big Boat CB/stand-up
99/16
3/8
243
5
127
61
1723
10
4500
3178 Big Boat CB/high-load
99/16
3
243
5
127
65
1851
/8
10
4500
3179 Big Boat CB/high-load/stand-up
99/16
See page 33 for replacement balls. *Not windward sheeting. Stop knot required to keep car from hitting end control.
®
140 **Small Boat low-load cars with a 227 kg (500 lb) maximum working load use Delrin balls.

1361
1361
2041
2041

7000
7000
9000
9000

3175
3175
4081
4081

27 mm Midrange 3:1 Cars with Cams
1628 Midrange CB/365 Carbo-Cam*
1629 Midrange CB/high-load/365 Carbo-Cam*

27 mm Midrange Windward Sheeting
1635 Midrange CB
1636 Midrange CB/high-load

3

32 mm Big Boat Windward Sheeting
4:1/3168
4:1/3168
4:1/3168
4:1/3168

5:1/6:1/3169
5:1/6:1/3169
5:1/6:1/3169
5:1/6:1/3169

CRX Roller Cars

The Harken Custom Division has been supplying racers and
cruisers with innovative hardware for over 20 years. Whether you
use existing custom solutions or require something new, our
engineers hold your project to the highest standards: from design,
to manufacturing, finishing, installation, and worldwide service.
3074

CRX Cars

CRX Roller traveler cars carry almost double the load at half the
weight of similarly sized traveler cars. Torlon® rollers provide
increased bearing contact over balls to handle higher loads.
Captive bearings make cars easy to load and maintain.

Rollers carry extreme loads in a
compact, lightweight package.
Captive rollers for easy loading
and maintenance.

Toggle cars such as the 3074 and 3075 offer a low-profile traveler
solution. CRX Loop cars are alternatives for high-load applications.
Use roller travelers with straight track only. Contact Harken for
curved traveler applications. Big Boat CRX track uses E3200
endstops and 3173 or 3174 end controls. Mini-Maxi track uses
1702 or custom endstops.

3075

PCRX System

The award-winning PCRX mainsheet traveler features a hinged track
that pivots as the mainsheet angle changes. This design aligns the
car to the load for less friction, more load capacity, and lighter
weight. Eliminating the toggle reduces the car’s height and weight.
Mini-Maxi PCRX traveler systems are used on America’s Cup and
Volvo racers, with Big Boat versions on TP52s and IRC 70s.

C8728
C9460

32 MM BIG BOAT

Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.

C10747

C8862
C9701

C9563

42 MM MINI-MAXI

C8955
C9642

141

CRX Roller Cars

Blocks not
included

Quantum Racing, Keith Brash photo © Quantum Racing

PCRX systems have carbon
bobbins laminated into the deck,
eliminating track fasteners to
reduce weight.

Low-profile endstops available for
PCRX and CRX roller systems.
Contact Harken.

C8990

MEGA

Part
No.

C6924

Car body
height
in
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Width
in
mm

5
71/2
33/8
71/2

127
191
86
191

21/2
21/2
21/2
21/2

64
64
64
64

313/32
313/32
2
2

86
86
51
51

624
1106
330
721

5000
7500
3300
7483

2268
3401
1497
3400

10000
15000
6600
14967

4535
6803
2994
6800

3079
3079
3079
3079

151/2
71/2
12
163/16
8
111/2
151/8

394
191
305
411
203
292
384

31/32
31/32
31/32
31/32
31/32
37/32
31/32

77
77
77
77
77
82
77

411/16
21/4
57/16
411/16
25/8
3
59/16

119 97.32 2759
57
29.2
827
138 233.58 6622
119 113.63 3222
67 34.39 975
76 57.97 1643
141 96.06 2723

15000
7937
15000
19809
9921
14434
14307

6804
3600
6804
9000
4500
6558
6500

30000
15874
30000
39618
19841
28868
28613

13608
7200
13608
18000
9000
13116
13000

3200
3200
3200
3200
3200
3200
3200

161/4 413
41/4
108
61/2
165 263.04 7457
41/4
108
61/2
165 301.59 8550
201/4 515
‡Includes adapter to fit 100 mm Black Magic.

26500
33069

12020 53000 24040
15000 66138 30000

Description

Weight
oz
g

Breaking
load
lb
kg

Length
in
mm

Track

32 mm Big Boat CRX
3074
3075
C8728
C9460

CRX Big Boat/single block
CRX Big Boat/single block‡
CRX Big Boat Loop car
CRX Big Boat Loop car

22
39
11.6
25.42

42 mm Mini-Maxi CRX
C8862
C8955
C9563
C9701
C9642
C10413
C10747

CRX traveler/titanium coupler/2 blocks/fixed track
CRX Mini-Maxi Loop car
CRX Mini-Maxi/2 blocks
CRX Mini-Maxi/ titanium coupler/2 blocks
CRX Mini-Maxi Loop car
CRX Mini-Maxi Loop car
CRX Mini-Maxi/aluminum coupler/2 blocks

Mega CRX
C6924 CRX mega/coupled
C8990 CRX mega/coupled
Contact Harken to request quote and lead time.

*Custom track.

32 mm
11/4"

CRX Track
Part
No.

Length
ft/in
m

Hole spacing
in
mm

Weight
oz

kg

72.8
109.2

2.064
3.096

144.1

4.08

Fasteners (FH)
in
mm

Endstop/
splice link

32 mm Big Boat CRX Low-Beam Roller Track
3079.2m
3079.3m

6'63/4"
9'101/16"

2
3

215/16
215/16

75
75

/16
5/16

8
8

E3200/3080
E3200/3080

10

5

42 mm Mini-Maxi CRX Low-Beam Roller Track
3200.3m**
9'101/16"
**Contact Harken for track profile.

142

3

215/16

75

22 mm
7
/8"

3079

36 mm
113/32"

*
*

42 mm Mini-Maxi:
Mainsail Cars, Endstops
42 mm Mini-Maxi travelers bring the ease of dinghy traveler
adjustment to large offshore boats. Cars ride on two rows of
recirculating Torlon® ball bearings and roll freely under high,
nonvertical loads. Custom configurations or cars for
horizontally curved track available on request.

1702

Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.

1708

HC10066

C7513

1707

3068

C5280

3069

C5231

C7152
Blocks not included

Mainsail Travelers
Length
Width
Height
Weight
Part
No.
Description
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
oz
g
95
25/8
67
11/2
38
13
369
1702
Endstop*
33/4
89
25/8
67
21/16
52
15
425
1708
Adjustable stop
31/2
133
25/8
67
31/8
79
29
822
1707
End control/padeye
51/4
143
25/8
67
23/4
70
25
710
3069
End control/footblock/becket
55/8
97
25/8
67
211/16
68
19
528
C7513
Endstop/627 padeye
313/16
98
313/16
97
31/8
79
32
896
C10075 Endstop/648 padeye
37/8
111
43/16
106
91
2574
HC10066 Traveler/HCP1128 toggle
10
254
43/8
111
33/4
95
81
2300
3068
Traveler**
10
254
43/8
111
11
278
221
6275
C5280
Traveler/(2) 3261 blocks
16
406
43/8
111
10
243
192
5443
C5231
Traveler/(2) 3254 blocks
16
406
43/8
412
45/16
110
2
51
129
3644
C7152
Self-tacking car
161/4
*12 mm (1/2") FH fasteners. **See page 34 for replacement balls. Contact Harken to request quote and lead time.

Maximum
working load
lb
kg




7800
3540
2500
1134
4300
1950
7500
3402
8750
3969
8750
3969
12500
5670
10600
4808
11736
5325

Breaking
load
lb
kg




15594
7075
5000
2268
8600
3900
15000
6804
18000
8164
18000
8164
25000 11340
21200
9616
27998 12700

Track
1706
1706
1706
1706
1706
1706
1706
1706
1706
1706
1706

143

42 mm Mini-Maxi:
Genoa Lead Cars, Track

C5900

All cars are available with a plain body, with pinstops,
or puller tangs. Car bodies are made of either hardcoatanodized aluminum or high-luster stainless steel.
Maximum working loads range from 4,082 kg (9000 lb)
to 9000 kg (19842 lb). Custom cars can be designed
to handle higher loads.

C10944

C10741
C10720

Freya, Swan 90S, 27.71 m (90.91'), German Frers, Nautor®'s Swan © Ingrid Abery

42 mm
111/16"

Track
Length
Part
No.
ft/in
m
1706.1.5m* 4'111/16" 1.5
1706.3m* 9'101/8" 3
1706.3.6m* 11'93/4" 3.6
1706.6m* 19'81/4" 6
*First hole 37.5 mm (11/2").

22 mm
7/8"

Hole
spacing
in
mm
215/16
75
215/16
75
215/16
75
215/16
75

Weight
oz
kg
81.5 2.31
163 4.62
195.4 5.54
325.9 9.24

Fasteners
(FH)
in
mm Endstop
3/8
10
1702
3/8
10
1702
3
/8
10
1702
3/8
10
1702

Part
No.
1706

Track bending
Minimum track radius
Horizontal
Vertical
ft
m
ft
m
50 15.25 50 15.25

Cars
Part
No.
C5900
C10944
C10741
C10720

Description
Mini-Maxi lead car/slider rods
Mini-Maxi jib slider/loop block*
Mini-Maxi lead car/puller
Mini-Maxi stainless steel lead car/puller

*Special track required: 50 mm hole spacing.

144

Sheave
Ø
in
mm
140
51/2
4
102
150
529/32
150
529/32

Length
in
mm
12
305
12
305
14
356
14
356

Width
in
mm
215/16
75
88
31/2
215/16
75
215/16
75

Height
in
mm
93/16
233
25/8
67
1011/16 271
1011/16 271

Weight
oz
g
208.11 5900
138 3920
225 6392
402 11407

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
14994 6800
19845 9000
19845 9000
19845 9000

Breaking
load
lb
kg
39242 17800
39600 18000
39672 18000
39672 18000

Track
1706
1706
1706
1706

64 mm Maxi:
Mainsail Cars,
Endstops

64 mm Maxi travelers bring the ease of
dinghy traveler adjustment to large offshore
boats. Cars ride on two rows of recirculating
Torlon® ball bearings and roll freely under
high, nonvertical loads. Custom configurations
or cars for horizontally curved track
available on request.

662

664

C6361

3071

C5160

Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.

C10937

C8441

C8583

Magic Carpet 3, Wally Yachts, Reichel/Pugh © Ingrid Abery

Mainsail Travelers
Sheave
Ø
Part
No. Description
in
mm
C5160 Double pinstop


C6361 Endstop w/689 padeye


662 Endstop*


664 Adjustable stop


75
3071 End control/footblock/becket
215/16
C10937 Traveler w/(2) HC8674 MYB**‡
5
125
150
C8441 Traveler**‡
515/16
150
C8583 Traveler**‡
515/16
* 16 mm (5/8") FH fasteners. **See page 34 for replacement balls.

Maximum
Breaking
Length
Width
Height
Weight
working load
load
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
oz
g
lb
kg
lb
kg
Track
133
33/4
95
29/16
65
38
1077 1900 8618 38000 17232 Custom
51/4
119
33/4
95
31/2
89
37
1048 7800 3540 15600 7075
661
411/16
121
33/4
95
2
51
28.8
816




661
43/4
98
33/4
95
21/2
64
26
737




661
37/8
71/8
181
33/4
95
33/8
86
56
1596 5250 2380 10500 4762
661
132
115/8
295 559.5 15862 21168 9600 42336 19200
661
27
686
53/16
27
686
53/16
132
127/8
327 527.2 14946 21168 9600 42336 19200
661
281/4
718
57/32
132
127/8
327 537.6 15241 21168 9600 42336 19200
661
‡When used in 4:1 system MWL is 13608 kg/30000 lb.
Contact Harken to request quote and lead time.

145

64 mm Maxi: Genoa
Lead Cars, Track

All cars are available with a plain body, with pinstops, or
puller tangs. Car bodies are made of either Hard Lube-anodized
aluminum or high-luster stainless steel. Maximum working
loads range from 9000 kg (19841 lb) to 13000 kg (28660 lb).
Custom cars can be designed to handle higher loads.

C9543

C9368

Block not
included.

C9453

Lady B, 44.7 m (146.7'), Vitters Shipyard, Dubois Naval Architects © Rick Tomlinson

64 mm
21/2"

29 mm
11/8"

Track
Length
Part
No.
ft/in
m
2.1
661.2.1m*
6'1011/16"
3
661.3m*
9'101/8"
6
661.6m*
19'81/4"
*First hole 50 mm (115/16").

Hole spacing
in
mm
315/16
100
315/16
100
315/16
100

Weight
oz
kg
221.5
6.28
316.4
8.97
632.8 17.94

Fasteners (FH)
in
mm
1
/2
12
1/2
12
1/2
12

Endstop
662
662
662

Part
No.
661

Track bending
Minimum track radius
Horizontal
Vertical
ft
m
ft
m
100
30.5
50
15.25

Cars
Sheave
Ø
Length
Part
No. Description
in
mm
in
mm
175
14
356
C9543 Genoa lead/forward pull
67/8
150
12
305
C9368 Slider/dual pinstop
515/16
C9453 Soft attach jib slider**


14
356
**Block sold separately. Contact Harken to request quote and lead time.

146

Width
in
mm
311/16
93
39/16
91
108
41/4

Height
in
mm
1211/16 322
121/4
311
215/16
74

Weight
oz
g
293.8 7462
205.6 5829
140.8 3992

Maximum
Breaking
working load
load
lb
kg
lb
kg
Track
28660 13000 57330 26000
661
19841 9000 39683 18000 Custom
26455 12000 52910 24000
661

Curved Track

1

Track is often bent to follow the cabin house curve or
boom radius. Sometimes track is bent vertically, ends
up, to relieve tension on the sail’s leech as the traveler
car moves off the boat’s centerline.

Vertical bend: ends down
Vertical bend: ends up

2

To perform smoothly and carry the correct load, the
traveler car’s length must suit the track radius. Each
traveler car page has a chart which shows the minimum
radius on which each car will ride. If the load requires
a long car, but the radius will be too tight, consider
using two short cars joined by a coupler.

3
Horizontal bend

Minor bends can often be made when the track is
installed. If the track requires more bend, Harken
can provide horizontal, vertical, or compound curves
to specification for a modest charge. If the bend is
continuous, add 50 - 100 mm (2 - 4") to each end
because track cannot be bent to its ends. Standard
Harken Mini-Maxi and Maxi traveler cars cannot ride
on vertical bends with a radius under 15.25 m (50').

4

Compound
bend

1. Vertical Bend: Ends Down

This bend is used for mainsheet travelers mounted over
the cabin house. The curve matches the crown of the cabin
house and allows the track to clear the companionway
hatch, but minimizes the height of the track risers.

Radius

2. Vertical Bend: Ends Up

Chord length

Some boats use this bend to relieve leech tension when the
traveler car moves off centerline. Ends-up bends are also
used for staysails. Tracks angled forward to face the clew
of the sail mount on risers.

Chord depth

3. Horizontal Bend

Horizontal bends allow the traveler to follow the radius of
the boom as it swings across the boat. The track stays flat
and the ends curve to the boat’s bow or stern. Sometimes
horizontal bends are used for boom vangs and occasionally
for staysails, especially those with booms.

Length
Compound bends
Simple bend Major bend
Simple
Major
Track
Part No.
Part No.
Part No.
Part No.
2707
485*
486*


2709
487
488


373/374/2720/2721/2725/2751
274
275
276
286
1602/R27
1527
1528
1529
1581
R27HB
1530
1531
1532
1582
R32/3159
789
790
791
576
R32HB/1706
792
793
794
577
661
795
795
795
795
Simple bend: track length of 2 m (6'63/4") or less and chord depth less than 200 mm (8").
Major bend: track length of 2.1 m (6'1011/16") or greater or chord depth of 200 mm (8") or greater.
Compound bend: bend in both horizontal and vertical planes.
Compound simple bend: both bends are simple bends.
Compound major bend: one or both bends are major bends.
*Horizontal only. Contact Harken Tech Service for vertical bends.

4. Compound Bend

Compound bends are a combination of a vertical and
horizontal bend. The track curves in the horizontal plane
to follow the radius of the boom, but mounts to a deck
that has a slight crown.

Ordering Information

To order curved traveler track, please specify the following information:
Boat model_________________________

Track part number____________________
Bend part number____________________
Chord length________________________

Check one:

 Vertical bend: ends down
 Vertical bend: ends up
 Horizontal bend: ends forward or aft
 Compound bend:

Chord depth: horizontal _______________

or radius: horizontal __________________

Chord depth: vertical _________________

or radius: vertical ____________________

 Compound bend:

Harken does not cut track to length.

horizontal and vertical (ends down)
Horizontal and vertical (ends up)

147

Aluminum & Stainless
Steel T-Track

3086

Anodized aluminum T-Track features rounded top edges for protection
and impact resistance. Drilled and tapped holes at ends make endstop
installation easy.
32 mm high-performance track black hardcoat-anodized.
It has precise 33 mm pinstop hole spacing.
Stainless steel track is available in 32 and 40 mm. The high-luster finish
makes it ideal for luxury cruisers/racers from 9.5 m - 42 m (33 - 140').

1836
1889

1835

1888

Actual size
32 mm
11/4"
6 mm
1
/4"
16 mm
5/8"

3086

32 mm
11/4"
6 mm
1
/4"
14 mm
9
/16"

1835

40 mm
19/16"

zefìra, 49.7 m (163'), Dubois Naval Architects, © Fitzroy Yachts Ltd, www.fitzroyyachts.com

8 mm
5/16"
21 mm
13/16"

Part
No.

Length
ft/in
m

Pinstop
hole spacing
in
mm

Mounting
hole spacing
in
mm

Weight
oz
kg

Fasteners (FH)
in
mm

Endstop

32 mm Black-Anodized Aluminum T-Track
3086.2m‡
3086.3m‡

6'63/4"
9'101/8"

2
3

315/16
315/16

100
100

315/16
315/16

100
100

63.46
95.22

1.8
2.69

115/16
115/16

50
50

315/16
315/16

100
100

169.31
338.62

4.8
9.6

5 16

/16
/

8
8


/
/

8
8

1836
1836

12
12

1889
1889

5

32 mm Stainless Steel T-Track*
1835.2m‡
1835.4m‡

6'63/4"
13'11/2"

2
4

5 16
5 16

40 mm Stainless Steel T-Track*
1888.2m‡
6'63/4"
2
115/16
50
315/16
100
4
115/16
50
315/16
100
1888.4m‡
13'11/2"
50 mm T-Track available. Contact Harken to request quote and lead time.
148 *Contact Harken to request lead time.

282.91
8

564.37
16

‡First hole 50 mm (115/16").

1888

T-Track
Genoa Lead Cars

T-Track genoa lead cars are used where frequent lead
adjustments are not required. T-Track cars have an integral
pinstop to lock the car into position.
The car’s one-piece, solid aluminum construction is
lightweight and strong. The stainless steel carrier tilts
side-to-side to ensure a fair lead. 40 mm cars have roller/ball
bearing sheaves to improve trimming performance.

C9879

C10101

C9242

Custom accessories such as remote pinstops and adjustable
sliders with tangs to accommodate floating blocks are available.
Contact Harken for information on our complete range.
Note: T-Track genoa lead cars cannot be adjusted under load.

C10901

C10913

CeFeA, Solaris 72 Classic, 21.60 m, Javier Soto Acebal, Cantiere Se.Ri.Gi. © Carlo Borlenghi

GT326S

Part
No.

Description

C5754

C4219
C7788

C7754

Sheave
Ø
in
mm

Length
in
mm

Width
in
mm

2

51

51/8

130

2

51

47/16

113

22.1

626

41/2
41/2
51/2
51/2
6

114
114
140
140
150

9
9
11
11
11

229
229
279
279
279

29/16
29/16
29/16
29/16
29/16

65
65
65
65
65

87/16
87/16
91/4
91/4
103/4

214
214
235
235
273

104.6
104.6
184
188
312

2970
2970
5220
5318
8824

77/8
77/8
77/8
77/8
77/8

200
200
200
200
200

21
14
14
14
14

533
356
356
356
356

4
33/8
33/8
33/8
33/8

102
86
86
86
86

151/2
125/8
135/8
14
135/8

Height
in
mm

Weight
oz
g

Max line
Ø
in
mm

For sheet-loading formulas see page 37.
Maximum
Breaking
working load
load
lb
kg
lb
kg
Track

32 mm T-Track
GT326S

Genoa lead car/pinstop*

1

/2

12

3000

1361

6000

2722

3086

/8
/
7/8
7
/8
1

16
16
22
22
25

12860
8500
19625
19625
15435

5845
3856
8900
8900
7000

25720
17000
39249
39249
44092

11690
7712
17800
17800
20000

1888
B207
1888
1888
1888

395 1489 42222 11/8
321 689 19540 11/8
346 649.03 18400 11/8
356 418 11837 11/8
346 659.61 18700 11/8

28
28
28
28
28

66139
50706
50706
50706
50706

30000
23000
23000
23000
23000

132278
101412
101412
101412
101412

60000
46000
46000
46000
46000

Custom
Custom
Custom
Custom
Custom

40 mm T-Track
C4219
C7788
C5754
C7754
C9577

Genoa slider**‡
Genoa lead car‡
Jib car/maxi sheave**‡
Jib car/maxi sheave/bail**‡
Jib car/pinstop**‡

5

5 8

50 mm T-Track‡‡
C10101
C9879
C9242
C10901
C10913
*Aluminum.

Jib car ‡
Jib car/puller tang/shackle ‡
T-Track slider/puller tang‡
T-Track slider/puller tang*
T-Track slider/puller tang*‡
**Stainless steel track only.

‡Contact Harken to request quote and lead time.

‡‡ 50 mm T-Track available. Contact Harken.

149

Access Rail System

Harken designed the Access Rail system so crews of very large yachts would
have a secure system that allows freedom of movement, and the ability to lock
into position while working outboard along the hull. The Access Rail system is
made up of two joined cars that allow the attachment of the personal suspension and the required fall-arrest systems. Its CE certification is among the
most respected marks in the world and unique in the marine industry.
Linked cars are constructed of strong, lightweight, one-piece solid aluminum.
The pinstop is easy to release, and the car moves smoothly along the track
before locking into another position. Patented wire retaining clips keep balls
captive, making cars easy to load and maintain. Composite corner keepers
help keep ball bearings captive when the car is off the track.
Cars and track come in black hardcoat-anodized or clear-anodized finishes for
corrosion protection, durability, and to match the yacht’s aesthetics. Stainless
steel systems can be special ordered from Harken’s Custom Division.

Pinstop car allows movement of cars
along track. Open to move; close to
lock in place.

Use the IN10567 car when the track is mounted on a brow or angled on
surfaces. The wheel toggle attachment overhangs the edge of the mounting
surface so the side of the hull is not chafed.

1

2

3

Harken exception:
This product is
certified for human
suspension.

The system has two anchorage
points—one anchorage point for a
personal suspension system and the
second for the fall-arrest system. Add
an optional car and coupler to work
as a tool service carrier.

IN9606.CLEAR

IN10567.CLEAR

IN1643.CLR
IN1642.CLEAR

IN9561.CLEAR

IN1650.CLR
Harken exception: This product is certified for human suspension.

150

IN1649
IN1651

Access Rail System
Patented wire retaining clips keep
balls captive, making cars easy to
load and maintain. Composite corner
keepers help keep ball bearings
captive when the car is off the track.
For a cost-effective option, CB+ cars
can be modified to run on Harken
non-CB track.

Photo © TLC Refit & Repairs

M/Y Princess Too photo

Car Assembly
Length
Part
No.
Description
in
mm
IN9606.CLEAR* 27 mm Midrange 2-car Access Rail car assembly with coupler
273
103/4
IN10567.CLEAR* 27 mm Midrange 2-car Access Rail car assembly with wheel toggle
273
103/4
Access Rail cars must only be used with track mounted using 8 mm (5/16") fasteners. Use only endstops listed below.
*To order black hardcoat-anodized, remove “.CLEAR” from end of part number.

Width
in
23/4
515/16

mm
70
150

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
300
136
300
136

Fits
track
IN1643 / IN1650
IN1643 / IN1650

Removable Pinstop & Track Endstop
Part
No.
Description
IN1642.CLEAR* Pinstop
IN9561.CLEAR* 27 mm Midrange track endstops (sold in pairs)
*To order black hardcoat-anodized, remove “.CLEAR” from end of part number.

Length
in
mm
59
25/16
57
21/4"

Width
in
mm
115/16
49
2
51

Weight
oz
g
4.8
136
6
170

Height above
track
in
mm
15/16
33
5
/16
8

Fasteners
in
mm


5
/16 FH
8 FH

Track
Mounting
Length
hole spacing
Fasteners
Part
No.
Description
ft/in
m
in
mm
in
mm
5/16 FH
3
315/16
100
8 FH
IN1643.3m.CLR* 27 mm Midrange pinstop track for countersink fasteners
9'101/16"
5
3.6
315/16
100
/16 FH
8 FH
IN1643.3.6m.CLR* 27 mm Midrange pinstop track for countersink fasteners
11'93/4"
5/16 FH
6
315/16
100
8 FH
IN1643.6m.CLR* 27 mm Midrange pinstop track for countersink fasteners
19'81/4"
5/16 SHCS 8 SHCS
3
315/16
100
IN1650.3m.CLR* 27 mm pinstop track for caphead fasteners
9'101/16"
5/16 SHCS 8 SHCS
3.6
315/16
100
IN1650.3.6m.CLR* 27 mm pinstop track for caphead fasteners
11'93/4"
*To order black hardcoat-anodized, remove “.CLR” or “.CLEAR” from end of part number. **Purchase one splice link for each track section.
Harken exception: This product is certified for human suspension.

Endstop
IN9561.CLEAR*
IN9561.CLEAR*
IN9561.CLEAR*
IN9561.CLEAR*
IN9561.CLEAR*

Splice
link**
IN1649
IN1649
IN1649
IN1651
IN1651

151

NEW FOR 2016
32 mm
Glue-on T-Track
Pages 165, 169
Alice, Centurion 57, Wauquiez Boats, Berret-Racoupeau Yacht Design,
17.4 m (57'2") © Wauquiez

MAINSAIL HANDLING SYSTEMS

Ordering Battcar Systems
P

1. Determine System Size

Components

The four sizes, systems AA, A, B, and C,
are based on sail area (pages 156-163). If
you need to reduce car stack height on
mast, see Switch T-Track Battcar Systems
(pages 164-169).

Endstop, fixed
Track and mounting kit

System
size
AA
A
B
C

Maximum sail area
Monohull
Multihull
ft2
m2
ft2
m2
350
32
275
25
600
56
500
46
900
83
700
65
1940 180 1510 140

E

Mainsail Area
P x E x .5

Typical boat length
Monohull
Multihull
ft
m
ft
m
to 37
to 11.3
to 30
to 9.1
37 - 50 11.3 - 15.2 30 - 40 9.1 - 12.2
50 - 60 15.2 - 18.3 40 - 50 12.2 - 15.2
60 - 90 18.3 - 27 50 - 70 15.2 - 21

2. Determine Track Quantity and Type

Use Mainsail Luff Length chart on each system page to
determine number of track sections.

Headboard
car assembly

Slug-mount: most common. Requires 1 slug-mount kit per
track section. Select slug that matches the mast’s boltrope
groove shape.
Drill-tap: for masts without a boltrope groove. Requires
1 splice link at each track joint.

Intermediate car

3. Choose Endstop Kit

Quick-release: includes screwpin or pinstop endstop for
bottom of mast and fixed endstop for the top.
Fixed: Includes two fixed endstops.

4. Choose Cars

Batten car
options

(Mainsail batten)

OR

Order 1 headboard, 1 Battcar for every full batten, and
use the Intermediate Car Chart to determine number of
intermediate cars.

Battcar/receptacle

Battcar/stud

Intermediate car

CB system: all captive ball bearing components. Lowest
friction system for fast sail hoists, douses, and reefs.
Combination system: CB headboard and Battcars, Slider
intermediate cars. Reduces cost but uses CB in the most
critical load areas.
Slider system: all slider components. Raise and lower sails
without jamming the soil in the groove.
Intermediate Cars
Distance between battens*

Endstop, fixed,
pinstop, or screwpin

ft

m

Intermediate cars
between battens

8 or less

2.4 or less

1

9 - 13
14 - 16

2.7 - 4
4.3 - 4.9

2
3

*Boats without full battens should use 1 intermediate CB or slider car per 1.2 m
(4') and no Battcars.

5. Contact

If you have questions, please contact your dealer or Harken
Technical Service.

153

Delphia 46cc, Delphia Yachts © Bartosz Modelski

CB & SLIDER BATTCAR SYSTEMS
Favored by skippers and crew, Harken Battcar
systems let you raise, douse, and reef the
main instantly from the cockpit, even when
close reaching in a big breeze. Battcar systems
outperform in-mast or in-boom furling, cost far
less, and sails don’t need to be recut. Four
sizes fit monohulls to 27 m (90');
multihulls to 21 m (70').

Strong, corrosion-resistant cars and track
stand up to sun, salt, and time
• One-piece, 6061-T6 aluminum cars
Hard Lube-anodized, UV-stabilized.
• Track is 6061-T6 aluminum, hardcoat-anodized.

Low-friction ball bearing cars
for easy adjustment under load
• High-strength Torlon® ball bearings circulate
smoothly for fast sail hoists, douses, and reefs.
• Batten toggle moves freely in all directions to
prevent sail from binding when reefing under load.

Sails can be raised/lowered without sticking
in mast groove
• Slider cars ride
on low-friction
plastic inserts.

Materials

For properties
see pages 38-39.

6061-T6
aluminum:

Hard Lube-anodized
cars; hardcoatanodized track

Torlon®
thermoplastic:
Ball bearings

DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use.

154

Quick sail removal
• Cars and sails slide off the track by
removing the screwpin endstop—
no tools required.

Easy mast-up installation
• Battcar track screws directly into slugs
that slide into mast groove—no drilling
or tapping.

• Patented CB captive bearings allow
cars to easily roll off track for
cleaning and maintenance.

Cost-effective retrofit options
• CB and slider Battcar systems use
same track; mix and match to
optimize performance and budget.
• CB+ cars can be modified to run on
Harken old-style, non-CB track
produced until 2003; upgrade cars
without replacing track. Look for the
“+” symbol at the end of the car.

• Captive pin features a quick-release
button to remove sail quickly, while
allowing car to remain on mast.

Quick-release
button

Mounting kit

Screwpin
endstop kit

Flanged track

Drill-and-tap track

Variety of mounting options
• Slugs for flat or round mast grooves; 1 kit per track section.
• Screwpin endstops to remove cars and mainsail; 1 kit per system.
• Mount flanged track to carbon spars; track features groove for racing sails
with boltropes or slugs.
• Masts without internal track, attach Harken 13 - 32 mm traveler track
by drilling and tapping the spar.

Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.

155

System AA

Typical boat size:
Monohulls: length to 11.3 m (37');
mainsail area under 32 m2 (350 ft2)
Multihulls: length to 9.1 m (30');
mainsail area under 26 m2 (275 ft2)
About CB and slider Battcar systems: See feature
pages at beginning of this section.

Patented wire retaining clips keep
balls captive, making cars easy to
load and maintain.

3813

Threaded stud and toggle design
handles twisting and angled loads
for quick hoisting and dousing.

Flyer 33, Dijkstra and Partners, Schaap Composites, Flyer Yachts © Flyer Yachts

Cars are easily removed from the
track by freeing the screwpin endstop
and sliding them off.

3815

Part
No.

3814

3816

Length
Description

in

Width
mm

Weight

in

mm

oz

g

19/16
1
19/16
19/16

40
25
40
40

6.7
0.5
1.7
3

188
15
48
85

Max headboard
thickness
in
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

Typical Boat Length: monohulls to 11.3 m (37'); multihulls to 9.1 m (30')
3813
CB headboard car assembly
53/16
3814
Slider intermediate car
13/4
3815
CB intermediate car
23/16
3816
CB Battcar/10 mm stud**
23/16
See page 35 for replacement balls. **Batten receptacle not included.

156

132
44
56
56

1/2


12


440
130
130
220

200
59
59
100

System AA

Mainsail luff length
ft*
m*
19'7" - 26'3"
5.98 - 8.00
26'4" - 33'
8.03 - 10.06
33'1" - 39'9"
10.08 - 12.11
39'10" - 46'5"
12.13 - 14.16

About CB and slider Battcar systems: See feature pages at beginning of this section.

Mast Track: Slug Mount

*Track extends above sail luff. Using screwpin endstop kits will increase lengths.

3817 track mounts to mast using a unique slug system
that allows mast-up installation.
Part
No. Description
3817 Slug-mount track

Length
in
m
2.05
803/4

Weight
oz/ft g/m
2.84 264

Fastener
spacing
in
mm
315/16
100

13 mm
(1/2")
Fastening
method
Mounting slugs

12 mm
(15/32")
17 mm (11/16")

Traveler Track: Drill/Tap

For masts without internal sail track, attach 2707 Micro traveler track by drilling and
tapping the spar. Join track sections with splice links. Order one per track joint. Order
one low-beam endstop (sold in pairs).
Part
No.
2707

Description
Micro track

Splice link
2711

Endstop
2706

Number of 3817
track sections
4
5
6
7

Ordering
information
page 120

3817 Slug-mount track

3818 Mounting kit
3821 Endstop kit/
screwpin

Fastening
method
Drilling and tapping

3819 Mounting kit
3822 Endstop kit/
screwpin
3820 Mounting kit
3823 Endstop kit/
screwpin

13 mm
(1/2")
9 mm
(3/8")
Pogo 30, 9.14 m (30'), Structures, Finot-Conq © Andreas Lindlahr

17 mm (11/16")

Mounting Kits and Endstops

Mounting kit slugs are available for flat or round mast grooves. Order one kit per
track section.

ENDSTOP KIT/SCREWPIN

Use screwpin endstop to easily remove cars and mainsail. Order one kit.
MICRO TRACK ENDSTOP
MOUNTING KIT
KIT/SCREWPIN
3818
3819
3820

3821
3822
3823

3837

Track Mounting Kits: Slug Mount*
Part
No.
3818
3819
3820

Description
Round mast groove
Flat mast groove
Wide flat mast groove

Mounting slug
Length
Weight
in
mm
oz
g
3/4
19
.14
4
3/4
19
.17
5
3/4
19
.25
6

2707 Micro traveler
track

Mounting
slugs/kit
19
19
19

Connector slug
Length
Weight
in
mm
oz
g
25/8
67
.54
15
25/8
67
.60
17
25/8
67
.94
23

Fits flat mast groove gap
Min
Max
in
mm
in
mm




5/16
7/16
8
11
7/16
1/2
11
13

Connector
slugs/kit
1
1
1

Endstop Kits: Slug Mount & Drill/Tap*
Part
No.
Description
3821
Round mast groove/screwpin
3822
Flat mast groove/screwpin
3823
Wide flat mast groove/screwpin
3837
Micro track/screwpin
*Includes M4 x .7 x 20 or 25 mm fasteners.

Track end length
in
mm
6
152
6
152
6
152
6
152

Weight
oz
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.2

g
70
70
70
62

Mounting slugs/kit
2
2
2

157

System A

Typical boat size:
Monohulls: length 11.3 - 15.2 m (37 - 50');
mainsail area under 56 m2 (600 ft2)
Multihulls: length 9.1 - 12.2 m (30 - 40');
mainsail area under 46 m2 (500 ft2)
About CB and slider Battcar systems: See feature pages
at beginning of this section.

Vintage, Rivolta 43, Stephens Waring Yacht Design,
13.10 m (43') © Billy Black

3811

3881

3882

3883

3830

3831

3812

3828

1777

3829

CB BALL BEARING CARS

3827
SLIDER CARS

Part
No.

Description

3803

3802

Length
in
mm

Width
in
mm

Weight
oz
g

Max headboard
thickness
in
mm

Max batten
Width
Ø
in
mm
in
mm

Batten

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

CB Cars: Typical Boat Length: Monohulls 11.3 - 15.2 m (37 - 50'); Multihulls 9.1 - 12.2 m (30 - 40')
3811*
3812*
3829*
3830*
3881
3831
3882
3883

Headboard car assembly
Intermediate car
Battcar/10 mm stud**
Battcar/40 mm receptacle
Battcar/12 mm stud**
Universal Battcar**
Long batten car/12mm stud**
Reef car

83/8
21/4
27/8
27/8
27/8
27/8
41/8
41/8

213
57
73
73
73
73
105
105

21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4

57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57

18
4
6
9
6.4
4.3
8.2
6.1

518
109
157
253
182
122
232
174

/






9 16

14









15/8






41






5/8






16






Flat/round



1600

725

600
600
600
600
875
875

272
272
272
272
397
397

Slider Cars: Typical Boat Length: Monohulls 11.3 - 15.2 m (37 - 50'); Multihulls 9.1 - 12.2 m (30 - 40')

158

9/16
3827 Headboard car assembly
6
153
13/8
35
10
269
14





1600
32
1.1
32







200
1777 Low-load intermediate car‡
2
51
11/4
44
13/8
35
1.6
45







350
3828 Intermediate car
13/4
44
13/8
35
2.8
80







350
3802 Battcar/10 mm stud**
13/4
5/8
44
13/8
35
6.4
181


15/8
41
16
Flat/round
350
3803 Battcar/40 mm receptacle
13/4
See page 35 for replacement balls. *Available as a non-CB car on a car loader to run on a non-CB style track supplied before 2003. Add .NW to end of part number.
2
2
2
2
‡ Max. sail area: Monohull 33 m (350 ft ), Multihull 28 m (300 ft ). **Batten receptacle not included.

725
91
159
159
159

System A

Mainsail luff length
ft*
m*
26'4" - 33'
8.03 - 10.06
33'1" - 39'9"
10.08 - 12.11
39'10" - 46'5"
12.13 - 14.16
46'6" - 53'2"
14.19 - 16.21
53'3" - 59'11"
16.24 - 18.26

About CB and slider Battcar systems: See feature pages at beginning of this section.

Mast Track

*Track extends above sail luff. Using screwpin endstop kits will increase lengths.

3807 track mounts to mast using a unique slug system
that allows mast-up installation.

22 mm (7/8")

Use flanged track when mounting to carbon spars. Track
features a groove for racing sails with boltropes or slugs.
Part
No.
3807
3878.2M
3878.6M

Description
Slug-mount track
Flanged track
Flanged track

Length
in
m
2.05
803/4
2
783/4
6
2361/4

Weight
oz/ft g/m
4.44 413
6.7
626
6.7
626

13 mm
(1/2")

Fastener
spacing
in
mm
415/16
125



3807 Slug-mount track

Fastening
method
Mounting slugs
Adhesive
Adhesive

3804 Mounting kit
3808 Endstop kit/fixed
3824 Endstop kit/screwpin
3805 Mounting kit
3809 Endstop kit/fixed
3825 Endstop kit/screwpin

Traveler Track: Drill/Tap

For masts without internal sail track, attach 2720 Small Boat traveler track by
drilling and tapping the spar. Join track sections with splice links. Order one per
track section. Order one low-beam endstop (sold in pairs).
Part
No.
2720

Description
Small Boat track

Number of 3807
track sections
5
6
7
8
9

Splice link
2724

Endstop
263

Ordering
information
page 122

3806 Mounting kit
3810 Endstop kit/fixed
3826 Endstop kit/screwpin

Fastening
method
Drilling and tapping

22 mm
(7/8")
12 mm
(1/2")

Mounting Kits and Endstops

2720 Small Boat traveler track

Mounting kit slugs are available for flat or
round mast grooves. Order one kit per
track section.

MOUNTING KIT

45 mm
(13/4")

ENDSTOP KIT/FIXED

3804
3805
3806

3878
Flanged track

16 mm
(5/8")

Use screwpin endstop to easily remove
cars and mainsail. Order one kit only.

ENDSTOP KIT/SCREWPIN

3808
3809
3810

3824
3825
3826

Track Mounting Kits: Slug Mount*
Part
No.
3804
3805
3806

Description
Round mast groove
Flat mast groove
Wide flat mast groove**

Mounting slug
Length
Weight
in
mm
oz
g
3/4
19
.14
4
3/4
19
.17
5
3/4
19
.25
6

Mounting
slugs/kit
15
15
15

Connector slug
Length
Weight
in
mm
oz
g
25/8
67
.54
15
25/8
67
.60
17
25/8
67
.94
23

Fits flat mast groove gap
Min
Max
in
mm
in
mm




5/16
7/16
8
11
7/16
5/8
11
16

Connector
slugs/kit
1
1
1

Endstop Kits: Slug Mount*
Part
No.
Description
3808
Round mast groove/fixed (pair)
3809
Flat mast groove/fixed (pair)
3810
Wide flat mast groove/fixed (pair)**
3824
Round mast groove/screwpin
3825
Flat mast groove/screwpin
3826
Wide flat mast groove/screwpin**
*Includes M5 X .8 X 20/25 mm or 25 mm fasteners.

Track end length
in
mm






8
203
8
203
8
203
**For Selden mast slugs contact Harken.

Weight
oz
.5
.52
.67
5.4
5.5
6.1

g
14
15
19
155
157
174

Mounting slugs/kit
2
2
2
3
3
3

159

System B

Typical boat size:
Monohulls: length 15.2 - 18.3 m (50 - 60');
mainsail area under 83 m2 (900 ft2)
Multihulls: length 12.2 - 15.2 m (40 - 50');
mainsail area under 65 m2 ( 700 ft2)

3861

3862

About CB and slider Battcar systems: See feature pages at
beginning of this section.

Aluminum web-on headboard plates are easy for
sailmakers to install. Plates have radiused edges to
protect the sail and fit 25 mm (1") webbing strap. Holes
threaded into plates accept 416 cheek blocks for leech
line. Web-on plates are required for the 3852 System
B CB headboard car. Sold separately.

3856
3857
3879

3852
3859

3860

3863

CB BALL BEARING CARS

3836

3834
3835
3833

Pelagic Australis, Pelagic Expeditions © Skip Novak

SLIDER CARS
Part
No.

Description

Length
in
mm

Width
in

Weight
mm

oz

g

Max headboard
thickness
in
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

CB Cars: Typical Boat Length: Monohulls 15.2 - 18.3 m (50 - 60'); Multihulls 12.2 - 15.2 m (40 - 50')
12







3200
524
1260
1260
1260
1260
1600

1450
238
571
571
571
571
725

9/16
3833
Headboard car assembly†
71/2
190
111/16
42
14.8
420
16
56
111/16
42
2.9
82


3836
Intermediate car
23/16
56
111/16
42
4.5
128


3834
Battcar/10 mm stud**
23/16
56
111/16
42
4.9
140


3835
Battcar/12 mm stud**
23/16
*Available as a non-CB car on a car loader to run on a non-CB style track supplied before 2004. Add .NW to end of part number.
‡ Contact Harken for headboard plate for non CB systems. **Batten receptacle not included. †Fits standard sailmaker-supplied headboard.

3200
1260
1260
1260

1450
570
570
570

3852*
3863*
3856*
3857
3879
3859
3860
3861
3862

Headboard car assembly
Intermediate car
Battcar/10 mm stud**
Battcar/12 mm stud**
Battcar/14 mm stud**
Universal Battcar**
Reef car
Web-on headboard plate ‡
Web-on headboard plate/flat-top ‡

101/2
29/16
41/4
41/4
41/4
41/4
53/16
63/4
513/16

267
68
108
108
108
108
132
172
148

23/4
23/4
23/4
23/4
23/4
23/4
23/4
63/8
63/16

70
70
70
70
70
70
70
161
157

41.4
6.8
14.3
14.6
15.1
12.3
14.4
10.3
11.2

1173
191
406
413
429
348
408
292
317

/16







7

Slider Cars: Typical Boat Length: Monohulls 15.2 - 18.3 m (50 - 60'); Multihulls 12.2 - 15.2 m (40 - 50')

160

System B

27 mm (11/16")
Mainsail luff length
Number of 3844
ft*
m*
track section
39'10" - 46'6"
12.13 - 14.17
7
46'7" - 53'3"
14.19 - 16.23
8
53'4" - 60'
16.25 - 18.29
9
60'1" - 66'9"
18.31 - 20.35
10
66'10" - 73'6"
20.37 - 22.44
11
*Track extends above sail luff. Using screwpin endstop kits will
increase lengths.

About CB and Slider Battcar
Systems: see feature pages
at beginning of this section.

14 mm
9
/16"

3845 Mounting kit
3847 Endstop kit/pinstop
3850 Endstop kit/fixed

Mast Track

3844 track mounts to mast using a unique slug system that allows mast-up installation.

3846 Mounting kit
3848 Endstop kit/pinstop
3851 Endstop kit/fixed

Use flanged track when mounting to carbon spars. Track features a groove for
racing sails with boltropes or slugs. Use C10879 endstop feeder kit to easily
raise sails with boltropes.
Fastener
Length
Weight
spacing
Part
No.
Description
in
m
oz/ft
g/m
in
mm
5.66
527
315/16
100
3844
Slug-mount track
811/8 2.06
2
12
1119


3849.2M Flanged track
783/4
6
12
1119


3849.6M Flanged track
2361/4
.4
22.4
636
215/16
75
C10879 Endstop/feeder kit*
153/4
*Use with 3849 flanged track. Contact Harken for price and lead time.

Fastening
method
Mounting slugs
Adhesive
Adhesive
Fasteners/adhesives

3864 Mounting kit
3865 Endstop kit/fixed
3866 Endstop kit/pinstop
27 mm
11/16"
14 mm
9/16"

Traveler Track: Drill/Tap

For masts without internal sail track, attach R27 Midrange traveler track by drilling
and tapping the spar. Join track sections with splice links. Order one per track
section. Order one low-beam endstop (sold in pairs).
Part
No.
R27

Description
Midrange track

Slug-mount
track

3844

Splice link
1619

Endstop
E2700

Ordering
information
Page 127

R27

25 mm
1"

Fastening
method
Drilling and tapping

Midrange
traveler track

21 mm
13
/16"

Mounting Kits and Endstops

Mounting kit slugs are available for flat or round mast grooves.
Order one kit per track section.
Use pinstop endstop to easily remove cars and mainsail. Order
one kit only.
3850
3851
3865

3849
Flanged track

51 mm (2")

3847
3848
3866

C10879

3845
3846
3864
MOUNTING KIT

ENDSTOP KIT/FIXED

ENDSTOP KIT/SCREWPIN

ENDSTOP/FEEDER KIT

Track Mounting Kits: Slug Mount*
Part
No.
3845
3846
3864

Description
Round mast groove
Flat mast groove
Flat mast groove‡

Mounting slug
Length
Weight
in
mm
oz
g
7/8
22
.43
12
7/8
22
.56
16
7
/8
22
.48
14

Mounting
slugs/kit
19
19
19

Connector slug
Length
Weight
in
mm
oz
g
3
76
1.27
36
3
76
1.71
48
3
76
1.29
37

Fits flat mast groove gap
Min
Max
in
mm
in
mm
7/16
5/8
11
16
7/16
5/8
11
16
3
7
/8
9.5
/16
11

Connector
slugs/kit
1
1
1

Endstop Kits: Slug Mount*
Track end length
Weight
Part
No.
Description
in
mm
oz
241
8.3
3847
Round mast groove/pinstop
91/2
241
11.3
3848
Flat mast groove/pinstop
91/2
3850
Round mast groove/fixed (pair)


3.3
3851
Flat mast groove/fixed (pair)


3.7
3865
Flat mast groove/fixed‡


3.5
241
11.1
3866
Flat mast groove/pinstop‡
91/2
*Includes M6 x 1.0 x 20 or 30 mm fasteners; weights include fasteners; not for flanged track. ‡For Selden mast section C installations.

g
234
322
94
105
100
316

Mounting slugs/kit
3
3
2
2
2
3

161

System C

Typical boat size:
Monohulls: length 18.3 - 27 m (60 - 90');
mainsail area under 180 m2 (1940 ft2)
Multihulls: length 15.2 - 21 m (50 - 70');
mainsail area under 140 m2 ( 1510 ft2)
About CB and slider Battcar systems: see feature pages
at beginning of this section.

3876

3877

Aluminum web-on headboard plates are easy for sailmakers
to install. Plates have radiused edges to protect the sail and fit
25 mm (1" ) webbing strap. Holes threaded into plates accept
416 cheek blocks for leech line. Web-on plates are required
for the 3867 System C CB headboard car. Sold separately.

MC260, 18.28 m, Renaud Bañuls, McConaghy/mc2 catamarans © McConaghy

3867

Part
No.

3868
3869
3870

3872

Length
Description

in

Width
mm

in

3873

Weight
mm

oz

g

107
17
29
30
31
24
38
29
43

2980
493
834
844
860
676
1071
828
1343

3871

Max headboard
thickness
in
mm

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

CB Cars: Typical Boat Length: Monohulls 18.3 - 27 m (60 - 90'); Multihulls 15.2 - 21 m (50 - 70')
3867
Headboard car assembly*
3871
Intermediate car
3868
Battcar/12 mm stud**
3869
Battcar/14 mm stud**
3870
Battcar/16 mm stud**
3872
Universal Battcar**
3873
Reef car
3876
Web-on headboard plate*
3877
Web-on headboard plate/flat-top*
*Contact Harken for headboard plate for older systems.

162

185/8
473
33/8
96
33/8
33/4
136
33/8
53/8
136
33/8
53/8
136
33/8
53/8
136
33/8
53/8
231
33/8
91/8
268
715/16
109/16
273
111/8
103/4
**Batten receptacle not included.

85
85
85
85
85
85
85
201
282

/16






1
/2
1/2

9

15





—13
13

6300
1530
2100
2100
2100
2100
3150

2858
695
953
953
953
953
1429

System C

Mainsail luff length
ft*
m*
53'8" - 60'5"
16.36 - 18.42
60'6" - 67'3"
18.45 - 20.50
67'4" - 74'1"
20.53 - 22.58
74'2" - 80'11"
22.61 - 24.66
81' - 87'9"
24.69 - 26.74
87'10" - 94'7"
26.77 - 28.82
94'8" - 101'5"
28.85 - 30.90

About CB and slider Battcar systems: See
feature pages at beginning of this section.

*Track extends above sail luff. Using screwpin endstop kits will increase lengths.

Mast Track

32 mm
11/4"

3853 track mounts to mast using a unique slug system that allows
mast-up installation.
Use flanged track when mounting to carbon spars. Track features
a groove for racing sails with boltropes or slugs.
Part
No.
3853
3858.2M
3858.6M

Description
Slug-mount track
Flanged track
Flanged track

Number of 3853
track sections
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Length
in
m
8115/16 2.08
2
783/4
6
2361/4

Weight
oz/ft
g/m
9.28
863
17.38 1619
17.38 1619

Fastener
spacing
in
mm
315/16
100



19 mm
3/4"

Fastening
method
Mounting slugs
Adhesive
Adhesive

3853 Slug-mount track
3854 Mounting kit
3855 Endstop kit/fixed
3875 Endstop kit/pinstop
32 mm
11/4"

Traveler Track: Drill/Tap

For masts without internal sail track, attach R32 Big Boat traveler track by drilling
and tapping the spar. Join track sections with splice links. Order one per track
section. Order one low-beam endstop (sold in pairs).
Part
No.
R32

Description
Big Boat track

Splice link
3153

Endstop
E3200

Ordering
information
page 133

Fastening
method
Drilling and tapping

19 mm
3/4"

30 mm
13/16"

R32 Big Boat
traveler track

Mounting Kits and Endstops

24 mm
15/16"

Mounting kit slugs are available for flat mast
grooves. Order one kit per track section.
Use pinstop endstop to easily remove cars
and mainsail. Order one kit only.

58.4 mm ( 25/16")

3858 Flanged track

ENDSTOP KIT/SCREWPIN
MOUNTING KIT

ENDSTOP KIT/FIXED

3854

3875

3855

Track Mounting Kits: Slug Mount
Part
No.
3854

Description
Flat mast groove

Mounting slug
Length
Weight
in
mm
oz
g
1
25
.60
17

Mounting
slugs/kit
19

Connector slug
Length
Weight
in
mm
oz
g
41/8
105
2.49
70

Connector
slugs/kit
1

Fits flat mast groove gap
Min
Max
in
mm
in
mm
17/32
5/8
13
16

Endstop Kits: Slug Mount
Part
No.
Description
3855
Flat mast groove/fixed (pair)*
3875
Flat mast groove/pinstop*
M8 x 1.25 x 40 mm fasteners. *Not for flanged track.

Track end length
in
mm


17
432

Weight
oz
16
30

g
454
853

Mounting slugs/kit
2
5

163

Elfje, Royal Huisman, Hoek © Ingrid Abery

SWITCH T-TRACK BATTCAR SYSTEMS
Harken’s award-winning Switch T-Track Battcar system cuts the stack
height of mainsails on large yachts by half, making it much easier for
crew to put on sail covers and to connect/disconnect halyards. This
simple, yet sophisticated switch system neatly stacks cars side-by-side
on top of the boom. The unique switch plate has no moving parts,
ensuring an exceptionally reliable and efficient product. Available
in 18, 26, 32, and 50 mm sizes for monohulls 11 m (37') to over
43 m (140'); multihulls 9 m (30') to over 27 m (90').

Switch track cuts stack height in half
• Neatly flakes mainsail cars side-by-side on top of
the boom; stores cars on parallel tracks at bottom
of mast.
• Headboard cars articulate, pass through switch for
further stack height reduction (26, 32, and 50 mm).

Stand up to sun, salt, and time
• 18 mm high-load, 26, 32, and 50 mm aluminum
cars Hard Lube-anodized, UV-stabilized for durability.
• Standard 18 mm cars fiber-reinforced,
UV-stabilized, lubricated composite for maximum
protection and low wear.
Materials

For properties
see pages 38-39.

• Aluminum track hardcoat-anodized for a
long-lasting surface.
• Switch plate has no moving parts to break.

6061-T6
aluminum:

Hard Lube-anodized
cars; hardcoatanodized track

Do not use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use.

164

18 mm
system

Low-friction components
• Cars run on low-friction plastic slides.
• Switch plate with no moving parts
minimizes friction.

26, 32,
50 mm
system

Easy installation/removal of cars
• Gate tracks for 26, 32, 50 mm cars
feature easy-to-remove fasteners to
load/unload cars.
• 18 mm switch track uses screwpin
stops and stop at masthead for easy
car removal.

Optional Trysail Switch system
reduces weight aloft
• Integrates trysail with mainsail switch
systems; shares track.
• Cars switch automatically—only
trysail cars travel onto the trysail
track; mainsail cars pass through
to switch and storage tracks.
• All track is hardcoat-anodized.
• Available in 26, 32, and 50 mm sizes.

18 mm slugmount kit

18, 26, 32, 50 mm drill-and-tap track

32 mm glue-on track

Variety of mounting options
• 18 mm slug-mount track fits masts with sail grooves for mast-up installation. Boats
under 12.2 m (40') use standard slug-mount track; boats over 12.2 m (40') require
high-load slug-mount tracks at full hoist and all reef point headboard locations.
Round, flat, or wide flat mast grooves.
• 18, 26, 32, 50 mm drill/tap track and switches fit masts without sail grooves; large sail
areas use long switches to handle more cars; join track sections with splice links.
• 32 mm glue-on track bonds to mast for reduced weight aloft; works with existing
bolt-on components; eliminates majority of track fasteners for lighter-weight system.

165

Xc 42, Niels Jeppensen © X-Yachts

18 mm Switch
T-Track Battcar
Systems

Fits boats:
18 mm: Monohulls: 11 - 13.5 m (37 - 45');

Multihulls: 9 - 10.5 m (30 - 35');
18 mm high-load:

Monohulls 13.5 - 15 m (45 - 50');

Multihulls 10.5 - 12 m (35 - 40')
About Switch T-Track Battcar systems: see feature pages at
beginning of this section.

Cut car stack height in half by
flaking the sail alternately to port
and starboard of the boom.

HC7906

BATTCAR

Q&A

WHY DO I WANT A SWITCH
BATTCAR SYSTEM?
A Switch Battcar system cuts stack
height in half, so putting on a sail
cover or connecting/disconnecting
your halyard is a much easier task.
The patented system works by
alternately dropping mainsail cars
onto port and starboard storage
racks. Headboard cars articulate
and pass through the switch,
reducing stack height even more.

HC7905

HC8537

HC7905HL

HC7904HL
HC8537HL

INTERMEDIATE CARS

HC7906HL
HEADBOARD CARS

BATTEN CARS

Cars
Part
No.

Description

Length
in
mm

Width
in
mm

Weight
oz

g

Max headboard
thickness
in
mm

Maximum sail area
Monohull
Multihull
m2
ft2
m2
ft2

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

18 mm
HC7906
HC7905
HC8537

Headboard car
Intermediate car
Batten car/10 mm stud

73/16
21/2
21/2

198
63
63

121/32
121/32
121/32

42
42
42

12.8
1.6
3.2

359
45
91

9 16

/

14

450
450
450

40
40
40

325
325
325

30
30
30

700
300
300

318
103
103

73/16
21/2
21/2
21/2

198
63
63
63

121/32
121/32
121/32
121/32

42
42
42
42

14.4
3.2
4.9
4.8

408
91
139
136

9 16

/


14


610
610
610
610

55
55
55
55

500
500
500
500

45
45
45
45

1600
600
600
600

725
272
272
272

18 mm High-Load (HL)
HC7906HL
HC7905HL
HC7904HL
HC8537HL

166

Headboard car
Intermediate car
Batten car/12 mm stud
Batten car/10 mm stud

18 mm Switch T-Track
Battcar Systems
For masts with sail grooves, 18 mm slug-mount
track uses a unique system that allows mast-up
installation. Use high-load slug-mount tracks on
boats over 12.2 m (40') at sail headboard locations
at full hoist and when sail is reefed. Drill/tap track
and switches fit masts without sail grooves. Join
drill/tap track sections with splice links. Order one
per track section. Boats with larger sail areas
should use long switches to accommodate
more cars.

18 mm
11
/16"

4 mm
5
/32"

15 mm
19
/32"
21 mm
27
/32"

Mounting Kits and Endstops

Slug mounting kits are available for flat or round
mast grooves. Order one kit per track section.

HC9106

HC8918

HC9107

HC8919

HC8800
HC8811
18 mm
11
/16"
12.7 mm
1
/2"

Switch track includes screwpin stops for easy car
and sail removal below switch. Stop at masthead
also included.

HC9108

HC8921

4 mm
5
/32"

HC7827
HC9597

About Switch T-Track Battcar systems: see feature pages at
beginning of this section.

HC8230
HC8918
HC8919
HC8921

HC9106
HC9107
HC9108

HC8800
HC8811

HC8798
HC8799

SLUG MOUNT

HC7827

Mounting Kits: Slug Mount
Part
No.

Description

Mounting slug
Length
Weight
in mm oz
g

Connector slug
Weight
Mounting Length
g
slugs/kit in mm oz

Connector
slugs/kit

HC10417

Flat mast groove gap
Min
Max
in mm in mm

Switch Mounting Kits
HC8918
HC8919
HC8921

Round mast groove
Flat mast groove
Wide flat mast groove

2
13/4
13/4

51
45
45

.32
.28
.56

9
8
16

3
3
3












/
7/16
5 16


8
11


/
5/8

7 16


11
16

Track Mounting Kits
3/4
HC9106 Round mast groove
19 .14 4
19
25/8 67 .54 15
1
— — — —
3
/4
19 .14 4
10
— — — —

— — — —
HC9702 Round mast groove, extras*
3/4
5/16
19 .17 5
19
25/8 67 .60 17
1
8 7/16 11
HC9107 Flat mast groove
3/4
5/16
19 .17 5
10
— — — —

8 7/16 11
HC9703 Flat mast groove, extras*
3
7
/4
19 .25 6
19
25/8 67 .94 23
1
/16 11 5/8 16
HC9108 Wide flat mast groove
3/4
7/16
19 .25 6
10
— — — —

11 5/8 16
HC9704 Wide flat mast groove, extras*
*Extra slug kit for HC8811 track. Order one kit in addition to HC9106, HC9107 or HC9108 for sail headboard location at full hoist and when
sail is reefed.

Track
Length

Fastener
spacing
mm

in

mm

in

mm

24
333/4
8013/16
8013/16

610
857
2051
2051

25/8
25/8
27/32
27/32

67
67
21
21

32
47
27
26

907
1336
758
748

5
5
5
5



100
50

HC10417 Switch**
333/4
HC7827 3 m T-Track
1181/8
HC9597 2 m T-Track/high load
78 3/4
7/8
HC8230 Splice link
**Switch may be shortened to 605 mm (2313/16").

857
3000
2000
22

3
/
23/32
1/8

76
18
18
3.2

26.7
38.9
25.5
.02

758
1106
723
.57

5
5
5

75
75
50

Description

Width

Fasteners
mm

Weight
oz
g

Part
No.

Slug Mount
HC8798
HC8799
HC8800
HC8811

Switch/short
Switch/long
T-Track
T-Track/high-load

Drill/Tap
23 32

DRILL/TAP
167

26 mm, 32 mm,
50 mm Switch T-Track
Battcar Systems

HC7493

INTERMEDIATE CARS

HEADBOARD
CAR ASSEMBLY

Patented Battcar switch systems cut sail stack height in half
by automatically splitting cars onto two tracks.

HC9045 and HC9046
use 3876 or 3877
headboard plates.†

Use HC8879 and HC8880 for headboard reefed position. See
page 169. Gate track is removed to load and unload cars.

HC7322
C7811

HC9045
HC9046
C9475

Spherical bushings let headboard cars pass through switch.

HEADBOARD PLATES

Fits Boats:
26 mm: Monohulls: 15 - 24 m (50 - 80')

Multihulls: 12 - 18 m (40 - 60')
32 mm: Monohulls: 24 - 43 m (80 - 140')

Multihulls: 18 - 27 m (60 - 90')
50 mm: Monohulls: over 43 m (140');

Multihulls: over 27 m (90')

3876

REEF CARS

About Switch T-Track Battcar systems: see feature pages at
beginning of this section.

BATTEN CARS

HC8076
C9313

HC7325

3877
C9673
TACK CAR

HC7324

HC8125
HC8099
C9314

HC7316
C7814
C9299

HC8098

Cars
Part
No.

Description

Length
in
mm

Width
in
mm

Weight
oz
g

Max headboard
thickness
in
mm

Maximum sail area
Monohull
Multihull
m2
ft2
m2
ft2

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

26 mm
HC9045
HC7493
HC7324
HC7325
HC8125

Headboard car*
Intermediate car
Batten car/12 mm stud
Reef car*
Tack car

105/8
23/8
215/16
317/32
317/32

270
60
75
90
90

23/8
23/8
23/8
23/8
43/8

60
60
60
60
111.2

34.3
5.6
8.8
7.2
14.4

973
159
250
205
409

Headboard car*
Intermediate car
Batten car/12 mm stud
Batten car/14 mm stud
Reef car*
Tack car

11
215/16
317/32
317/32
417/32
417/32

280
75
90
90
115
115

23/4
23/4
23/4
23/4
23/4
53/16

70
70
70
70
70
132

44.7
10.4
11.2
11.2
14.4
29.2

1266
297
319
319
409
830

Intermediate car**
Batten car/16 mm stud**
Batten car/18 mm stud**
Reef car**
Tack car**
Headboard car**

315/16
59/16
59/16
77/8
77/8
173/4

100
141
141
200
200
450

45/16
45/16
45/16
45/16
81/16
45/16

110
110
110
110
205.3
110

36.8
60.8
63
168
168
214

1043
1724
1782
4763
4763
6078

21

/32



17



1730
1730
1730
1730
1730

160
160
160
160
160

1300
1300
1300
1300
1300

120
120
120
120
120

4500
1000
1500
2100
3800

2045
455
682
955
1727

21 32

/




17




3780
3780
3780
3780
3780
3780

350
350
350
350
350
350

2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400

225
225
225
225
225
225

8000
2800
4000
4000
6000
7900

3635
1273
1818
1818
2722
3590






1






25

3780 +
3780 +
3780 +
3780 +
3780 +
3780 +

350 +
350 +
350 +
350 +
350 +
350 +

2400 +
2400 +
2400 +
2400 +
2400 +
2400 +

275 +
275 +
275 +
275 +
275 +
275 +

4500
7500
7500
12500
19842
16500

2045
3408
3408
5670
9000
7500

32 mm
HC9046
HC7322
HC8098
HC7316
HC8076
HC8099

50 mm
C7811
C7814
C9299
C9313
C9314
C9475

Headboard plates

168

1/2
3876
Web-on headboard plate†
105/8
269
715/16
201
33.8 958.4
13




Fits HC9045/HC9046
1/2
273
111/8
282
43
1343
13




Fits HC9045/HC9046
3877
Web-on headboard plate/flat-top† 103/4
394
163/8
416
195
5498
1
25.4




Fits C9475
C9673
Web-on headboard plate†
151/2
*May increase mwl by using track with closer hole spacing; contact Harken. **Allow 8 weeks lead time. †Contact Harken for headboard plate for older systems and boats
with sail areas at the high and low ends of the size range. If your boat or sail area is larger than the lengths and sail areas listed, please contact Harken.

NEW

HC11662, HC11663

Switch T-Track Battcar
Systems: 26 mm,
32 mm, 50 mm

Switch

4 mm (5/32")

HC8147
HC8148
HC8149
HC8150

HC8147/HC8148
HC7466/HC8221
32 mm
11/4"

HC7466 HC8880
HC8221 C7808
HC8879 C8196
HC7391 C8228
HC8226

6 mm (1/4")
20 mm
13
/16"

HC8149/HC8150
HC7391/HC8226

HC8222
HC8227
C8229

50 mm
131/32"

1522ASSY
548ASSY

9 mm
11/32"

32 mm
11/4"

Cars alternate
automatically.

HC11662
HC11663

26 mm
11/32"

16 mm
5
/8"

Gate track

HC8220
HC7382
C7807

C8217

C7808
C8196
C8228

HC10060

Track & Accessories
Part
No.

Length
in
mm

Description

Width
in
mm

Weight
oz
g

Fasteners
mm

Fastener
spacing
mm

26 mm
HC8220
HC8147
HC8148
HC10060
HC7466
HC8879
HC8221
HC8222
1522ASSY

Switch*
500 mm storage track*
725 mm storage track*
725 mm double storage track*
3 m T-Track*
2 m T-Track/high-load*
Gate track*
Splice link
Endstop

251/4
1911/16
2817/32
2817/32
1181/8
783/4
1113/16

25/32

641
500
725
725
3000
2000
300

55

4
11/32
11/32
311/16
11/32
11/32
11/32
11/32
117/32

102
26
26
93.3
26
26
26
26
39

43.1
10.2
14.8
57.2
61.1
40.3
6.1
0.1

1225
291
419
1623
1736
1141
174
3

6
6
6
6
6
6
6


50
50
50
75
50
75

Switch*
800 mm storage track*
1025 mm storage track*
3 m T-Track*
2 m T-Track/high-load*
Gate track*
Splice link
Glue-on track/high-load
Glue-on track
Endstop

281/2
311/2
4011/32
1181/8
783/4
1113/16

743/4
1531/2
227/32

724
800
1025
3000
2000
300

1899
3899
72

5
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4

11/4
11/4
21/32

127
32
32
32
32
32

32
32
52

72.8
25.6
32.8
96.2
63.1
9.6
0.2
62.1
136.2

2068
728
933
2734
1790
273
5
1760
3860

8
8
8
8
8
8

8
8


50
50
75
50
75

50
3850

198.44
50
50
50

94

276
232
464
23
0.46
19

7838
6589
13173
659
13
537

12
12
12
12

12


75
75
75

32 mm
HC7382
HC8149
HC8150
HC7391
HC8880
HC8226
HC8227
HC11662
HC11663
548ASSY

50 mm
C7807
Switch*‡
C7808
3 m T-Track*‡
C8196
6 m T-Track*‡
C8228
Gate track*‡
C8229
Splice link ‡
C8217
Endstop*‡
*Available in black or clear anodized.

441/2
1134
713/16
3000
131/32
1181/8
6000
131/32
2361/4
300
131/32
1113/16



70
323/32
2 3/4
‡Allow 8 weeks lead time.

Storage
tracks

169

Trysail Switch System

The Trysail Switch allows the mainsail and trysail to share a single
track, greatly reducing weight aloft. This asymmetrical switch
installs above the standard system and provides a crossover for
trysail cars to utilize the mainsail track. The trysail cars are loaded
at deck level and travel past the gooseneck and flaked mainsail
onto the mainsail track. Switching of the cars is totally automatic;
only trysail cars can travel onto the trysail track, while the mainsail
cars pass through to the standard switch and storage tracks.

Track

Use standard Switch system T-Track (see page 169).
The track’s compound bend wraps around the mast section so
cars pass next to the mainsail cars on the storage tracks, past the
gooseneck and down to the deck. There, crew can safely load the
trysail onto the track and raise the sail, leaving the mainsail flaked
on the boom.
The compound track bend is determined by installer. Cars must not
be under load in curved section.
About Switch T-Track Battcar systems: See feature pages at beginning
of this section.

C10539
C10419

C9493
C9341
C9337
C9492
C9340
C9336

C9494
C9342
C9338

Part
No.

Length

Weight

Maximum
working load
lb
kg

in

mm

in

mm

oz

g

Fasteners
mm

Port Trysail Switch*
Starboard Trysail Switch*
Car body*
Push-button endstop

141/2
141/2
23/8
315/16

368
368
60
100

425/32
425/32
11/32
11/32

121
121
26
26

27
27
5
3

762
762
143
79

6
6

6



1001
435



454
197

HC7466, HC8879
HC7466, HC8879
HC7466, HC8879
HC7466, HC8879

Port Trysail Switch*
Starboard Trysail Switch*
Car body*
Push-button endstop

16
16
215/16
529/32

406
406
75
150

57/8
57/8
31/32
117/64

149
149
77
32

43
43
11
5

1222
1222
309
130

8
8

8



2800
625



1270
283

HC7391, HC8880
HC7391, HC8880
HC7391, HC8880
HC7391, HC8880

813/16
813/16
411/16

223
223
120

158
158
59

4465
4465
1658

12
12



4500



2041

C7808, C8196
C7808, C8196
C7808, C8196

Description

Width

The Trysail Switch system integrates
with the Switch T-Track Battcar
system by sharing a single mast
track to reduce weight aloft.

Fits track

26 mm
C9493
C9492
C9494
C10539

32 mm
C9341
C9340
C9342
C10419

50 mm
C9337 Port Trysail Switch*
25
635
C9336 Starboard Trysail Switch*
25
635
100
C9338 Car body*
315/16
Allow 8 weeks lead time.
*Available in black or clear-anodized.

170

Battcar Dimensions
HEADBOARD PLATE

BATTCAR/RECEPTACLE
D

HEADBOARD CAR ASSEMBLY

C

B

B

C

3813
3827/3811
3833/3852
3867

3861
3862

E

BATTCAR/STUD
B

A

D

C

3803
3830
INTERMEDIATE CAR, REEF CAR,
UNIVERSAL BATTCAR

E
A

A

A

F

B

3816
3802/3829
3834/3835
3856/3857
3868/3869/3870
3881/3882

E

B

C

D

A

D
E

3814/3815
1777/3828
3812/3831/3836
3859/3860/3863
3871/3872/3873
3883

Dimensions (measured from aft face of mast)
Part
No.

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

F
Stud Ø
mm

1
/16
1
1

25
24
25
25

113/16


113/16

46


46


3
/4
3
/4
35/16


19
19
84




5
5
5
5




10

153
51
44
44
44

11/16
11/8
11/16
11/16
11/16

27
28
27
27
27

21/8


21/8
21/8

54


54
54

311/16
3
/4
21
/32

51/8

94
19
17

130

3

/16
/16
3
/16
3
/16
3
/16

5
5
5
5
5




10

83/8
21/4
27/8
27/8
27/8
27/8
41/8
41/8

213
57
73
73
73
73
105
105

13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8

35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35

21/4/27/8*

21/4
27/8

23/4
23/4

57/73*

57
73

69
69

4
/
311/16
53/4
3/4
37/8
37/8
3/4

102
19
94
146
19
99
99
19

3

/16
/
3
/16
3
/16
3/16
1
/4
1
/4
1/4

5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6



10


12
12

71/2
23/16
23/16
23/16

190
56
56
56

11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4

32
32
32
32

25/16

25/16
25/16

59

59
59

45/8

39/16
33/4

119

91
96

1 4

/
/
1/4
1/4

6
6
6
6



10
12

101/2
29/16
45/16
45/16
41/4
53/16
613/16
513/16

267
68
109
109
108
132
172
147

19/16
19/16
19/16
19/16
19/16
19/16
63/8
63/16

39
39
39
39
39
39
161
157

31/16

31/16
31/16


47/8
523/32

78

78
78

124
145

41/16
3/4
43/8
43/8
1
1

102
19
111
111
26
26

/
/
3/8
3/8
3/8
3
/8

10
6
10
10
10
10



10
12



185/8
33/4
53/8
53/8
53/8
53/8
91/8

473
95
136
136
136
136
231

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

51
51
51
51
51
51
51

35/8

35/8
35/8
35/8

92

92
92
92

5
1
51/16
51/16
51/16
15/16
15/16

126
26
128
128
128
33
33

1 2

/
/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1
/2
1/2

12
10
12
12
12
12
12



12
14
16

A
Description

B

in

mm

53/16
13/4
23/16
23/16

132
44
56
56

6
2
13/4
13/4
13/4

C

E
Pin Ø

D

System AA CB
3813
3814
3815
3816

Headboard car assembly
Intermediate car
Intermediate car
Battcar/10 mm stud

15

System A Slider
3827
1777
3828
3802
3803

Headboard car assembly
Intermediate car/low-load
Intermediate car
Battcar/10 mm stud
Battcar/receptacle

3

System A CB
3811
3812
3829
3830
3831
3881
3882
3883

Headboard car assembly
Intermediate car
Battcar/10 mm stud
Battcar/receptacle
Universal Battcar
Battcar/12 mm stud
Long batten car/12 mm stud
Reef car

3 4

3 16

System B Slider
3833
3836
3834
3835

Headboard car assembly
Intermediate car
Battcar/10 mm stud
Battcar/12 mm stud

1 4

System B CB
3852
3863
3856
3857
3859
3860
3861
3862

Headboard car assembly
Intermediate car
Battcar/10 mm stud
Battcar/12 mm stud
Universal Battcar
Reef car
Headboard plate
Headboardplate/flat-top

3 8
1 4

System C CB
3867
3871
3868
3869
3870
3872
3873

Headboard car assembly
Intermediate car
Battcar/12 mm stud
Battcar/14 mm stud
Battcar/16 mm stud
Universal Battcar
Reef car

*Batten car 3829/Batten car 3830.

3

171

Furling Mainsail
Outhaul Systems

Use furling outhaul cars with in-mast or behind-themast furlers on boats up to 13.5 m (45'). Sheave
carriers pivot side-to-side to accommodate changing
lead angles. Systems have 2:1 purchase and ride on
cars with Torlon® ball bearings. A deadend outhaul
shackle is included.

6061

Cars have axle-bearing sheaves.

Clew Block
This strong, lightweight block uses the 75 mm ESP
sheave. Plates angle so attachment straps fit shape
of clew. Use with 1648 and 3076 outhaul cars.

1648

3076

3096

Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.

Sheave
Ø
in
mm
2
51
64
21/2
3
75
3
75

Part
No. Description
1648 CB outhaul car
3076 CB outhaul car
3096 CB outhaul car
6061 Clew block
See page 35 for replacement balls.

Length
in
mm
51/4
133
51/4
133
184
71/4
140
51/2

Weight
oz
g
24
680
34
964
62
1758
13
370

Car
width
in
23/4
33/8
33/8

mm
70
85
85

Single Line
Reefing

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
2300
1043
3000
1361
4500
2041
3000
1361

Max
sail area
2
m2
ft
300
28
425
40
550
51
425
40

Track
R27
R32
R32

430
See “Single line”
on page 30.

Single Line Reefing kits let you shorten
the mainsail in three easy steps; ease the
halyard to a predetermined mark, tension
the reef line, and trim the sail. Sails with
reef points do not need modifying.

252 See “Lazy Jacks”
253 on page 30.
254

Lazy Jacks

Lazy Jacks contain mainsails while reefing
and dousing. They work extremely well
with full-batten mains, but can also be
used with conventional sails.

Single Line Reefing Kits
Part
No. Description
430 Medium

Max
boat length
ft
m
27
8.2

Max
mainsail area
2
m2
ft
150
14

Lazy Jack Kits
Part
No.
252
253
254

172

Boat length
Description
Small
Medium
Large

ft
21 - 28
27 - 37
35 - 42

Boom length
m
6.4 - 8.5
8.2 - 11.3
10.7 - 12.8

ft
7 - 13
10'6" - 16
12 - 16

m
2.13 - 3.96
3.2 - 4.9
3.7 - 4.9

Mainsail luff length
ft
m
21 - 32
6.4 - 9.75
32 - 42
9.75 - 12.8
35'7" - 48
10.88 - 14.63

NEW FOR 2016
57 mm Carbo
lead block
Pages 202-203

1.25" Stanchion
mount base
Pages 202-203
Morris M42 © Billy Black/Morris Yachts

HEADSAIL HANDLING SYSTEMS

Carbo Racing Foil

The engineering resins in these strong, lightweight head
foils offer significant advancements over the weaker PVC
materials used by other manufacturers. The low-friction
twin headsail grooves are ultra-smooth, allowing hoists,
douses, and headsail changes to be easily and efficiently
executed. Impact resistance is unmatched, with far less
foil damage from loaded spinnaker poles, especially in
cold weather. Heat has little effect on stiffness.

Trim cap

Foils are UV protected and easy for the trimmer to see.
For mast-up installation, simply uncoil the foil and snap
onto the stay.

Aluminum Chafe Guard

An aluminum chafe guard keeps spinnaker sheets from
damaging the foil during high-speed jibes. Testing shows
this guard weighs the same as aramid fiber or composite,
and is impervious to wear, unlike UHMW plastic tape which
wears away quickly. A Harken chafe guard is included free
with the purchase of a 7000, 7001, or 7002 kit.

Feeder for smooth hoists:
Funnel-shaped stainless feeder
smoothly guides boltrope into
head foil for fast hoists.

Prefeeder: Hardcoat-anodized,
PTFE-coated aluminum rollers spin
freely on low-friction bushings.
Kit includes prefeeder.
Actual size
Unit 3
Unit 2

7006

7000
7001
7002

Unit 1
Unit 0

7000.30
7001.30
7002.30

7003

Jeanneau Sun Fast 3600, 11.25 m (36'10") © Jeanneau

Max wire
Max rod
Extrusion
Max headstay
Ø
Ø
length
length
Part
No.
Description
in
mm
dash
mm
ft/in
m
ft/in
m
1
7000.9m Unit 0
/4
6
-10
6.35
29'6"
9
33'6"
10.2
1/4
7000.12m Unit 0
6
-10
6.35
39'4"
12
43'4"
13.2
1/4
6
-10
6.35
49'2"
15
53'2"
16.2
7000.15m Unit 0
5/16
7001.12m Unit 1
8
-17
8.38
39'4"
12
43'4"
13.2
5/16
8
-17
8.38
52'6"
16
56'5"
17.2
7001.16m Unit 1
5/16
8
-17
8.38
65'7"
20
69'6"
21.2
7001.20m Unit 1
3/8
10
-25
10.31 52'6"
16
56'6"
17.2
7002.16m Unit 2
3/8
10
-25
10.31 65'7"
20
69'7"
21.2
7002.20m Unit 2
3
/8
10
-25
10.31 78'9"
24
82'9"
25.2
7002.24m Unit 2
7/16
11
-30
11.1 78'8.5"
24
82'9"
25.2
7003.24m Unit 3
7/16
11
-30
11.1 91'10"
28
95'9"
29.2
7003.28m Unit 3
7006
Replacement prefeeder —







7000.30 Unit 0 chafe guard




3'3"
1


7001.30 Unit 1 chafe guard




3'3"
1


7002.30 Unit 2 chafe guard




3'3"
1


*Weight without chafe guard. **Nominal dimensions only, actual luff tape dimensions are larger.

174

Spacer tube
length
ft/in
m
3'3"
1
3'3"
1
3'3"
1
3'3"
1
3'3"
1
3'3"
1
3'3"
1
3'3"
1
3'3"
1
3'3"
1
3'3"
1







Extrusion
weight
lb/ft
kg/m
.102
.152
.102
.152
.102
.152
.162
.241
.162
.241
.162
.241
.185
.275
.185
.275
.185
.275
.245
.365
.245
.365


2.5 oz 70 g
2.9 oz 82 g
3 oz
85 g

Full system
Luff tape
weight*
size**
lb
kg
in
mm
3.29
1.50
#5 (5/32)
4
4.29
1.95
#5 (5/32)
4
5.30
2.41
#5 (5/32)
4
6.99
3.18
#6 (6/32)
5
9.13
4.14
#6 (6/32)
5
11.25 5.10
#6 (6/32)
5
10.43 4.73
#6 (6/32)
5
12.90 5.83
#6 (6/32)
5
15.29 6.93
#6 (6/32)
5
20.08 9.10 #6 (6/32)/#7 (7/32) 5/6
23.31 10.57 #6 (6/32)/#7 (7/32) 5/6
3 oz
85 g













Small Boat Furling

Upper swivel
Hoistable swivel

Small Boat Furlers

Halyard

Harken Small Boat furling systems allow the trailerable cruising
or dinghy sailor to set and furl the jib from the cockpit. Drums
and halyard swivels feature multiple stacked races of Delrin®
or Torlon® bearings for smooth rotation under load. Small Boat
units are for furling only, not reefing.

Hoistable Halyard Swivels

An optional hoistable ball bearing halyard swivel can be installed
on the headstay so the sail can be raised or lowered without
removing the headstay. Swivels are independent of the headstay,
which allows the luff to be tensioned separately from the mast
rake. Hoistable swivels work along with your standard Harken
Small Boat furler.

Un

fu

rl

Furl

The high-load Small Boat furler with hoistable halyard
is available as a kit.
Use for:
434 Dinghies under 4.9 m (16')
435 Dinghies to 6.1 m (20')

Catamarans to 5.5 m (18')
436 Cruising boats to 7.6 m (25')

Catamarans to 7 m (23')

Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company or its affiliates.
Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.

483
FURLER KIT

464
465
482
HOISTABLE SWIVELS

434
(162, 163)

435
(164, 165)

436
(207, 208)

SMALL BOAT FURLERS

Components (if ordering separately)

Furlers
Part
No. Description
434 Furler‡
435 High-load furler‡
436 Cruising furler‡
464 Halyard swivel/hole for 4 mm wire
465 Halyard swivel/hole for 5 mm wire
482 Halyard swivel/hole for 6 mm wire
483 Furler kit/hoistable halyard***
*Shackle to shackle. **Tang hole to tang hole.

Upper
swivel
Part No.
162
164
207

Hoistable
swivel
Part No.

464
465

Drum
Part No.
163
165
208

Weight
Upper swivel Hoistable swivel
Drum
oz
g
oz
g
oz
g
2.6
74


5
142
2.6
74
2.9
82
5
142
9.2
261
8.9
252
13.6
386

Pin-to-pin
Drum
Line
Jaw
Max luff
Clevis pin
length
Ø
Ø
width
wire Ø
Ø
Weight
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
oz
g
5/32
5/16
1/8
1/4
64
27/8
73
4
8
3
6
7.6
215
21/2
5/32
5/16
1/8
1/4
64
27/8
73
4
8
3
6
7.6
215
21/2
1/4
3/8
3/16
5/16
6
10
5
8
22.8
646
4
102
43/16 106
5
5
124*






/32
4
/32
4
2.9
82
43/16*
3/16
3/16






5
5
8.9
252
511/16* 144*
7/32
7/32
193






6
6
16.8
477
719/32*
5/32
5/16
5/32
1/4
27/8
73
4
8
4
6
11.2
318
21/2** 64**
***Includes drum, upper swivel, and hoistable swivel. ‡Includes drum and upper swivel.

Fits
furler
434
435
436

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
500
227
950
431
2000
907
810
367
1190
540
3000
1361
950
431

175

Spherical joint

Small Boat
Underdeck Furling

Deck

Underdeck Furlers

Small Boat underdeck furling units are ideal for sportboats
and daysailers from 4.8 - 9 m (16 - 30'). The drum
is located beneath the deck, lowering the tack height for
maximized sail area. The single through-deck ball joint
provides a low-profile, nearly watertight system that aligns
the spool to the headstay. Like all Small Boat furlers, the
underdeck furler is for furling only, not reefing.

464
465
482

Belowdeck

Stationary
bracket

Spool pivots to align with load.

Hoistable Swivels

An optional hoistable ball bearing halyard swivel can be
installed on your headstay so you can raise or lower the
sail without removing the headstay. Swivels are independent
of the headstay, allowing you to tension the luff separately
from the mast rake. Hoistable swivels work along with
your standard Harken Small Boat furler.

HOISTABLE SWIVELS

479
480
481
489

Tack Adapter Tangs

Stainless steel tack adapter tangs are used to adapt clevis
pin diameters on headstays to the standard clevis pin size
that comes on the Harken unit. A third hole accepts lashing
to adjust jib luff tension.

TACK ADAPTER TANGS

Turnbuckle eye on stationary bracket
attaches to an underdeck chainplate.

478
477
493
Fairlead feeds line onto the spool.

UNDERDECK FURLERS

Tang
adapter
479
480
481
489

Upper pin
Ø
in
mm
5/16
8
3/8
10
7/16
11
5
/16
8

Lower
Ø
in
7/16
7/16
7/16
5
/16

Components (if ordering separately)

pin
mm
11
11
11
8

Fits
furler
478
478
478
493

Pin-to-pin
length
Part
No. Description
in
mm
156
477 Underdeck furler/small*
61/8
188
493 Underdeck furler/medium*
73/8
260
478 Underdeck furler/large*
107/32
479 4 mm tack adapter tang
11/2** 38**
480 5 mm tack adapter tang
11/2** 38**
481 6 mm tack adapter tang
11/2** 38**
489 8 mm tack adapter tang
13/8** 35**
*Includes drum and upper swivel. Does not include hoistable swivel.

176

Upper
swivel
Part No.
164
207
478U

Hoistable
swivel
Part No.
464
465
482

Drum
Line
Ø
Ø
in
mm
in
mm
31/8
79 1/8 - 5/32 3-4
4
102 5/32 - 3/16 4-5
5
127 3/16 - 1/4 5-6






——








**Tang hole to tang hole.

Drum
Part No.
477L
493L
478L
Jaw
width
in
mm
5/16
8
3/8
10
1
/2
12







Upper swivel
oz
g
2.6
74
9.2
261
15
431
Max luff
wire Ø
in
mm
1/8
3
3/16
5
7
/32
6
5/32
4
3/16
5
7/32
6
5
/32
4

Weight
Hoistable swivel
oz
g
2.9
82
8.9
252
16.8
477
Clevis pin
Ø
in
mm
1/4
6
5/16
8
7
/16
11
5/16
8
3/8
10
7/16
11
5
/16
8

Drum
oz
g
24
680
42.6
1201
81
2296

Weight
oz
g
23.3 661
50.5 1433
96
2721
5.2
147
5.2
147
5.2
147
3.2
91

Fits
furler
477
493
478

Maximum
working load
lb
kg
950
431
2000
907
3000
1361
3000
1361
3000
1361
3000
1361
2000
907

Spinnaker Staysail
& Gennaker Furling
Spinnaker Staysail

Furled staysails are easy to hoist rolled and can be deployed or doused
from the cockpit. In marginal conditions the sail can be struck instantly
without changing the trim of the boat. Multiple stacked races of Torlon®
ball bearings ensure smooth operation under load. Systems include a
lower drum with snap shackle, fairlead and Cam-Matic cleats, and an
upper swivel with provision for halyard attachment.

Gennaker Furling

Multiple stacked races of Torlon
ball bearings roll easily under load.

Gennaker furling was developed for large singlehanded boats and huge
oceangoing multihulls. The drum unit features a fairlead, while the upper
swivel is designed for direct halyard attachment. Custom designs are
available for larger boats.

Screecher Furling

Use screecher furling systems on multihulls up to 9.60 m (32')
and easily driven sport boats. Perfect for jib reaching, screechers
are set on the bowsprit. They are often carried upwind in light to
moderate conditions and used as storm spinnakers when it’s blowing.
Systems are sized to handle loads of 2:1 halyards. Multiple stacked
races of Torlon ball bearings ensure smooth rotation under load.
Fairleads allow the furling line to lead aft to the cockpit.
Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.

The LP is a perpendicular line
measured from the luff to clew.

3029
3049

1851
1852

Corsair F31

Ø
Drum
Swivel
Part
No. Description
in
mm
in
mm
73
1
25
1851 Small staysail furler
27/8
108 17/16
37
1852 Large staysail furler
41/4
73
1
25
3029 Small gennaker/Screecher furler
27/8
108 17/16
37
3049 Large gennaker/Screecher furler
41/4
*Smaller line may be required for spinnaker staysails with long foot lengths.

Length
Drum
Swivel
in
mm
in
mm
53/16 132 43/16 106
75/16 186
57/8
149
31/4
83
41/8
105
5
127
57/8
149

Max line
Ø*
in
mm
5
/32
4
1/4
6
5/32
4
1/4
6

Max
halyard load
Weight
lb
kg
oz
g
950
431
13 366
2000 907
28 800
950
431
9
255
2000 907 24.5 695

Max
luff length
Max LP
ft
m
ft
m
50 15.25 13.5 4.1
70 21.33 20
6
30 9.14 13.5 4.1
40 12.19 20
6

177

Ordering Furling
1. Choose Furler Type

The table below is based on sailing style and approximate boat size.
This table is only a guideline. Do not use it to determine unit size.
Size is based on the headstay and clevis pin diameters listed on unit pages.

Comparison Chart
MKIV

ESP

Racers/performance cruisers

Cruisers

Note: Typical boat lengths are listed as a guideline but are not the determining factor. Check with Harken if your length varies.
Typical boat lengths

Unit 0: 6.5 – 9.1 m (22 – 30')
Unit 1: 8.5 – 11 m (28 – 36')
Unit 2: 10 – 14.2 m (35 – 46')
Unit 3: 13.7 – 18.3 m (45 – 60')
Unit 4: 19.8 – 24.4 m (65 – 80')

Unit 0: 6 – 8.5 m (20 – 28')
Unit 1: 8 – 10.7 m (26 – 35')
Unit 2: 10.4 – 14 m (34 – 46')
Unit 3: 13.7 – 18.6 m (45 – 61')

Foils

Double-groove Air foil
Stainless steel feeder

Single-groove round foil
Stainless steel feeder

Halyard and
tack swivel

Independent swivels
for improved sail shape

Fixed

Drum

Removable split drum
for racing

Fixed

Line

Included on Units 0, 1, 2

Not included
Forestay

2. Determine Unit Size

Size is based on the headstay and clevis pin diameters listed on unit pages.
Choose between unit sizes when diameters are shared by considering stay length
and typical boat size recommendations. Contact Harken if you have any questions.

3. Determine if Additional Foils Needed

Use the I and J measurements to determine the length of the headstay. If the
existing headstay is longer than the standard length listed under Headstay Length
on unit pages, order additional foils and connectors. In some cases one or two
extra foils and connectors may be necessary.

Measure
wire or rod
diameter

Measure
clevis pin
diameter

Bow

4. Determine Toggle, Link Plate, or Leg Kit

Use short toggle (MKIV) or short leg kits (ESP) for maximum luff length. For ESP,
use long or medium leg kits to accommodate a turnbuckle or to clear an anchor.

5. Choose Lead Block Kit and Accessories, ESP - Order Line

Harken recommends equipping every furling system with a ratchet lead block kit.
Other parts on the Furling Accessories page (202-203) include equipment for halyard
management and racing hardware for faster sail changes. Order line for ESP furlers.

I

6. Prepare Sail and Headstay

Have a luff tape added to your genoa. Match the sail length to the stay length minus
the height of the halyard swivel and lower unit. See sizing information on page 179.

All MKIV and those ESP furlers with long or medium leg kits install over the existing
turnbuckle. The turnbuckle is accessible for adjustment by raising the drum. See the
MKIV & ESP Toggle & Rigging Options on page 195 to determine toggle and rigging
requirements. Some headstays will require cutting and shortening to fit Harken
toggle. Sometimes only the lower threaded turnbuckle fitting needs changing.
Check with a professional rigger on stay condition before reusing stay.

J
Headstay length =

I2 + J2

For all units, rod rigging requires a Harken rod adapter stud. It must be cut
and coldheaded by an authorized rod service center.

7. Contact

If you have questions, please contact your dealer or Harken Technical Service.

MKIV
Jaw/jaw toggle

ESP short
leg kit

MKIV long
link plate

178

ESP long
leg kit

Furling Dimensions
MKIV Using Toggle*
F
G
A
B
C
D
E
Max‡
Min
Max‡
Min
33/4"
57/8"
17/8"
51/2"
25/8"
41"
391/4"
83/8"
8"
96 mm
150 mm
47 mm
140 mm
66 mm 1041 mm 997 mm 213 mm 203 mm
1
43/4"
7"
2"
65/8"
31/16"
461/4"
421/4"
12"
93/4"
120 mm 178 mm
51 mm
167 mm
78 mm 1175 mm 1073 mm 305 mm 247 mm
2
55/8"
91/8"
29/16"
83/16"
313/16"
513/4"
463/4"
151/8"
121/16"
143 mm 231 mm
66 mm
208 mm
97 mm 1314 mm 1187 mm 384 mm 306 mm
3
75/16"
115/8"
33/8"
93/4"
43/4"
505/8"
187/16"
186 mm 296 mm
86 mm
247 mm 121 mm
1286 mm
467 mm
4
815/16"
111/16"
51/8"
555/16"
**
**
**
**
227 mm
280 mm 130 mm
1405 mm
*See MKIV long link plate dimensions below. ** Soft-attachment tack, head, and halyard; distance varies.
‡Max refers to using stud jaw toggle. Use Min when adding long link plate dimensions.
Unit
0

H
Max‡
Min
75/16"
7"
186 mm 175 mm
11"
83/4"
280 mm 222 mm
1315/16"
107/8"
348 mm 276 mm
165/8"
420 mm
20"
509 mm

I
Max‡
Min
25/16"
2"
59 mm
51 mm
5"
27/8"
129 mm
71 mm
67/16"
33/8"
164 mm
85 mm
73/8"
188 mm
85/8"
220 mm

ESP Using Short Leg Kit*
F
Unit

A
B
C
49/16''
13/8''
17/8''
0
48 mm
116 mm
36 mm
51/8''
13/8''
23/4''
1
70 mm
131 mm
34 mm
75/16''
2''
37/8''
2
99 mm
185 mm
51 mm
97/16''
21/8''
51/8''
3
130 mm
240 mm
53 mm
*See ESP medium and long leg kit dimensions below.
‡‡ E Max and Min are dependent on foil position at adjuster tube.

D
61/2''
166 mm
8''
200 mm
97/8
250 mm
113/4''
298 mm

E
25/8''
66 mm
3''
78 mm
35/8''
97 mm
43/4''
121 mm

Max ‡‡
377/8''
962 mm
389/16''
980 mm
403/4''
1034 mm
4215/16''
1091 mm

ESP Medium and Long Leg Kit
Medium leg kit–add

Unit 0

5"

130 mm

Unit 1

33/4"

95 mm

83/4"

220 mm

Unit 2

7"

176 mm

113/4"

300 mm

Unit 3

81/2"

215 mm

141/2"

370 mm

H

Tack
shackle

I
3''
76 mm
311/16''
93 mm
415/16''
125 mm
61/2''
165 mm

F

D

A

E

B

Head shackle
Feeder entrance

C

ESP Lower Unit
with Short Leg Kit

K

Foil Dimensions
J
K
Foil length
Unit
in
mm
in
mm
ft
m
7/8
0
23
11/32
26
7
2.13
1
1
25
11/8
29
7
2.13
2
11/4
32
13/8
36
7
2.13
3
11/2
38
111/16
43
7
2.13
4
13/4
44
127/32
47
7
2.13
0
11/4
31


69/16
2
1
19/16
40


69/16
2
2
21/8
53.5


69/16
2
3
23/4
69


69/16
2
*Nominal dimensions only, actual luff tape dimensions are larger.

Halyard
shackle

I H G

*Note: If a long link plate is used, add the following dimensions to F, G, H,
and I (based on whether plate is used full-length or shortened to one of five
hole positions).
1/2" (12.7 mm) clevis pin
Add 131/4"–65/8" (337–168 mm)
Unit 1
5
/8" (15.9 mm) clevis pin
Add 111/4"–43/8" (286–111 mm)
5/8" (15.9 mm) clevis pin
Add 161/8"–81/4" (410–210 mm)
Unit 2
3/4" (19.1 mm) clevis pin
Add 139/16"–511/16" (344–144 mm)
3
/4" (19.1 mm) clevis pin
Add 199/16"–1011/16" (497–271 mm)
Unit 3
7/8" (22.2 mm) clevis pin
Add 197/8"–11" (505–279 mm)

System

MKIV

H
77/16''
190 mm
91/16''
230 mm
1113/16''
300 mm
145/8''
370 mm

Adjuster
tube

C

Long leg kit–add

MKIV Long Link Plate

ESP

G
85/16''
211 mm
97/8''
251 mm
1215/16''
329 mm
161/16''
408 mm

Feeder entrance

*Note: If medium or long leg kit is used,
add the following dimensions to F, G, H, and I.
ESP leg kit

Min‡‡
221/2''
572 mm
237/16''
595 mm
25''
635 mm
27''
686 mm

#6
#6
#6
#6
#6
#6
#6
#6
#6

Luff tape*
6/32" (5 mm)
6/32" (5 mm)
6
/32" (5 mm)
6/32" (5 mm)
6/32" (5 mm)
6/32" (5 mm)
6
/32" (5 mm)
6/32" (5 mm)
6/32" (5 mm)

J

MKIV
D

Tack
shackle
Pivot point

E

J

ESP

I

Clevis pin

H

G

F

MKIV

179

Tartan 3700 © Tartan Yachts

MKIV JIB REEFING & FURLING
Nothing beats the MKIV Jib Reefing & Furling line for effortless
headsail control and great sail shape for optimal speed. With its
ability to reef, simply furl and unfurl instead of changing sails to suit
conditions, reduce speed, or gain visibility off the bow. Split drum
removes for racing. Five sizes fit boats from 6.5 - 24.4 m (22' - 80').

Low-friction efficiency for easy furling
and reefing
• Multiple rows of Torlon® ball bearings in high-load
areas minimize friction.
• Stacked bearing races evenly distribute radial and
thrust loads; drum and halyard swivel turn freely
under load.
• Foils rotate around headstay so headstay load
is isolated from the furling unit for easy furling.
• Large inner spool diameter increases mechanical
advantage for powerful reefing and furling.

Stands up to sun, salt, and time
• Aluminum line guard, torque tube, and swivels
deep-saturation hardcoat-anodized, UV-stabilized
for durability.
• Line guard polyurethane-coated for wear protection.
• Specially formulated low-stretch black line is
abrasion and UV-resistant; standard on units 0, 1, 2.
• Aerodynamic, clear-anodized aluminum Air foils
handle extreme reefing loads.
Foil joints

• Triple-interlock foil joints withstand years of torque
loading: foil connectors geometric shape interlocks
with foil; secures with syringe-injected adhesive;
screws provide final lock.

DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use.

180

Improved sail shape and boat control
• Independent halyard and tack swivels
furl sail center before head and tack
for improved sail shape when reefed.

Split drum removes easily for racing
• Line guard and spool remove easily
for use with full-hoist sails.

• Lightweight aluminum halyard swivel
saves weight aloft to reduce pitching
and heeling.

Fast hoists, douses, reefs,
and sail changes
• Precision-extruded, double-groove
Air foils for smooth sail handling and
fast sail changes.
• Stainless steel feeder allows fast
singlehanded hoist and sail changes.

Halyard
deflector

Lead
block kit

Toggle
assembly

Foil
connectors

Designed for easy installation
• Small outside drum dimension fits
narrow bows or belowdeck.
• C-shaped open connectors with
low-friction plastic isolators easily
slip onto headstay wire and into foil.
• Drum assembly fits over existing
turnbuckle allowing easy length
adjustment. Harken toggle assembly
accepts standard turnbuckle using
swage, rod, Norseman, or STA-LOK®
terminals.

Accessories
• Lead block kit: Easy-to-mount ball
bearing blocks lead line aft; fit 25 mm
(1") stanchions.

Easy to maintain
• Bearings require no lubrication or
isolating seals.

• Halyard deflector: Install above the foil
to prevent halyards from wrapping
around the foil when furling.

• Eye-jaw toggle flips for fork or tang
chainplate installation.
• Stainless steel link plates raise
the drum and fit over existing
turnbuckle, resist scratches,
and can be easily repolished.
Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.
STA-LOK is a registered trademark of STA-LOK Terminals.

181

MKIV Unit 0 Typical Boat Length 6.5 - 9.1 m (22' - 30')

Wire Ø (1 x 19 SS)
Rod Ø
-4, -6 (4.37, 5.03 mm)
4, 5, 6 mm (5/32", 3/16", 7/32")
Headstay Length Standard 11.77 m (38'7"); max 13.9 m ( 45'7")
Part No.
Description
7410.10
Furling system

7410.30
7411.30

Clevis pin Ø
7.9, 9.5, 11.1 mm (5/16", 3/8", 7/16" )

Toggle Assembly Required - sold separately
7410.20 5/16
7410.20 3/8
7410.20 7/16

Eye/jaw reversible toggle assembly with 7.9 mm (5/16") clevis pin
Eye/jaw reversible toggle assembly with 9.5 mm (3/8") clevis pin
Eye/jaw reversible toggle assembly with 11.1 mm (7/16") clevis pin

Optional Parts

7410.31
7411.31

7410.30
Extra 2.13 m (7') luff foil extrusion
7410.31
Extra 165 mm (61/2") connector with bushings
7420 -4
-4 Rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 7/16")*
7421 -6
-6 Rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 7/16")*
*Use with conventional turnbuckle.

MKIV Unit 1 Typical Boat Length 8.3 - 11 m (28' - 36')

Wire Ø (1 x 19 SS)
Rod Ø
-8, -10, -12 (5.72, 6.35, 7.14 mm)
6, 7, 8 mm (1/4", 9/32", 5/16")
Headstay Length Standard 13.99 m (45'11"); max 16.12 m (52'11")
Part No.
Description
7411.10
Furling system

Clevis pin Ø
12.7, 15.9 mm (1/2", 5/8")

7420 -4
7421 -6
7422 -8
7423 -10
7424 -12
7410.20 5/16
7410.20 3/8
7410.20 7/16
7411.20 1/2

Toggle Assembly Required - sold separately
7411.20 1/2
7311.20 1/2
7311.20 5/8
7311.21 1/2
7311.21 5/8

Eye/jaw reversible toggle assembly with 12.7 mm (1/2") clevis pin
Jaw/jaw toggle assembly with 12.7 mm (1/2") clevis pin
Stud/jaw toggle assembly with 15.9 mm (5/8") clevis pin (thread Ø UNF 5/8" LH)
Long link plate with toggle assembly with 12.7 mm (1/2") clevis pin
Long link plate with toggle assembly with 15.9 mm (5/8") clevis pin

Optional Parts
7411.30
Extra 2.13 m (7') luff foil extrusion
7411.31
Extra 178 mm (7") connector with bushings
7422 -8
-8 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 1/2")*
7423 -10
-10 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 1/2")*
7424 -12
-12 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 5/8")*
*Use with conventional turnbuckle.

7311.20 1/2

7311.20 5/8

Cuba Libre, Twister 36, 11.2 m (36.75'), Weigel Anita Weigel, naval architect: Robert Roginski © Katarzyna Roginska

182

7311.21 1/2
7311.21 5/8

MKIV Unit 2 Typical Boat Length 10.6 - 14.2 m (35' - 46')
Wire Ø (1 x 19 SS)
Rod Ø
-12, -17, -22 (7.14, 8.38, 9.53 mm)
8, 10 mm (5/16", 3/8")
Headstay Length Standard 18.38 m (60'4"); max 20.51 m (67'4" )
Part No.
Description
7412.10
Furling system

Clevis pin Ø
15.9, 19.1 mm (5/8", 3/4")

7412.30
7413.30
7414.30

Toggle Assembly Required - sold separately
7412.20 5/8
7312.20 5/8
7312.20 3/4
7312.21 5/8
7312.21 3/4

Eye/jaw reversible toggle assembly with 15.9 mm (5/8") clevis pin
Jaw/jaw toggle assembly with 15.9 mm (5/8") clevis pin
Stud/jaw toggle assembly with 19.1 mm (3/4") clevis pin (thread Ø UNF 3/4" LH)
Long link plate with toggle with 15.9 mm (5/8") clevis pin
Long link plate with toggle with 19.1 mm (3/4") clevis pin

Optional Parts

7412.31
7413.31
7414.31

7412.30
Extra 2.13 m (7') luff foil extrusion
7412.31
Extra 229 mm (9") connector with bushings
7424 -12
-12 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 5/8")*
7425 -17
-17 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 5/8")*
7426 -22
-22 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 3/4")*
*Use with conventional turnbuckle.

7424 -12
7425 -17
7426 -22
7427 -30
7428 -40
7429 -48

7412.20 5/8

MKIV Unit 3 Typical Boat Length 13.7 - 18.3 m (45' - 60')

Wire Ø (1 x 19 SS)
Rod Ø
-22, -30 (9.53, 11.10 mm)
11, 12 mm (7/16", 1/2")
Headstay Length Standard 22.76 m (74'8"); max 24.89 m (81'8")
Part No.
Description
7413.10
Furling system*

Clevis pin Ø
19.1, 22.2 mm (3/4", 7/8")

7312.20 5/8

Toggle Assembly Required - sold separately
7413.20 3/4
7413.20 7/8
7313.21 3/4
7313.21 7/8

Jaw/jaw with short link plate with 19.1 mm (3/4") clevis pin
Jaw/jaw with short link plate with 22.2 mm (7/8") clevis pin
Long link plate with toggle with 19.1 mm (3/4") clevis pin
Long link plate with toggle with 22.2 mm (7/8") clevis pin

Optional Parts
7413.30
7413.31
7426 -22
7427 -30
*Line not included.

Extra 2.13 m (7') luff foil extrusion
Extra 248 mm (93/4") connector with bushings
-22 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 3/4")**
-30 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 7/8")**
**Use with conventional turnbuckle.

7312.20 3/4
7413.20 3/4
7413.20 7/8
7414.20 7/8
7414.20 1
7414.20 1 1/8

MKIV Unit 4 Typical Boat Length 19.8 - 24.4 m (65' - 80')

Wire Ø (1 x 19 SS)
Rod Ø
Clevis pin Ø
-30, -40, -48 (11.10, 12.7, 14.3 mm) 22.2, 25.4, 28.57 mm (7/8", 1", 11/8")
12, 14, 16 mm (1/2", 9/16", 5/8")
Headstay Length Standard 22.88 m (75'1"); max 27.15 m (89'1")
Part No.
Description
7414.10
Furling system*

Toggle Assembly Required - sold separately
7414.20 7/8
7414.20 1
7414.20 1 1/8

Jaw/jaw with short link plate with 22.2 mm (7/8") clevis pin
Jaw/jaw with short link plate with 25.4 mm (1") clevis pin
Jaw/jaw with short link plate with 28.57 mm (11/8") clevis pin

Optional Parts
7414.30
7414.31
7427 -30
7428 -40
7429 -48
*Line not included.

Extra 2.13 m (7') luff foil extrusion
Extra 270 mm (103/4") connector
-30 rod adaptor stud**
-40 rod adaptor stud**
-48 rod adaptor stud**
**Use with conventional turnbuckle.

7312.21 5/8
7312.21 3/4
7313.21 3/4
7313.21 7/8
183

Sofia, Solaris 58, 17.68 m (58’), Solaris Yachts, naval architect: Javier Soto Acebal © Carlo Bolenghi

MKIV UNDERDECK JIB REEFING & FURLING
Harken’s MKIV Underdeck Jib Reefing & Furling line is the
perfect solution for sailors who want an aerodynamic system
with a minimal amount of equipment above deck. The underdeck
furler provides a low-friction, clean layout solution that minimizes
windage, while uncluttering the bow for easy anchor access.
Offered in four sizes for boats from 6.7 –18.3 m (22' – 60').

Low-friction efficiency for easy furling
and reefing
• Ball bearings between center hub and deck bearing,
and main shaft reduce friction; drum and halyard
swivel turn freely under load.

Unit 1
Unit 2
Unit 3

• Foils rotate around headstay so headstay load is
isolated from the unit for easy furling.

Stand up to sun, salt, and time
Unit 0

• Units 1, 2, 3: Aluminum line guard, torque tube,
and swivels hardcoat-anodized, UV-stabilized for
durability. Line guard is polyurethane-coated for
additional corrosion protection. Threaded height
adjuster uses dissimilar metals (stainless steel and
bronze) to prevent galling.
• Unit 0: One-piece integrated aluminum deck bearing
and line guard hardcoat-anodized for durability and
corrosion resistance.
• Aerodynamic, clear-anodized aluminum Air foils
handle extreme reefing loads.

Foil joints

• Triple-interlock foil joints withstand years of torque
loading: foil connector’s geometric shape interlocks
with foil; secures with syringe-injected adhesive;
screws provide final lock.

DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use.

184

Unit 1
and larger
Unit 0

Improved sail shape and boat control

Fast hoists, douses, reefs,
and sail changes

• Independent halyard and tack swivels furl sail center before head and tack
for improved sail shape when reefed.

• Precision-extruded, double-groove
Air foils for smooth sail handling and
fast sail changes.

• Lightweight aluminum halyard swivel saves weight aloft to reduce pitching
and heeling.

• Stainless steel feeder allows fast
singlehanded hoist and sail changes.

• Tack sits at deck level, lowering the tack height for maximized sail area.
• The torque tube houses a full-length turnbuckle for optimal mast rake
and tension adjustment.
• Units 1, 2, 3: High-strength universal joints articulate, allowing ample
headstay sag when sailing downwind.
• Unit 0: Articulating ball joint eliminates universal joint to reduce weight,
simplify maintenance.
Unit 1
and larger

Unit 1
and larger

Unit 0

Designed for easy installation
• Units 1, 2, 3: Self-locking threaded
height adjuster for correct fit between
chainplate and deck.

Unit 0

Belowdeck drum fits narrow bows
• Small outside drum diameter.

• Bearings require no lubrication or
isolating seals.
• Through-deck bearing into underdeck
compartment provides a low profile,
nearly watertight system.

• Unit 0: Does not require height
adjuster; furler and headstay
independent of each other
allowing flexible installation options.
• Torque tube fits over existing
turnbuckle allowing easy length
adjustment. Hub assembly toggle
accepts standard turnbuckle using
swage, rod, Norseman, or STA-LOK®
terminals.

Easy to maintain

Foil
connectors
• C-shaped open connectors with
low-friction plastic isolators easily
slip onto headstay wire and into foil.

STA-LOK is a registered trademark of STA-LOK Terminals.

185

MKIV
Underdeck Unit 0
Typical Boat Length 22' - 30' (6.7 - 9.1 m)
Wire Ø (1 x 19 SS)
Rod Ø
3/16", 7/32" (5, 6 mm)
-4, -6 (4.37, 5.03 mm)
Headstay Length Standard 38'4" (11.7 m); max 45'4" (13.8 m)
Part No.
Description
7410.11
Furling system

Clevis pin Ø

Optional Parts
7410.30
7410.31

Extra 7' (2.13 m) luff foil extrusion
Extra 7" (178 mm) connector with bushings

All MKIV Underdeck Furlers feature
a ball bearing halyard swivel.

MKIV
Underdeck Unit 1
Typical Boat Length 28' - 36' (8.3 - 11 m)
Wire Ø (1 x 19 SS)
Rod Ø
/4", 9/32", 5/16" (6, 7, 8 mm)
-8, -10 (5.72, 6.35 mm)
Headstay Length Standard 45'11" (13.99 m); max 52'11" (16.12 m)
Part No.
Description
7411.11 1/2
Furling system with 1/2" (12.7 mm) clevis pin

Clevis pin Ø
/2" (12.7 mm)

1

7410.30
7411.30

1

Optional Parts
7411.30
7411.31

Extra 7' (2.13 m) luff foil extrusion
Extra 7" (178 mm) connector with bushings

7410.31
7411.31

Dimensions
A
Unit
0
1

Part
No.
7410.11
7411.11 1/2

Min
in
67/8
105/8

mm
175
270

in

155/8

C

B

Max
mm

397

in
5
51/2

Min
mm
30.4
140

in

45/8

Max
mm

117

in

95/8

mm

244

J/122 © J/Boats

7410.11

A

B

7411.11 1/2

B
A

186

C

MKIV
Underdeck Unit 2
Typical Boat Length 35' - 46' (10.6 - 14.2 m)
Wire Ø (1 x 19 SS)
Rod Ø
5/16", 3/8" (8, 10 mm)
-12, -17 (7.14, 8.38 mm)
Headstay Length Standard 60'4" (18.38 m); max 67'4" (20.51 m)
Part No.
Description
7412.11 5/8
Furling system with 5/8" (15.9 mm) clevis pin

Clevis pin Ø
/ " (15.9 mm)

5 8

7412.30
7413.30

Optional Parts
7412.30
7412.31

Extra 7' (2.13 m) luff foil extrusion
Extra 9" (229 mm) connector with bushings

7412.31
7413.31

MKIV
Underdeck Unit 3
Typical Boat Length 45' - 60' (13.7 - 18.3 m)
Wire Ø (1 x 19 SS)
Rod Ø
/16", 1/2" (11, 12 mm)
-22, -30 (9.53, 11.10 mm)
Headstay Length Standard 75'1" (22.88 m); max 82'1" (25.02 m)
Part No.
Description
7413.11 3/4
Furling system with 3/4" (19.1 mm) clevis pin
7413.11 7/8
Furling system with 7/8" (22.2 mm) clevis pin
7

Clevis pin Ø
/4", 7/8" (19.1, 22.2 mm)

3

Optional Parts
7413.30
7413.31

Extra 7' (2.13 m) luff foil extrusion
Extra 93/4" (248 mm) connector with bushings

Dimensions
A
Unit
2
3
3

Part
No.
7412.11 5/8
7413.11 3/4
7413.11 7/8

Min
in
1211/16
161/8
169/16

mm
322
410
421

in
189/16
235/8
241/4

C

B

Max
mm
471
600
616

in
65/8
83/16
83/16

Min
mm
167
208
208

in
53/8
67/8
75/16

mm
137
175
186

7412.11 5/8
7413.11 3/4
7413.11 7/8

Max
in
mm
115/16
287
143/8
365
15
381

J/88, J/Boats, 8.90 m (29.19') © J/Boats

B
A

C

187

Elan Impression 494, 14.85 m, Rob Humphreys Yacht Design/Elan © Aljosa Robolj

ESP JIB REEFING & FURLING
Fewer components make this affordable
furling system a favorite of cruising sailors.
These furlers are quick to assemble and
easy to use, while providing the same
styling, durability, and low-maintenance
bearing system of Harken’s MKIV line. Install
an ESP furler and trim safely from the cockpit
when it blows; unfurl instead of motoring
when it’s light for a great day of sailing. Four
sizes fit boats from 6 - 18.6 m (20' - 61').

Low-friction efficiency for smooth furling
and reefing
• Three rows of large-diameter Delrin® ball bearings
minimize friction.
• Round foil withstands extreme reefing loads;
furls more easily than flat foil shapes.

Stands up to sun, salt, and time
• Hard Lube-anodized aluminum hub; fiber-reinforced
composite one-piece drum, spool, and guard.
• Stainless steel guard posts for impact and corrosion
resistance.
• Stainless steel feeder and clear-anodized aluminum
foils for durability.
Foil joints

• Tough foil joints withstand years of torque loading;
foil connectors and geometric shape interlocks with
foil and secures with screws.

DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use.

188

Adjust drum height to fit boat
or sailing style
• Leg kits adjust drum height to clear
anchor, increase visibility, or bring
sail closer to deck.
• Long or medium leg kits: Use with
furlers with turnbuckles using swage,
Norseman, or STA-LOK® terminals; to
select correct size, refer to unit pages.
Medium leg kit fits a variety of
turnbuckles: refer to height chart
on unit pages.

Designed for easy assembly
• Foils slip over standard marine eye and
headstay wire for easy installation—
no need to cut wire.

Easy to maintain
• Bearings require no lubrication or
isolating seals.

• Cut only top foil to fit; adjustable
bottom foil fine-tunes system length.
• Attach sail to tack and head shackle;
sail shape controlled by halyard tension.

• Short leg kit: does not fit turnbuckle;
attach to marine eye at bottom of stay
for increased sail area.

Halyard
deflector

Furling line

Lead
block kit

Accessories
• Lead block kit: Easy-to-mount ball bearing blocks lead line aft;
fit 25 mm (1") stanchions.
• Halyard deflector: Install above the foil to prevent halyards from
wrapping around the foil when furling.
• Line: Specially formulated low-stretch black line is abrasion
and UV-resistant for units 0, 1, 2.

Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.
STA-LOK is a registered trademark of STA-LOK Terminals.

189

7420 -4
7421 -8
7422 -8
7423 -10
OPTIONAL PARTS
HFG594
HFG233
Optional

7320.30
7321.30

7320.31
7321.31

ESP
Unit 0
Typical Boat Length 6 - 8.5 m (20' - 28')
Wire Ø
Rod Ø
Clevis pin Ø
-4 (4.37 mm)
8 mm, 9.5 mm (5/16", 3/8")
4, 5 mm (5/32", 3/16")
Standard 10.92 m (35'10"); max 12.92 m (42'5")
Headstay Length*
Part No.
Description
7320.10
Furling system
Leg Kit Required - order separately See toggle and rigging options page 195
7320.20 5/16**
Short leg kit with toggle with 8 mm (5/16") clevis pin. Not for turnbuckle
7320.20 3/8**
Short leg kit with toggle with 9.5 mm (3/8") clevis pin. Not for turnbuckle
7320.21 5/16‡
Long leg kit with toggle with 8 mm (5/16") clevis pin
7320.21 3/8‡
Long leg kit with toggle with 9.5 mm (3/8") clevis pin

Optional Parts

7320.20 5/16
7320.20 3/8
7321.20 7/16
7321.20 1/2

Pin-to-pin
measurement points

7320.30
Extra 2 m (6.5') luff foil extrusion
7320.31
Extra 216 mm (8.5") standard connector with bushings
7420 -4
-4 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 7/16")
HFG594‡‡
7 mm x 16.8 m (55') polyester double braid line. Line not included
*When using long leg kits add .13 m (5"). **Use without turnbuckle. ‡Use with conventional turnbuckle.
‡‡To use own line, figure 2 X boat length.

7321.22 7/16
7321.22 1/2

7320.21 5/16
7320.21 3/8
7321.21 7/16
7321.21 1/2

ESP
Unit 1
Typical Boat Length 7.9 - 10.6 m (26' - 35')
Wire Ø
Rod Ø
Clevis pin Ø
-6, -8, -10 (5.03, 5.72, 6.35 mm)
11, 12.7 mm (7/16", 1/2")
6, 7, 8 mm ( 7/32", 1/4", 9/32", 5/16")
Standard 13 m (42'7"); max 17 m (55'8")
Headstay Length*
Part No.
Description
7321.10
Furling system
Leg Kit Required - order separately See toggle and rigging options page 195
7321.20 7/16**
Short leg kit with toggle with 11 mm (7/16") clevis pin. Not for turnbuckle
7321.20 1/2**
Short leg kit with toggle with 12.7 mm (1/2") clevis pin. Not for turnbuckle
7321.22 7/16‡
Medium leg kit with toggle with 11 mm (7/16") clevis pin
7321.22 1/2‡
Medium leg kit with toggle with 12.7 mm (1/2") clevis pin
7321.21 7/16‡
Long leg kit with toggle with 11 mm (7/16") clevis pin
7321.21 1/2‡
Long leg kit with toggle with 12.7 mm ( 1/2") clevis pin

Optional Parts

271 mm
105/8"

Medium leg kit
max turnbuckle
length

Long
leg kit

7321.30

Extra 2 m (6.5') luff foil extrusion.
Order 1 for stay lengths to 15.22 m (49'11")*
Order 2 for stay lengths to 17.22 m (56'6")*
7321.31
Extra 229 m (9") standard connector with bushings.
Order 1 for stay lengths to 15.22 m (49'11")*
Order 2 for stay lengths to 17.22 m (56'6")*
7421 -6
-6 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 7/16")
7422 -8
-8 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 1/2")
7423 -10
-10 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 1/2")
HFG233‡‡
7 mm x 21.3 m (70') polyester double braid line. Line not included
*Add for longer leg kits. Medium leg .095 m (33/4") Long leg .22 m (81/2"). **Use without turnbuckle.
‡Use with conventional turnbuckle. Check maximum turnbuckle length for medium leg kit.
‡‡To use own line, figure 2 X boat length.

190

Medium
leg kit

Short
leg kit

Optional
HFG235

7424 -12
7425 -17
7426 -22
7427 -30
7428 -40

OPTIONAL PARTS

7322.30
7323.30

7322.31
7323.31

ESP
Unit 2
Typical Boat Length 10.4 - 14 m (34' - 46')
Wire Ø
Rod Ø
Clevis pin Ø
-12 -17, -22 (7.14, 8.38, 9.53 mm)
15.9, 19.1 mm (5/8", 3/4")
8, 10, 12 mm (5/16", 3/8", 7/16")
Standard 17.05 m (55'11"); max 21.05 m (69')
Headstay Length*
Part No.
Description
7322.10
Furling system
Leg Kit Required - order separately See toggle and rigging options page 195.
7322.20 5/8**
Short leg kit with toggle with 15.9 mm (5/8") clevis pin. Not for turnbuckle
7322.20 3/4**
Short leg kit with toggle with 19.1 mm (3/4") clevis pin. Not for turnbuckle
7322.22 5/8‡
Medium leg kit with toggle with 15.9 mm (5/8") clevis pin.
7322.22 3/4‡
Medium leg kit with toggle with 19.1 mm (3/4") clevis pin.
7322.21 5/8‡
Long leg kit with toggle with 15.9 mm (5/8") clevis pin
7322.21 3/4‡
Long leg kit with toggle with 19.1 mm (3/4") clevis pin

Optional Parts
7322.30

Extra 2 m (6.5') luff foil extrusion.
Order 1 for stay lengths to 19.33 m (63'5")*
Order 2 for stay lengths to 21.33 m (70')*
7322.31
Extra 24 cm (9.5") standard connector with bushings.
Order 1 for stay lengths to 19.33 m (63'5")*
Order 2 for stay lengths to 21.33 m (70')*
7424 -12
-12 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 5/8")
7425 -17
-17 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 5/8")
7426 -22
-22 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 3/4")
HFG235‡‡
8 mm x 30.5 m (100') polyester double braid line. Line not included
*Add to length for longer leg kits. Medium Leg .175 m (7") Long Leg .305 m (12"). **Use without turnbuckle.
‡Use with conventional turnbuckle. Check maximum turnbuckle length for medium leg kit.
‡‡To use own line figure 2 X boat length.

7322.20 5/8
7322.20 3/4
7323.20 7/8
7323.20 1

Pin-to-pin
measurement points

7322.22 5/8
7322.22 3/4
7323.22 7/8
7323.22 1

ESP
Unit 3
Typical Boat Length 13.7 - 18.6 m (45' - 61')
Wire Ø
Rod Ø
Clevis pin Ø
-22, -30, -40 (9.53, 11.10, 12.7 mm)
22.2, 25.4 mm (7/8", 1")
12.7, 14, 16 mm (1/2", 9/16", 5/8")
Standard 21.15 m (69'5"); max 25.15 m (82'7")
Headstay Length*
Part No.
Description
7323.10
Furling system
Leg Kit Required - order separately See toggle and rigging options page 195.
7323.20 7/8**
Short leg kit with toggle with 22.2 mm (7/8") clevis pin. Not for turnbuckle
7323.20 1**
Short leg kit with toggle with 25.4 mm (1") clevis pin. Not for turnbuckle
7323.22 7/8‡
Medium leg kit with toggle with 22.2 mm ( 7/8") clevis pin.
7323.22 1‡
Medium leg kit with toggle with 25.4 mm (1") clevis pin.
7323.21 7/8‡
Long leg kit with toggle with 22.2 mm (7/8") clevis pin
7323.21 1‡
Long leg kit with toggle with 25.4 mm (1") clevis pin

7322.21 5/8
7322.21 3/4
7323.21 7/8
7323.21 1

Unit 2
411 mm
161/8"
Unit 3
489 mm
191/4"

Medium leg kit
max turnbuckle
length

Long
leg kit

Optional Parts
7323.30

Extra 2 m (6.5') luff foil extrusion.
Order 1 for stay lengths to 23.5 m (77'1")*
Order 2 for stay lengths to 25.5 m (83'8")*
7323.31
Extra 26.7 cm (10.5") standard connector.
Order 1 for stay lengths to 23.5 m (77'1")*
Order 2 for stay lengths to 25.5 m (83'8")*
7426 -22
-22 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 3/4")
7427 -30
-30 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 7/8")
7428 -40
-40 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 1")
*Use 7/16" (10, 12 mm) polyester double braid line not supplied by Harken. To figure line length use 2 X boat length
*Add to length for longer leg kits. Medium leg .215 m (81/2") Long leg .37 m (141/2"). **Use without turnbuckle.
‡Use with conventional turnbuckle. Check maximum turnbuckle length for medium leg kit.

Medium
leg kit

Short
leg kit
191

Solaris One 44, 13.60 m, Javier Soto Acebal, Cantiere Se.Ri,Gi. © Francesco Ferri

ELECTRIC JIB REEFING & FURLING
A Harken Electric Jib Reefing and Furling
system is a simple solution for sailors looking
to add push-button comfort and safety to their
cruiser. These sleek free-rolling systems are
easy to install and allow crew to quickly furl
and reef from the cockpit, while maintaining
sail shape and optimal speed. For boats
from 10.6 - 18 m (35' - 60').

Easy to furl
• Stacked Torlon® bearing races in the halyard
swivel evenly distribute radial and thrust loads
to ball bearings.

Stands up to sun, salt, and time
• Torque tube, motor, and gear housing are
deep-saturation hardcoat-anodized, UV-stabilized
aluminum for durability.
• The sculpted gearbox and streamlined motor
housing are sealed with high-quality lip seals
and O-rings.
• Stainless steel link plates resist scratches from
anchor and are easily repolished.
• Hardened steel gears are permanently lubricated.
• Triple-interlock foil joints withstand years of torque
loading: foil connectors geometric shape interlocks
with foil; secures with syringe-injected adhesive,
screws provide final lock.

Foil joints

DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use.

192

Improved sail shape and boat control
• Independent halyard and tack swivels
furl sail center before head and tack
for improved sail shape when reefed.
• Lightweight aluminum halyard swivel
saves weight aloft to reduce pitching
and heeling.

Motor
housing

High-torque, high-efficiency motor
consumes little power
• Permanent magnet design motor gives
off little heat; reduces condensation to
prevent electrical shorts.

Emergency manual operation in case
of power loss
• Use supplied crank handle or cordless
drill adapter, or use standard winch
handle.

• Reversible drive uses a high reduction
worm gear to prevent sails from
unfurling under load.

Foil
connectors

Turnbuckle
adjustment

Simple to install or upgrade from manual to electric

Electric system
components included

Options

• Vertical motor’s streamlined housing fits narrow pulpits, clears anchor tackle,
and provides low windage.

• Upgrade kits available for
manual-to-electric conversion.

• C-shaped connectors slip over headstay without feeding wire through connector.

• Systems available in 12- or 24-volts;
dual-function switch and a 12- or
24-volt control box and circuit breaker
included.

• Lower unit fits over existing turnbuckle allowing easy length adjustment.
Harken toggle assembly accepts standard turnbuckle using swage, rod,
Norseman, or STA-LOK® terminals.
• Unit easily connects to boat’s existing electrical system.
• Easy upgrades from the MKIV Unit 2 and Unit 3 manual units with the
Harken Upgrade Kit.

Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.
STA-LOK is a registered trademark of STA-LOK Terminals.

193

Unit 2E Typical Boat Length 10.6 - 14.2 m (35' - 46')

Wire Ø (1 x 19 SS)
Rod Ø
Clevis pin Ø
-12 -17, -22 (7.14, 8.38, 9.53 mm) 15.9, 19.1 mm (5/8", 3/4")
8, 10 mm (5/16", 3/8")
Headstay Length Standard 18.57 m (60'11"); max 20.70 m (67'11")
Part No.
Description
7412.13 12V
Furling system 12-volt with control box, switches, and circuit breaker
7412.13 24V
Furling system 24-volt with control box, switches, and circuit breaker

Halyard
shackle

Toggle Assembly Required - sold separately
7312.22 5/8
7413.22 3/4

A

B

Jaw/jaw with link plate with 15.9 mm (5/8") clevis pin
Jaw/jaw with link plate with 19.1 mm (3/4") clevis pin

Optional Parts
7406
Through-deck fitting for power cable
7412.12V.CONV Conversion kit MKIV manual to 12V-electric*
7412.24V.CONV Conversion kit MKIV manual to 24V-electric*
7412.30
Extra 2.13 m (7') luff foil extrusion
7412.31
Extra 229 mm (9") connector with bushings
7424 -12
-12 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 5/8")**
7425 -17
-17 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 5/8")**
7426 -22
-22 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 3/4")**
*Includes switch and 12- or 24-volt control box and circuit breaker. Requires toggle assembly.
** Use with conventional turnbuckle.

Head shackle

7412.13 12V
7412.13 24V

C

Unit 3E Typical Boat Length 13.7 - 18.3 m (45' - 60')

Tack shackle

Wire Ø (1 x 19 SS)
Rod Ø
Clevis pin Ø
-22, -30 (9.53, 11.10 mm)
19.1, 22.2 mm (3/4", 7/8")
11, 12 mm (7/16", 1/2")
Headstay Length Standard 22.88 m (75'1"); max 25.02 m (82'1")
Part No.
Description
7413.13 12V
Furling system 12-volt with control box, switches, and circuit breaker
7413.13 24V
Furling system 24-volt with control box, switches, and circuit breaker

Toggle Assembly Required - sold separately
7413.22 3/4
7413.22 7/8

Jaw/jaw with link plate with 19.1 mm (3/4") clevis pin
Jaw/jaw with link plate with 22.2 mm (7/8") clevis pin

D

Optional Parts

E

7406
Through-deck fitting for power cable
7413.12V.CONV Conversion kit MKIV manual to 12V-electric*
7413.24V.CONV Conversion kit MKIV manual to 24V-electric*
7413.30
Extra 2.13 m (7') luff foil extrusion
7413.31
Extra 248 mm (9 3/4") connector with bushings
7426 -22
-22 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 3/4")**
7427 -30
-30 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 7/8")**
* Includes switch and 12- or 24-volt control box and circuit breaker.
Requires toggle assembly.
**Use with conventional turnbuckle.

F

G

H

7406

7412.31
7413.31

7412.30
7413.30

Foil Dimensions

7424 -12
7425 -17
7426 -22
7427 -30

J
K
Foil length
Unit
in
mm
in
mm
ft
m
2E
11/4
32
13/8
36
7
2.13
3E
11/2
38
111/16
43
7
2.13
*Nominal dimensions only, actual luff tape dimensions are larger.

7312.22 5/8
7413.22 3/4
7413.22 7/8

K

7413.13 12V
7413.13 24V

Luff tape*
#6 5 mm (6/32")
#6 5 mm (6/32")

J

Unit 2E, 3E

Electric Furler Dimensions
Part
No.
7412.13 with 7312.22 5/8 toggle
7412.13 with 7413.22 3/4 toggle
7413.13 with 7413.22 3/4 toggle
7413.13 with 7413.22 7/8 toggle

194

A
in
53/8
53/8
75/16
75/16

B
mm
143
143
186
186

in
91/8
91/8
115/8
115/8

C
mm
231
231
296
296

in
31/4
31/4
31/4
31/4

D
mm
82
82
82
82

in
331/16
3311/19
321/2
333/16

E
mm
841
856
826
840

in
241/2
253/32
253/32
2511/16

F
mm
622
637
637
652

in
225/8
231/4
231/4
2313/16

G
mm
574
590
590
605

in
41/2
53/16
53/16
53/4

H
mm
116
132
132
146

in
811/32
811/32
811/32
811/32

mm
212
212
212
212

Toggle & Rigging Options

Use these rigger-supplied options to fit Harken toggles and leg kits shown below.
Harken toggle and leg kit assemblies sold separately. See unit pages.

MKIV

MKIV

Model

Toggle
Part No.
7311.20 1/2
7311.21 1/2
7311.21 5/8
7312.20 5/8
7312.21 5/8
7312.21 3/4
7413.20 3/4
7413.20 7/8
7313.21 3/4
7313.21 7/8
7414.20 7/8
7414.20 1
7414.20 1 1/8

Description
Jaw/jaw
Long link plate w/toggle
Long link plate w/toggle
Jaw/jaw
Long link plate w/toggle
Long link plate w/toggle
Jaw/jaw w/short link plate
Jaw/jaw w/short link plate
Long link plate w/toggle
Long link plate w/toggle
Jaw/jaw w/short link plate
Jaw/jaw w/short link plate
Jaw/jaw w/short link plate

7410.20 5/16
7410.20 3/8
7410.20 7/16
7411.20 1/2
7412.20 5/8

Eye/jaw (reversible)
Eye/jaw (reversible)
Eye/jaw (reversible)
Eye/jaw (reversible)
Eye/jaw (reversible)

Clevis Pin Ø
in
mm
1
/2
12.7
1
/2
12.7
5/8
15.9
5
/8
15.9
5
/8
15.9
3
/4
19.1
3
/4
19.1
7
/8
22.2
3
/4
19.1
7/8
22.2
7
/8
22.2
1
25.4
28.57
11/8

ELECTRIC

MKIV

HYDRAULIC

Jaw/jaw w/link plate
Jaw/jaw w/link plate
Jaw/jaw w/link plate
Jaw/jaw w/link plate

741X.25 X/X
741X.26 X/X

Hydraulic furling toggles
Furling toggles and cylinders

7.9
9.5
11.1
12.7
15.9

/8
/

15.9
19.1

3

7311.20 5/8
Stud/jaw*
7312.20 3/4
Stud/jaw**
*Thread Ø: 5/8–18 LH  **Thread Ø: 3/4–16 LH

7312.22 5/8
7413.22 3/4
7413.22 3/4
7413.22 7/8

/
/8
7/16
1/2
5
/8
5 16

5

3 4

Fits
Unit

Furler
Part No.

1

7411.10

2

7412.10

3

7413.10

4

7414.10

0

7410.10

1
2

7411.10
7412.10

1
2

7411.10
7412.10
Toggle flips for
alternate chainplate
position.

/
/4
3/4
7/8
5 8
3

15.9
19.1
19.1
22.2

/4 –27/16 19.9–61.9
/4–27/16 19.9–61.9

3

3

2E

7312.13 12V/24V

3E

7413.13 12V/24V

3H - 8H

741X.15

ESP

5/16
7320.20 5/16 Short leg kit*
8
3/8
9.5
7320.20 3/8
Short leg kit*
0
7320.10
5/16
8
7320.21 5/16 Long leg kit
3/8
9.5
7320.21 3/8
Long leg kit
7
/16
11
7321.20 7/16 Short leg kit*
1/2
12.7
7321.20 1/2
Short leg kit*
7/16
11
7321.22 7/16 Medium leg kit**
1
7321.10
1/2
12.7
7321.22 1/2
Medium leg kit**
7/16
11
7321.21 7/16 Long leg kit
1/2
12.7
7321.21 1/2
Long leg kit
5/8
15.9
7322.20 5/8
Short leg kit*
3
/4
19.1
7322.20 3/4
Short leg kit*
5/8
15.9
7322.22 5/8
Medium leg kit**
2
7322.10
3/4
19.1
7322.22 3/4
Medium leg kit**
5/8
15.9
7322.21 5/8
Long leg kit
3/4
19.1
7322.21 3/4
Long leg kit
7/8
22.2
7323.20 7/8
Short leg kit*
7323.20 1
Short leg kit*
1
25.4
7
/8
22.2
7323.22 7/8
Medium leg kit**
3
7323.10
7323.22 1
Medium leg kit**
1
25.4
7/8
22.2
7323.21 7/8
Long leg kit
7323.21 1
Long leg kit
1
25.4
*Marine eye only. Does not fit turnbuckle. **Check maximum turnbuckle length for medium leg kit. See unit pages 190 -191.

Rigger
Supplied

Harken
Long link plate
w/toggle

Jaw/jaw
toggle
assembly

Eye/jaw
toggle
assembly

Stud/jaw
toggle
assembly

Boats with larger clevis pins
use special Harken lower
stud fitting.

Hydraulic

Electric

Hydraulic

Short
leg kit*

Medium
leg kit**

Long
leg kit

195

Q5 Quintessential, Yachting Developments © Chris Lewis

MKIV HYDRAULIC JIB REEFING & FURLING
Powerful performance packed into a compact, slim profile
makes our hydraulic headsail furlers the ultimate in pushbutton sail control. Perfect for cruisers and performance
cruisers, these free-rolling systems fit wire sizes from
11 - 25 mm (7/16" - 1"); rod from -22 to -320 or equivalent
fiber stays. Parts and service are available around the world.

Low-friction efficiency for easy furling
and reefing
• Multiple rows of Torlon® ball bearings in high-load
areas minimize friction.
• Stacked bearing races evenly distribute radial and
thrust loads; halyard swivel turns freely under load.

Standard transmission reduces mechanical
friction and pressure loss
• Engages/disengages the motor’s powered
and manual gear drive for efficient operation.
• Worm gear drive prevents backwinding,
unloads hydraulic motor when reefed.

High-strength, lightweight
• Hardcoat-anodized, UV-stabilized aluminum
torque tube, motor, and gear housing.
Foil joints

• Aerodynamic, clear-anodized aluminum Air foils
handle extreme reefing loads; carbon fiber foils
available on request.
• Triple-interlock foil joints withstand years of torque
loading: foil connectors geometric shape interlocks
with foil; secures with syringe-injected adhesive;
screws provide final lock.

Carbon foil

DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use.

196

Improved sail shape and boat control
• Independent halyard and tack swivels
furl sail center before head and tack
for improved sail shape when reefed.
• Lightweight aluminum halyard swivel
saves weight aloft to reduce pitching
and heeling.

Fast hoists, douses, reefs,
and sail changes
• Precision-extruded, double-groove
Air foils for smooth sail handling and
fast sail changes.

Emergency manual operation in case
of power loss
• Use supplied crank handle or cordless
drill adapter, or use standard winch
handle.

• Stainless steel feeder allows fast
singlehanded hoist and sail changes.

• Unit 3 uses a hard shackle. Units 4
through 8 lashed on with Spectra® line;
patented system evenly distributes loads.
• Lower unit’s compact size brings sail’s
tack close to deck.

Foil
connectors

Turnbuckle
adjustment

Designed for easy installation
• C-shaped open connectors with
low-friction plastic isolators easily slip
onto headstay wire and into foil.
• Lower unit fits over existing turnbuckle
allowing easy length adjustment.
Harken toggle assembly accepts
standard turnbuckle using swage, rod,
Norseman, or STA-LOK® terminals.

Easy to maintain
• Bearings require no lubrication or
isolating seals.
• Hardened steel gears and bearings
in lower unit permanently lubricated
in oil bath.

Options
• A hydraulic cylinder installed below
unit adjusts headstay, keeps luff
tension constant. This prevents halyard
and tack attachments from overloading
when the headstay is adjusted.

• Fewer parts easier to assemble
and service.

• Lower toggle assembly fixes at
90-degree intervals, accepts any
chainplate direction.
• Motor has no case drain line for easier
installation; fewer hoses.

Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers L.L.C.
Spectra is a registered trademark of Honeywell International, Inc.
STA-LOK is a registered trademark of STA-LOK Terminals.

197

MKIV Hydraulic
Jib Reefing & Furling

7413.30
7414.30

Contact Harken for
availability of carbon foils

7413.31
7414.31S
7414.31L

7426 -22
7427 -30
7428 -40
7429 -48

Unit 3

Wire Ø (1 x 19 SS)
Rod Ø
-22, -30 (9.53, 11.10 mm)
11, 12 mm (7/16", 1/2")
Headstay Length* Aluminum foil: standard 22.77 m (74'9"), max 24.91 m (81'9")
Part No.
Description
7413.15
Furling system with aluminum foils

Manual operation switch
and gear socket

7413.25 3/4
7413.25 7/8
7414.25 7/8
7414.25 1
7414.25 1 1/8

7413.26 3/4
7413.26 7/8
7414.26 7/8
7414.26 1
7414.26 1 1/8

Clevis pin Ø
19, 22.2 mm (3/4", 7/8")

Unit 3

Toggle Assembly Required - sold separately
7413.25 3/4
7413.25 7/8
7413.26 3/4
7413.26 7/8

Toggle for 19 mm (3/4") clevis pin
Toggle for 22.2 mm (7/8") clevis pin
Toggle and hydraulic cylinder for 19 mm (3/4") clevis pin
Toggle and hydraulic cylinder for 22.2 mm (7/8") clevis pin

Optional Parts
7413.30
Extra 2.13 m (7') aluminum foil extrusion
7413.31
Extra 248 mm (93/4") connector with bushings
7426 -22
-22 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 3/4")**
7427 -30
-30 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 7/8")**
Contact Harken to request quote and lead time. *Hydraulic cylinder increases standard and maxiumum lengths.
**Use with conventional turnbuckle.

Unit 4

Unit 4

Wire Ø (1 x 19 SS)
Rod Ø
Clevis pin Ø
-30, -40, -48 (11.10, 12.7, 14.3 mm)
22.2, 25.4, 28.6 mm (7/8", 1", 11/8")
12, 14, 16 mm (1/2", 9/16", 5/8")
Headstay Length* Aluminum foil: standard 22.93 m (75'3"), max 29.33 m (96'3")
Part No.
Description
7414.15S
Furling system with aluminum foils and small bushing; fits -30, -40 rod, 12 mm (1/2") wire
7414.15L
Furling system with aluminum foils and large bushing; fits -48 rod, 14 mm, 16 mm (9/16", 5/8") wire

Toggle Assembly Required - sold separately
7414.25 7/8
7414.25 1
7414.25 1 1/8
7414.26 7/8
7414.26 1
7414.26 1 1/8

Toggle for 22.2 mm (7/8") clevis pin
Toggle for 25.4 mm (1") clevis pin
Toggle for 28.6 mm (11/8") clevis pin
Toggle and hydraulic cylinder for 22.2 mm (7/8") clevis pin
Toggle and hydraulic cylinder for 25.4 mm (1") clevis pin
Toggle and hydraulic cylinder for 28.6 mm (11/8") clevis pin

Optional Parts

198

7414.30
Extra 2.13 m (7') aluminum foil extrusion
7414.31S
Extra 103/4" (270 mm) connector with bushings, fits -30, -40 rod, 12 mm (1/2") wire
7414.31L
Extra 103/4" (270 mm) connector with bushings, fits fits -48 rod, 14 mm, 16 mm (9/16", 5/8") wire
7427 -30
-30 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 7/8")**
7428 -40
-40 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 1")**
7429 -48
-48 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 11/8")**
Contact Harken to request quote and lead time. *Hydraulic cylinder increases standard and maximum lengths.
**Use with conventional turnbuckle.

Unit 3
Unit 4

MKIV Hydraulic
Jib Reefing & Furling

Contact Harken for
availability of carbon foils.

7415.30
7416.30

Unit 5

7415.31S
7415.31M
7415.31L
7416.31S
7416.31M
7416.31L

Wire Ø (1 x 19 SS)
16, 19, 22 mm (5/8", 3/4", 7/8")

Headstay Length*
Part No.
7415.15S
7415.15M
7415.15L

7429 -48

Rod Ø
-48, -60, -76‡ (14.3, 16.8, 17.9 mm)

7415.25 1 1/8
7415.25 1 1/4
7415.25 X X/X
7416.25 1 1/4
7416.25 1 3/8
7416.25 1 9/16
7416.25 X X/X

7415.26 1 1/8
7415.26 1 1/4
7415.26 X X/X
7416.26 1 1/4
7416.26 1 3/8
7416.26 1 9/16
7416.26 X X/X

Clevis pin Ø
28.6, 31.8 mm (11/8", 11/4")

7415.15S aluminum foil: standard 23.8 m (78'), max 34.7 m (114');
7415.15M and 7415.15L aluminum foil: standard 26.5 m (87'), max 34.7 m (114')
Description
Furling system with aluminum foils and small bushing; fits -48, -60 rod, 16 mm (5/8") wire
Furling system with aluminum foils and medium bushing: fits -76
Furling system with aluminum foils and large bushing; fits 19, 22 mm (3/4", 7/8") wire

Toggle Assembly Required - sold separately
7415.25 1 1/8
7415.25 1 1/4
7415.25 X X/X**
7415.26 1 1/8
7415.26 1 1/4
7415.26 X X/X**

Toggle for 28.6 mm (11/8") clevis pin
Toggle for 31.8 mm (11/4") clevis pin
Toggle for all other clevis pin sizes (customer supplied dimensions)
Toggle and hydraulic cylinder for 28.6 mm (11/8") clevis pin
Toggle and hydraulic cylinder for 31.8 mm (11/4") clevis pin
Toggle and hydraulic cylinder for all other clevis pin sizes (customer supplied dimensions)

Optional Parts
7415.30
Extra 2.74 m (9') aluminum foil extrusion
7415.31S
Extra 305 mm (12") connector with small bushing; fits -48, -60 rod, 16 mm (5/8") wire
7415.31M
Extra 305 mm (12") connector with medium bushing; fits -76 rod
7415.31L
Extra 305 mm (12") connector with large bushing; fits 19, 22 mm (3/4", 7/8") wire
7429 -48
-48 rod adaptor stud (thread Ø UNF 11/8")***
Contact Harken to request quote and lead time. *Hydraulic cylinder increases standard and maximum lengths. ‡Continuous
rod only. If rod is sectional, order Unit 6. **Specify rigging dimensions when ordering. ***Use with conventional turnbuckle.

Unit 6

Wire Ø (1 x 19 SS)
Rod Ø
Clevis pin Ø
22, 25 mm (7/8", 1")
-76, -91, -115 (17.9, 19.5, 22.2 mm)
31.8, 34.9, 39.7 mm (11/4", 13/8", 19/16")
Headstay Length* Aluminum foil: standard 28.8 m (94'6"), max 38.8 m (127'6")
Part No.
Description
7416.15S
Furling system with aluminum foils and small bushing; fits -76 rod
7416.15M
Furling system with aluminum foils and medium bushing; fits -91 rod
7416.15L
Furling system with aluminum foils and large bushing; fits -115 rod, 22, 25 mm (7/8", 1") wire

Toggle Assembly Required - sold separately
7416.25 1 1/4
7416.25 1 3/8
7416.25 1 9/16
7416.25 X X/X**
7416.26 1 1/4
7416.26 1 3/8
7416.26 1 9/16
7416.26 X X/X**

Toggle for 31.8 mm (11/4") clevis pin
Toggle for 34.9 mm (13/8") clevis pin
Toggle for 39.7 mm (19/16") clevis pin
Toggle for all other clevis pin sizes (customer supplied dimensions)
Toggle and hydraulic cylinder for 31.8 mm (11/4") clevis pin
Toggle and hydraulic cylinder for 34.9 mm (13/8") clevis pin
Toggle and hydraulic cylinder for 39.7 mm (19/16") clevis pin
Toggle and hydraulic cylinder for all other clevis pin sizes (customer supplied dimensions)

Optional Parts
7416.30
Extra 3.35 m (11') aluminum foil extrusion
7416.31S
Extra 330 mm (13") connector with small bushing; fits -76 rod
7416.31M
Extra 330 mm (13") connector with medium bushing; fits -91 rod
7416.31L
Extra 330 mm (13") connector with large bushing; fits -115 rod, 22, 25 mm (7/8", 1") wire
Contact Harken to request quote and lead time. *Hydraulic cylinder increases standard and maximum lengths.
**Specify rigging dimensions when ordering.

Unit 4
Unit 5
Unit 6
199

MKIV Hydraulic
Jib Reefing & Furling

7417.26 1 9/16
7417.26 1 3/4
7417.26 1 7/8
7417.26 X X/X
7418.26 1 7/8
7418.26 2 1/8
7418.26 2 1/4
7418.26 2 7/16
7418.26 X X/X

7417.30
7418.30
Contact Harken for
availability of carbon foils.

7417.31S
7417.31M
7417.31L
7418.31

Unit 7

7417.25 1 9/16
7417.25 1 3/4
7417.25 1 7/8
7417.25 X X/X
7418.25 1 7/8
7418.25 2 1/8
7418.25 2 1/4
7418.25 2 7/16
7418.25 X X/X

Fiber Stay
Rod Ø
Clevis pin Ø
Customer-supplied dimensions
-115, -150, -170 (22.2, 25.4, 27.1 mm)
39.7, 44.5, 47.6 mm (19/16", 13/4", 17/8")
Headstay Length Aluminum foil: contact Harken with stay length
Part No.
Description
7417.15S
Furling system with aluminum foils and small bushing; fits -115 rod
7417.15M
Furling system with aluminum foils and medium bushing; fits -150 rod
7417.15L
Furling system with aluminum foils and large bushing; fits -170 rod
7417.15 X.XXX** Furling system with aluminum foils for all other rigging (customer-supplied dimensions)

Toggle Assembly Required - sold separately
7417.25 1 9/16
7417.25 1 3/4
7417.25 1 7/8
7417.25 X X/X**
7417.26 1 9/16
7417.26 1 3/4
7417.26 1 7/8
7417.26 X X/X**

Toggle for 39.7 mm (19/16") clevis pin
Toggle for 44.5 mm (13/4") clevis pin
Toggle for 47.6 mm (17/8") clevis pin
Toggle for all other clevis pin sizes (customer-supplied dimensions)
Toggle and hydraulic cylinder for 39.7 mm (19/16") clevis pin
Toggle and hydraulic cylinder for 44.5 mm (13/4") clevis pin
Toggle and hydraulic cylinder for 47.6 mm (17/8") clevis pin
Toggle and hydraulic cylinder for all other clevis pin sizes (customer-supplied dimensions)

Optional Parts
7417.30
Extra 3.96 m (13') aluminum foil extrusion
7417.31S
Extra connector with small bushings; fits -115 rod
7417.31M
Extra connector with medium bushings; fits -150 rod
7417.31L
Extra connector with large bushings; fits -170 rod
Contact Harken to request quote and lead time. **Specify rigging dimensions when ordering.

Unit 8

Fiber Stay

Rod Ø
Clevis pin Ø
-170, -195, -220, -260, -320
47.6, 54.0, 57.2, 61.9 mm
Customer-supplied dimensions
(27.1, 28.6, 30.3, 33.4, 38.10 mm)
(17/8", 21/8", 21/4", 27/16")
Headstay Length Aluminum foil: contact Harken with stay length
Part No.
Description
7418.15
Furling system with aluminum foils
7418.15 X.XXX** Furling system with aluminum foils for all other rigging (customer-supplied dimensions)

Toggle Assembly Required - sold separately
7418.25 1 7/8
7418.25 2 1/8
7418.25 2 1/4
7418.25 2 7/16
7418.25 X X/X**
7418.26 1 7/8
7418.26 2 1/8
7418.26 2 1/4
7418.26 2 7/16
7418.26 X X/X**

Toggle for 47.6 mm (17/8") clevis pin
Toggle for 54.0 mm (21/8") clevis pin
Toggle for 57.2 mm (21/4") clevis pin
Toggle for 61.9 mm (27/16") clevis pin
Toggle for all other clevis pin sizes (customer-supplied dimensions)
Toggle and hydraulic cylinder for 47.6 mm (17/8") clevis pin
Toggle and hydraulic cylinder for 54.0 mm (21/8") clevis pin
Toggle and hydraulic cylinder for 57.2 mm (21/4") clevis pin
Toggle and hydraulic cylinder for 61.9 mm (27/16") clevis pin
Toggle and hydraulic cylinder for all other clevis pin sizes (customer-supplied dimensions)

Optional Parts
7418.30
Extra 3.96 m (13') aluminum foil extrusion
7418.31
Extra connector with bushings
Contact Harken to request quote and lead time. **Specify rigging dimensions when ordering.

200

Unit 7
Unit 8

Hydraulic Furling Dimensions
Contact Harken for furler dimensions larger than Unit 6.

E**
A

B

C

D*

Min
Unit
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
186
12
300
81/4
209
31/4
80
479/16
1209
47
1194
3
75/16
227
141/4
360
87/8
225
41/2
115
551/2
1409
543/8
1381
4
815/16
267
17
430
103/8
264
5
120
631/2
1613
6213/16
1596
5
101/2
314
201/2
520
113/16
285
61/4
160
673/8
1711
661/16
1679
6
121/2
*From boltrope
**If hydraulic cylinder is used, dimensions E through I will increase according to cylinder length and settings. See cylinder length
addition chart. See installation manual for detailed cylinder dimension information.
F**
Max

Max

G**
Min

Max

Min

Max

A

B

H**

Min
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
Unit
3
327/8
836
325/16
821
187/8
480
181/2
470
1611/16
424
161/8
409
971
371/8
943
221/4
565
211/4
540
1911/16
500
189/16
472
4
381/4
1059
41
1042
271/2
700
263/4
680
241/2
619
2311/16
602
5
4111/16
1183
451/4
1150
303/8
770
283/4
730
261/4
666
25
634
6
469/16
**If hydraulic cylinder is used, dimensions E through I will increase according to cylinder length and settings. See cylinder length
addition chart. See installation manual for detailed cylinder dimension information.
I**
Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

J

K

Min
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
Unit
3
53/16
132
45/8
118
29/16
65
2
51
119/16
293
67/8
174
160
53/16
132
33/4
95
25/8
66
137/8
353
73/8
188
4
65/16
185
65/8
168
45/16
109
35/8
91.8
1513/16
402
91/8
232
5
71/4
218
71/4
185
57/16
139
43/16
106
181/2
469
913/16
249
6
89/16
**If hydraulic cylinder is used, dimensions E through I will increase according to cylinder length and settings. See cylinder length
addition chart. See installation manual for detailed cylinder dimension information.

D

E

Cylinder Length Addition
Unit
3
4
5
6

Add min length
in
mm
378
147/8
413
161/4
479
187/8
535
211/16

Add max length
in
mm
19
483
215/8
549
247/8
631
287/16
722

Stroke length
in
mm
4
100
5
125
6
150
7
175

F

G
H

Foil Dimensions
L
M
Foil length
Unit
in
mm
in
mm
ft
m
3
11/2
38
111/16
43
7
2.13
4
13/4
44
127/32
47
7
2.13
5
213/32
61
25/8
63
9
2.74
#6
6
33/16
82
39/32
83
11
3.35
#6
7
311/32
98
4
101
13
3.96
#6
8
41/2
115
45/8
118
13
3.96
#6
*Nominal dimensions only, actual luff tape dimensions are larger.

Luff tape*
#6 5 mm (6/32")
#6 5 mm (6/32")
5 mm (6/32"), #7 6 mm (7/32")
5 mm (6/32"), #7 6 mm (7/32")
5 mm (6/32"), #7 6 mm (7/32")
5 mm (6/32"), #7 6 mm (7/32")

I

M

L

J
C

K

Mistress, Swan 53, Nautor® Swan

201

NEW

7407, 7408

Furling Accessories
Carbo Furling Lead Block Assemblies

Harken recommends equipping every system with Carbo lead blocks for safe
furling from the cockpit. The 7404 kit’s lightweight, UV-stabilized Carbo blocks
run exclusively on ball bearings for fast trimming under any load.
A 7402 ratchet maintains tension when spooling so the unit furls smoothly and easily.
The 7403 outboard assembly allows the furling line to travel outboard of the stanchion
to keep the sidedeck clear. Block mounts with a strong four-screw clamp without removing
the stanchion or lifelines. Use the 7401 or 7407 block on the bow pulpit as an inboard lead.
Use the 7405 as an inboard lead for two lines, for continuous line furlers, or cutter-rigged
boats with two furlers. 7401, 7402, 7405, and 7407 have ball-and-socket bases to align
blocks for smooth leads aft. The 7404 lead block kit provides a complete system for most boats.

Stanchion Mount Bases

The 061 and 7408 bases for Carbo and Classic blocks lead furling line inside the stanchion.
The 7403 outboard assembly allows
furling line to travel outboard of the
stanchion to keep the sidedeck clear.

Halyard Restrainers

A halyard restrainer keeps the halyard against the mast. This provides a better
angle to the halyard swivel and prevents it from wrapping around the foil.
Stainless steel brackets feature hardcoat-anodized aluminum sheaves that
accommodate both wire and rope.

Halyard Deflector

A halyard deflector prevents the jib halyard and other halyards (such as
a spinnaker or additional jib halyards) from wrapping around the foil.

Prefeeders and Snap Shackles

Prefeeders and snap shackles facilitate fast sail changes. The 7006 prefeeder
features hardcoat-anodized rollers with low-friction bushings.

7403

7402

7401

448

061

7407

7405

7408

944
945

7301, 7302
7303, 7304
7404

947
202

7006

884
885

7430

7431

NEW

7407, 7408

Furling Accessories

Alerion 41 © Billy Black/Alerion Yachts

Sheave
Max line
Maximum
Ø
Weight
Ø
working load
Part
No. Description
in
mm
oz
g
in
mm
lb
kg
Use with
7
/8", 1" (22, 25 mm) stanchions
061 Stanchion mount base*


2
57


350
159
3/8
38
2.1
60
10
300
136
0/1/2
448 Halyard lead block
11/2
884 Snap shackle


2.3
65


1500
680
00AL, MKIV 0/1
885 Snap shackle


5
141


2300
1040
MKIV 2
15
/16
25
3
85




00AL/0/1
944 Halyard restrainer**
31
6
170




2/3/3.25
945 Halyard restrainer**
11/4
7301 Halyard deflector


1.6
45




MKIV and ESP Unit 0
7302 Halyard deflector


2.4
68




MKIV and ESP Unit 1
7303 Halyard deflector


4.8
136




MKIV and ESP Unit 2
7304 Halyard deflector


8
227




MKIV and ESP Unit 3
947 Prefeeder


1
28




All
7006 Carbo racing foil prefeeder


3
85




All
3/8
40
3.7
106
10
485
220
1" (25 mm) stanchions
7401 40 mm Carbo lead block assembly
19/16
3/8
57
5.4
152
10
500
227
1" (25 mm) stanchions
7402 57 mm Carbo ratchet lead block assembly
21/4
3
29
3
85
/8
10


1" (25 mm) stanchions
7403 29 mm outboard lead block assembly
11/8
7404 Lead block kit***
Kit includes 3 x 7403 / 1 x 7401 / 1 x 7402 / 1 cleat
1" (25 mm) stanchions
3/8
40
5.6
159
10
485
220
1" (25 mm) stanchions
7405 40 mm Carbo stanchion mount double lead
19/16
3/8
57
5.2
149
10
500
227
1" (25 mm) stanchions
7407 57 mm Carbo lead block
21/4
7408 Stanchion mount base


2
57


350
159
11/8" (28.5 mm) stanchions
7430 Powered furling crank handle


7
198




Electric/hydraulic furling
7431 Powered furling drill adapter


2.5
71




Electric/hydraulic furling
*Stanchion mount base fits Classic Bullet, Big Bullet, 2.25", 57 mm Carbo single blocks, and ratchet blocks with swivel post. **#10 RH (5 mm) fasteners.
***Max line Ø: 10 mm (3/8"); Weight: 544 g (19.2 oz).

203

NEW FOR 2016
All-Chrome
Radial winches
Page 209
Bronze Radial
winches
Page 210
Carbo OneTouch
Locking Handle
Page 231
Jeanneau 64, Philippe Briand Yacht Design, 20.1 m
(65'11") © Gilles Martin-Raget

WINCHES

65
(19.8)

Rig Dimensions

Aluminum: aluminum Radial winches in 1-, 2-, and 3-speed
self-tailing or plain-top.
Aluminum classic single-speed, plain-top winches in sizes 6 and 8;
2- and 3-speed self-tailing winches sizes 980 and up in aluminum
or aluminum/stainless.

55
(16.8)

P
I2

E

Chrome: Chrome Radial winches feature chrome drums with
black or white composite bases and tops; 1-, 2-, and 3-speed
self-tailing.

Typical I, P
Dimensions

60
(18.3)

1. Choose Drum Material, Speed & Style

I

J, E in feet (meters)

Ordering Winches

50
(15.3)
45
(13.7)

J

All-chrome Radial winches have chrome bases, drums, and tops;
1-, 2- and 3-speeds; self-tailing or plain-top.

40
(12)

35
(10.6)

P: Fractional
P: Masthead
I: Fractional
I: Masthead

30
(9)

Stainless Steel: stainless steel winches have stainless bases,
drums, and tops; 2-, and 3-speed self-tailing; 4-speed winches
in some larger sizes.

45
30
35
40
50
55
(9) (10.6) (12) (13.7) (15.3) (16.8)
Boat length in feet (meters)

Bronze: bronze Radial winches in 1-, 2-, and 3-speeds; self-tailing or
plain-top styles.

24
(7.3)

Carbon Fiber: carbon fiber winches in 2- and 3-speed self-tailing
or top-cleating.

Typical J, E
Dimensions

22
(6.7)

To order large cruising, Megayacht, and Grand Prix racing winches,
please contact Harken.

20
(6.1)
J, E in feet (meters)

Powered Winches: choose electric or hydraulically driven winches
and components. To order hydraulic winches, please contact Harken.

2. Determine size

The Sizing Chart selects winches for different applications and
rig dimensions. If unsure of the dimensions, use the Typical
Dimensions graphs. To order large Grand Prix and Megayacht
winches, please contact Harken.

18
(5.5)
16
(4.9)
14
(4.3)
12
(3.7)

3. Choose Ball Bearing Handle

J: Fractional
J: Masthead
E: Fractional
E: Masthead

10
(3)

Plain or lock-in handles in chromed bronze, bronze, and
aluminum; Speedgrip and standard styles in 203 and 254 mm
(8 and 10" ) lengths.

30
35
40
45
50
55
(9) (10.6) (12) (13.7) (15.3) (16.8)
Boat length in feet (meters)

Sizing Chart
Genoa

Mainsail

End-boom
Sheet
Halyard
mainsheet
Halyard
Reef
Max sail area
4:1 sheet
100% foretriangle
max sail area
Winch
(I x J x .5)
Max I
(P x E x .5)
Max P
Max P
ft2
m2
ft
m
ft2
m2
ft
m
ft
m
size
6
75
7
25
7.6


25
7.6
34
10.4
8
115
10.5
36
11
150
14
32
9.8
40
12.2
15
135
12.5
39
12
194
18
34
10.5
43
13
20
155
14.5
42
12.8
230
21
38
11.6
46
14
35
225
21
48
14.6
335
30
43
13.1
53
16.2
40
270
25
54
16.5
410
38
49
14.9
57
17.4
46
365
34
69
21
625
58
64
19.5
73
22.2
50
390
36
73
22.2
700
65
68
20.7
78
23.8
60
525
49
82
25
850
79
80
24.4
92
28
70
590
55
86
26.2
1000
93
85
25.9
97
29.6
74*
950
88
100
30.5
1350
125
102
31.1


80
950
88
100
30.5
1350
125
102
31.1


*Available in stainless steel, all-chrome, or bronze only. See page 223 for material availability by size.

Spinnaker
Sheet

Halyard

Max sail area
(I x J x 1.8)
ft2
m2
500
46.5
800
74
893
83
975
91
1135
105
1240
115
1530
142
1750
162
2200
204
3000
279



Max I
ft
m
25
7.6
36
11
39
12
42
12.8
48
14.6
54
16.5
68
20.7
74
22.5
85
25.9
91
27.7
105
32
105
32

Staysail
Topping lift/
foreguy

Halyard

Max I
ft
35
44
47
50
56
61
78
82
98
108

m
10.7
13.4
14.2
15.2
17
18.6
23.8
25
29.9
33

Max I2
ft
25
37
39
42
48
54
69
73
82
86

m
7.6
11.3
12
12.8
14.6
16.5
21
22.2
25
26.2

205

Saffier 33 SE, builder: Saffieryachts, designer: Dean Hennevanger © Bertel Kolthof

RADIAL LINE WINCHES
Harken Radial Line winches have successfully
balanced the need for a secure grip and line
longevity with smooth, controlled easing while
under load. Details sailors will appreciate:
smaller winches that carry higher loads,
stress-free seasonal maintenance, and
one-person installation with easy upgrades to
power. Nine sizes in multiple styles and finishes:
aluminum, chrome, and bronze; 1-, 2-, and
3-speed self-tailing; manual, electric, or
hydraulic drives.

Maximum holding power with minimum line wear
• Nonabrasive diagonal ribs on gripping surface hold
line securely and reduce line wear; ribs shaped for
each winch size and drum material.

Smooth, controlled easing
• Patented angle of ribs drives line wraps down when
easing to keep them on area of drum that provides
best control.

High-strength, lightweight
• Weight savings of 25 to 50 percent compared
to Harken Classic winch line.
• High-strength composite roller bearings and
bushings reduce friction under load.
• Load-carrying gears and pins are 17-4 PH
stainless steel for strength, corrosion resistance.

DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use.

206

Powered Options
• Electric: vertical-mount motors;
horizontal-mount motors offered
with right- or left-mount option.
• Hydraulic: vertical-mount motor.

Adjustable stripper arm integrated
into winch top for safer operation
• Stripper arm completely covers
rotating winch top, preventing
fingers and clothing from catching
in moving parts.
• Adjusts to multiple positions after
the winch is mounted to optimize
line exit.

Power-grip jaws shaped for easy
line entry, optimum hold

Easy upgrade from manual
to power

• Upper jaw adjusts under line
pressure; accepts a variety of
line sizes.

• Manual winches easily convert to
powered using patented
conversion method.

• Teeth grip evenly with or without load.

• No adapter plate required;
identical stud pattern to mount
winches of the same size without
drilling new holes in deck.
• A predrilled hole in deck by builder
simplifies manual-to-electric
conversion; removable gaskets
offered to seal holes until upgrade
is made.

• Shaped to smoothly feed line in
and out of self-tailing jaws.

Energy-efficient motors
accomplish more work per
unit of electricity consumed
a

• Motors attach to central drive
shaft and drive through winch
gears for two-speed mechanical
advantage.

b

c

Simple to install, easy maintenance
• Patented mounting system for fast,
one-person installation without
removing drum.

• Low-power first gear for fast
trimming; higher-power second
gear for fine-tuning loaded sheets.
• Efficient design allows smaller
motor size.

a. Snap off the skirt at the base of the winch.

b. Slide bolts through the slots in the winch
base and snap the plastic skirt back on.
c. Place the stud bolts into the predrilled holes

on the deck and tighten from belowdeck.

• Snap-fit design keeps bearings captive
when drum is removed for maintenance.
• Easy to disassemble for service on deck;
socket, washer, and screw-top snap-fit
together for mistake-free reassembly.
• Composite roller bearings don’t
require lubrication.

Manual override in case of
power loss
• Harken locking handle inserted
into an unloaded winch
automatically disconnects
motor gear for manual operation.

207

WINCH

Aluminum & Chrome
Radial Winches

Q&A

WHY DOES MY CHROME RADIAL
LINE WINCH HAVE A DIFFERENT
GRIP PATTERN THAN AN
ALUMINUM RADIAL LINE WINCH?

About Radial winches: see feature pages at beginning of this section.

Chrome has a more slippery
finish than aluminum, so the ribs
on chrome winches are spaced
closer together to increase friction.
This optimizes your grip for trimming
as well as for easing the sail in
a smooth, controlled manner.

Series 15 and 20 winches use
composite bushings to handle
high loads in a small package.

Drive gear
Sheet

D
H
LE

ALUMINUM RADIAL

CHROME RADIAL

Ø
Part
No.

Drum (D)
in
mm

Base (B)
in
mm

Height (H)
in
mm

Weight
lb
kg

Line entry
height (LE)
in
mm

B

Line Ø
(min - max)
in
mm

Fastener
circle
in
mm

Fasteners
(SH or HH)
in
mm

1

Gear ratio
2
3

1

Power ratio
2
3

Aluminum Radial
15STA
20STA
35.2STA
40.2STA
46.2STA
50.2STA
60.2STA
60.3STA
70.2STA
70.3STA
80.2STA
80.3STA

27/8
27/8
31/8
31/8
37/8
45/16
43/4
43/4
51/8
51/8
67/8
67/8

73
43/4
73
53/8
80
57/8
80 63/16
100 71/4
110 75/8
120 95/16
120 95/16
130 97/16
130 97/16
175 115/16
175 115/16

120
137
149
157
184
194
236
236
240
240
287
287

5 1/2
513/16
611/16
67/8
715/16
85/16
911/16
911/16
101/16
101/16
129/16
129/16

139
148
170
175
201
212
246
246
256
256
320
320

4.6
5.3
7.9
8.4
11.5
13.2
22.5
25.8
24.9
28.3
46.8
50.1

2.1
2.4
3.6
3.8
5.2
6.0
10.2
11.7
11.3
12.8
21.2
22.7

21/4
23/8
31/8
31/4
39/16
37/8
49/16
49/16
41/2
41/2
67/16
67/16

58
61
79
82
90
97
116
116
115
115
164
164

/ - 3/8
/ - 1/2
5/16 - 1/2
5/16 - 1/2
5/16 - 9/16
5/16 - 9/16
5/16 - 5/8
5/16 - 5/8
3/8 - 11/16
3/8 - 11/16
1/2 - 11/16
1/2 - 11/16

6 - 10 315/16
6 - 12 43/8
8 - 12 47/8
8 - 12 47/8
8 - 14 57/8
8 - 14 57/8
8 - 16
8
8 - 16
8
10 - 18 81/8
10 - 18 81/8
12 - 18 93/16
12 - 18 93/16

100
110
123
123
150
150
204
204
205
205
233
233

5 x 1/4* 5 x 6
5 x 1/4* 5 x 6
5 x 1/4* 5 x 6
5 x 1/4* 5 x 6
5 x 5/16 5 x 8
5 x 5/16 5 x 8
6 x 5/16 6 x 8
6 x 5/16 6 x 8
6 x 5/16 6 x 8
6 x 5/16 6 x 8
8 x 3/8 8 x 10
8 x 3/8 8 x 10

2.43
2.76
2.13
2.13
2.30
2.40
4.80
2.20
5.70
2.30
9.94
2.76


— 16.90 —


— 19.20 —

5.65
— 13.50 35.90 —
6.28
— 13.50 39.90 —
9.17
— 11.70 46.50 —
10.90 — 10.90 50.40 —
14.40 — 20.30 61.00 —
4.80 14.40 9.20 20.30 61.00
18.50 — 22.20 72.00 —
5.70 18.50 9.00 22.20 72.00
32.12 — 28.85 93.24 —
9.94 32.12 8.01 28.85 93.24

73
53/8
80
57/8
80 63/16
100 71/4
110 75/8
120 95/16
120 95/16
130 97/16
130 97/16
175 115/16
175 115/16

137
149
157
184
194
236
236
240
240
287
287

513/16
611/16
67/8
715/16
85/16
911/16
911/16
101/16
101/16
129/16
129/16

148
170
175
201
212
246
246
256
256
320
320

7.5
10.6
11.9
17.2
20.3
30.7
34.0
33.3
36.6
63.4
66.7

3.4
4.8
5.4
7.8
9.2
13.9
15.4
15.1
16.6
28.7
30.2

23/8
31/8
31/4
39/16
37/8
49/16
49/16
41/2
41/2
67/16
67/16

61
79
82
90
97
116
116
115
115
164
164

/ - 1/2
/ - 1/2
5/16 - 1/2
5/16 - 9/16
5/16 - 9/16
5/16 - 5/8
5/16 - 5/8
3/8 - 11/16
3/8 - 11/16
1/2 - 11/16
1/2 - 11/16

6 - 12 43/8
8 - 12 47/8
8 - 12 47/8
8 - 14 57/8
8 - 14 57/8
8 - 16
8
8 - 16
8
10 - 18 81/8
10 - 18 81/8
12 - 18 93/16
12 - 18 93/16

110
123
123
150
150
204
204
205
205
233
233

5 x 1/4* 5 x 6
5 x 1/4* 5 x 6
5 x 1/4* 5 x 6
5 x 5/16 5 x 8
5 x 5/16 5 x 8
6 x 5/16 6 x 8
6 x 5/16 6 x 8
6 x 5/16 6 x 8
6 x 5/16 6 x 8
8 x 3/8 8 x 10
8 x 3/8 8 x 10

2.76
2.13
2.13
2.30
2.40
4.80
2.20
5.70
2.30
9.94
2.76


— 19.20 —

5.65
— 13.50 35.90 —
6.28
— 13.50 39.90 —
9.17
— 11.70 46.50 —
10.90 — 10.90 50.40 —
14.40 — 20.30 61.00 —
4.80 14.40 9.20 20.30 61.00
18.50 — 22.20 72.00 —
5.70 18.50 9.00 22.20 72.00
32.12 — 28.85 93.24 —
9.94 32.12 8.01 28.85 93.24

1 4

1 4

Chrome Radial
20STC
35.2STC
40.2STC
46.2STC
50.2STC
60.2STC
60.3STC
70.2STC
70.3STC
80.2STC
80.3STC
*SH only

208

27/8
31/8
31/8
37/8
45/16
43/4
43/4
51/8
51/8
67/8
67/8

1 4

5 16

NEW

ALL-CHROME RADIAL WINCHES

White & All-Chrome
Radial Winches
About Radial winches: see feature pages at beginning of this section.

Alerion 41 © Billy Black/Alerion Yachts

Drive gear
Sheet

D
H

WHITE RADIAL

LE

ALL-CHROME RADIAL
Available January 2016

Ø
Part
No.

Drum (D)
in
mm

Base (B)
in
mm

Height (H)
in
mm

Weight
lb
kg

Line entry
height (LE)
in
mm

Line Ø
(min - max)
in
mm

Fastener
circle
in
mm

B

Fasteners
(SH or HH)
in
mm

1

Gear ratio
2
3

1

Power ratio
2
3

White Radial: self-tailing
20STCW 27/8
35.2STCW 31/8
40.2STCW 31/8
46.2STCW 37/8
50.2STCW 45/16
60.2STCW 43/4
60.3STCW 43/4
70.2STCW 51/8
70.3STCW 51/8

73
80
80
100
110
120
120
130
130

53/8
57/8
63/16
71/4
75/8
95/16
95/16
97/16
97/16

137
149
157
184
194
236
236
240
240

513/16
611/16
67/8
715/16
85/16
911/16
93/8
101/16
103/8

148
170
175
202
212
246
253
256
264

7.5
10.6
11.9
17.2
20.3
30.7
34.0
33.3
36.6

3.4
4.8
5.4
7.8
9.2
13.9
15.4
15.1
16.6

23/8
31/8
31/4
39/16
37/8
49/16
49/16
41/2
41/2

61
79
82
90
97
116
116
115
115

/ - 1/2
/ - 1/2
5/16 - 1/2
5/16 - 9/16
5
/16 - 9/16
5/16 - 5/8
5/16 - 5/8
3
/8 - 11/16
3
/8 - 11/16

6 - 12
8 - 12
8 - 12
8 - 14
8 - 14
8 - 16
8 - 16
10 - 18
10 - 18

43/8
47/8
47/8
57/8
57/8
8
8
81/8
81/8

110 5 x 1/4*
123 5 x 1/4*
123 5 x 1/4*
150 5 x 5/16
150 5 x 5/16
204 6 x 5/16
204 6 x 5/16
205 6 x 5/16
205 6 x 5/16

5 x M6
5 x M6
5 x M6
5 x M8
5 x M8
6 x M8
6 x M8
6 x M8
6 x M8

2.76
2.13
2.13
2.30
2.40
4.80
2.20
5.70
2.30


— 19.20 —

5.65
— 13.50 35.90 —
6.28
— 13.50 39.90 —
9.17
— 11.70 46.50 —
10.90 — 10.90 50.40 —
14.40 — 20.30 61.00 —
4.80 14.40 9.20 20.30 61.00
18.50 — 22.20 72.00 —
5.70 18.50 9.00 22.20 72.00

137
149
157
184
194

51/16
513/16
6
71/16
71/2

128
148
153
179
190

7.9
11.5
13.5
21.4
25.6

3.6
5.2
6.1
9.7
11.6

23/8
31/8
31/4
39/16
37/8

61
79
82
90
97









43/8
47/8
47/8
57/8
57/8

110 5 x 1/4*
123 5 x 1/4*
123 5 x 1/4*
150 5 x 5/16
150 5 x 5/16

5 x M6
5 x M6
5 x M6
5 x M8
5 x M8

1
2.13
2.13
2.30
2.40

2.76
5.65
6.28
9.17
10.90

513/16
611/16
67/8
715/16
85/16
911/16
93/8
101/16
103/8

148
170
175
202
212
246
253
256
264

8.6
12.1
13.7
19.6
22.9
33.9
37.3
36.8
40.1

3.9
5.5
6.2
8.9
10.4
15.4
16.9
16.7
18.2

23/8
31/8
31/4
39/16
37/8
49/16
49/16
41/2
41/2

61
79
82
90
97
116
116
115
115

/ - 1/2
/ - 1/2
5/16 - 1/2
5/16 - 9/16
5/16 - 9/16
5/16 - 5/8
5/16 - 5/8
3/8 - 11/16
3/8 - 11/16

6 - 12
8 - 12
8 - 12
8 - 14
8 - 14
8 - 16
8 - 16
10 - 18
10 - 18

43/8
47/8
47/8
57/8
57/8
8
8
81/8
81/8

110 5 x 1/4*
123 5 x 1/4*
123 5 x 1/4*
150 5 x 5/16
150 5 x 5/16
204 6 x 5/16
204 6 x 5/16
205 6 x 5/16
205 6 x 5/16

5 x M6
5 x M6
5 x M6
5 x M8
5 x M8
6 x M8
6 x M8
6 x M8
6 x M8

2.76
2.13
2.13
2.30
2.40
4.80
2.20
5.70
2.30


— 19.20 —

5.65
— 13.50 35.90 —
6.28
— 13.50 39.90 —
9.17
— 11.70 46.50 —
10.90 — 10.90 50.40 —
14.40 — 20.30 61.00 —
4.80 14.40 9.20 20.30 61.00
18.50 — 22.20 72.00 —
5.70 18.50 9.00 22.20 72.00

1 4

5 16

All-Chrome Radial: plain-top
20.2PTCCC
35.2PTCCC
40.2PTCCC
46.2PTCCC
50.2PTCCC

27/8
31/8
31/8
37/8
45/16

73
80
80
100
110

53/8
57/8
63/16
71/4
75/8





6.95
13.50
13.50
11.70
10.90

19.20
35.90
39.90
46.50
50.40





All-Chrome Radial: self-tailing
20STCCC
35.2STCCC
40.2STCCC
46.2STCCC
50.2STCCC
60.2STCCC
60.3STCCC
70.2STCCC
70.3STCCC
*SH only

27/8
31/8
31/8
37/8
45/16
43/4
43/4
51/8
51/8

73
80
80
100
110
120
120
130
130

53/8
57/8
63/16
71/4
75/8
95/16
95/16
97/16
97/16

137
149
157
184
194
236
236
240
240

1 4

5 16

209

NEW

Bronze Radial
Winches

About Radial winches: see feature pages at beginning of this section.

Cotton Blossom II, Q-Boat, Johan Anker, Jensen Shipyard © Bob Grieser

Drive gear
Sheet
D
H
LE
B

Available January 2016
Ø
Part
No.

Drum (D)
in
mm

Base (B)
in
mm

Height (H)
in
mm

Weight
lb
kg

Line entry
height (LE)
in
mm

Line Ø
(min - max)
in
mm

Fastener
circle
in
mm

Fasteners
(SH or HH)
in
mm

1

Gear ratio
2
3

1

Power ratio
2
3

Bronze Radial: plain-top
20.2PTBBB
35.2PTBBB
40.2PTBBB
46.2PTBBB
50.2PTBBB

27/8
31/8
31/8
37/8
45/16

73
80
80
100
110

53/8
57/8
63/16
71/4
75/8

137
149
157
184
194

51/16
513/16
6
71/16
71/2

128
148
153
179
190

7.9
11.5
13.5
21.4
25.6

3.6
5.2
6.1
9.7
11.6

23/8
31/8
31/4
39/16
37/8

61
79
82
90
97









43/8
47/8
47/8
57/8
57/8

110 5 x 1/4*
123 5 x 1/4*
123 5 x 1/4*
150 5 x 5/16
150 5 x 5/16

5 x M6
5 x M6
5 x M6
5 x M8
5 x M8

1
2.13
2.13
2.30
2.40

2.76
5.65
6.28
9.17
10.90





6.95
13.50
13.50
11.70
10.90

19.20
35.90
39.90
46.50
50.40





137
149
157
184
194
236
236
240
240

513/16
611/16
67/8
715/16
85/16
911/16
93/8
101/16
103/8

148
170
175
202
212
246
253
256
264

8.6
12.1
13.7
19.6
22.9
33.9
37.3
36.8
40.1

3.9
5.5
6.2
8.9
10.4
15.4
16.9
16.7
18.2

23/8
31/8
31/4
39/16
37/8
49/16
49/16
41/2
41/2

61
79
82
90
97
116
116
115
115

/4 - 1/2
/16 - 1/2
5
/16 - 1/2
5
/16 - 9/16
5
/16 - 9/16
5/16 - 5/8
5
/16 - 5/8
3
/8 - 11/16
3/8 - 11/16

6 - 12
8 - 12
8 - 12
8 - 14
8 - 14
8 - 16
8 - 16
10 - 18
10 - 18

43/8
47/8
47/8
57/8
57/8
8
8
81/8
81/8

110 5 x 1/4*
123 5 x 1/4*
123 5 x 1/4*
150 5 x 5/16
150 5 x 5/16
204 6 x 5/16
204 6 x 5/16
205 6 x 5/16
205 6 x 5/16

5 x M6
5 x M6
5 x M6
5 x M8
5 x M8
6 x M8
6 x M8
6 x M8
6 x M8

2.76
2.13
2.13
2.30
2.40
4.80
2.20
5.70
2.30


— 19.20 —

5.65
— 13.50 35.90 —
6.28
— 13.50 39.90 —
9.17
— 11.70 46.50 —
10.90 — 10.90 50.40 —
14.40 — 20.30 61.00 —
4.80 14.40 9.20 20.30 61.00
18.50 — 22.20 72.00 —
5.70 18.50 9.00 22.20 72.00

Bronze Radial: self-tailing
20STBBB
35.2STBBB
40.2STBBB
46.2STBBB
50.2STBBB
60.2STBBB
60.3STBBB
70.2STBBB
70.3STBBB
*SH only

210

27/8
31/8
31/8
37/8
45/16
43/4
43/4
51/8
51/8

73
80
80
100
110
120
120
130
130

53/8
57/8
63/16
71/4
75/8
95/16
95/16
97/16
97/16

1

5

Electric & Hydraulic Motors
Specify power type, material, voltage, and motor
configuration when ordering. See part number explanation.
About Radial winches: see feature pages at beginning of this section.

Other
Brands

Harken

Dimensions
Part
No.

E

F

G

L

N

Weight A
lb
kg

Weight C
lb
kg

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

13/4
13/4

23/4

23/4

23/4

23/4

23/4

33/16

33/16

43
43

69

69

69

69

69

81

81

61/8
61/8

71/8

71/8

71/8

71/8

71/8

811/16

811/16

155
155

181

181

181

181

181

221

221

87/8
87/8

95/8

95/8

95/8

95/8

95/8

1011/16

1011/16

227
227

244

244

244

244

244

272

272



153/8

153/8

153/8

153/8

153/8

153/8

1613/16

1613/16



391

391

391

391

391

391

427

427



61/8

61/8

61/8

61/8

61/8

61/8

63/4

63/4



157

157

157

157

157

157

172

172

29.7
32.8
36.9
37.1
38.6
46.4
47.9
49.7
51.2
48.8
50.3
52.1
53.6
70.6
72.2
74.0
75.5

13.5
14.9
16.7
16.8
17.5
21.0
21.7
22.5
23.2
22.1
22.8
23.6
24.3
32.0
32.7
33.5
34.2

33.2
38.5
42.6
44.2
45.7
54.5
56.1
57.8
59.4
57.2
58.7
60.5
62.0
87.2
88.7
90.5
92.1

15.1
17.5
19.3
20.0
20.7
24.7
25.4
26.2
26.9
25.9
26.6
27.4
28.1
39.5
40.2
41.0
41.7











































91/4
91/4
91/4
91/4
91/4
91/4
97/8
97/8

234
234
234
234
234
234
250
250

51/8
51/8
51/8
51/8
51/8
51/8
51/8
51/8

130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130

28.0
29.8
39.1
42.4
41.5
44.8
66.4
69.8

12.7
13.5
17.7
19.2
18.8
20.3
30.1
31.6

33.8
36.9
47.2
50.6
49.9
53.2
83.0
86.3

15.3
16.7
21.4
22.9
22.6
24.1
37.6
39.1

Electric
40.2STEH
46.2STEH
46.2STEV
50.2STEH
50.2STEV
60.2STEH
60.2STEV
60.3STEH
60.3STEV
70.2STEH
70.2STEV
70.3STEH
70.3STEV
80.2STEH
80.2STEV
80.3STEH
80.3STEV

Harken electric and hydraulic
motors attach to the central drive
shaft and drive through the winch
gears for a two-speed mechanical
advantage—the low-power first
gear for fast trimming, the higherpower second gear for fine-tuning
loaded sheets. This results in
reduced battery drain and a more
efficient motor on the electric
version. The energy-efficient
hydraulic version is also smaller,
reducing weight and cost.

Line entry
height (LE)
E

Hydraulic
46.2STH
50.2STH
60.2STH
60.3STH
70.2STH
70.3STH
80.2STH
80.3STH

Winch size
40.2
46.2
50.2
60.2 - 60.3
70.2 - 70.3
80.2 - 80.3

Electric motor
configuration
Horizontal Vertical
(STEH) (STEV)
4

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Current voltage
12V
4
4
4
4
4
4

24V
4
4
4
4
4
4

F

G

Line entry
height (LE)

Power in watts
12V
700
700
1500
1500
1500
1500

24V
900
900
2000
2000
2000
2000

Electric Wire Gauges
Total distance between winch and battery
Under Under 16.4 - 5 - 10 32.8 - 10 - 15 49.2 - 15 - 20
Winch
Current 16.4 ft 5 m 32.8 ft m 49.2 ft m 65.6 ft m
size
voltage AWG mm2 AWG mm2 AWG mm2 AWG mm2
40.2
12V
2
32
0
50
00
70
000
95
40.2
24V
5
16
3
25
2
35
0
50
46.2
12V
2
32
0
50
00
70
000
95
46.2
24V
5
16
3
25
2
35
0
50
50.2
12V
2
32
0
50
00
70
000
95
50.2
24V
5
16
3
25
2
35
0
50
60.2 - 60.3
12V
2
32
0
50
00
70
000
95
60.2 - 60.3
24V
5
16
3
25
2
35
0
50
70.2 - 70.3
12V
2
32
0
50
00
70
000
95
70.2 - 70.3
24V
5
16
3
25
2
35
0
50
80.2 - 80.3
12V
2
32
0
50
00
70
000
95
80.2 - 80.3
24V
5
16
3
25
2
35
0
50

Part Numbers

Specify power type, material, voltage, and
motor configuration when ordering. Refer
to manual self-tailing Radial winch pages
for drum and power ratio specifications.

L

46.2S TEC 12H
Winch size
Number of speeds
Self-tailing
Power type
E = Electric
H = Hydraulic

N

Material code
A = Aluminum
C = Chrome
CW = Chrome/white
CCC = All-chrome
BBB = Bronze

Line entry
height (LE)

Voltage
12 = 12V
24 = 24V
Motor configuration
Specify electric; hydraulic available
in vertical only.
H = Horizontal
V = Vertical

L

N

211

NEW

900UPWCCC, 900UPWBBB

UniPower Winches

Standard
electric winch

UniPower

The UniPower is a single-speed winch that combines the advantages of a low-profile
manual winch with the power of a 12- or 24-volt, low-amp-draw motor. What makes
it unique is that the motor is partially imbedded inside the drum, so that it extends
only 105 mm (4 1/8") below the winch base—a critical feature for small boats
where space under the cabintop is limited.
About Radial winches: see feature pages at beginning of this section.

Low-profile electric motor saves
headspace.

Works with handle if power
is unavailable.
Eckernförde, Saare 38, 11.40 m, Karl-Johan Stråhlmann, Saare Yachts
© Saare Yachts

H

900UPW

LE

E
F

A

C

CW

CCC

BBB
G

Dimensions
Part
No.
900UPW

Line entry
height (LE)
in
mm
315/16 100

E
in
1 3/8

F
mm
35

in
41/8

G
mm
105

in
51/2

mm
140

*Available January 2016.
Ø
Drum
Part
in
mm
No.
900UPWA
43/8
110
110
900UPWC
43/8
110
900UPWCW
43/8
110
900UPWCCC*
43/8
110
900UPWBBB*
43/8
Specify voltage when ordering.

212

Base
in
71/2
71/2
71/2
71/2
71/2

mm
190
190
190
190
190

Height (H)
in
mm
81/2
215
81/2
215
81/2
215
81/2
215
81/2
215

Weight
lb
kg
26.5
12.0
32.0
14.5
32.0
14.5
34.6
15.7
34.6
15.7

Line Ø
(min - max)
in
mm
5/16 - 9/16
8 - 14
5/16 - 9/16
8 - 14
5/16 - 9/16
8 - 14
5
/16 - 9/16 8 - 14
5/16 - 9/16
8 - 14

Fastener
circle
in
mm
65/16
160
65/16
160
65/16
160
65/16
160
65/16
160

Fasteners
(SH or HH)
in
mm
5 x 5/16 5 x M8
5 x 5/16 5 x M8
5 x 5/16 5 x M8
5 x 5/16 5 x M8
5 x 5/16 5 x M8

Max pull
lb
kg
1984
900
1984
900
1984
900
1984
900
1984
900

NEW

40RWCCC, 40RWBBB, 46RWCCC, 46RWBBB, 60RWCCC, 60RWBBB

Rewind Electric Winches

The Rewind Radial electric winch is the latest in Harken’s “easy sailing”
solutions for cruisers, and the first winch of its kind in the marine market.
Activated remotely by twin in/out buttons, the Rewind safely eases and trims
highly-loaded sails in both directions without ever taking the line out of
the self-tailer.
Like all Harken electric winches, the Rewind operates like a normal 2-speed
electric winch. A simple flip of the red knob on the winch base turns on
the rewind feature. A spring-loaded arm of investment-cast stainless steel
funnels and keeps line captive as it feeds in and out of the self-tailer as the
sail is adjusted with fingertip control.

A Harken locking handle inserted
into an unloaded winch automatically
disconnects the motor gear for
manual operation.

Available in 12- and 24-volts.
About Radial winches: see feature pages at beginning of this section.

A

C

CW

CCC

BBB

Activated remotely by twin in/out
buttons, the Rewind winch safely
eases and trims highly-loaded sails
in both directions without ever taking
the line out of the self-tailer.

A simple flip of the red knob
on the winch base turns on
the rewind feature.

Line entry
height (LE)
E
F

Part
No.
40RW
46RW
60RW

G

Line entry
height (LE)
in
mm
82
31/4
90
39/16
116
49/16

E
in
1 3/4
1 3/4
2 3/4

F
mm
43
43
69

in
61/8
61/8
71/8

G
mm
155
155
181

in
11
11
11

mm
280
280
280

Ø
Part
No.
40RWA
40RWC/40RWCW
40RWCCC/40RWBBB*
46RWA
46RWC/46RWCW
46RWCCC/46RWBBB*
60RWA
60RWC/60RWCW
60RWCCC/60RWBBB*

in

Drum
mm

31/8
31/8
31/8
37/8
37/8
37/8
43/4
43/4
43/4

80
80
80
100
100
100
120
120
120

in

Base
mm

63/16
63/16
63/16
71/4
71/4
71/4
95/16
95/16
95/16

157
157
157
184
184
184
236
236
236

Height (H)
in
mm
67/8
67/8
67/8
8
8
8
911/16
911/16
911/16

175
175
175
203
203
203
246
246
246

Weight
lb
kg
32.2
35.7
37.5
35.3
41.0
43.4
48.7
56.9
60.2

14.6
16.2
17.0
16
18.6
19.7
22.1
25.8
27.3

*Available January 2016.
Line Ø
(min - max)
in
mm
5
/16 - 1/2 8 - 12
5
/16 - 1/ 2 8 - 12
5
/16 - 1/ 2 8 - 12
3
/8 - 9/16 10 - 14
3
/8 - 9/16 10 - 14
3
/8 - 9/16 10 - 14
9
/16 - 5/8 14 - 16
9
/16 - 5/8 14 - 16
9
/16 - 5/8 14 - 16

Fastener
circle
in
mm
47/8
47/8
47/8
57/8
57/8
57/8
8
8
8

123
123
123
150
150
150
204
204
204

Fasteners
(SH or HH)
in
mm
5 x 1/4
5 x 1/4
5 x 1/4
5 x 5/16
5 x 5/16
5 x 5/16
6 x 5/16
6 x 5/16
6 x 5/16

5x6
5x6
5x6
5x8
5x8
5x8
6x8
6x8
6x8

Gear ratio
1
2
2.13
2.13
2.13
2.3
2.3
2.3
4.80
4.80
4.80

6.28
6.28
6.28
9.17
9.17
9.17
14.40
14.40
14.40

Power ratio
1
2
13.5
13.5
13.5
11.7
11.7
11.7
20.3
20.3
20.3

39.9
39.9
39.9
46.5
46.5
46.5
61
61
61

213

Fareast 31R, Shanghai Fareast, Simonis Voogd design, 9.45 m (31') © Marjolein Rueter

PERFORMA WINCHES
Harken Performa winches combine the
high-efficiency of the Radial line with the
sandblasted grip of Harken carbon-fiber racing
winches for powerful hybrids. Optimized to
handle the high-strength line used on sportboats and performance cruisers, Performa
winches are a great solution for crew who
don’t wish to invest in carbon winches or
who need racing winches in smaller sizes.
Winches come in self-tailing, plain-top, or
Quattro styles; manual, electric (12- or 24-volt),
or hydraulic drives. Available in sizes 20 to 80
to complement Harken’s carbon line.

Maximum holding power for high-tech line
• Sandblasted drums and ribs optimized for halyard
and sheeting applications using small-diameter,
high-strength line.

Trim and ease sails quickly and easily
• Patented angle of ribs drives line wraps down
when easing to keep them on area of drum that
provides best control.
• Transfer high loads to the winch with fewer wraps.

High-strength, lightweight
• Lightweight aluminum drum features an
integrated skirt.
• High-strength composite roller and ball thrust
bearings reduce friction under load.
• Load-carrying gears and pins are 17-4 PH stainless
steel for strength, corrosion resistance.

DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use.

214

Powered Options
• Electric: vertical-mount motors;
horizontal-mount motors offered
with right- or left-mount option.
• Hydraulic: vertical-mount motor.

Quattro model for boats requiring
extremely fast winches

Power-grip jaws shaped for easy
line entry, optimum hold

Easy upgrade from manual
to power

• Handles large asymmetrical
spinnakers; power to trim genoa
upwind.

• Narrow composite jaws ensure
superior holding power on small diameter, high-strength line.

• Manual winches easily convert
to powered using patented
conversion method.

• 2 speeds + 2 drum diameters =
4 line speeds.

• Upper jaw adjusts under line
pressure; accepts a variety of
line sizes.

• No adapter plate required;
identical stud pattern to mount
winches of the same size without
drilling new holes in deck.

• Teeth grip evenly with or without load.

Adjustable stripper arm integrated
into winch top for safer operation
• Stripper arm completely covers
rotating winch top, preventing
fingers and clothing from catching
in moving parts.
• Adjusts to multiple positions after
the winch is mounted to optimize
line exit.
• Shaped to smoothly feed line in
and out of self-tailing jaws.

• A predrilled hole in deck by builder
simplifies manual-to-electric
conversion; removable gaskets
offered to seal holes until upgrade
is made.

Energy-efficient motors
accomplish more work per
unit of electricity consumed
• Motors attach to central drive
shaft and drive through winch
gears for two-speed mechanical
advantage.
• Low-power first gear for fast
trimming; higher-power second
gear for fine-tuning loaded sheets.
• Efficient design allows smaller
motor size.

Simple to install, easy maintenance
• Patented mounting system for fast,
one-person installation without
removing drum.
• Snap-fit design keeps bearings captive
when drum is removed for maintenance.
• Easy to disassemble for service on deck;
socket, washer, and screw-top snap-fit
together for mistake-free reassembly.
• Composite roller bearings don’t
require lubrication.

Manual override in case of
power loss
• Harken locking handle inserted
into an unloaded winch
automatically disconnects
motor gear for manual operation.

215

NEW

50.3STP

Invictus, Jeanneau Sun Odyssey 3600 © Billy Black

Performa Winches

About Performa winches: see feature pages at beginning of this section.

Drive gear
Sheet
D
H
LE
B

CLASSIC PLAIN-TOP

PLAIN-TOP

SELF-TAILING

Use plain-top winches on sportboats where sails
require frequent trimming. Plain-top winches are
best handled by two crew—one to trim and one
to tail the line.

Ø
Part
No.

Drum (D)
in mm

QUATTRO

Self-tailing winches have narrow composite
jaws to ensure superior holding power on
small-diameter line. The self-tailing mechanism
on the winch means that one crew member
can quickly and easily trim or raise sails.

Base (B) Height (H)
in mm in mm

Weight
lb
kg

Line entry
height (LE)
in
mm

Line Ø
(min - max)
in
mm

Fastener
circle
in
mm

39/16
41/2

1.5
2.4

.7
1.1



15/16
11/2

33
38

29/16
39/16

65
90

Use Quattro models for boats requiring
extremely fast winches. Quattros handle
large asymmetrical spinnakers and provide
power to trim genoa upwind. 2 speeds + 2
drum diameters = 4 line speeds.

Fasteners
(SH or HH)
in
mm

1

6 x 1/4FH 6 x 6FH
4 x 5/16FH 4 x 8FH

1
1



8.4
7.5



Gear ratio
2
3

1

Power ratio
2
3

Classic Plain-Top
B6A
B8A

23/8
211/16

60
68

90
115

31/4
39/16

82
90

Plain-Top
20.2PTP
35.2PTP
40.2PTP
46.2PTP
50.2PTP

27/8 73 53/8
31/8 80 57/8
31/8 80 63/16
37/8 100 71/4
45/16 110 711/16

137 51/16
149 513/16
157 6
184 71/16
195 71/2

128 4.4 2.0
148 6.8 3.1
153 7.7 3.5
179 11.3 5.1
190 13.0 5.9

23/8
31/8
31/4
39/16
37/8

61
79
82
90
97









43/8
47/8
47/8
57/8
57/8

110
123
123
150
150

5 x 1/4*
5 x 1/4*
5 x 1/4*
5 x 5/16
5 x 5/16

5 x M6
5 x M6
5 x M6
5 x M8
5 x M8

1
2.13
2.13
2.30
2.40

2.76
5.65
6.28
9.17
10.90





6.95
13.50
13.50
11.70
11.10

19.20
35.90
39.90
46.50
50.40





27/8
31/8
31/8
315/16
45/16
45/16
43/4
43/4
51/8
51/8
67/8
67/8

137
149
157
184
195
195
236
236
240
240
287
287

148
170
175
202
212
212
246
253
256
264
320
327

23/8
31/8
31/4
39/16
313/16
313/16
49/16
49/16
41/2
41/2
67/16
67/16

61
79
82
90
97
97
116
116
115
115
164
164

/4 - 3/8
/ - 1/2
5
/16 - 1/2
5/16 - 9/16
5/16 - 9/16
5/16 - 9/16
5
/16 - 5/8
5/16 - 5/8
3/8 - 5/8
3/8 - 5/8
1/2 - 11/16
1/2 - 11/16

6 - 10
8 - 12
8 - 12
8 - 14
8 - 14
8 - 14
8 - 16
8 - 16
10-16
10-16
12-18
12-18

43/8
47/8
47/8
57/8
57/8
57/8
8
8
81/8
81/8
93/16
93/16

110
123
123
150
150
150
204
204
205
205
233
233

5 x 1/4*
5 x 1/4*
5 x 1/4*
5 x 5/16
5 x 5/16
5 x 5/16
6 x 5/16
6 x 5/16
6 x 5/16
6 x 5/16
8 x 3/8
8 x 3/8

5 x M6
5 x M6
5 x M6
5 x M8
5 x M8
5 x M8
6 x M8
6 x M8
6 x M8
6 x M8
8 x M10
8 x M10

2.76
2.13
2.13
2.30
2.40
1
4.80
2.20
5.70
2.30
9.94
2.76


5.65
6.28
9.17
10.90
2.40
14.40
4.80
18.50
5.70
32.12
9.94






10.90

14.40

18.50

32.12

19.20
13.50
13.50
11.70
11.10
4.62
20.30
9.20
22.20
9.00
28.85
8.01


35.90
39.90
46.50
50.40
11.10
61.00
20.30
72.00
22.20
93.24
28.85






50.40

61.00

72.00

93.24

5 x 1/4* 5 x M6 2.13
5 x 5/16 5 x M8 2.30

6.28
9.17


Self-Tailing
20STP
35.2STP
40.2STP
46.2STP
50.2STP
50.3STP
60.2STP
60.3STP
70.2STP
70.3STP
80.2STP
80.3STP

73
80
80
100
110
110
120
120
130
130
175
175

53/8
57/8
63/16
71/4
711/16
711/16
95/16
95/16
97/16
97/16
115/16
115/16

513/16
611/16
67/8
715/16
85/16
85/16
911/16
10
101/16
103/8
129/16
127/8

5.3
7.9
8.4
11.5
13.2
15.0
22.5
25.8
24.9
28.3
46.8
50.1

2.4
3.6
3.8
5.2
6.0
6.8
10.2
11.7
11.3
12.8
21.2
22.7

1

5 16

Quattro

216

40STQP 31/8** 80** 71/8 180 67/8 175 10.2 4.6 31/4** 82** 5/16 - 1/2 8 - 12 47/8
123
150
46STQP 315/16‡ 100‡ 81/2 218 715/16 202 13.7 6.2 39/16‡ 90‡ 5/16 - 9/16 8 - 14 57/8
*SH only. **Refers to upper drum. Lower drum Ø = 154 mm (61/16"); line entry height = 24 mm (15/16").
13/32"); line entry height = 24 mm (15/16").
‡Refers to upper drum. Lower drum Ø = 188 mm (7

13.50 39.90
11.70 46.50


Electric and Hydraulic
Performa Winches

Electric and hydraulic Performa winches let you trim any size
sail with the push of a button.
Specify power type, voltage, and motor configuration when
ordering. See part number explanation.

Other
Brands

Harken

About Performa winches: see feature pages at beginning of this section.

Part Numbers

Specify power type, voltage, and motor
configuration when ordering

4 6.2S TEP 12H LM
Winch size
Number of speeds

Harken electric and hydraulic motors
attach to the central drive shaft and
drive through the winch gears for
a 2-speed mechanical advantage—
the low-power first gear for fast
trimming, the higher-power second
gear for fine-tuning loaded sheets.
This results in reduced battery drain
and a more efficient motor on the
electric version. The energy-efficient
hydraulic version is also smaller,
reducing weight and cost.

Self-tailing
Power type
E = Electric H = Hydraulic
Performa
P = Performa winch line

Line entry
height (LE)

Voltage
12 = 12V 24 = 24V
Motor configuration
Specify for electric; hydraulic
available in vertical only.
H = Horizontal V = Vertical
Left-mount option
Available in electric only. Additional letter code
for left-mount option only; standard mounting
part number ends with motor configuration.
LM = Left-mount

E
F

G

ELECTRIC HORIZONTAL

Dimensions
Part
No.

Racing
disconnect
rod*

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

Weight
with motor
lb
kg

B40PDR
B46PDR
B46PDR
B50PDR
B50PDR
B50PDR
B50PDR
B60PDR
B60PDR
B60.3PDR
B60.3PDR
B70PDR
B70PDR
B70.3PDR
B70.3PDR
B80PDR
B80PDR
B80.3PDR
B80.3PDR

13/4
13/4

23/4

23/4

23/4

23/4

23/4

23/4

33/16

33/16

43
43

69

69

69

69

69

69

81

81

61/8
61/8

71/8

71/8

71/8

71/8

71/8

71/8

811/16

811/16

155
155

181

181

181

181

181

181

221

221

87/8
87/8

95/8

95/8

95/8

95/8

95/8

95/8

1011/16

1011/16

227
227

244

244

244

244

244

244

272

272



153/8

153/8

153/8

153/8

153/8

153/8

153/8

1613/16

1613/16



391

391

391

391

391

391

391

427

427



61/8

61/8

61/8

61/8

61/8

61/8

61/8

63/4

63/4



157

157

157

157

157

157

157

172

172

29.7
32.8
36.9
37.1
38.6
37.1
38.6
46.4
47.9
49.7
51.2
48.8
50.3
52.1
53.6
70.6
72.2
74.0
75.5

13.5
14.9
16.7
16.8
17.5
16.8
17.5
21.0
21.7
22.5
23.2
22.1
22.8
23.6
24.3
32.0
32.7
33.5
34.2

91/4
91/4
91/4
91/4
91/4
91/4
97/8
97/8

234
234
234
234
234
234
250
250

51/8
51/8
51/8
51/8
51/8
51/8
51/8
51/8

130
130
130
130
130
130
130
130

28.0
29.8
39.1
42.4
41.5
44.8
80.9
84.2

12.7
13.5
17.7
19.2
18.8
20.3
36.7
38.2

E

F

G

L

N

Line entry
height (LE)

Electric
40.2STEPH
46.2STEPH
46.2STEPV
50.2STEPH
50.2STEPV
50.3STEPH
50.3STEPV
60.2STEPH
60.2STEPV
60.3STEPH
60.3STEPV
70.2STEPH
70.2STEPV
70.3STEPH
70.3STEPV
80.2STEPH
80.2STEPV
80.3STEPH
80.3STEPV

L

N

ELECTRIC VERTICAL

Line entry
height (LE)

Hydraulic
46.2STHP
B46PDR






50.2STHP
B50PDR






60.2STHP
B60PDR






60.3STHP
B60.3PDR






70.2STHP
B70PDR






70.3STHP
B70.3PDR






80.2STHP
B80PDR






80.3STHP
B80.3PDR






*When racing, insert a racing disconnect rod to operate the winch manually.
Performa disconnect rods are also available for Radial winches.

L

N

HYDRAULIC
217

NEW

DUAL-FUNCTION CONTROL BOXES

Electric Components

System wiring may be different depending on winch
size and installation. Please refer to the user manual
for additional connection information.

Battery voltage and winch size determine which
components you should use. For winches size B980
and above, contact Harken for appropriate components.
All components sold separately.

Each electric winch requires one control box, one circuit
breaker, and two analog switches or one Digital System
Switch. All new electric Radial and Performa electric
winches are supplied with the appropriate dual-function
control box. For replacement or retrofit control boxes,
contact Harken.

Circuit
breaker
Digital System
Switches

Hydraulic winches require two analog switches or one
Digital System Switch.

DSS 2

Analog Switches

DSS 1

Harken offers simple, waterproof switches for electric and
hydraulic winches. Order two switches for each winch.

High-Amperage Circuit Breakers

Battery

Harken offers five panel-mount, high-amperage circuit
breakers. They are compact, waterproof, weather-resistant,
and ignition-protected. Circuit breakers are available for
12- or 24-volt DC systems.

Fuse (5A)

Dual-function
control box

Current monitor
(optional)

Dual-Function Control Boxes

This labor-saving control box with built-in load controller
combines two products into one, reducing wiring and
connection points by almost half, greatly simplifying
installation of Harken electric winches. Supports Digital
System Switch or analog switches. A mix of switches
is not supported.

DUAL-FUNCTION CONTROL BOXES

CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Circuit Breakers
Part
No.

Max
amps

Power
watts

Use with
winch

80

2000

Radial/Performa: 40.2STE to 80.3STE;
Classic: B44.2STE to B980.2STE

HCP1717

80

500

HCP1718
HCP1719
HCP1720

100
150
135

1500
1500
1500

24 Volt
HCP1717

12 Volt

BRS102/P

BRS102/S

BRS104/P

ANALOG SWITCHES

Radial/Performa: 40.2STE & 46.2STE;
Classic: B40.2STE
Classic: B44.2STE to B60.2STE
Classic: B70.2STE to B980.2STE
Radial/Performa: 50.2STE to 80.3STE

Analog Switches
Part
No.
BRS102/S
BRS102/P
BRS104/P

218

Length
Description
Remote switch w/guard
Remote switch w/guard
Remote switch w/guard

in
211/16
211/16
33/8

Width
mm
68
68
85

in
211/16
211/16
3

Height
mm
68
68
76

in
13
/16
13/16
3/4

Weight
mm
21
21
19

oz
10.4
4.8
3.4

g
295
135
95

Digital System Switch

Rotate the control
cover to expose
the active buttons:
1st/2nd gear for
winches, up/
down for anchors,
in/out for furling.

In an industry first, the waterproof Digital System Switch features new Harken
technology that sets the standard for the reliable operation of electrically-powered
yacht systems.
To accomplish this, redundancies have been built into the system.
• Control buttons send digital signals, not analog. This digital signal travels
throughout the boat and cannot trigger an impulse, even if the wiring becomes
damaged. The signal is converted back to analog using the supplied decoder
mounted at the control box to start/stop the function.

OFF mode
conceals the
control functions
and protects
against accidental
activation.

• Watertight seals are never exposed—even in ON position—eliminating
potential damage from sun and prolonged use.
• Underneath each control button are two command switches that must
operate in unison before a signal will be sent.
The covers on the switch rotate to expose the activation buttons: 1st/2nd gear
for winches, up/down for anchors, in/out for furling. The dual-function controls
work by pressing one of the two buttons housed in a single space-saving system.
Selecting OFF conceals the control function and protects against accidental
activation. Integrated lighting provides overnight visibility for additional usability.

Button symbol

Part No. Ending
1 = 1/2

Digital System Switches are impact-, wear-, and abrasion-resistant. Available
in black polyamide resin or stainless steel. Double-sided adhesive mounting
system for fast installation.

2 = Left/right
or In/out
3 = Up/down

DSDBK1

DSDSS3

DSDSS2

DSDSS1

DSDBK2

DSDBK3

Decoder included

Part
No.
DSDBK1
DSDSS1
DSDBK2
DSDSS2
DSDBK3
DSDSS3

Ø
Description
Dual function digital switch/1-2
Dual function digital switch/1-2
Dual function digital switch/left-right or in-out
Dual function digital switch/left-right or in-out
Dual function digital switch/up-down
Dual function digital switch/up-down

in
31/8
33/16
31/8
33/16
31/8
33/16

Height
mm
79.6
80.5
79.6
80.5
79.6
80.5

in
1
11/32
1
11/32
1
11/32

Weight
mm
25.5
26
25.5
26
25.5
26

oz
4.23
4.59
4.23
4.59
4.23
4.59

g
120
130
120
130
120
130

219

Aluminum & Stainless Steel
Manual & Powered Winches
Aluminum and aluminum/stainless steel winches complement
the look of our Radial winches in larger sizes. They are
available in 2 or 3 speeds, and come in marine-grade aluminum,
or with aluminum base, stainless drum, and aluminum top
combinations to maximize durability and corrosion resistance.
Load-carrying gears are 17-4 PH stainless steel.

Classic winches are traditionally
styled with a one-piece stripper arm
that attaches to the top of the winch,
encompassing the self-tailing jaws.

Power ratios range from 40:1 to 100:1 in final gear.
The wide-body drums provide extra surface to hold
high loads and increase retrieval speed when sheeting.
The 3-speed 1140ST and 1150ST feature an additional
backwind option to ease the loads on the winch before
the sheet is released.

Modern-style winches integrate
the stripper support arm into the
self-tailing jaw assembly for a clean,
smooth look.

B990.2STASA
B990.3STASA
MODERN SELF-TAILING

B980.2STASA
B980.3STASA
CLASSIC SELF-TAILING

B1120.3STASA
B1120.3STASA-HL
CLASSIC SELF-TAILING
Contact Harken to request quote and lead time. Classic winches not stocked.

220

B1000.2STASA
B1000.3STASA

B1140.3STASA
B1140.3STASA-HL

B1150.3STASA

Stainless Steel &
All-Chrome Manual
& Powered Winches

Stainless steel and all-chrome winches combine the elegance
of highly polished finishes with the dependable, low-friction
pulling power of Harken gearing systems.
Stainless steel self-tailing winches come in 2 or 3-speed,
self-tailing and feature polished marine-grade stainless bases,
drums and tops to maximize durability and corrosion resistance.
All-chrome winches come in 1, 2, and 3 speeds, in self-tailing or
plain-top styles, with polished marine-grade chrome bases, drums,
and tops. Single-speed, plain-top chrome winches use a Delrin®
sleeve bearing.
Both stainless steel and all-chrome winches feature 17-4 PH
stainless steel gears for strength. 2 and 3-speed, self-tailing winches
feature stainless steel roller bearings for strength and durability.
Power ratios range from 40:1 to 100:1 in final gear. The wide-body
drums provide extra surface to hold high loads and increase retrieval
speed when sheeting.

Tartan 4700, 46.875', Tim Jackett, Tartan Yachts

Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.

B6CCA
B8CCA
CLASSIC PLAIN-TOP CHROME

B1110ST
MODERN SELF-TAILING STAINLESS STEEL

B60.2ST
B74.2ST
B60.3ST
B74.3ST
CLASSIC SELF-TAILING CHROME OR STAINLESS STEEL

B1130ST
B1135ST

B980.2ST
B980.3ST

B1140ST
CLASSIC SELF-TAILING STAINLESS STEEL

Contact Harken to request quote and lead time. Classic winches not stocked.

221

Bronze Manual &
Powered Winches

Bronze winches enhance your yacht’s classic look, while providing the low-friction
pulling power of Harken’s gearing systems. They come in 1-, 2-, and 3-speeds,
with wide or standard drums, and in plain-top and self-tailing configurations.
Marine-grade, polished-bronze materials maximize durability and corrosion
resistance. Bronze self-tailing jaws accept a wide range of line sizes.

Winch tops can be engraved with
your yacht’s name.

Single-speed, plain-top winches use Delrin® bearing sleeves. 2- and 3-speed
winches feature 17-4 PH stainless steel roller bearings for strength and durability.
Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.

B6BBA
B8BBA

B980.2PTBBB
B980.3PTBBB

B60.2ST
B60.3ST

B1111.3PTBBB

PLAIN-TOP

B980.2ST
B980.3ST
SELF-TAILING

SELF-TAILING

B1120.3ST

Contact Harken to request quote and lead time. Classic winches not stocked.

222

B74.2ST
B74.3ST

B1140.3ST

B1150.3STBBB

223







4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

B60.2ST
B60.3ST
B70.2ST
B70.3ST
B74.2ST
B74.3ST
B980.2ST
B980.3ST
B1000.2ST
B1000.3ST
B1120.3ST
B1120.3-HL ST
B1140.3ST
B1140.3-HL ST
B1150.3ST‡‡







4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4















4
4










4
4








4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4










4
4


4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4





— 23/8
— 211/16
4 67/8
4 67/8
4 111/32

— 4 43/4
— 4 43/4
— 4 51/8
— 4 51/8
— 4 57/8
— 4 57/8
— 4 67/8
— 4 67/8
— 4 67/8
— 4 67/8
— 4 1113/16
— 4 113/4
— — 143/16
— — 143/16
— 4 165/32

4
4


Ø

120
120
130
130
150
150
175
175
175
175
300
298
360
360
410

87/8
87/8
95/8
95/8
107/16
107/16
107/16
107/16
115/16
115/16
1615/32
1615/32
221/8
221/8
253/16

225
225
245
245
265
265
265
265
287
287
418
418
562
562
640

90
115
265
265
360

Base (B)
in mm

H

60 39/16
68 41/2
175 107/16
175 107/16
280 143/16

Drum (D)
in
mm

B

LE

D
LE

D

105/8
105/8
121/8
121/8
1113/16
1113/16
1113/16
1113/16
133/16
133/16
149/16
1511/16
183/16
183/16
193/4

31/4
39/16
113/4
113/4
99/32
270
270
308
308
300
300
300
300
335
335
370
398
462
462
502

82
90
298
298
236

Height (H)
in
mm

H

.7
1.1


— —
— —
— —
— —
— —
— —
— —
— —
49.6 22.5
52.3 23.7
152.1 69
— —
228.2 103.5
228.2 103.5
— —

1.5
2.4




40.8

58.4

72.1
92.6
92.6





2.9
4.6
94.8
94.8





53.6 24.3










88.4 40






227.1 103


376 170.5
376 170.5
449.8 204





SSS/ASA
lb
kg





/16 - 5/8
/16 - 5/8
3
/8 - 3/4
3
/8 - 3/4
3/8 - 13/16
3/8 - 13/16
3/8 - 13/16
3/8 - 13/16
3/8 - 3/4
3/8 - 3/4
9/16 - 1

3/4 - 11/4
3/4 - 11/4
9/16 - 1
5

5

Letter code
A
GGG
ASA
CCA
CCC
CCS
SSS
BBA
BBB

A*

8 - 16
8 - 16
10 - 18
10 - 18
10 - 20
10 - 20
10 - 20
10 - 20
10 - 18
10 - 18
14 - 25
14 - 25
19 - 32
19 - 32
14 - 25





415/16
415/16
57/8
57/8
57/8
57/8
513/16
513/16
67/16
67/16
613/32

811/32
811/32
827/32

15/16
11/2
513/16
513/16
35/32

125
125
150
150
150
150
148
148
164
164
163
163
212
212
225

33
38
148
148
80

ASA*

CCA*

711/16
711/16
81/4
81/4
87/8
87/8
87/8
87/8
93/16
93/16
143/8

181/8
181/8
221/16

29/16
39/16
87/8
87/8
1015/16

6 x 1/4 FH
4 x 5/16 FH
6 x 3/8 FH
6 x 3/8 FH
8 x 3/8 SH

mm
6 x 6 FH
4 x 8 FH
6 x 10 FH
6 x 10 FH
8 x 10 SH

Fasteners

CCS*

4.8
2.2
5.7
2.7
7.3
2.7
7.3
2.75
9.40
2.23
2
2.6:1
2.9
2.9
3.4

1
1
7.3
2.75
1

1

SSS*

14.4
4.8
18
5.7
21.7
7.3
27.8
7.3
28.10
9.40
11.4
10.8:1
11.6
11.6
15.3



27.8
7.3
9.7

BBA*

BBB*


14.4

18

21.7

27.8

28.10
36.3
55.2:1
42.6
42.6
64.9




27.8
44.7

20.3
9.3
22.3
10.6
24.7
9.5
21.2
8
32.10
6.50
3.4
4.4:1
4
4
4.2

100:1
24.8:1
17.2
16.9
16.9
16.6:1

61
20.3
70
22.3
74
24.7
80.7
21.2
93.00
32.10
19.3
18.2:1
16.4
16.4
19



80.7
21.2
17.6


100:1
80.7:1
86.6
86.6
75.6:1


61

70

73.5

80.7

93.00
61.5
93.4:1
60.1
60.1
80.4




80.7
81.1

Power ratio
2
3
8.4
7.5
21.2
8
1.8

1

3rd Letter: Top
Aluminum
Grey-anodized aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum
Chromed bronze
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Aluminum
Polished bronze

Gear ratio
2
3

2nd Letter: Drum
Aluminum
Grey-anodized aluminum
Stainless steel
Chromed bronze
Chromed bronze
Chromed bronze
Stainless steel
Polished bronze
Polished bronze

CCC*

195 6 x 5/16 FH
6 x 8 FH
195 6 x 5/16 FH
6 x 8 FH
210 5 x 3/8 FH
5 x 10 FH
210 5 x 3/8 FH
5 x 10 FH
225 6 x 3/8 FH
6 x 10 FH
225 6 x 3/8 FH
6 x 10 FH
225 6 x 3/8 FH
6 x 10 FH
225 6 x 3/8 FH
6 x 10 FH
233 8 x 3/8 SH/HH 8 x 10 SH/HH
233 8 x 3/8 SH/HH 8 x 10 SH/HH
365 12 x 3/8 SH
12 x 10 SH
324

9 x 12SH
460 8 x 1/2 SH
8 x 12 SH
460 8 x 1/2 SH
8 x 12 SH
560 12 x 1/2 SH
12 x 12 SH

65
90
225
225
278

in

1st Letter: Base
Aluminum
Grey-anodized aluminum
Aluminum
Chromed bronze
Chromed bronze
Chromed bronze
Stainless steel
Polished bronze
Polished bronze

GGG*

Line Ø
Line entry Fastener
(Min - Max) height (LE) circle
in
mm
in mm in mm

Ordering Information:
Specify material by adding
letter code to part number.
See chart for availability.


76.1 34.5 7/16 - 3/4 10 - 19 327/32 98 93/16 233 7 x 5/16 FH
7 x 8 FH
9.9:1 40.1:1 — 24.8:1

77.2 35 7/16 - 3/4 11 - 19 327/32 98 93/16 233 8 x 5/16 FH
8 x 8 FH
1:1 9.9:1 40.1 2.5:1

74.2 33.6 5/8 - 7/8 16 - 22 31/2 89 1023/32 272 8 x 3/8 SH
8 x 10 SH
1
9.43 43.6 1.8
5
— 138.9 63
/8 - 1 16 - 25 417/32 115 123/4 324 9 x 1/2 SH
9 x 12 SH
1
10.8 55.2 1.6
5
— 141.1 64
/8 - 1 16 - 25 417/32 115 123/4 324 9 x 1/2 SH
9 x 12 SH
1
10.8 55.2 1.6
— 239.3 108.5 5/8 - 7/8 16 - 22 83/16 208 173/4 450 14 x 1/2 SH
14 x 12 SH 2.9:1 11.9:1 53.6:1 4.1:1
**Weight based on SSS version. ***4-speed option available. Contact Harken. ‡‡ Weight based on top cleat.


18.5

26.5

32.7
42.0
42.0



103


204

1.3
2.1
43.0
43.0

Weight
CCA/BBA/CCS/
A/GGG
CCC/BBB
lb kg
lb
kg

B

B990.2ST
4
4 — — — 4 — —
8
203 11 280 91/2 241 — 19.8 —
B990.3ST
4
4 — — — 4 — —
8
203 11 280 91/2 241 44.8 20.3 —

B1110.3ST
4
4 — — — 4 — — 1031/32 279 1311/32 339 93/4 246.5 — —

B1130.3ST*** 4 — — — — 4 — — 123/4 324 163/32 409 121/8 308 94.8 43

B1135.3ST*** 4
4 — — — 4 — — 123/4 324 163/32 409 121/8 308 97 44
B1145.3ST
4 — — — — 4 — — 141/4 362 213/16 538 161/2 419 192.9 87.5 —
*Contact Harken to request quote and lead time. Classic sizes 16 and larger not stocked. ‡Not available in GGG.

Modern Self-Tailing

Classic Self-Tailing

4‡
4‡


B6
B8
B980.2
B980.3
B1111.3PT





Materials
A/GGG ASA CCA CCC CCS SSS BBA BBB

Classic Plain-Top

Part
No.

Sheet

Drive gear

Aluminum, Stainless Steel,
All-Chrome, & Bronze Winches

Aluminum, Stainless Steel,
All-Chrome, & Bronze
Electric & Hydraulic Motors

Other
Brands

Harken

Specify power type, material, voltage, and motor configuration when ordering.
See page 211 for part number explanation and page 223 for material options.

Harken electric and hydraulic motors
attach to the central drive shaft and
drive through the winch gears for a
2-speed mechanical advantage—the
low-power first gear for fast trimming,
the higher-power second gear for
fine-tuning loaded sheets. The result
is reduced battery drain and a more
efficient motor on the electric version.
The energy-efficient hydraulic version is
now smaller, reducing weight and cost.
Line entry
height (LE)

Line entry
height (LE)

Line entry
height (LE)

E
F

L
L

G

N

HYDRAULIC

ELECTRIC HORIZONTAL
N

ELECTRIC VERTICAL

Dimensions
Part
No.

E

F

G

L

N

Racing
disconnect rod*

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

B4656
B4664
B4666
B4666






21/4
29/32
29/32
29/32
39/16
23/4
23/4
413/16
23/4
23/4
13/16

57
58
58
58
90
70
70
122
70
70
30

621/32
713/16
713/16
713/16
91/16
101/32
101/32
107/8
87/8
87/8
145/8

169
198
198
198
230
255
255
276
225
225
372

95/8
1023/32
1023/32
1023/32
1023/32
171/8
171/8
1723/32
163/16
163/16
2015/32

244
272
272
272
272
435
435
450
411
411
520

1413/32
1513/16
1513/16
1513/16
1513/16





366
402
402
402
402





69/32
69/32
69/32
69/32
69/32





160
160
160
160
160





Line entry height (LE)
in
mm

Electric
B60STE
B70STE
B74STE
B980STE
B990STE
B1110STE
B1111STE
B1120STE
B1130STE
B1135STE
B1140STE

51/2
61/2
61/2
67/16
6
31/2
35/32
67/16
411/32
411/32
811/32

137
165
165
163
152
89
80
163
110
110
212

Hydraulic
B60STH
B4656






827/32
225
415/16
125
513/32
235
415/16
125
61/2
B70STH
B4664






91/4
235
415/16
125
61/2
B74STH
B4666






91/4
235
415/16
125
67/16
B980STH
B4666






91/4
130
531/32
B990STH







10
255
51/8
290
415/16
125
31/2
B1110STH







117/16
283
51/8
130
35/32
B1111STH







115/32
222
415/16
125
613/32
B1120STH







83/4
289
515/16
150
411/32
B1130STH







113/8
220
67/8
175
811/32
B1140STH







85/8
168
15
380
81/4
B1145TCH







65/8
201
51/8
130
827/32
B1150STH







715/16
Contact Harken to request quote and lead time. Classic winches not stocked. *When racing, we advise using a disconnect rod to keep the winch in manual mode.

224

137
165
165
163
152
89
80
163
110
212
208
225

Smart Valve

Harken’s Smart Valve integrates Harken winches with your yacht’s hydraulic systems.
The system features a built-in programmable valve controller that reads the signal from
a Harken speed sensor inside the winch to detect the rotation speed of the winch drum.
The Smart Valve then automatically adjusts the hydraulic pressure in each winch gear,
ensuring the winch has maximum line speed as well as maximum pull force. This all-in-one
package saves the expense of additional valve banks and the need to program a separate PLC.
1st gear: Valve opens electronically to the factory setting that matches the winch size,
allowing full pressure for maximum line speed and pull.
2nd gear: Valve is factory set to match winch size.
3rd gear: Valve automatically reduces pressure, allowing maximum pull force and torque
on the drive shaft.
The Harken Smart Valve is made of strong, lightweight 6061-T6 anodized aluminum.
It requires 24-volt DC when the winch is operational. If power is lost, the Smart Valve
defaults to the lowest pressure for safety.
Programmed specifically for each winch size: 990, 1111, 1130, 1135, and 1145.
Mount to the winch motor, or mount remotely in line between the valve and the winch motor.

Available for 990, 1111, 1130, 1135,
and 1145 Harken hydraulic winches.

Hanuman, J-Class © Cory Silken

225

Carbon
Fiber Winches

Carbon winches are standard in many racing
classes and are the choice of performanceoriented fast cruisers.
Winches feature carbon skirts and tops, aluminum
drums, and strong composite jaws with one-piece
sculpted line guide and peeler. PEEK roller
bearings are low-maintenance, reliable, and
efficient. They ride in large-diameter cages,
allowing more bearings to carry the load.
Stainless steel drive gears are strong and
durable. The AC versions of the 65.3ST and
65.2ST winches feature titanium gears for
extremely high strength-to-weight ratios and
exceptional resistance to corrosion.
Carbon winches come with up to three speeds
and can be driven by handle, pedestal, or by
electric or hydraulic motors. Harken’s 50.3STR
is the smallest three-speed direct drive self-tailing
winch in the industry.

B50.3STR

B50.2STR

B500.3TCR

B500.2STR

B55.3TCR

B55.2STR

Options include self-tailing arms, top cleats,
free-spinning or ratcheting base sheave additions,
and left-handed rotation.
If class rules dictate, winches are also available
in all-aluminum with stainless steel gears.

Veolia Environnement, Marc Lombard, JMV Industries

B650.3STR

B650.3TCR

B65.3TCR
226

B65.3STAC

B65.2STAC

Carbon
Fiber Winches

These powerful carbon winches are aboard large
megayachts, performance cruisers, and racing
monohulls and multihulls over 18 m (60').
Winches feature carbon skirts and tops, aluminum
drums, and strong composite jaws with one-piece
sculpted line guide and peeler. PEEK roller bearings
are low-maintenance, reliable, and efficient. They ride
in large-diameter cages, allowing more bearings to
carry the load. Stainless steel drive gears are strong
and durable. The AC versions of the 1111PT and
990.3ST winches feature titanium gears for extremely
high strength-to-weight ratios and exceptional
resistance to corrosion.
Drives are pedestal, electric, or hydraulic. Wide-diameter
drums provide extra surface area to hold line securely
under high loads. Fewer wraps speed line retrieval
when sheeting.

B990.3TCR

B990.3STAC

B880.3VTOP

B880.3STR

B1111.3PTAC

B1111.3STR

B1130.3TCR

B1130.3STR

Other options include self-tailing, top cleats,
four speeds, free-spinning or ratcheting base
sheave additions, and left-handed rotation.
If class rules dictate, winches are also available
in all-aluminum with stainless steel gears.

B1125.3STR

B1135.3STR

B1145.3TCR

B1145.3STR
227

228
H
LE

D

B

H

B

D
LE

1
1:1
2.7:1
1:1
2.7:1
1:1
1:1
4.6:1
4.6:1
1:1
1:1
4.6:1
4.6:1
1:1
1:1
1:1
1:1
1:1
1:1
1:1
2.5:1
2.5:1
1:1
1:1
1:1
1:1
1:1
1:1
1:1
1:1
1:1
2.9:1
2.9:1
2.9:1

Gear ratio
2
3
2.5:1
10:1
11.4:1

2.7:1 11.4:1
11.4:1

2.7:1 11.4:1
3.1:1
12:1
16.3:1

16.3:1

4.6:1 16.3:1
4.6:1 16.3:1
19.2:1

19.2:1

4.6:1 19.2:1
4.6:1 19.2:1
4.6:1 19.2:1
4.6:1 19.2:1
9.9:1
40:1
9.9:1
40:1
9.9:1
32:1
9.9:1
40.1:1
9.9:1
40.1:1
9.7:1
44.7:1
9.7:1 44.7:1
3:1
9.7:1
3:1
9.7:1
4:1
13.5:1
10.8:1 55.2:1
10.8:1 55.2:1
10.8:1 55.2:1
10.8:1 55.2:1
11.6:1 42.6:1
11.9:1 53.6:1
11.9:1 53.6:1

4























44.7:1
44.7:1
54.7:1






Base riser required to mount
B50, B55, and B65 winches
above deck. Specify above
deck or flush deck version
when ordering.

Ø
Line Ø
Line entry
Fastener
Height (H)
Weight
Drum (D)
Base (B)
Min
Max
height (LE)
circle
Fasteners
Part
No.
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
lb
kg
in mm in mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
120
713/32
188
83/16
208
17.4
7.9
— — — —
35/8
92
61/8
155 6 x 5/16 HH 6 x 8 HH
B480TCR
43/4
5
9
116
71/4
184
65/8
168
11.7
5.3
/16
8
/16
14
29/16
65
615/32
164 6 x 5/16 FH 6 x 8 FH
B50.2STR‡
49/16
5
9
116
71/4
184
67/8
175
13.7
6.2
/16
8
/16 14
29/16
65
615/32
164 6 x 5/16 FH 6 x 8 FH
B50.3STR
49/16
5/16
9/16
116
71/4
184
65/8
168
11.0
5.0
8
14
29/16
65
615/32
164 6 x 5/16 FH 6 x 8 FH
B500.2STR
49/16
5/16
9/16
130
71/4
184
67/8
175
13.7
6.2
8
14
25/32
55
615/32
164 6 x 5/16 FH 6 x 8 FH
B500.3TCR
51/8
130
89/16
218
99/16
243
23.8
10.8
— — — —
43/8
111
73/32
180 6 x 5/16 HH 6 x 8 HH
B530TCR
51/8
5/16
5/8
149
10
255
713/16
199
20.9
9.5
8
16
31/4
83
829/32
226 6 x 5/16 FH 6 x 8 FH
B55.2STR**
57/8
5
5
149
10
255
713/16
199


/16
8
/8
16
311/32
85
829/32
226 6 x 5/16 FH 6 x 8 FH
B55.2STAC
57/8
5/16
5/8
149
10
255
829/32
226
26
11.8
8
16
31/4
83
829/32
226 6 x 5/16 FH 6 x 8 FH
B55.3STR**
57/8
149
10
255
829/32
226
25.4
11.5
— — — —
31/4
83
829/32
226 6 x 5/16 FH 6 x 8 FH
B55.3TCR
57/8
5/16
5/8
149
10
255
713/16
199
20.9
9.5
8
16
31/4
83
829/32
226 6 x 5/16 FH 6 x 8 FH
B65.2STR**
57/8
5/16
5/8
149
10
255
713/16
199


8
16
311/32
85
829/32
226 6 x 5/16 FH 6 x 8 FH
B65.2STAC
57/8
5/16
5/8
149
10
255
829/32
226
26
11.8
8
16
31/4
83
829/32
226 6 x 5/16 FH 6 x 8 FH
B65.3STR**
57/8
149
10
255
829/32
226
25.4
11.5
— — — —
31/4
83
829/32
226 6 x 5/16 FH 6 x 8 FH
B65.3TCR
57/8
5/16
5/8
149
9
228
77/32
183
21.1
9.6
8
16
31/4
83
927/32
250 5 x 5/16 FH 5 x 8 FH
B650.3STR
57/8
149
9
228
77/32
183
20.0
9.1
— — — —
31/4
83
927/32
250 5 x 5/16 FH 5 x 8 FH
B650.3TCR
57/8
7/16
3/4
241
44.8
20.3
11
19
327/32
98
9 3/16
233
8 x 5/16 FH 8 x 8 FH
B990.3STR
8
203
11
280
91/2
7/16
3/4
332
97/16
240


11
19
327/32
98
12
305 8 x 5/16 FH 8 x 8 FH
B990.3STAC
8
203
131/16
240
41.5
18.8
— — — —
327/32
98
9 3/16
233
8 x 5/16 FH 8 x 8 FH
B990.3TCR
8
203
11
280
97/16
3/8
3/4
811/32
212
40.4
18.3
10
19
23/4
70
1023/32
272
8 x 5/16 FH 8 x 8 FH
B880.3STR
10
254 1317/32 344
811/32
212
38.6
17.5
— — — —
23/4
70
1023/32
272
8 x 5/16 FH 8 x 8 FH
B880.3VTOP
10
254 1317/32 344
7/16
3/4
280
143/16
360
95/16
236
50.3
22.8
11
19
311/16
94
1021/32
271
8 x 3/8 SH 8 x 10 SH
B1111.3STR*
111/32
280
143/16
360
85/32
207
41.0
18.6
— — — —
311/16
94
1011/16
271 8 x 3/8 SH 8 x 10 SH
B1111.3TCR
111/32
280
143/16
360
819/32
218


— — — —
311/16
94
1021/32
271 8 x 3/8 SH 8 x 10 SH
B1111.3PTAC*
111/32
7/16
3/4
280
143/16
360
99/32
236


11
19
311/16
94
1021/32
271 8 x 3/8 SH 8 x 10 SH
B1111.3STAC
111/32
7/16
300


913/16
249


11 3/4
19
41/8
105
1115/16
303 9 x 15/32 SH 9 x 12 SH
B1125
1113/16
5/8
324
163/32
409
121/8
308
86.0
39.0
16
1
25
417/32
115
123/4
324
9 x 1/2 SH 9 x 12 SH
B1130.3STR
123/4
324
163/32
409
1117/32
293
86.0
39.0
— — — —
417/32
115
123/4
324 9 x 1/2 SH 9 x 12 SH
B1130.3TCR
123/4
5/8
324
163/32
409
121/8
308
92.6
42.0
16
1
25
417/32
115
123/4
324
9 x 1/2 SH 9 x 12 SH
B1135.3STR*
123/4
324
163/32
409
1117/32
293
77.0
35.0
— — — —
417/32
115
123/4
324 9 x 1/2 SH 9 x 12 SH
B1135.3TCR
123/4
5/8
360
221/8
562
183/16
462
249.2 113.0
16
1
25
811/32
212
181/8
460
8 x 1/2 SH 8 x 12 SH
B1140.3STR
143/16
5
362
213/16
538
161/2
419
192.9 87.5
/8
16 7/8
22
83/16
208
173/4
450 14 x 1/2 SH 14 x 12 SH
B1145.3STR
141/4
3/4
362
213/16
538
161/2
419
187.1 84.9
19 11/4 32
83/16
208
173/4
450 14 x 1/2 SH 14 x 12 SH
B1145.3TCR
141/4
Contact Harken to request quote and lead time. *4 Speed option available. Contact Harken. ‡Available in electric. **Available in electric or hydraulic.

Sheet

Drive gear

Carbon Fiber Winches

1
4.2:1
11.7:1
4.4:1
11.7:1
3.9:1
3.9:1
15.7:1
15.7:1
3.4:1
3.4:1
15.7:1
15.7:1
3.4:1
3.4:1
3.4:1
3.4:1
2.5:1
2.5:1
2.5:1
5:1
5:1
1.8:1
1.8:1
1.8:1
1.8:1
1.69:1
1.6:1
1.6:1
1.6:1
1.6:1
4:1
4.1:1
4.1:1

Power ratio
2
3
10.8:1 43:1
50.7:1

11.7:1 49.8:1
50.7:1

10.4:1 44.5:1
12.1:1 47:1
55.6:1

55.6:1

15.7:1 55.6:1
15.7:1 55.6:1
65.5:1

65.5:1

15.7:1 65.5:1
15.7:1 65.5:1
15.7:1 65.5:1
15.7:1 65.5:1
24.8:1 100:1
24.8:1 100:1
24.8:1 80:1
19.7:1 79.5:1
19.7:1 79.5:1
17.6:1 81:1
17.6:1 81:1
5.4:1 17.6:1
5.4:1 17.6:1
6.8:1 22.8:1
16.9:1 86.6:1
16.9:1 86.6:1
16.9:1 86.6:1
16.9:1 86.6:1
16.4:1 60.1:1
16.6:1 75.6:1
16.6:1 75.6:1

4























81:1
81:1
92.6:1






Use base sheaves for crosssheeting and lazy sheets.
Availability varies by
winch size.

Racing Pedestals

Racing pedestals allow crew members to trim from powerful standing
positions. Customized to meet each yacht’s requirements, these pedestal
systems can be linked together, allowing crew to work in tandem
to produce more power for faster, more efficient maneuvers.

Belt-Drive Pedestals

Harken belt-drive pedestals are molded from carbon fiber and epoxy.
Prepreg lamination and autoclave curing maximize stiffness and
strength. Components are made of hardcoat-anodized aluminum
and 17-4 PH stainless steel. Roller bearings, thermoplastic belt
sprockets, and carbon-fiber reinforced drive belts result in the
lowest possible weight.
Belowdeck belt-drive pedestals are also offered in above deck/mid-drive
styles. These pedestals can be removed and winches converted to
manual operation to make more room in the cockpit during a
long-distance race or cruise.

MX Pedestals

Harken MX carbon pedestals drive winches on small Grand Prix
racers like GP42s, GP52s and Open 60s. The patented overdrive
system features two chains inside the pedestal, eliminating the
weight of an external overdrive box. Two drive sprockets allow
trimmers to select the gear ratio, switching between the
1:1 direct-drive and the fast 1:3 drive chain without
reversing grinding directions.

Pedestal handles
Pedestal handles are offered in
aluminum or carbon fiber and in
single, double, or SpeedGrip styles.
A SpeedGrip pedestal handle is
a great solution for solo sailors
because it frees up a hand for
another task. SpeedGrip winch
handles can be special-ordered
from Harken.

MX PEDESTAL
MX pedestal
The red shaft of the left button indicates the
1:3 overdrive is engaged. Every turn of the
handle produces three turns of the winch.
MX drive sprockets

1:3 chain engaged

1:1 chain engaged

BELT-DRIVE PEDESTALS

Twisted
Twisted belt-drive
pedestals eliminate the
weight of the 90° gear
box when the grinder
faces fore and aft.

Straight
A disconnect lever for an
above-deck/mid-drive belt
pedestal system is available.

Angled
An angled pedestal is customized
to optimize the deck layout or
tailored to the grinder for
maximum comfort.

Air pedestal
The athwartship-mounted Air
pedestal has a sculpted hole
in the middle, with each leg
shaped like a wing—the
ultimate in drag reduction.

Wing pedestal
The Wing pedestal mounts
fore and aft. It’s extremely
narrow aerodynamic shape
dramatically reduces drag.

229

NEW

CARBON FIBER SPINNAKER RETRIEVAL SYSTEM

Racing Pedestal
Drive Components
Gear Boxes

The bevel gearbox is the basic building block of
belt-drive pedestal systems. The B606 gear box is
designed for up to a six-man, three-pedestal input.
The B701 accommodates up to an eight-man,
three-plus pedestal input.

B606 with overdrive

B606

Gearbox housings are CNC-machined from a solid
piece of aluminum, hardcoat-anodized for strength
and durability. Gears, shafts, and rollers are 17-4 PH
stainless steel and are lubricated in a sealed oil bath
for minimal maintenance.

Drive Shafts

Harken offers two types of drive shafts. Extruded,
splined, aluminum drive shafts may be cut to length.
Carbon tubular drive shafts are available with bonded
end fittings for U-Joints or spherical CV-Joints. Shaft
choice is determined by load, cost, and weight
considerations. Your Harken representative can
provide details on the best drive shaft for your boat.

B701

Disconnects

System disconnects can be activated with either levers
and control lines for hand operation, or a two-position
push button for foot activation. The Harken foot button
has fewer than 10 components, compared to almost 100
in other buttons, minimizing the possibility of losing or
breaking parts. Foot button tops come in red, black, or
blue to distinguish functions above deck.

Foot button
disconnect
Universal
Joint

Support Shafts

To space and support a gearbox beneath a winch,
Harken supplies tubes for the B606 and B701 series
gearboxes. Tubes are made to length from carbon
fiber/epoxy with bonded aluminum ends.

Drive shafts

Carbon wheel
Cantilevered gearbox
bracket

230

Carbon fiber spinnaker
retrieval system

Pedestal-driven, belowdeck carbon
wheel ensures high-speed spinnaker
retrieval. Optional carbon T-box
brackets and cantilevered gearbox
brackets hold gearbox in position
belowdeck; customized to boat.

T-box bracket

NEW

Accessories:
Carbo OneTouch®
Locking Winch Handle

Lightweight and fast-acting, the Carbo OneTouch ball bearing locking
winch handle makes grinding winches easy! Racers will maneuver
faster and cruisers will have confidence in a reliable and easy-to-use
winch handle.

Molded urethane knob for
comfortable feel and better
grip when palming the handle.

The Carbo OneTouch locks in and out of the winch using its patented
locking mechanism and ergonomically-designed grab bar. It only takes
one hand to set or release the handle—squeeze anywhere along the
grab bar with your palm to unlock; release the bar for a secure lock.

Handle features an independent
swivel between the knob and
handle to keep the wrist straight
and arms in the best power
position while grinding.

Harken added SpeedGrip handle technology to the OneTouch for fast
and efficient winching. Its independent swivel between the ball bearing
knob and hand-grip allows fast trimming using the palm for low-loads,
and powerful two-handed grinding when loads are high.

B10HOT

At just 590 g (20.8 oz), the Harken Carbo OneTouch is built to be strong
but lightweight. The grab bar and main handle are made of the same
tough material as our Carbo block line: high-strength, fiber-reinforced
composite, UV-stabilized for excellent protection against long-term
exposure to saltwater and sun. The handle and grab bar are
cross-ribbed and braced for enhanced stiffness.
An aluminum grip rod mates seamlessly to a forged aluminum handle
insert to manage bending stresses. The black hardcoat-anodized
octagonal drive gear is also integrated into the molding process,
resulting in an extremely strong, one-piece structure. Its locking
pins are tough 316 marine-grade stainless steel.

OneTouch is a registered trademark of Donald J. Steiner.

The patented locking mechanism
features two stainless steel pins
that automatically retract when
the handle’s full-length grab bar
is squeezed, and extend when it
is released for a solid, secure lock.

Saffier 33 SE, Saffieryachts, Dean
Hennevanger design © Bertel Kolthof

A

Part
No.

Description

Length (A)
in
mm

Height (B)
in
mm

Lock-in/Carbo OneTouch

9 /2

7 /8

Rise (C)
in
mm

Weight
oz
g

SpeedGrip
B10HOT

1

241

1

181

1 /16
5

33

20.8

B
C

590

231

Accessories: Aluminum,
Chrome and Bronze Handles

These robust low-friction ball bearing handles match a range of cranking needs
for both racers and cruisers. Handles feature a ball bearing grip that efficiently
transmits power into the winch. All handles fit international standard winch sockets.

Locking vs. Plain

Molded urethane knob for
comfortable feel and better
grip when palming the handle.

Lock-in handles are easy to engage and release with a thumb switch.
Racers prefer plain handles because they are faster to insert.

Handle Length

Handles feature an independent
swivel between the knob and
handle to keep the wrist straight
and arms in the best power
position while grinding.

254 mm (10") is the most comfortable handle length for most sailors.
Published power ratios are based on this length.
203 mm (8") handles grind faster because they swing through a smaller circle,
but power is reduced by 20%. 203 mm (8") handles are ideal for smaller boats
and light air where speed is more important than power.

SpeedGrip

SpeedGrip handles are designed for the serious racer and are effective in both light and
heavy air conditions. The unique grip permits low-load fast cranking using the palm,
and powerful two-handed grinding when loads are high. The low-profile B8ASGLP
is made for fast one-handed cranking where speed is the concern, not power.

B8ASGLP

B8ASG
B10ASG

B8CSG
B10CSG

B8AP
B10AP
STANDARD

SPEEDGRIP
Part
No.

B8BL
B10BL

B8AL
B10AL

Height (B)
in
mm

The 254 mm
(10") B10ADL
handle features a
lock-in switch and
provides powerful
two-handed grinding.

Rise (C)
in
mm

B8CL
B10CL

Description

Length (A)
in
mm

Lock-in/low-profile/aluminum
Lock-in/aluminum
Lock-in/chrome
Lock-in/aluminum
Lock-in/chrome

8
8
8
10
10

203
203
203
254
254

413/16
73/16
73/16
77/16
77/16

122
182
182
188
188

11/4
11/4
11/4
11/2
11/2

32
32
32
38
38

14.1
17.6
35.3
21.2
47.6

400
500
1000
600
1350

No-lock/aluminum
Lock-in/aluminum
Lock-in/bronze
Lock-in/chrome
No-lock/aluminum
Lock-in/aluminum
Lock-in/bronze
Lock-in/chrome
Lock-in/double-grip/aluminum

8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10

203
203
203
203
254
254
254
254
254

65/8
65/8
65/8
65/8
7
7
7
7
111/4

168
168
168
168
178
178
178
178
286

11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/2
11/2
11/2
11/2
113/16

32
32
32
32
38
38
38
38
46

14.1
14.1
31.7
31.7
17.6
17.6
45.9
45.9
21.2

400
400
900
900
500
500
1300
1300
600

B10ADL

Weight
oz
g

SpeedGrip
B8ASGLP
B8ASG
B8CSG
B10ASG
B10CSG

A

Standard
B8AP
B8AL
B8BL
B8CL
B10AP
B10AL
B10BL
B10CL
B10ADL

232

B
C

Accessories:
Service Kits

You should service your winches at least once during
the preseason. However, twice a season is best if your
boat lives in salt water. If you race your boat hard, you
may want to maintain your winches before every regatta.
Keep your winches clean and operating smoothly by
flushing frequently with fresh water. Check pawls and
springs, bearings, gears, and spindles for signs of wear
and corrosion.

Radial winch

For more details, consult the maintenance manual.
Installation manuals and parts lists are available
online at www.harken.com.

Classic winch

WINCH

Q&A

WHICH PARTS DO I GREASE AND
WHICH DO I OIL ON MY HARKEN
WINCHES?

BK4520

BK4512

Part
No.
BK4512
BK4513
BK4515
BK4516
BK4517
BK4518
BK4519
BK4520
BK4521
BK4522

BK4515
BK4516

BK4521

BK4517

BK4513

BK4518

BK4522

Grease all metal gears and roller
bearings with Harken Winch
Grease. It’s highly resistant to
salt and fresh water, works in all
temperatures, and protects against
corrosion. NEVER grease pawls or
springs because grease causes
them to stick. Instead, lubricate
with Harken Pawl Oil for optimal
rotation. Radial winches and
carbon winches have composite
roller bearings that do not need to
be lubricated.

BK4519

Description
Includes
Winch service kit
10 pawls/20 springs
Winch Grease
100 ml tube
Racing winch service kit/10 mm
10 17-4 PH pawls/20 springs
Racing winch service kit/8 mm
10 17-4 PH pawls/20 springs
Lock-in handle repair kit
Lock-in knob/spring pin/lock-in spring/isolator/lock-in plate
Winch drum screw kit
8 screws 8 mm x 20 mm/8 plastic washers
Winch drum screw kit
8 screws 8 mm x 20 mm/8 plastic washers
Winch polish for all metal surfaces
Pawl Oil for pawls and springs
Stainless Steel Cleaner: Use on stainless steel to remove surface rust

Fits winches
Classic B6 - B980, All Radial winches
B880 - B1120
B50 - B65
All handles
B48 - B980
B16 - B46

233

Captive Reel Winches
Electric & Hydraulic

Harken Captive Reel winches represent a leap forward in captive winch
design. Robust and compact, these belowdeck winches keep topsides
clear for a clean, uncluttered look.
Ganesha, 46 m Vitters, Vitters Shipyard, Dubois Yacht Design, 46 m (150.9') © Ingrid Abery

234

Electric Captive Reel Winches

Harken electric captive reel winches bring megayacht technology to boats 13.7 - 18 m
(45 - 60'). Robust and compact, these belowdeck winches keep topsides clear for a
clean, uncluttered look. Use for remote line handling: raise/lower halyard, trim/ease
mainsheet—all at the touch of a button. No need for a hydraulic system with these
electric captives aboard.
Electric captives are available in 1.5-ton and 3-ton sizes with standard 12-volt and
24-volt power. 12V and 24V have maximum line speeds of 12 and 13 meters per
minute respectively. The winch has a single gear and is managed with push
buttons for trimming and easing.

The screw design positions the
screw close to the drum, reducing
winch size.

Lightweight, Low-Maintenance Materials

The winch frame and drum are 6061-T6 hardcoat-anodized aluminum.
Most components are modular for easy reassembly and inspection.

Transmission

Part Numbers

A gear-and-chain transmission drives the feeder screw, allowing the line
to lie smoothly on the drum in a single layer.

1.5T42012RHEL12

Feeder Screw

The screw design positions the screw close to the drum, reducing winch size.

Winch size

Mechanical Switch

Length (mm)

A mechanical switch limits the stroke of the feeder to prevent overtravel.

Line Ø (mm)

Slack Line Sensor

A mechanical slack line system stops the drum from turning when there is no
load on the line, preventing overrides.

Motor configuration
RH = right hand
LH = left hand

Easy Maintenance

Electric

All parts connected to electrical circuitry are positioned on the same side for
maintenance. The screw bearings and gear transmission are also located on
this side for easy inspection. Bearings are self-lubricated. The main
gearbox is sealed and lubricated with oil.

Voltage
12 = 12V
24 = 24V

Power/Sheet Size Guide
Line Ø
Maximum
Maximum
Max
dynamic pull
holding load
Max line speed
current
Min
Max
Part
Control
No.
lb
kg
lb
kg
in
mm
in
mm
ft/min
m/min
amps
box
1/2
3/4
12
18
39.4
12.0
340
BEB1000.12.1
1.5T 12V
3300
1500
6600
3000
1
3
/2
12
/4
18
42.7
13.0
150
BEB1000.24.1
1.5T 24V
3300
1500
6600
3000
1/2
3/4
12
18
42.7
13.0
250
BEB2000.24.1
3T 24V
6600
3000
11000
5000
Loads and converted sizes are guides only. Winches are customized to application. Line speeds can vary with each winch and power configuration.

Circuit
breaker
HCP1718
HCP1717

Active Line Storage
Captive length
size
mm

Line Ø
12 mm

Line Ø
14 mm

Line Ø
16 mm

Line Ø
18 mm

ft

m

ft

m

ft

m

ft

m

420
620

49.3
83.0

14.9
25.3

41.4
74.5

12.5
22.7

39.1
66.0

11.8
20.1

33.8
57.0

10.2
17.4

420
620

49.3
83.0

14.9
25.3

41.4
74.5

12.5
22.7

39.1
66.0

11.8
20.1

33.8
57.0

10.2
17.4

1.5T
3T

Line storage lengths are guides only. Winches are customized to application. Contact Harken for price and lead time.

235

Hydraulic Captive Reel Winches

Harken Captive Reel winches represent a leap forward in captive winch design. The result of
years of intense development at Harken Italy’s dedicated facility, captive winches are offered
with pulling loads of 1.5 to 25 tons, with larger models currently under development. Winches
are driven by a sealed inner motor gearbox, and are modular in construction for easy
maintenance and service. Drum lengths vary to fit individual project requirements.
Before shipping, captives and tensioners are run at full load hydraulically and electrically.

Lightweight, Low-Maintenance Materials
The winch frame and drum are 6061 hardcoat-anodized aluminum with carbon-fiber gear
cover to reduce weight.

Self-lubricating feeder screw and
sheave allow line to lie smoothly
on the drum, even when slack.

The feeder screw nut is made of aluminum and self-lubricating composite.

Hydraulic Motor

Captives are driven by industrial-sealed hydraulic motors. Winches 6T and up are offered
with variable-speed motors; 1.5T and 3T with fixed-displacement motors; custom solutions
for higher loads are available.

Synchronized Transmission

The synchronized transmission uses two gear sets (four gears) to drive the twin feeder screws.
To change line diameter, the gear sets must be replaced.

Twin Feeder Screws

The feeder transmission’s twin feeder screws balance the load on the feeder, allowing line to lie
smoothly on the drum—even when slack. The double-screw design positions the screws close
to the drum, reducing winch size over similarly configured winches.

Double-Feeder Sensors

Two inner magnetic switches
factory-set at the feeder's stroke
limits prevent overtravel. Two outer
fail-safe limit switches automatically
engage the brake.

Two inner magnetic switches are set at the feeder’s active stroke limits to prevent overtravel.
Two outer fail-safe limit switches automatically engage the brake.

Easy Maintenance

All parts connected to hydraulic or electrical circuitry are positioned on the same side for
maintenance. The screw bearings and gear transmission are also located on this side for easy
inspection. Bearings are sealed and lubricated with grease. The main gearbox is sealed and
lubricated with oil.

Precise gearing provides even line
take-up and release.

6T
9T
12T
16T
18T
25T
Open-ended design reduces weight.

1.5T
3T
236

NEW

50T, 70T

Hydraulic Captive Reel Winches
Power/Sheet Size Guide

Line Ø
Maximum
Maximum
dynamic pull
holding load
Min
Max
Max pressure
Flow rate
Part
No.
lb
kg
lb
kg
in
mm
in
mm
PSI
Bar
gal/min
L/min
1
3
/2
12
/4
18
1739
120
13
50
1.5T
3300
1500
5500
2500
1
3
/2
12
/4
18
2753
190
13
50
3T
6600
3000
11000
5000
9
7
/16
14
/8
22
3478
240
18
70
6T
13200
6000
19800
9000
5
/8
16
1
26
3623
250
21
80
9T
19800
9000
26400
12000
3
/4
18
11/8
28
3623
250
26
100
12T
26400
12000
33000
15000
32
3623
250
31
120
16T
35200
16000
41800
19000
1
24
11/4
32
4133
285
31
120
18T*
39700
18000
46307
21000
1
24
11/4
32
11/2
40
4061
280
52
200
25T
55100
25000
66100
30000
11/4
40
29/16
66
4714
325
45
170
50T
110250
50000
132300
60000
19/16
48
29/16
66
5076
350
225
850
70T
154350
70000
176400
80000
17/8
Loads and converted sizes are guides only. Winches are customized to application. Line speeds can vary with each winch and power configuration.
*18T Captive Reel winches can be driven by different displacement HY motors. Contact Harken for max pressure details.

Max line speed
ft/min
m/min
115.9
35.0
99.3
30.0
344.5
105.0
259.2
79.0
285.4
87.0
255.9
78.0
255.9
78.0
239.5
73.0
295.3
90.0
262.5
80.0

Active Line Storage
Captive
Length
Size
mm

Line Ø
12 mm

Line Ø
14 mm

Line Ø
16 mm

Line Ø
18 mm

ft

m

ft

m

ft

m

ft

m

420
520

49.3
66.5

14.9
20.1

43.9
59.4

13.4
18.1

39.1
53.0

11.8
16.0

33.8
45.7

10.2
13.8

420
520
720
920
1120
Captive
Length
Size
mm

49.3
66.5
101.3
134.5
169.0

14.9
20.1
30.6
41.0
51.5

41.4
55.9
85.1
113.0
142.0

12.5
16.9
25.7
34.5
43.3

39.1
53.0
80.1
106.6
133.9

11.8
16.0
24.2
32.5
40.8

33.8
45.7
69.5
92.2
115.8

10.2
13.8
21.0
28.1
35.3

1.5T

Line Ø
14 mm
ft
m

Line Ø
16 mm
ft
m

Line Ø
18 mm
ft
m

Line Ø
20 mm
ft
m

Line Ø
22 mm
ft
m

6T
420
70.2 21.2 61.6
520
110.9 33.5 97.3
420
151.6 45.8 133.1
520
192.3 58.1 168.8
Captive
Length
Line Ø
Line Ø
Size
16 mm
18 mm
mm
ft
m
ft
m

18.6
29.4
40.2
51.0

56.6
89.4
122.1
154.9

Line Ø
20 mm
ft
m

17.1
27.0
36.9
46.8

49.3
78.1
106.9
135.7

Line Ø
22 mm
ft
m

14.9
23.6
32.3
41.0

46.0
72.8
99.6
126.4

Line Ø
24 mm
ft
m

13.9
22.0
30.1
38.2

Line Ø
26 mm
ft
m

9T
108.2
155.6
204.2
252.2
300.2

32.7
47.0
61.7
76.2
90.7

Line Ø
18 mm
ft
m

96.7
139.0
182.4
225.4
268.1

29.2
42.0
55.1
68.1
81.0

88.0
127.1
166.2
205.2
244.3

Line Ø
20 mm
ft
m

26.6
38.4
50.2
62.0
73.8

Line Ø
22 mm
ft
m

79.1
114.5
149.6
185.0
220.1

23.9
34.6
45.2
55.9
66.5

Line Ø
24 mm
ft
m

76.5
110.6
144.6
178.7
212.8

23.1
33.4
43.7
54.0
64.3

Line Ø
26 mm
ft
m

70.5
101.6
133.1
164.5
195.6

21.3
30.7
40.2
49.7
59.1

Line Ø
28 mm
ft
m

12T
1130
1330
1530
1730
Captive
Length
Size
mm

16T

Line Ø
24 mm
ft
m

Line Ø
26 mm
ft
m

Line Ø
28 mm
ft
m

Line Ø
30 mm
ft
m

Line Ø
32 mm
ft
m

18T

3T

930
1130
1330
1530
1730
Captive
Length
Size
mm

Captive
Length
Size
mm

127.2
168.3
210.0
251.0

38.8
51.3
63.9
76.5

Line Ø
24 mm
ft
m

116.0
153.2
191.0
229.0

35.3
46.7
58.2
69.7

104.3
138.1
172.0
206.0

Line Ø
26 mm
ft
m

31.8
42.1
52.4
62.8

101.0
134.0
166.3
199.0

Line Ø
28 mm
ft
m

30.7
40.7
50.7
60.6

93.2
123.4
154.0
184.0

Line Ø
30 mm
ft
m

28.4
37.6
46.8
56.0

89.2
118.1
147.0
176.0

27.2
36.0
44.8
53.6

Line Ø
32 mm
ft
m

1030
1330
1530
1730
Captive
Length
Size
mm

92.7
150.9
189.7
228.1

28.0
45.6
57.3
68.9

Line Ø
32 mm
ft
m

83.1
135.4
169.8
204.6

25.1
40.9
51.3
61.8

Line Ø
34 mm
ft
m

80.4
130.7
164.2
197.6

24.3
39.5
49.6
59.7

Line Ø
36 mm
ft
m

74.1
120.5
151.6
182.4

22.4
36.4
45.8
55.1

Line Ø
38 mm
ft
m

71.2
115.9
145.6
175.4

21.5
35.0
44.0
53.0

Line Ø
40 mm
ft
m

25T
1030
1330
1530
1730
1930
Captive
Length
Size
mm

68.0
114.0
145.0
175.1
206.0

20.7
34.7
44.1
53.4
62.7

Line Ø
40 mm
ft
m

62.0
104.0
132.0
159.4
187.3

18.9
31.6
40.1
48.6
57.1

Line Ø
42 mm
ft
m

56.1
94.0
118.4
143.3
169.0

17.0
28.5
36.1
43.7
51.4

Line Ø
46mm
ft
m

54.0
90.2
114.1
138.4
163.0

16.4
27.5
34.8
42.2
49.6

Line Ø
50 mm
ft
m

50.1
83.3
106.0
128.0
150.3

15.2
25.4
32.2
39.0
45.8

Line Ø
54 mm
ft
m

50T
1670
1870
2070
2270
2470
2670
2870
3070
Captive
Length
Size
mm

128.0 39.0 119.8 36.5
162.1 49.4 151.9 46.3
196.5 59.9 183.7 56.0
231.0 70.4 215.9 65.8
265.1 80.8 248.0 75.6
299.5 91.3 280.2 85.4
334.0 101.8 312.3 95.2
368.1 112.2 344.5 105.0

Line Ø
48 mm
ft

m

Line Ø
52 mm
ft

m

111.9
142.1
172.2
202.1
232.3
262.5
292.7
322.5

34.1
43.3
52.5
61.6
70.8
80.0
89.2
98.3

Line Ø
56 mm

104.3
132.2
160.4
188.3
216.2
244.4
272.3
300.5

31.8
40.3
48.9
57.4
65.9
74.5
83.0
91.6

Line Ø
60 mm

96.5
122.4
148.3
174.2
200.1
226.0
252.0
277.9

29.4
37.3
45.2
53.1
61.0
68.9
76.8
84.7

Line Ø
64 mm

ft

m

ft

m

ft

m

102.7
131.9
161.4
190.6
220.1
249.3
278.5
308.1

31.3
40.2
49.2
58.1
67.1
76.0
84.9
93.9

95.5
122.7
150.3
177.5
204.7
232.0
259.2
286.4

29.1
37.4
45.8
54.1
62.4
70.7
79.0
87.3

88.3
113.5
138.8
164.0
189.3
214.6
239.5
264.8

26.9
34.6
42.3
50.0
57.7
65.4
73.0
80.7

70T
1670
1870
2070
2270
2470
2670
2870
3070

117.5 35.8
150.9 46.0
184.4 56.2
217.9 66.4
251.3 76.6
285.1 86.9
318.6 97.1
352.0 107.3

1030
92.7 28.0 83.1 25.1 80.4 24.3 74.1 22.4 71.2 21.5
1330 150.9 45.6 135.4 40.9 130.7 39.5 120.5 36.4 115.9 35.0
1530 189.7 57.3 169.8 51.3 164.2 49.6 151.6 45.8 145.6 44.0
1730 228.1 68.9 204.6 61.8 197.6 59.7 182.4 55.1 175.4 53.0
Line storage lengths are guides only. Winches are customized to application. Contact Harken for price and lead time.

109.9 33.5
141.1 43.0
172.6 52.6
203.7 62.1
235.2 71.7
266.7 81.3
297.9 90.8
329.4 100.4

237

Line Tensioners

Harken lightweight line tensioners provide hydraulically-powered pull to prevent
line slack and overrides. Both in-line and through-deck tensioners have hydraulically
driven belts encasing both sides of the line, doubling pull and grip capabilities
compared to other versions on the market. Tensioner manifolds are independently
plumbed and include a solenoid directional cartridge to optimize tensioner
functions. The pay-out circuit includes a pressure-release valve to adjust
tensioner pull force. The pay-in circuit includes a relief valve to control drag
and to help prevent overrides.
Line tensioner removes line slack when
loading and unloading the spool.

Tensioners can be installed above deck,
belowdeck, or through-deck.

CT1: 90-DEGREE LINE TENSIONER
Use with winches from 3T to 9T.
Sealed roller bearing sheave.
Mounts above or belowdeck.
Symmetrical for right hand/left hand mounting.
Handle 80-degree to 120-degree line wraps

CT2: IN-LINE TENSIONER
Use with winches from 3T to 18T.
Two independently-powered rubber belts drive line
off winch drum.
Carbon-fiber cover keeps tensioner clean and safe.

Flush-deck mounting

Belowdeck mounting

CT3: 90-DEGREE THROUGH-DECK TENSIONER
Use with winches from 3T to 18T.
300 mm sandblasted sheave handles line load.
Synchronized rubber belt adds additional grip.
Seated roller bearings.
Waterproof.

CT4: 180-DEGREE THROUGH-DECK TENSIONER
Use with winches from 3T to 18T.
300 mm sandblasted sheave handles line load.
Synchronized rubber belt adds additional grip.
Seated roller bearings.
Waterproof.

Manifold Controls

Harken manifolds contain counterbalance valve
circuits to control load while easing. The flow
control feature creates smooth brake engagement
and acts as a safety feature when servicing the
winch. The brake valve is supplied with a manual
override knob.
238

TENSIONER MANIFOLD

CAPTIVE MANIFOLD

NEW FOR 2016
10 cc Rotary Pump
Page 260

TP52 fleet © Ingrid Abery

HYDRAULICS

Integral Hydraulic
Backstay Adjusters

Harken’s integral hydraulic backstay adjuster provides the power
to optimize sail shape quickly. The cylinder features a built-in,
double-acting pump that delivers oil when the handle is both
pushed and pulled. This moves oil through the system twice
as fast as single-acting pumps on other integrals.
Assemblies include a hardcoat-anodized aluminum cylinder
and pump, valve, gauge, and stainless pump handle with three
attachment options: pin installs handle permanently; O-ring
secures handle in socket, but is not permanent; nonlocking
handle installs without O-ring and roll pin. All pins and plugs
are stainless steel. Cylinders include a clevis on both ends.
Standard eye-jaw toggles fit all Harken cylinders.

Easy-to-read, analog gauge located
at top of cylinder adjusts to four
positions for easy viewing; pressure
increments read 0 - 5 (0 - 5000 psi).

The pressure-release knob turns clockwise to close and pump,
counterclockwise to release. When closing the pump, the knob
cannot be over-tightened by hand, preventing damage to the
valve. Release speed depends on how far open the knob is turned.
Pressure relief is factory set to prevent crew from over-tensioning
the backstay.
An analog gauge with pressure increments reading 0 - 5 (0 - 5000 psi)
is prominently mounted at the top of the cylinder. The gauge
adjusts to four positions for easy viewing from the cockpit.
Harken integral backstay adjusters come in four sizes to fit
boats with 5 - 10 mm (7/32 - 3/8") wire—approximately
9 - 18 m (30 - 60').

Harken recommends attaching a
toggle to the cylinder’s bottom clevis
to accommodate stay movement.
Standard eye-jaw toggles fit all
Harken cylinders.

XP 50, X-Yachts, X-Yachts Design Team © Christos Petropoulos

Max
wire Ø
in
mm

Stroke
in
mm

Pin center
length
(closed)*
in
mm

@ 1000 psi
69 bar
lb
kg

Pull force***
@ 2000 psi @ 3000 psi
138 bar
207 bar
lb
kg
lb
kg

@ 4000 psi
276 bar
lb
kg

Breaking
load
lb
kg

Part
No.

- Size

HCI025110345BCC

-6

7 32

/

5.5

13.5

343

30

762

7.4

3.37

7 16

/

11.1

1243

564

2487 1128 3490 1692

HCI035130345BCC

-10

9 32

/

7

13.5

343

30

762

7.4

3.37

1 2

/

12.7

1243

564

2487 1128 3490 1692 4960 2250 12364 5608

HCI040160385BCC

-12

5 16

/

8

15.2

385

32.8

832

10.8

4.92

5 8

/

15.9

2098

952

4197 1904 6295 2855 8394 3807 20984 9518

5/8
10.8 4.92
15.9 2098 952
**Rod ends (forks) included in weights.

4197 1904 6295 2855 8394 3807 20984 9518
*** Max relief setting is 4500 psi/310 bar.

3/8
HCI045160385BCC
-17
9.5 15.2 385 32.8 832
*For pin center length open add stroke length to pin center length closed.

240

Weight**
lb
kg

Gap/pin
Ø
in
mm

--

--

7000 3175

Choosing Hydraulic Systems

Standard System

1. Cylinders

Load and Pin Sizes: Cylinder size is determined by cylinder load and pin size.
Stroke length is based on cylinder function. See page 245 to select cylinder.
Double-pull, locking, and boom vang cylinders are also available. See charts
for loads, pin sizes, and stroke lengths.

Function
Suction
Return
Backstay

Alternate End Fittings: Choosing the correct end fittings for your cylinders
is critical. See page 245 for end-fitting options.

Vang

2. Control Valves

Select valves based on sailing style and valve style, type, and functions.
Choose between multifunction panel and individual valves, Standard or
Grand-Prix styles. Single or double-acting valves are based on cylinder type.

Multifunction
valve panel/
2-speed pump

Individual Valve Assemblies: Individual valve assemblies are dependent on
how the boat is sailed. Multiple control locations? Single control locations?
Choose valve, manifold configurations, and panel types. See page 256.

4-Liter
vented
reservoir

Multifunction Valve Panels and Single-function Panels: Choose plate
materials. Single and multifunction panels come with a 2-speed pump,
pump handle, and reservoir. See page 257.
Remote Dump Valves: Are remote dump valves required?
Example: vang cylinders.

Suction filter

3. Pumps & Handles

Grand Prix System

4. Reservoirs

Function
Pressure
Suction
Return
Vang

Headstay

3-Speed
hand pump

Outhaul

Highpressure
filter

14 Liter
pressurized
reservoir

Headstay

Fittings: Plumbing fittings, additional spares, blanking plates,
and spare parts available. See page 262-263.

String-pull
dump
valve

Outhaul

Gauges: Remote analog gauges and digital transducers available.

Vang

Filters: Harken highly recommends a high-pressure filter
between the pump and valves to keep valves working at peak
performance. Also recommended: a suction filter for the pump
to prevent debris from entering the system.

Vang

5. Accessories

Outhaul

3-Valve manifold/
pressure relief

Reservoir Size: As a general rule, select reservoir size by
adding up cylinder volumes and multiplying by 2.

Headstay

Reservoir Type: Reservoir type is determined by the amount of oil
needed and pump height relative to the reservoir. Use a pressurized
reservoir if it is mounted more than 1.5 m (5') vertically below the
pump. Vented reservoirs are adequate under 1.5 m (5').

3-Speed
hand pump

3-Valve manifold
Suction filter

Return filter (optional)

Individual valves require a separate pump. How many?
2-speed or 3-speed? Choice depends on oil volume, how fast
oil must move, and pressure required. Select adequate handle.
See pages 258-259.

241

Fujin, Bieker 53, Gold Coast Yachts

HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
Harken offers a full range of hydraulic cylinders to handle mast, sail, and
keel controls on cruising and racing yachts. Components are designed to
reduce weight and size, and to increase structural strength for years of
high-stress use in corrosive marine environments. They are available
with -6 to -195 rod to fit everything from 9 m (30') racer/cruisers, to
Grand-Prix racers, and 46 m (150')-plus megayachts. Harken-certified
service centers can be found in countries around the world.

Materials:

For properties
see pages 38 - 39.

O-ring
6061-T6
aluminum:

Hard Lubeanodized*
cylinder tube

316 Stainless
steel:

Polished cylinder
tube

Titanium:

Cylinder tube

Seal

Stands up to sun, salt, and time
XM-19 Stainless
steel:
Rod; pins

• Cylinder tubes in mirror-polished stainless steel,
Hard Lube-anodized aluminum, or titanium.
• High-strength XM-19 stainless steel rods and pins.
• Durable, low-friction polyurethane seals and
bronze-filled PTFE piston seals.
• O-rings in nonabsorbent polyurethane seals
for consistent fit.

Variety of cylinder types
*Clear-anodized aluminum
is available, but provides
less protection than Hard Lube
anodizing.

• Single-acting; double-pull; locking; boom vangs.
Single-acting cylinders have air-spring returns,
but can be ordered in push, push/pull, and pull/
pull custom versions.
• Custom lengths available.

Selection of rod end fittings
• Standard clevis jaw for ends included.
• Blocks and different eye types available; see
alternate end fittings pages 245 and 247.
• Smooth anti-snag clevis pins protect rigging
and crew.
DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use.

242

243

20.9 530 29.1 739

9.1

13.8 350 24.0 609

20.1 510 31.1 789

10.2 260 20.0 508

14.8 375 24.8 629

24.6 625 35.6 905

10.2 260 20.0 507

14.8 375 25.0 634

31.5 800 43.1 1095 10.9

10.8 275 22.4 568

15.7 400 27.3 693

35.4 900 49.7 1263 19.5

11.8 300 25.1 637

17.7 450 31.0 787

40.4 1025 55.4 1407 26.5 12.03 59.8

11.8 300 27.6 700

18.7 475 34.4 874

45.3 1150 63.2 1606 42.8 19.40 98.1

11.8 300 28.3 719

18.7 475 35.1 892

45.3 1150 64.0 1626 49.7 22.56 118.8 53.87

-6

-10

-10

-10

-12

-12

-12

-17

-17

-17

-22

-22

-22

-30

-30

-30

-40

-40

-40

-48

-48

-48

HYCS025110530

HYCS035130230

HYCS035130350

HYCS035130510

HYCS040160260

HYCS040160375

HYCS040160625

HYCS045160260

HYCS045160375

HYCS045160800

HYCS055190275

HYCS055190400

HYCS055190900

HYCS065220300

HYCS065220450

HYCS065221025

HYCS075250300

HYCS075250475

HYCS075251150

HYCS080250300

HYCS080250475

HYCS080251150

9.29

7.06

5.83

8.84

5.09

4.23

4.96

3.01

2.47

3.54

2.53

2.08

2.37

1.88

1.54

1.42

1.13

46.8

35.0

28.9

45.2

25.6

21.2

24.7

14.8

12.0

16.8

11.9

9.7

11.8

9.3

7.6

6.5

5.2

27.6 700 49.4 1255 85.7 38.86 200.7

18.7 475 42.9 1090 103.9 47.11 239.7 109.0

27.6 700 51.8 1315 121.9 55.30 284.3 129.2

19.7 500 39.9 1014 141.6 64.25 317.9 144.5

29.5 750 54.5 1384 168.5 76.43 381.7 173.5

-110

-150

-150

-195

-195

HYCS115350700

HYCS130380475

HYCS130380700

HYCS145480500

HYCS145480750

685

457

520

353

397

270

268

190

182

124

312

129

81

284

118

74

174

76

51

118

52

36

66

31

21

36

22

15

26

18

12

13

9

7

11.23

7.49

8.52

5.79

6.51

4.43

4.39

3.11

2.98

2.03

5.11

2.11

1.33

4.66

1.93

1.22

2.85

1.25

0.83

1.93

0.86

0.59

1.08

0.51

0.35

0.59

0.35

0.24

0.42

0.29

0.19

0.22

0.15

0.11

Volume
L
in3

1

45

45

45

40

40

40

35

35

35

25

3

3

3

11/4

21/8

21/8

13/4

13/4

11/2

11/2

13/8

13/8

11/4
4

4

11/4

11/4

100 11/4

100 11/4

90

1

1

1

1

1

1

/

7 8

/8

7

/

7 8

/

/

3 4

3 4

/4

3

/8

5

/8

5

/8

5

/8

5

/8

5

/8

5

/2

1

/

1 2

/

1 2

/

7 16

/16

/16

7

7

54

54

38

38

38

3.8

3.8

3.8
97

97

97

6283

6283

6283

4307

4307

4307

3316

3316

3316

2098

2098

2098

1460

1460

1460

1289

1289

48

48

38

38

35

35

32

32

8615

8615

8615

6633

6633

6633

4197

4197

4197

2921

2921

2921

2577

2577

2577

1270

1270

1270

9949

9949

9949

6295

6295

6295

4381

4381

4381

3866

3866

3866

1905

1905

1905

8394

8394

8394

5841

5841

5841

5154

5154

5154

2540

2540

2540

7302

7302

7302

6443

6443

6443

3175

3175

3175

3312

3312

3312

2922

2922

2922

1440

1440

1440

3807 10492 4759

3807 10492 4759

3807 10492 4759

2650

2650

2650

2338

2338

2338

1152

1152

1152

@ 5000 psi
345 bar
lb
kg

4513 13266 6017 16582 7522

4513 13266 6017 16582 7522

4513 13266 6017 16582 7522

2856

2856

2856

1987

1987

1987

1753

1753

1753

864

864

864

@ 4000 psi
275 bar
lb
kg

3908 12922 5861 17230 7815 21537 9769

3908 12922 5861 17230 7815 21537 9769

3908 12922 5861 17230 7815 21537 9769

3009

3009

3009

1904

1904

1904

1325

1325

1325

1169

1169

1169

576

576

576

Pull force*** ‡
@ 3000 psi
210 bar
lb
kg

9525

9525

9525

6622

6622

6622

5851

5851

5851

2903

2903

2903

43100 19550

43100 19550

43100 19550

33200 15059

33200 15059

33200 15059

21000

21000

21000

14600

14600

14600

12900

12900

12900

6400

6400

6400

Breaking
load
lb
kg

13769

6246

20654

9368

27538 12491 34423 15614 68800

31207

3807 16788 7615 25182 11422 33576 15230 41970 19037 83900 38056

3807 16788 7615 25182 11422 33576 15230 41970 19037 83900 38056

3123 13769 6246 20654 9368 27538 12491 34423 15614 68800 31207

3123

3123 13769 6246 20654 9368 27538 12491 34423 15614 68800 31207

2850 12566 5700 18850 8550 25133 11400 31416 14250 62800 28486

2850 12566 5700 18850 8550 25133 11400 31416 14250 62800 28486

2850 12566 5700 18850 8550 25133 11400 31416 14250 62800 28486

1954

1954

1954

1504

1504

1504

952

952

952

662

662

662

584

584

584

288

288

288

@ 2000 psi
140 bar
lb
kg

7.4 188 23206 10526 46412 21052 69618 31578 92824 42104 116030 52630 232100 105279

7.4 188 23206 10526 46412 21052 69618 31578 92824 42104 116030 52630 232100 105279

6.5 165 18862 8556 37724 17111 56585 25667 75447 34222 94309 42778 188600 85548

6.5 165 18862 8556 37724 17111 56585 25667 75447 34222 94309 42778 188600 85548

5.8 147 14419 6541 28839 13081 43258 19622 57678 26162 72097 32703 144200 65408

5.8 147 14419 6541 28839 13081 43258 19622 57678 26162 72097 32703 144200 65408

5.2 132 11339 5143 22678 10287 34018 15430 45357 20573 56696 25717 113400 51437

5.2 132 11339 5143 22678 10287 34018 15430 45357 20573 56696 25717 113400 51437

32 4.57 116 8394

32 4.57 116 8394

25 4.07 103 6885

25 4.07 103 6885

25 4.07 103 6885

25

25

25

22 3.17 81

22 3.17 81

22 3.17 81

19 2.86 73

19 2.86 73

19 2.86 73

16 2.27 58

16 2.27 58

16 2.27 58

16 1.98 50

16 1.98 50

16 1.98 50

13 1.81 46

13 1.81 46

1289

635

635

635

@ 1000 psi
69 bar
lb
kg

*** Max relief setting is 5,000 psi/345 bar.

53/4 145 17/8

53/4 145 17/8

44.5 51/8 130 11/2

44.5 51/8 130 11/2

38.1 41/2 115 13/8

1.5

1.5

1.5

13 1.81 46

11

11

11

Rod
Max OD
in mm in mm

38.1 41/2 115 13/8

34.9

34.9

31.8 31/2

90

80

31.8 31/2

80

28.6 31/8

1/

28.6 31/8

80

75

75

75

65

65

65

1 8

28.6 31/8

25.4

25.4

25.4

22.2 21/2

22.2 21/2

22.2 21/2

19.1 23/16 55

19.1 23/16 55

19.1 23/16 55

15.9 13/4

15.9 13/4

15.9 13/4

15.9 11/2

15.9 11/2

15.9 11/2

12.7 13/8

12.7 13/8

12.7 13/8

11.1

25

11/8

11/8

1

1

1

/

7 8

/8

7

/

7 8

/

/

3 4

3 4

/4

3

/8

5

/8

5

/8

5

/8

5

/8

5

/8

5

/2

1

/

1 2

/

1 2

/

7 16

1

11.1

/16

25

1

11.1

/16

7

7

Bore
in mm

Gap/pin
in mm

Diameter

*For pin center length open add stroke length to pin center length closed. **Rod ends (forks) included in weights.
‡ Maximum air return force ratio is 10:1, not included in pull force calculation.

91.2

74.3

18.7 475 39.9 1014 70.2 31.82 163.5

66.4

24.6 625 43.3 1099 62.0 28.14 146.1

-90

-110

54.5

HYCS115350475

51.0 23.15 119.9

44.72

36.60

31.04

25.55

44.51

25.74

21.23

27.12

15.87

13.12

20.50

11.62

9.63

11.19

6.69

5.46

7.62

5.39

4.41

5.36

4.20

3.44

2.96

2.36

HYCS100320625

16.7 425 35.0 889

-90

HYCS100320425

34.5 15.64 80.7
42.1 19.11 98.6

HYCS090320375 -60/-76 14.8 375 31.3 796

28.8 13.05 68.4

23.7 10.73 56.3

24.9 11.28 56.8

20.5

15.6

12.9

11.2

9.3

6.6

5.4

7.8

5.6

4.6

5.2

4.1

3.4

3.1

2.5

HYCS090320550 -60/-76 21.7 550 39.3 999

230 19.4 494

14.2 360 22.4 569

-6

2.03

HYCS025110360

4.5

-6

HYCS025110265

0.97

10.4 265 18.7 474

- Size

Part
No.
2.1

Pin center
length
Stroke
(closed)*
in mm in mm

Weight**
6061-T6
316
aluminum
stainless
lb
kg
lb
kg

Hydraulic Cylinders

Locking Cylinders

Harken locking cylinders feature an adjustable mechanical lock threaded
onto the rod that physically blocks rod movement and securely fixes its
position independent of the boat’s pressure system. They are commonly
used by large cruisers on extended passages to safely lock the rod during
pressure release and to act as a safety backup for the hydraulic system.
In addition, a long-stroke cylinder is often used during the mast stepping
process to lean the mast forward and hook up the furlers. After commissioning,
the cylinder’s mechanical lock is engaged, limiting the stroke for sailing.
Adjustable lock prevents rod
movement during pressure release.

Inouï, Vitters Shipyard, Philippe Briand Yacht Design, 33.44 m (109.7') © Ingrid Abery

244

Stroke
in
mm
14.8
375

Weight***
Pin center
length
6061-T6
316
(closed)** aluminum (B/C) stainless (S)
in
mm
lb
kg
lb
kg
437/8 1116 11.9 5.42
25.7 11.65

Diameter
Volume
L
in3
31
0.51

Gap/pin
in
mm
5/8
15.9

in
13/4

Bore
mm
45

in
5/8

Rod
mm
16

Max OD
in
mm
2.3
58

3 4

/

19

2.9

/8

22

3.2

81

1

25

3.8

97

80

1

25

4.1

103

90

11/4

32

4.6

116

100

11/4

32

5.2

132

Part
No.*
HYCL045160375

- Size
-17

HYCL055190400

-22

15.7

400

475/8

1210

19.2

8.71

41.4

18.76

52

0.86

3 4

/

19.1

23/16

55

HYCL065220450

-30

17.7

450

535/8

1362

27.2

12.36

57.9

26.25

76

1.25

7

/8

22.2

21/2

65

7

HYCL075250475

-40

18.7

475

581/2

1487

41.6

18.86

86.6

39.31

118

1.93

1

25.4

3

75

HYCL080250475

-48

18.7

475

591/4

1505

49.6

22.52

109.2 49.54

129

2.11

11/8

28.6

31/8

HYCL090320550

-60

21.7

550

67

1701

70.1

31.82

145.5 66.00

182

2.98

11/4

31.8

31/2

HYCL100320625
-90
24.6
625
743/8 1889 98.9 44.85 218.8 99.29 279
4.57
13/8
34.9
4
For pull forces, see cylinder with corresponding bore and rod diameter on page 243.
*Specify material choice and rod and clevis end fittings by adding appropriate 3-letter code to end of part number. See page 245.
**For pin center length open add stroke length to pin center length closed. ***Rod ends (clevis) included in weights.

73

Materials

Ordering Single-Acting
& Locking Cylinders

Hardcoat

To order use the chart below. Standard cylinders are black hardcoat-anodized with clevises
on both ends. Clevises, marine eyes, barrel pin eyes, and blank end fittings are offered in
black hardcoat-anodized aluminum, clear-anodized aluminum, or mirror-polished stainless
steel finishes. Lashing eyes and low-profile lashing cylinder end fittings are available in black
hardcoat-anodized aluminum. For optional materials and fittings, replace the last three
letters of the part number with your selections.

Stainless
steel

Standard Cylinder Part Number
(Standard cylinder is black hardcoat-anodized aluminum
with rod clevis and cylinder-end clevis)

Clearanodized

HYCS035130350BCC
Rod End Fittings

Hydraulic
Cylinder
Action type
S = Single-acting pull
L = Locking
Bore diameter (mm)

Clevis
Lashing eye

Rod diameter (mm)
Stroke length (mm)
Materials
B = Black hardcoat-anodized aluminum
C = Clear-anodized aluminum
S = 316 stainless steel
Rod end fittings

Marine eye

No fitting

Cylinder End Fittings

C = Clevis: Cylinders come standard with the clevis on rod ends.
L = Lashing eye: This soft attachment lashing has soft radii and can accept a small

amount of off-axis loading.
M = Marine eye: These rigging fittings are designed to fit a standard toggle or clevis

with the same size pin.

Clevis

N = No fitting

Lashing eye

Cylinder end fittings
C = Clevis: Cylinders come standard with the clevis on cylinder ends.
B = Barrel-pin eye: The barrel pin eye is used when a few degrees of side-to-side articulation

is needed, allowing slight self-alignment when the cylinder is tensioned or unloaded.
L = Lashing eye: This low-profile lashing end attaches to the frame of the boat (or mast butt).
Eliminating the toggle, clevis, bracket, and pins not only saves weight but space, allowing
more stroke on the cylinder.

Marine eye

Barrel-pin eye

M = Marine eye: These rigging fittings are designed to fit a standard toggle or clevis with

the same size pin.
X = Blank: Cylinders that attach at only one end are fitted with a blank on the unused

end of the cylinder.

Blank

245

Double-Pull Cylinders

Double-pull cylinders have rods on both ends and are used with
mainsheet travelers or jib sheet car systems to easily adjust loaded
sails. As oil is pumped into the cylinder, the rod pulls the traveler
while the other rod eases. Reverse the process and the eased rod
pulls the other way. Delrin® isolaters separate the cylinders from
the metal elements of the hull to prevent corrosion.
What makes Harken double-pull cylinders unique is the way they
are installed on the boat. To take the cylinder off the mounting
brackets for service, the user simply removes four screws,
leaving both brackets in place.
Double-pull cylinders do not come with end fittings on the rod
because of the variety of cylinder functions. On page 245,
you’ll find a selection of end fittings to choose from.
Fittings are sold separately.

Disassembled endcap with Delrin
isolator.

Length overall
Overall bracket spacing

C

Stroke (S)

D
B
A

Double-Pull Cylinder Part Number

Cylinders are made to order. Specify desired stroke length in
millimeters and optional end fittings when ordering.

H Y C P 0 3 5 1 3 x x x x B NN
Hydraulic
Cylinder
Action type
P = Double-acting pull/pull
Bore diameter (mm)
Rod diameter (mm)
Stroke length (mm)
Materials
B = Black hardcoat-anodized aluminum
Optional rod end fittings (specify each end separately)
C, L, or N (see page 245 for options); rod end blocks (see page 247)
Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.
Zero stroke
Weight
Zero stroke
bracket spacing
Mounting
Outside Ø
Rod
Rod thread
length (A)*
(B)**
retainer Ø (C)
(D)
thread size
length
lb @ zero stroke
kg @ zero stroke
Part
No.
- Size
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
UNF 2A
in
mm length + lb/in stroke length + kg/mm stroke
7/16-20
0.9
23
1.94 + .14
0.87 + .003
HYCP02511xxxxBNN
-6
11.84
300.8
8.55
217.0
1.6
41
2.0
51
1
/2-20
1.5
38
3.06 + .23
1.39 + .004
HYCP03513xxxxBNN
-10
13.78
349.9
9.33
236.9
1.9
47
2.2
57
5/8-18
1.5
33
3.53 + .30
1.60 + .005
HYCP04016xxxxBNN
-12
13.56
344.5
9.04
229.5
1.9
47
2.2
57
5/8-18
1.5
33
4.08 + .33
1.85 + .006
HYCP04516xxxxBNN
-17
13.85
351.9
9.31
236.4
1.9
47
2.3
58
3/4-16
2.0
51
6.87 + .51
3.11 + .009
HYCP05519xxxxBNN
-22
15.81
401.6
10.23
259.7
2.2
55
2.9
73
7
/8-14
1.97 50
9.15 + .63
4.15 + .011
HYCP06522xxxxBNN
-30
17.36
441.0
11.77
298.8
2.2
55
3.2
81
HYCP07525xxxxBNN
-40
22.31
566.7
14.15
359.5
3.0
76
3.8
97
1-12
3.2
82
16.06 + .86
7.28 + .015
*Overall cylinder length equals zero stroke length plus two times the desired stroke. **Overall bracket spacing equals zero stroke bracket spacing plus the desired stroke.

246

Cylinder Blocks & Toggles
Rod End Blocks

These reverse-purchase blocks allow you to move loaded line while keeping
cylinder length as short as possible, saving weight and space. They can be
used anywhere a reverse purchase is needed: cunninghams, stay deflectors,
travelers, and athwartship jib systems. Blocks are rigid when mounted to
the rod. They are available in single, single with becket, and double versions
for reverse purchases from 1:2 to 1:4.

Eye/Jaw Toggles

An eye/jaw toggle provides a cylinder with two axis points of articulation
to reduce wire, rod, and end fitting fatigue. Toggles are machined from a
solid bar of highly-polished 316 stainless steel and are available in 11 mm
(7/16") to 44 mm (1 3/4") to match cylinder pin sizes. Eye/jaw toggles are
commonly sold with Harken integral backstay cylinders as well as
standard cylinders used for standing rigging.

HYCBS11
HYCBS13
HYCBS16
HYCBS19
HYCBS22

HYCBB16
HYCBB19
HYCBB22

HYDRAULICS

Q&A

WHY AREN'T THE SHEAVES
ON YOUR CYLINDER ROD END
DOUBLE BLOCKS STACKED?
Although slightly longer than blocks
with stacked sheaves, our reverse
purchase rod end blocks allow the
sheaves to align the load directly
with the cylinder, preventing
premature wear and seal failure.

HYCBD11
HYCBD13
HYCBD16
HYCBD19
HYCBD22

Length

ROD END BLOCKS

Rod End Blocks

EYE/JAW TOGGLES

Eye/Jaw Toggles
Part
No.
HYHTEJS11
HYHTEJS13
HYHTEJS16
HYHTEJS19
HYHTEJS22
HYHTEJS25
HYHTEJS29
HYHTEJS32
HYHTEJS35
HYHTEJS38
HYHTEJS44

Jaw/pin Ø
in
mm
7/16
11.1
1/2
12.7
5/8
15.9
3
/4
19.1
7/8
22.2
1
25.4
28.6
11/8
31.8
11/4
34.9
13/8
38.1
11/2
44.5
13/4

Length
in
mm
2.0
50.8
2.2
55.9
2.5
63.5
2.9
73.7
3.3
83.8
3.7
94
4.1
104.1
4.5
114.3
5.6
142.2
5.7
144.5
7.2
182.6

Fits bore/rod Ø
mm
25/11
35/13
40/16 & 45/16
55/19
65/22
75/25
80/25
90/32
100/32
115/35
130/38

Rod
Fits rod thread
Sheave
Ø
size
Ø
Length
Part
No.
Description
mm
UNF A
in
mm
in
mm
7/16-20
2.0
52
4.0
101
HYCBS11 Single
11
7/16-20
2.0/1.3 52/33
5.5
139
HYCBD11 Double*
11
1/2-20
2.0
52
4.0
101
HYCBS13 Single
13
1
/2-20
2.0/1.3 52/33
5.5
139
HYCBD13 Double*
13
5/8-18
3.2
82
5.2
132
HYCBS16 Single
16
5/8-18
3.2
82
7.4
188
HYCBB16 Single/becket
16
5
/8-18
3.2/2.0 82/52
7.5
189
HYCBD16 Double
16
3/4-16
3.2
82
5.7
144
HYCBS19 Single
19
3/4-16
3.2
82
7.9
200
HYCBB19 Single/becket
19
3/4-16
3.2/2.0 82/52
7.9
201
HYCBD19 Double
19
7
/8-14
4.3
108
7.4
189
HYCBS22 Single
22
7/8-14
4.3
108
10.8
275
HYCBB22 Single/becket
22
7/8-14
4.3/3.2 108/82
10.9
278
HYCBD22 Double
22
Maximum working load is equal to maximum pull force for appropriately sized cylinder.
*Can be used as becket block.

Reverse
purchase
1:2
1:3, 1:4
1:2
1:3, 1:4
1:2
1:3
1:4
1:2
1:3
1:4
1:2
1:3
1:4

247

Boom Vangs

Hydraulic vangs change the height of the boom to help
control sail shape. They also function as a topping lift
to hold the boom up when reefing, and to keep it level
when the sail is flaked. Harken offers a full range
of vang cylinders: single-acting air return for smaller
boats and lighter-weight booms, and powerful push/pull
double-acting cylinders for larger boats with heavier
in-boom furling systems or Park Avenue booms.

Double-acting vang cylinder

Ordering Boom Vangs

Vangs are made to order. Specify desired PCLC
(pin center length closed) in millimeters. Standard
cylinder is black hardcoat-anodized aluminum with
rod clevis and cylinder-end clevis.

Boom Vang Cylinder Part Number

H Y C V 0 4 0 2 2 0 2 5 5 B CC
Hydraulic
Cylinder
Action Type
G = Double-acting vang

with anti-buckling tube
V = Single-acting vang
Z = Double-acting vang
Bore Diameter (mm)
Rod Diameter (mm)
Stroke Length (mm)
Materials
B = Black hardcoat-anodized aluminum
C = Clear-anodized aluminum
P = Painted aluminum
Rod End Fittings
C = Clevis
Cylinder End Fittings
C = Clevis

248

DinAli, Solaris 58, 17.68 m (58'), Solaris Yachts, naval architect: Javier Soto Acebal © Carlo Borlenghi

Megayacht Boom Vangs

Boom Vang Cylinder Part Number

HYCV040220255BCC

Antibuckling Double-Acting Boom Vang

High-tech hulls and rigging and large roller-furling booms have
dramatically increased the compression loading on the boom
vangs of modern megayachts. This overload results in the
cylinder rod buckling, causing the vang to malfunction. Harken
engineers solved this issue by eliminating the load on the rod
and transferring the load to the outer housing tube, ensuring
a trouble-free passage.
Antibuckling vangs are offered in black hardcoat-anodized,
painted, or clear-anodized aluminum.
Vangs currently on the water are 115, 130, 145, 165 sizes.
Contact Harken for details and for sizes not listed.

Hydraulic
Cylinder
Action type
G = Double-acting vang
with antibuckling tube
V = Single-acting vang
Z = Double-acting vang
Bore diameter (mm)
Rod diameter (mm)
Stroke length (mm)

Ordering Antibuckling Vangs

All vangs are made-to-order. Specify desired PCLC (pin
center length closed) in millimeters. Standard cylinder is
black hardcoat-anodized aluminum with rod clevis and
cylinder-end clevis. Target lengths listed are for reference only.

Materials
B = Black hardcoat-anodized aluminum
C = Clear-anodized aluminum
P = Painted aluminum
Rod end fittings
C = Clevis
Cylinder end fittings
C = Clevis

Boom Angle Indicator

Harken’s boom angle indicator comes as a simple-to-install retrofit
kit for custom and megayachts to help crew keep the boom angle
correct while furling. It is far less costly and much easier to service
than other angle indicators, which are integrated inside the
hydraulic cylinder.
As the boom moves up and down, its angle changes relative to
the mast. This information is sent to the Program Logic Controller
(PLC) where the crew views the data, adjusting the boom for
uniform distribution of the sail stack. Analog or digital output
from the PLC connects to the yacht’s computer system for
remote display.

PLC

Kits come with a PLC, two IP 69 inclinometers, and cable.
Power-in and signal-output cables required.

PLC display screen.

Use on custom and megayachts 18 m (60') and up.
The system is easily calibrated onboard by a professional rigger.

Part
No. Description
HYBAI Boom angle indicator

Length
in
mm
6.4
163

Width
in
mm
4.4
112

Depth
in
mm
2.9
74

HYBAI

Inclinometers.

249

0

5000

10000

15000

20000

25000

30000

35000

Part
No.

1000

-22
-30
-40
-60
-90
-110

-12
-17
-22
-30
-40
-60
-90
-110

-Size

Vang Compression Limit Curves

HYCG115540515
HYCG130640515
HYCG145640515
HYCG165640515

-110
-150
-195
-260

Double-Acting Megayacht

HYCZ055250280
HYCZ065320330
HYCZ075320330
HYCZ090380420
HYCZ100480450
HYCZ115540515

Double-Acting

HYCV040220255
HYCV045250280
HYCV055250280
HYCV065320330
HYCV075320330
HYCV090380420
HYCV100480450
HYCV115540515

Single-Acting

Max Return Force (kg)

40000

2000

4000

3000

20.3
20.3
20.3
20.3

11.0
13.0
13.0
16.5
17.8
20.3

10.0
11.0
11.0
13.0
13.0
16.5
17.8
20.3

515
515
515
515

279
330
330
419
451
515

254
279
279
330
330
419
451
515

Stroke
in
mm

5000

70
75
90
98

55
55
55
55
65
70

55
55
55
55
55
55
65
70

1778
1905
2286
2489

1397
1397
1397
1397
1651
1778

1397
1397
1397
1397
1397
1397
1651
1778

190
195
200
260

104
107
147
154
185
190

89
100
104
107
147
152
185
190

4826
4953
5080
6604

2642
2718
3734
3912
4699
4826

2261
2540
2642
2718
3734
3861
4699
4826

106
177
718
736
1600
2081
2265
2815

-22 2973
-30 3682
-40 5841
-60 7854
-90 9805
-110 12358

-12
-17
-22
-30
-40
-60
-90
-110

-Size

1348
1670
2650
3563
4448
5605

48
80
326
334
726
944
1028
1277

@ 1000psi/
69 bar
lb
kg

90.98 + 0.964
131.492 + 1.206
132.785 + 1.646
166.614 + 2.035

4.346 + 0.244
9.819 + 0.263
13.996 + 0.300
23.573 + 0.449
38.419 + 0.666
49.360 + 0.964

2.940 + 0.126
4.965 + 0.131
4.026 + 0.244
9.139 + 0.263
13.076 + 0.300
22.092 + 0.449
36.369 + 0.666
48.320 + 0.963

41.27 + 0.01722
59.64 + 0.02154
60.23 + 0.02939
75.57 + 0.03634

1.97 + 0.00436
4.45 + 0.0047
6.35 + 0.00535
10.69 + 0.00802
17.43 + 0.01189
22.39 + 0.01722

1.33 + 0.00225
2.25 + 0.00234
1.83 + 0.00436
4.15 + 0.0047
5.93 + 0.00535
10.02 + 0.00802
16.50 + 0.01189
21.92 + 0.0172

24715
31440
42117
57574

5946
7363
11683
15708
19610
24715

1271
1797
3691
4418
7442
9935
12071
15173

11211
14261
19104
26115

2697
3340
5299
7125
8895
11211

577
815
1674
2004
3375
4507
5475
6882

@ 2000 psi/
138 bar
lb
kg

140
204
274
506

33
48
76
130
174
250

12
18
33
48
76
130
174
250

2.29
3.35
4.49
8.29

0.54
0.78
1.24
2.12
2.85
4.10

0.19
0.29
0.54
0.78
1.24
2.12
2.85
4.10

294
462
549
899

41
64
92
159
223
322








4.82
7.57
9.00
14.73

0.68
1.05
1.51
2.60
3.66
5.28








Volume
Retracted
Extended
L
in3
L
in3

HYCG115540515 -110 12358 5605
HYCG130640515 -150 15720 7131
HYCG145640515 -195 21058 9552
HYCG165640515 -260 28787 13057
*Return force varies based on oil pressure.

Megayacht

HYCZ055250280
HYCZ065320330
HYCZ075320330
HYCZ090380420
HYCZ100480450
HYCZ115540515

Double-Acting

HYCV040220255
HYCV045250280
HYCV055250280
HYCV065320330
HYCV075320330
HYCV090380420
HYCV100480450
HYCV115540515

Single-Acting

Part
No.

Loading Information

Pin center length closed (PCLC)
Weight
Min
Max
Base weight lb + Base weight kg +
in
mm
in
mm
(PCLC x lb/in)
(PCLC x kg/mm)

PCLC Length (mm)

HYCG165640450
HYCG145640330
HYCG130640330
HYCG115540285
HYCV115540515
HYCV100480450
HYCV090380420
HYCV075320330
HYCV065320330
HYCV055250280
HYCV045250280
HYCV040220255

The compression limit chart indicates the maximum allowable return
force for a given PCLC (pin center length closed). This maximum
allowable load decreases as PCLC increases. Use the loading chart
to select your vang based on maximum return force and PCLC.

6000

Boom Vangs

7000

250
16816
21392
28656
39172

4045
5010
7949
10688
13343
16816

1105
1550
3023
3674
6025
8069
9923
12488

/
/
5/8
3
/4
7/8
1
11/4
13/8
/
/
7/8
1
11/4
13/8
13/8
11/2
13/4
2

3 4

5 8

5 8

5 8

34.9
38.1
44.5
50.8

15.9
19.1
22.2
25.4
31.8
34.9

15.9
15.9
15.9
19.1
22.2
25.4
31.8
34.9

Gap/pin
in
mm

37073
47161
63175
86360

8919
11045
17524
23562
29416
37073

2437
3416
6664
8099
13283
17789
21876
27531

Pull force
@ 3000 psi/
207 bar
lb
kg

41/2
5.125
5.75
6.55

23/16
21/2
3
31/2
4
41/2

11/2
13/4
23/16
21/2
3
31/2
4
41/2

14864
18408
29207
39270
49026
61789

4769
6656
12609
15463
24966
33497
41486
52246
6742
8350
13248
17813
22238
28027

2163
3019
5719
7014
11324
15194
18818
23698

@ 5000 psi/
345 bar
lb
kg

115
130
145
166

55
65
75
90
100
115

40
45
55
65
75
90
100
115

21/8
21/2
21/2
21/2

1
11/4
11/4
11/2
17/8
21/8

/
1
1
11/4
11/4
11/2
17/8
21/8
7 8

54
64
64
64

25
32
32
38
48
54

22
25
25
32
32
38
48
54

Diameter
Rod
in
mm

22,422 61,789 28,027
28,522 78,601 35,653
38,208 105,292 47,760
52,230

5394
6680
10598
14250
17790
22422

1634
2284
4371
5344
8675
11632
14370
18093

Bore
in
mm

49,431
62,881
84,234
115,147

11891
14726
23366
31416
39221
49431

3603
5036
9636
11781
19124
25643
31681
39888

@ 4000 psi/
276 bar
lb
kg

*
*
*
*

*
*
*
*
*
*

481
655
1023
1336
1924
2618
3420
4328

7.00
8.00
8.75
9.45

2.86
3.17
3.80
4.57
5.34
6.00

1.98
2.27
2.86
3.17
3.80
4.57
5.34
6.00

178
203
222
240

73
81
97
116
136
152

50
58
73
81
97
116
136
152

Housing OD
in
mm

*
*
*
*

*
*
*
*
*
*

1060
1443
2255
2945
4241
5773
7540
9543

Return force
@ 600 psi/
41 bar
lb
kg

56054
71306
95520
104460

13485
16699
26496
35625
44476
56054

5288
7348
13485
16699
26496
35625
44476
56054

5.34
6.00
6.82
7.91

2.50
2.86
3.17
3.86
4.57
5.34

1.98
2.19
2.50
2.86
3.17
3.86
4.57
5.34

136
152
173
201

64
73
81
98
116
136

50
56
64
73
81
98
116
136

Extension tube OD
in
mm

123577
157202
210585
230294

29729
36816
58414
78540
98052
123577

11658
16199
29729
36816
58414
78540
98052
123577

Breaking
load
lb
kg

Grand-Prix Cylinders

Used for mast, sail, and keel controls, Harken Grand-Prix cylinders
were specifically designed to withstand the stresses of high-intensity
racing. Their longevity and reliability are evident in the selection
of high-quality materials and components.
Cylinders are available in titanium or hardcoat-anodized 7075-T6
aluminum for strength. Titanium, high-strength stainless steel, or
XM-19 stainless steel rods and pins provide superior strength and
corrosion resistance. 10,000 psi cylinders are available upon request.

Custom titanium mast ram

Cylinders are offered with clevis jaws and a variety of fittings.
Available in push, pull, pull/pull and push/pull styles.
Grand-Prix cylinders are only intended for systems with a vigorous
maintenance schedule, as they are built for extremely high loads
at a minimal weight.

Grand-Prix cylinder with
spherical end cap

All Grand Prix cylinders are made to order

To order, specify stroke length in millimeters, cylinder housing
material, and rod and cylinder end fitting options. Contact Harken
for weights and volumes.

Grand Prix Cylinder Part Number

H Y C S 0 3 5 1 3 x x x x 7 CC
Hydraulic
Cylinder
Action type
S = Single-acting pull (see page 245
for additional options)
Bore diameter (mm)
Rod diameter (mm)
Stroke length (mm)
Materials

Cylinders are available in
titanium or hardcoat-anodized
7075-T6 aluminum for strength.

7 = 7075-T6 aluminum
T = titanium
Rod end fittings
C, L, M, or N (see page 245 for options)
Cylinder end fittings
C, B, L, M or X (see page 245 for options)

Pull force**
Bore
Rod
Ø
Ø
@ 5000 psi/345 bar
@ 7500 psi/517 bar
Part
No.*
in
mm
in
mm
lb
kg
lb
kg
3/4
1/4
19
6
1963
891
2945
1336
HYCS01906xxxx
5/16
8
3543
1,607
5315
2411
HYCS02508xxxx
1
25
3
29
/8
10
4418
2,004
6627
3006
HYCS02910xxxx
11/8
3/8
32
10
5584
2,533
8376
3799
HYCS03210xxxx
11/4
7/16
35
11
6673
3,027
10009
4540
HYCS03511xxxx
13/8
7/16
40
11
8084
3,667
12126
5500
HYCS04011xxxx
11/2
1/2
45
13
11045
5,010
16567
7515
HYCS04513xxxx
13/4
9/16
48
14
12563
5,699
18845
8548
HYCS04814xxxx
17/8
9/16
14
14465
6,561
21698
9842
HYCS05014xxxx
2
50
5
55
/8
16
17257
7,828
25886
11742
HYCS05516xxxx
21/8
11/16
60
18
20295
9,205
30442
13808
HYCS06018xxxx
23/8
11/16
65
18
22688
10,291
34031
15436
HYCS06518xxxx
21/2
3/4
70
19
27489
12,469
41233
18703
HYCS07019xxxx
23/4
13
/16
21
32750
14,855
49126
22283
HYCS07521xxxx
3
75
7/8
80
22
35343
16,031
53014
24047
HYCS08022xxxx
31/8
90
1
25
44179
20,039
66268
30059
HYCS09025xxxx
31/2
Contact Harken to request quote and lead time. *Specify material choice and rod and clevis end fittings by adding appropriate 3-letter code to end of part number. See page 245.
**Maximum air return force ratio is 10:1, not included in pull force calculation.

251

Beau Geste, IRC 52, Cookson Boats, Botin Partners Naval Architecture © Paul Stubbs

HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVES & MANIFOLDS
Harken offers a complete line of extremely lightweight, low-profile valves and
manifolds for hydraulically-controlled systems. Harken standard valves are
half the weight of most styles, with Grand-Prix versions sculpted to further
eliminate unnecessary material. An independent pressure-relief function in
each valve gives crew the ability to match hydraulic power to the maximum
working load of individual mast and sail controls. An adjustable flow control
integrated into each valve fine-tunes the speed of release.

High-strength, lightweight
• Valves, manifolds, standard valve panels corrosion resistant, hardcoat-anodized aluminum; stainless
fittings for strength.
• Lightweight composite handles textured, contoured
for secure grip.

Valves with independent relief, release,
and flow match system loads
• Each valve has independent pressure relief
for individualized pressure adjustment.
• Each valve has integrated adjustable flow
control for fine-tuning release speed.
• Minimum flow rate of 8 L/min (2.1 gpm).
• Pressure relief and release combined into
one part saves weight.

DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use.

252

Handle
socket

Valve handles fit in four directions for easy operation

High-pressure
filter

Service available worldwide

• Inverted handles on double-sided manifolds have same open/closed
positions; rotation direction for easy access.

• Service and repairs should be done by
certified hydraulic technician.

• Valve stems have tapered shaft to fit handle socket for secure, tight fit.

• Valve seal and repair kits available
worldwide.
• 3-micron high-pressure filter to protect
equipment recommended.

Standard

Doubleacting

Valve panels

Long shaft

Grand
Prix
Short
shaft

Relief
valve

Remote
dump valve

Options
• Standard valves and manifolds handle up to 5,000 psi; sculpted
Grand-Prix valves and manifolds handle up to 10,000 psi.

• Valve panels: offered with/without gauges for Harken manifold
configurations.

• Valves offered with short and long shafts: short shaft fits
3 mm-thick deck/panel; long shaft 4 mm to 25 mm-thick
deck/floor.

• Valve panels in clear- or hardcoat-anodized aluminum,
stainless steel, and clear-coated carbon.

• Double-acting valves for traveler controls, other functions
using twin or double-acting cylinders.

• Single- and double-sided manifolds accommodate up to nine
valves for multiple functions.

• Inline relief valves: control maximum system pressure –
inline relief valves work with any manual system,
manifold-mount reliefs fit Harken manifolds.
• Remote dump valves: ease sail controls from helm, rail, other
positions on boat; use as quick release or regulate speed with
optional adjustable flow control.

Double-sided
manifold
Single-sided
manifold
253

Valves & Manifolds

Harken’s valves and manifolds are a major update to marine hydraulics.
Featuring extremely lightweight and low-profile designs, Harken has a
complete selection for manual systems with options like Grand Prix
sculpting and double-sided manifolds.

Valves

Valves turn different functions on and off from a cockpit-mounted valve panel.
Harken’s valves are very low-profile and weigh half as much as comparable
valves. Each single- or double-acting valve has its own pressure relief to
adjust hydraulic power to the maximum working loads of individual mast
and sail controls. Standard 5000 psi versions and sculpted 10000 psi Grand
Prix versions are machined from hardcoat-anodized 6061-T6 aluminum.

Manifolds

HYDRAULICS

Q&A

MY BOAT’S VANG, BACKSTAY, AND
OUTHAUL WORK AT DIFFERENT
PRESSURES. CAN I ADJUST THE
PRESSURE OF DIFFERENT VALVES
SIMULTANEOUSLY?
Yes. Each valve controls a single
operation and can be adjusted
separately at the same time. Flow
control and pressure relief can
also be set individually.

Manifolds are conduits that supply valves with oil from the pump. Harken
offers single- and double-sided manifolds that accommodate up to 9 valves.
Standard and sculpted Grand Prix versions are machined from hardcoatanodized 6061-T6 aluminum.

Relief Valves

Inline and manifold-mount relief valves control the maximum pressure of the
entire system. Inline reliefs work with any manual system. Manifold-mount
reliefs fit any Harken manifold.

Remote Dump Valves

Remote dump valves allow sail controls to be eased from the helm, rail, and
other key positions. Either use it as a quick-release or regulate its speed with
an optional adjustable flow control.

Valve Panels

Valve panels can be ordered with or without stainless steel gauges for any
of our manifold configurations. Panels are available in 6061-T6 aluminum,
mirror-polished 316 stainless, and clear-coated carbon.
Valves are offered with short and long shafts. The short shaft fits 3 mm deck/
panel thickness. The long shaft fits 4 mm to 25 mm deck/floor thickness.
GRAND PRIX VALVES & MANIFOLDS

STANDARD VALVES & MANIFOLDS

Beau Geste, IRC 52, Cookson Boats, Botin Partners Naval Architecture © Paul Stubbs

254

VALVES PANELS

Valves & Manifolds
HYV1GP

HYV1PP

SINGLE-ACTING VALVES

HYVDSPF

HYV2GP

HYV2PP

DOUBLE-ACTING VALVES

HYMZG63

DUMP VALVE

HYMSG62

HYMSP62

MANIFOLDS

HYKMB
Part
No.

HYVRM

Use a blanking kit to maintain the
functionality of your hydraulic system
when a valve is removed. Kits include
O-rings and bolts.
Description

RELIEF VALVE

Max pressure
psi
bar

in

Height
mm

in

Width
mm

in

Depth
mm

Weight
lb
kg

Valves
5000
5000
5000
5000
10000
10000
10000
10000
10000
10000
10000
10000
10000

345
345
345
345
689
689
689
689
689
689
689
689
689

3.9
3.9
3.9
3.9
3.9
3.9
3.9
3.9
2.4
3.8
1.4
1.1
0.3

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
60
97
36
28
8

1.9
1.9
2.5
2.5
1.9
1.9
2.5
2.5
1.7
2.2
1.0
1.1
1.2

47
47
63
63
47
47
63
63
42
56
25
28
31

2.6
3.7
3.7
4.9
2.6
3.7
3.7
4.9
0.7
2.75
3.0
2.8
1.3

66
95
95
124
66
95
95
124
19
70
75
72
33

0.7
0.7
1.6
1.7
0.5
0.6
1.0
1.1
0.2
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.1

0.31
0.34
0.75
0.78
0.23
0.26
0.45
0.48
0.08
0.15
0.08
0.10
0.03

HYMSP61 Single-sided manifold 1 place
5000
HYMSP62 Single-sided manifold 2 place
5000
HYMSP63 Single-sided manifold 3 place
5000
HYMSP64 Single-sided manifold 4 place
5000
HYMSP65 Single-sided manifold 5 place
5000
HYMSG61 Single-sided Grand-Prix manifold 1 place
10000
HYMSG62 Single-sided Grand-Prix manifold 2 place
10000
HYMSG63 Single-sided Grand-Prix manifold 3 place
10000
HYMSG64 Single-sided Grand-Prix manifold 4 place
10000
HYMSG65 Single sided Grand-Prix manifold 5 place
10000
HYMZG63 Double-sided Grand-Prix manifold 3 place
10000
HYMZG64 Double-sided Grand-Prix manifold 4 place
10000
HYMZG65 Double-sided Grand-Prix manifold 5 place
10000
HYMZG66 Double-sided Grand-Prix manifold 6 place
10000
HYMZG67 Double-sided Grand-Prix manifold 7 place
10000
HYMZG68 Double-sided Grand-Prix manifold 8 place
10000
HYMZG69 Double-sided Grand-Prix manifold 9 place
10000
Standard valves have -4 JIC port adapters. Grand Prix valves have plugs in all ports.

345
345
345
345
345
689
689
689
689
689
689
689
689
689
689
689
689

0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7

19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19

2.2
5.4
8.7
11.9
15.2
1.7
5.4
8.7
11.9
15.2
5.4
7.0
8.7
10.3
11.9
13.5
15.2

55
137
220
302
385
42
137
220
302
385
137
178
220
261
302
344
385

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
38

0.2
0.5
0.8
1.1
1.4
0.1
0.3
0.5
0.6
0.8
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9

0.08
0.22
0.37
0.51
0.65
0.05
0.15
0.22
0.29
0.36
0.16
0.20
0.24
0.28
0.32
0.36
0.39

HYV1PP
HYV1PT
HYV2PP
HYV2PT
HYV1GP
HYV1GT
HYV2GP
HYV2GT
HYVDSPF
HYVDPBF
HYVRI
HYVRM
HYKMB

Single-acting panel mount valve
Single-acting thru deck mount valve
Double-acting panel mount valve
Double-acting through-deck mount valve
Single-acting Grand-Prix panel mount valve
Single-acting Grand-Prix through-deck mount valve
Double-acting Grand-Prix panel mount valve
Double-acting Grand-Prix through-deck mount valve
Remote dump valve/string pull/flow control
Push-button dump valve/flow control
Relief valve/inline
Relief valve/manifold mount
Manifold blanking plate kit

Manifolds

255

Ordering Valve Assemblies

Use this guide to configure your valve assembly order. Standard valve assemblies
come with the “J” port fitting option, and Grand-Prix assemblies come with “X”
port fitting. For other fitting options, replace the last letter of the part number
with your selection.

Valve Assembly Part Number

H YA 2 0 0 0 R G X X X J

Two single-acting
valves on top.

HYA2000RGXXXJ

Hydraulic valve assembly
Valves on manifold:
2_ _ _ = Number of single-acting valves on top
_0 _ _ = Number of double-acting valves on top

JIC adapter.

_ _0 _ = Number of single-acting valves on bottom
_ _ _0 = Number of double-acting valves on bottom
Relief:
X = No relief
R = Manifold relief
I = In-line relief
Valve/manifold type:
G = Grand Prix/sculpted

Manifold-mount
relief valve

P = Standard

Grand Prix sculpted
valves and manifold.

Number of gauges:
X = No gauges
G = One gauge for each valve
Panel type:
X = No panel, short shaft
T = No panel, long shaft
B = Black hardcoat-anodized aluminum panel

Two single-acting
valves on top.

One gauge for
each valve.

C = Clear-anodized aluminum panel
F = Carbon fiber panel
S = 316 stainless steel panel
Pump:
X = No pump
1 = 1-speed pump
2 = 2-speed pump
3 = 3-speed pump
Port fittings:
A = Stainless steel 1/4" A-lock pressure port and
-6 JIC anodized aluminum supply/return port
J = Stainless steel -4 JIC pressure port and
-6 brass hose barb supply/return port
X = Plugs on all ports*
*Other fittings available. Contact Harken.

256

HYA2000RPGBXJ
Black hardcoat-anodized
aluminum panel.

MVP-1 Single Control &
MVP-4 Multi Control Panels

Harken single and multifunction valve panels are used by larger cruisers to control
systems like backstays, boom vangs, and outhauls. Available as kits, single-function
panels are offered with 2-liter reservoirs, multifunction panels with 4-liter reservoirs.
Both panels come with pumps, handles, gauge, pressure relief, and release functions.
Panels come standard with a 1- or 2-speed pump.
A 3-speed pump is available on request.

Waterproof O-ring

The single-function valve is a simple on/off system
that can operate the cylinder remotely, allowing
the user to tension the backstay cylinder from
the cockpit. Multifunction panels can operate
up to four cylinders remotely, with a selector
handle choosing 1 of 4 functions. Valve panels
feature an easy-to-read gauge and a fingercontrolled knob for pressure release.
O-ring gasketed panels allow waterproof
mounting without additional sealant.
Bolt holes also feature waterproof O-rings,
preventing water from entering the hull.
Single and multifunction panels come
standard in black hardcoat-anodized
6061-T6 aluminum. Panels also offered
in clear-anodized aluminum, stainless
steel, or carbon fiber.

Back of valve panel

Kit includes multi- or single-function control panel, pump
handle, reservoir, low-pressure hose, and suction filter.
Hardcoat-anodized aluminum

Clear-anodized aluminum

Carbon fiber

MVP-1 SINGLE CONTROL PANEL

MVP-4 MULTI CONTROL PANEL
Stainless steel

Part
No.

Length
Description

MVP-4 Multi Control
HYAMXPGB2J
4-function panel/hardcoat-anodized aluminum/2-speed
HYAMXPGC2J
4-function panel/clear-anodized aluminum/2-speed
HYAMXPGS2J
4-function panel/stainless steel/2-speed
HYAMXPGF2J
4-function panel/carbon fiber/2-speed
HYAMXPGB1J
4-function panel/hardcoat-anodized aluminum/1-speed
HYAMXPGC1J
4-function panel/clear-anodized aluminum/1-speed
HYAMXPGS1J
4-function panel/stainless steel/1-speed
HYAMXPGF1J
4-function panel/carbon fiber/1-speed
MVP-1 Single Control
HYASXPGB2J
Single-function panel/hardcoat-anodized aluminum/2-speed
HYASXPGC2J
Single-function panel/clear-anodized aluminum/2-speed
HYASXPGS2J
Single-function panel/stainless steel/2-speed
HYASXPGF2J
Single-function panel/carbon fiber/2-speed
HYASXPGB1J
Single-function panel/hardcoat-anodized aluminum/1-speed
HYASXPGC1J
Single-function panel/clear-anodized aluminum/1-speed
HYASXPGS1J
Single-function panel/stainless steel/1-speed
HYASXPGF1J
Single-function panel/carbon fiber/1-speed

Width

Depth

Weight

in

mm

in

mm

in

mm

lb

kg

91/4
91/4
91/4
91/4
91/4
91/4
91/4
91/4

235
235
235
235
235
235
235
235

111/2
111/2
111/2
111/2
111/2
111/2
111/2
111/2

292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292

53/4
53/4
53/4
53/4
53/4
53/4
53/4
53/4

146
146
146
146
146
146
146
146

8.5
8.5
11.9
7.8
7.4
7.4
10.7
6.6

3.85
3.85
5.40
3.53
3.34
3.34
4.86
2.99

91/4
91/4
91/4
91/4
91/4
91/4
91/4
91/4

235
235
235
235
235
235
235
235

111/2
111/2
111/2
111/2
111/2
111/2
111/2
111/2

292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292

53/4
53/4
53/4
53/4
53/4
53/4
53/4
53/4

146
146
146
146
146
146
146
146

6.9
6.9
10.3
6.2
5.7
5.7
9.1
5.0

3.13
3.13
4.68
2.81
2.59
2.59
4.14
2.27

257

Compact Control Panel

Harken’s Compact Control Panel provides sailors with a single-speed,
single-function panel pump for remote cylinder operation. This no-frills
model is clean and uncomplicated, with the same quality you
expect from a Harken hydraulic product. The double-acting pump
delivers oil when the pump handle is pushed and pulled, moving oil
efficiently through the system. The panel’s pressure-release knob
cannot be over-tightened by hand and cause damage to the valve.
Pressure relief is factory-set at a maximum 5000 psi to prevent
crew from over-tensioning the system. The panel’s small footprint
takes up very little space, providing a variety of mounting options.
The wide bolt pattern on the pump minimizes stress and
stabilizes the pump.

Back of valve panel

The kit comes with pump, valve manifold, 2-liter tank,
handle, filter, and hose.
Available in black hardcoat-anodized 6061-T6 aluminum.

Compact Control Panels
Length

Part
No.
HYACXPXB1J

Description
Compact single-function panel/hardcoat-anodized/1-speed

in
9

Width
mm
229

Pump Handles

in
61/2

Depth
mm
165

in
25/8

Weight
mm
65

lb
5.0

kg
2.27

Interlodge 44, New England Boat Works, Botin & Partners Naval Architecture © Tara Thomas

Handles mount at the angle you choose. Standard
round-tipped handles are made of knurled 6061-T6
hardcoat-anodized aluminum and fit most marine
pumps. Grand-Prix versions are available in carbon
fiber. An optional square-tipped style allows the handle
to be rocked 5 degrees laterally from the pumping
direction to store against the cockpit wall.

ALUMINUM HANDLE

CARBON FIBER HANDLE

Pump Handles
Part
No.
HYPMH6600
HYPMH6800
HYPMHC800
HYPMHC800S
HYPMHC1000
HYPMHC1000S

258

Ø
Description
Pump handle 600 mm/aluminum
Pump handle 800 mm/aluminum
Pump handle 800 mm/carbon fiber
Pump handle 800 mm/carbon fiber/square tip
Pump handle 1000 mm/carbon fiber
Pump handle 1000 mm/carbon fiber/square tip

in
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4

Length
mm
32
32
32
32
32
32

in
235/8
311/2
311/2
311/2
393/8
393/8

Weight
mm
600
800
800
800
1000
1000

lb
1.2
1.5
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.2

kg
0.56
0.70
0.45
0.45
0.53
0.53

Hydraulic Pumps

Harken offers 1-, 2-, and 3-speed pumps for hydraulic systems. Our 2- and 3-speed
pumps deliver oil faster and more efficiently than other pumps on the market. When
a preset point is reached, the pump automatically shifts to the next speed. The 1-speed
pump is a simpler alternative, but features the same high-quality components as the
other systems. Use 1- and 2-speed pumps for smaller and midsize hydraulic systems;
3-speed pumps on systems with high-volume, high-pressure requirements. Pressure
relief on 1- and 2-speed pumps is factory-set to a maximum of 5000 psi. Mounting
patterns for all pumps are identical, making upgrades easy.
Bolt holes in the hardcoat-anodized 6061-T6 aluminum pump housing are threaded
with stainless steel inserts to prevent corrosion around the stainless bolts. An optional
adhered isolation plate improves load distribution even more by transferring torque
directly to the mounting surface rather than the bolt holes. Piston shafts and rocker
arms are machined from 17-4 PH stainless steel. Pumps have 7-degree splined shafts
to ensure a tight fit and to allow the handle to be mounted at the sailor’s preferred angle.

1-SPEED PUMP

Optional isolation plates made of
extremely resilient G10 improve load
distribution by transferring torque
directly to the mounting surface.

2-SPEED PUMP

3-SPEED PUMP

Azzurra, TP52, King Marine, Botin & Partners Naval Architecture © Jesús Renedo

Part
No.
Description
HYPM1
1-speed pump with pressure relief*
HYPM2
2-speed pump/auto shift with pressure relief*
HYPM3-1.1R 3-speed pump/auto shift/round handle socket*
HYPM3-1.1S 3-speed pump/auto shift/square handle socket*
HYPM3MP Pump anti-torque mounting plate
*M8 fasteners.

Output/stroke (push and pull)
1st
2nd
3rd
cc
in3
cc
in3
cc
in3
0.25
4.1




0.99
16.3 0.25 4.1


2.03
33.3 0.61 10.1 0.18 3.0
2.03
33.3 0.61 10.1 0.18 3.0





Max
pressure
psi
bar
5000
345
5000
345
10000
689
10000
689

Ports/fittings
Suction
Pressure
3/8" hose barb 1/4" 37° JIC
3/8" hose barb 1/4" 37° JIC
3/8" NPT
7/16" ORB
3/8" NPT
7/16" ORB

Weight
lb
kg
3.2
1.44
4.3
1.95
4.4
2.00
4.4
2.00
0.1
0.07

259

NEW

HYPR262

Hydraulic Rotary Pumps

Harken offers two sizes of 2-speed, pedestal-driven rotary pumps for Grand Prix race
boats 13.7 - 30.5 m (45 - 100'). They deliver oil faster, more efficiently, and with
higher shift points than other pumps of comparable sizes. The pumps shift from 1st
to 2nd gear both automatically and manually, with automatic shift points determined
by the maximum output of the grinders. If fewer crew are grinding, and not enough
power is generated to reach the automatic shift point, pumps can be shifted manually—
the 20 cc pump by simply reversing the pedestal handles; the 10 cc pump by using
a pull-cord attached to a lever.
Pumps are made of corrosion-resistant Hard Lube-anodized aluminum, with
aluminum, titanium, and stainless steel components. Both include a non-return
valve on the outlet to prevent backflow.

10 cc Pumps

The shaft for Harken’s MX pedestal
attaches directly to the pedestal for
a tight connection.

Shafts attach pumps directly to the pedestal and are compatible with Harken’s MX.
Through-shaft coupling allows the pump to be driven from either side and mount
remotely with a T-box or X-box. Six double-stepped pistons save weight and feature
connecting rods for piston return. Three fasteners provide quick connect/disconnect
mounting. Maximum pressure is 7,500 psi (517 bar).

20 cc Pumps

Patent-pending pumps have either a straight-splined output shaft or a direct-mount
internal fitting. Use a straight-splined shaft to attach the pump to a bevel box, pedestal
or to mount remotely. Use a direct-mount fitting to attach to the MX pedestal for a
tight, secure connection. Two banks of six pistons feature spring returns and large
volume output. Maximum pressure is 10,000 psi (689 bar).

Straight splined output shafts attach
pumps to bevel boxes or pedestals
and can mount remotely.

10 CC PUMPS

Part
No.

20 CC PUMPS

Description

Output / revolution
(400 RPM maximum)
1st: low
2nd: high
pressure
pressure
in3
cc
in3
cc

Max
pressure
psi
bar

Ports/fittings
Suction
Pressure

Weight
lb
kg

10 cc Pumps
HYPR262

2-speed pump/auto & manual shift*

0.61

10.4

0.26

4.3

7500

517

3/8" 37° JIC -4 37° JIC

6.3

2.85

2-speed pump/auto & manual shift*
2-speed pump/auto & manual shift left hand rotation*
2-speed pump/auto & manual shift MX pedestal mount*
2-speed pump/auto & manual shift MX pedestal mount
left hand rotation*

1.25
1.25
1.25

20.5
20.5
20.5

0.39
0.39
0.39

6.3
6.3
6.3

10000
10000
10000

689
689
689

3/8" 37° JIC 3/8" 37° JIC
3/8" 37° JIC 3/8" 37° JIC
3/8" 37° JIC 3/8" 37° JIC

10.2
10.2
9.9

4.64
4.64
4.50

1.25

20.5

0.39

6.3

10000

689

3/8" 37° JIC 3/8" 37° JIC

9.9

4.50

20 cc Pumps
HYPR212
HYPR212L
HYPR212MX
HYPR212MXL
*M8 fasteners.

260

Hydraulic Reservoirs
Harken offers pressurized carbon fiber/composite
reservoirs and vented blow-molded reservoirs for
manual hydraulic systems.

Pressurized Reservoirs

With a 20-liter version that weighs just 1.74 kg (3.8 lb),
Harken’s pressurized carbon fiber/composite reservoirs
are among the lightest in existence. They are installed
in the bilge rather than at pump level for a low center
of gravity. Reservoirs include a one-way return line check
valve and supply line shutoff valve, both with aluminum
-6JIC fittings. A high-quality regulator maintains smooth
and consistent oil flow.
A graduated level gauge and translucent sections in
the reservoir walls make it easy to monitor oil levels.
Pressurized reservoirs require very little maintenance
and are cleaner than those that use ambient air pressure.
Custom sizes are available.

Vented Reservoirs

These 2- and 4-liter blow-molded reservoirs are used
for smaller Grand Prix systems and production yachts.
Reservoirs feature a vented cap to stabilize tank pressure
and prevent leaks. Translucent materials allow oil levels to
be easily monitored. 10 mm (3/8") hose barbs are welded
to the reservoir for supply and return hoses.

VENTED RESERVOIRS

Part
No.
HYRPC02
HYRPC03
HYRPC04
HYRPC08
HYRPC10
HYRPC14
HYRPC20
HYRVP02
HYRVP04

Description
Pressurized composite reservoir
Pressurized composite reservoir
Pressurized composite reservoir
Pressurized composite reservoir
Pressurized composite reservoir
Pressurized composite reservoir
Pressurized composite reservoir
Vented blow-molded reservoir
Vented blow-molded reservoir

PRESSURIZED RESERVOIRS

Maximum
capacity
gal
L
0.5
2
0.8
3
1.1
4
2.1
8
2.6
10
3.7
14
5.3
20
0.5
2
1.1
4

Oil
capacity
gal
L
.32
1.2
.46
1.75
.63
2.4
1.2
4.7
1.6
5.9
2.1
8.0
3.2
12.0
0.4
1.5
0.8
3.0

Height
in
mm
12.2
310
15.2
386
17.9
455
31.2
793
37.2
946
28.6
726
34.7
881
7.1
181
11.7
298

Maximum dimensions
Width
in
mm
6.3
160
6.3
160
6.3
160
6.3
160
6.3
160
7.9
200
7.9
200
8.7
220
8.7
220

Depth
in
5.8
5.8
5.8
5.8
5.8
7.9
7.9
4.1
4.1

mm
148
148
148
148
148
200
200
105
105

Weight
lb
kg
2.1
.97
2.5
1.12
2.8
1.28
4.3
1.96
5.2
2.34
3.4
1.55
3.8
1.74
0.8
0.36
1.2
0.55

261

Hydraulic Accessories

Harken offers a complete range of high-quality kits and components for the
professional installation, service, and maintenance of your hydraulic system.

Filters

Filters

Filtration is essential to the health and longevity of your hydraulic system. Harken
recommends the 40-micron suction/return filter between the reservoir and the pump
as well as an extremely fine 3-micron filter between the pump and the valves. The
40-micron filter has an anodized aluminum body with a removable, cleanable, and
replaceable sintered bronze element. The high pressure 3-micron filter is made from
electropolished 17-4 PH stainless or titanium. It has a replaceable paper element and
can handle pressures up to 10,000 psi. -4SAE ports allow the high-pressure filter to
accept any combination of fittings and adapters.

Pressure
transducer

Pressure Transducers

Pressure transducers use the onboard computer to convert hydraulic pressures of
up to 10,000 psi into tons or other load units. Standard lightweight versions and
super lightweight Grand Prix versions are available.

Pressure
gauge

Pressure Gauges

Pressure gauges, offered as an alternative to electronic transducers, can be mounted
into the valve panel or plumbed remotely into a pressure line. Stainless steel 1.5"
(40 mm) cases are filled with glycerin to dampen needle movement.

Plumbing

Plumbing

Harken has a complete line of high-pressure and low-pressure plumbing for manual
hydraulic systems. All high-pressure fittings and adapters are machined from stainless
steel. Hoses can be sent to you assembled and preflushed.

Seal Kits

Seal kits are available for all valves, cylinders, and pumps. Kits include all normal wear
items such as O-rings, seals, and nylon tip set screws.
Seal
kit

Repair Kits

Repair kits are available for all valves, cylinders, and pumps. They include everything
in the seal kit with the addition of select machined components that may require
occasional replacement.

HAWE Tool

The HAWE tool is used for removing and reinstalling the check valves included in valve
and pump repair kits.

Hydraulic Oil

Our hydraulic oil was chosen specifically for Harken high-pressure hydraulic systems.
Its moisture-resistant formula features unique anti-wear additives that inhibit corrosion
and provide high levels of thermal and oxidation stability to enhance lubricant
performance and extend equipment life.

Repair
kit

HYOIL22QUART: one-quart bottle.
HYOIL22CASE: case of 12 one-quart bottles.

Filters
Part
No.
HYFAP03S
HYFAP03TF
HYFAP03TM
HYFAT40
HYFAT40J6

HAWE tool
Description
High-pressure filter/stainless steel/3 micron
High-pressure filter/titanium/3 micron
High-pressure filter/titanium/3 micron
Low-pressure filter/40 micron
Low-pressure filter/high-flow/40 micron

Max pressure
End fittings
psi
bar
Port 1
Port 2
10000 689 -4 ORB female
-4 ORB female
10000 689 -4 ORB female
-4 ORB female
10000 689 -4 ORB female -4 JIC/ORB male
250
17
3/8" (-6) barb
3/8" (-6) barb
250
17
-6 JIC male
-6 JIC male

Weight
lb
g
.63 288
.37 167
.38 172
.10
45
.17
75

Max pressure
psi
bar
10,000 689
10,000 689
10,000 689
6,000 414

Weight
lb
g
0.21 95
0.30 135
0.19 83
0.20 90

Pressure Transducers
Part
No.
HYET10N2V5
HYET10N4V5
HYET10O4MA20
HYET6O4MA20

Description
Pressure transducer -2NPT
Pressure transducer -4NPT
Pressure transducer -4ORB 4-20MA
Pressure transducer -4ORB 4-20MA

Port fitting
-2 NPT
-4 NPT
-4 ORB
-4 ORB

Output
1-5 VDC
1-5 VDC
4-20 mA
4-20 mA

Go to www.harken.com/hydraulicaccessories for more detailed information.
262

HYOIL22QUART
HYOIL22CASE

Hydraulic Hose

HYZHP520N-3
HYZHP520N-4
HYZHP520N-6

Harken offers a range of hydraulic hose for high- and low-pressure oil delivery. After
assembly, all high-pressure hoses are flushed clean of contaminants before shipping.

High-Pressure Hose

The HYZHP520N -3, -4, and -6 are general-purpose pressure hoses used for oil delivery
to cylinders and other motor functions. They feature durable nylon tubing reinforced with
high-strength aramid fiber and an abrasion-resistant polyurethane cover. Fittings sold
separately. Available in cadmium-plated steel or, for greater durability, stainless steel.

HYZHP590-3

The HYZHP590-3 hose is engineered for high-pressure and low-volumetric expansion,
and offers precise cylinder control. The copolyester tubing is reinforced with aramid
fiber and high-tensile steel wire. The cover is high-strength polyurethane for abrasion
resistance. Fittings sold separately. Available in cadmium-plated steel or, for greater
durability, stainless steel.

HYZHP471TC-6

The HYZHP471TC is used in power units or for power applications such as winches,
furlers, and windlasses. The inner tube is synthetic rubber reinforced with two braids
of steel wire. The synthetic rubber cover is abrasion resistant. Fittings sold separately.
Available in cadmium-plated steel. Stainless steel available upon request.

Low-Pressure Hose

HYZHT30R9-6

The HYZHT30R9-6 is an extremely lightweight hose used aboard race boats. The
elastomer inner tube with high-strength Nomex®/Kevlar® braided cover increases
abrasion resistance. The field-attachable fitting is lightweight alloy. Fitting sold separately.
The HYZHT7212-6 is a tank-line hose. The light, flexible hose is made of Nitrile rubber
with braided neoprene reinforcement. Hose-barb fittings allow an easy-push connection.

HYZHT7212-6

For complete assemblies including hose contact Harken.

Fittings not included
Working
pressure*

Part
No.
Description
HYZHP471TC-6 3/8" High-pressure hose
HYZHP520N-3
3/16" High-pressure hose
HYZHP520N-4
1/4" High-pressure hose
HYZHP520N-6
3/8" High-pressure hose
HYZHP590-3
3/16" High-pressure hose
HYZHT30R9-6
3/8" Low-pressure hose
HYZHT7212-6
3/8" Low-pressure hose
*Typical burst pressure is 4:1.

- Size
-6
-3
-4
-6
-3
-6
-6

psi
5,000
5,000
5,000
4,000
5,000
200
300

Minimum
bend radius
in
mm
2.5
65
1.3
38
2.0
51
2.5
64
1.5
38
2.5
64
3.0
76

bar
345
345
345
276
345
14
21

Weight
lb/ft
0.56
0.05
0.07
0.08
0.10
0.08
0.12

kg/m
0.84
0.07
0.10
0.13
0.15
0.13
0.18

Nomex is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.
Kevlar is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.

Through-Deck Gland

HYZD6-3
HYZD6-4
HYZD6-6

The Harken Through-Deck Gland provides a waterproof passage for
hydraulic hose. Unlike other glands, Harken’s model can be easily
installed by one person topside. The gland’s doughnut-shaped base
secures over a predrilled hole in the deck with high-strength bonding
tape. The urethane seal and top cap is put on the hose before attaching
the swage fitting. The swage fitting passes through the deck/base, and
the top cap is threaded to the base for a watertight fit.
Comes in black hardcoat-anodized 6061-T6 aluminum. Fits HYZHP520N
5 mm (3/16"), 6 mm (1/4"), and 10 mm (3/8") hose sizes.
For complete assemblies including hose contact Harken.
Part
No.
HYZD6-3
HYZD6-4
HYZD6-6

Description
Through-Deck Gland
Through-Deck Gland
Through-Deck Gland

Gland Max
Ø
in
mm
2.3
60
2.3
60
2.3
60

Hose
Ø
in
3/16
1/4
3
/8

Height
mm
5
6
10

in
1.0
1.0
1.0

Weight
mm
26
26
26

Go to www.harken.com/hydraulicaccessories for more detailed information.

lb
0.2
0.2
0.2

kg
0.11
0.11
0.10

Cross-section with hose

263

Freya, Swan 90S, 90.91'
(27.71 m), German Frers,
Nautor © Ingrid Abery

HYDRAULIC POWER UNITS
Harken hydraulic power units can power functions ranging
from winches and windlasses to bow thrusters and lifting
keels. They can include optional prewired and labeled
control boxes, or act as standalone, central or supplemental
units. Harken power units come with 4000 watt 24V DC
motors. 12V DC motors and valves are available by
special order. Contact Harken for lead time and pricing.

High-efficiency design
• Runs up to 15 functions, 3 simultaneous functions
at full power.
• Built-in, double-flow function supplies more oil
to power-intensive equipment.
• Fan-cooled, series-wound motors are energy efficient at all speeds.

High-strength, corrosion-resistant
• Coated aluminum tanks; hardcoat-anodized
aluminum top plates resist corrosion.
• Clear-anodized aluminum manifolds for durability.

DO NOT use Harken equipment for human suspension unless product is specifically certified and labeled for such use.

264

Easy to install and maintain
• Drop-in return line filters with status
gauges for no-mess alternative to
spin-on styles.
• Tank-mounted electrical motor
contactors meet IP67 waterproof
specifications.
• Preplumbed manifolds and pumps
save space, installation time, and
additional hardware.

Hydro HP power unit for
high pressure output

Prewired, waterproof control boxes
handle motor and valve controls

• 5000 psi at 2.5 L/min.

• Molded polycarbonate for strength.

• Links to manual or electric system for
push-button cylinder operation.

• Terminals and valve wire sets sealed,
labeled; ready for function connection.

• Includes motor with pump, motor
contactor; no switches.
• Works with standard Harken
control box.

5.0 L/min

2.5 L/min
Manifolds

Options
Pressure-booster manifold for large powered systems with multiple cylinders
• Multiplies low inlet system pressure to 5000 psi: increased pressure allows smaller
cylinders, higher load; saves weight, reduces cost.
• 5000 psi factory-set pressure relief, built-in filter, analog pressure gauge, electric
on/off switch, manual override.
• Clear-anodized aluminum box in 2.5 L/min and 5 L/min sizes.
Custom
• Units customized to meet your specifications.

265

Hydraulic Power Systems
B

Power Unit Part Number

H Y D R O 3 C A 2 2 R 2 X XX

Hydraulic Power Unit

C

Number of Motors
Control Box
C = With control box
N = No control box

A

Manifold Options
A = Attached manifold
R = Remote manifold
D

Valves on Attached Manifold 1
X = No valves (use this option for remote manifolds)
0 - 4 = Number of valves on attached manifold 1

E

HYDRO 1/2/3
B

E

C

A

D

HYDRO HP

Valves on Attached Manifold 2
X = No valves (use this option for remote manifolds and
Hydro 1)
0 - 4 = Number of valves on attached manifold 2
Optional Additional Remote Manifold*
R = With remote manifold
(all digits following refer to remote manifold options)
Valves on Additional Remote Manifolds 1 - 4**
X = No manifold
1 - 4 = Number of valves on each additional manifold
(add a number for each additional manifold)
*One remote manifold is included with Hydro 3
**Hydro 1 only available with one additional remote manifold. Use X for last three digits

Hydraulic Power Unit Control Boxes & Pressure Booster Manifold
Height
Power unit
HYDRO 1 / HYDRO 2
HYDRO 3

in
16.5
19.5

Width

Clearance required for installation.

Depth

mm
419
495

in
12.5
17.5

mm
318
445

in
6.0
10.0

mm
152
254

205
265

8.3
8.3

210
210

8.4
8.4

214
214

50 mm
(2")

Pressure Booster Manifold
HYDROBOOST2.5L
HYDROBOOST5.0L

8.1
10.4

Power Unit Dimensions
Power unit
in
HYDRO 1
22.5
HYDRO 2 / HYDRO 3
25.5
HYDROHP
7.0
Dimensions subject to change

A

mm
568
648
178

in
19.4
24.4
14.1

B

mm
493
619
359

in
14.8
20.0
6.8

C

mm
376
509
171

in
12.9
16.6
3.0

D

mm
328
423
76

in
7.0
11.1
5.0

E

mm
178
283
127

200 mm
(77/8")
100 mm
(315/16")

100 mm
(315/16")

Hydraulic Power Units
Power
unit
HYDRO 1
HYDRO 2
HYDRO 3
HYDROHP

Max
number of
functions
4
9*
15*

Max
simultaneous
functions
1
2**
3**

24V DC
Motor
1 x 4 kW
2 x 4 kW
3 x 4 kW
1 x 4 kW

Max
current drain
amps
210
2 x 210
3 x 210
210

Tank
capacity
gal
L
7.9
30
18.5
70
18.5
70

Max continuous output
pressure @ flow rate
psi @ gpm bar @ L/min
2000 @ 4
140 @ 15
2000 @ 8
140 @ 30
2000 @ 12
140 @ 45
5000 @ .66
345 @ 2.5

Weight
Without
With attached
manifolds
manifolds
lb
kg
lb
kg
89
40.5
102
46.1
182
82.6
194
88.2
233
105.9
246
111.4
53
24.1

Fasteners
M10
M10
M10
M8

Pressure Booster Manifold
HYDROBOOST2.5L



HYDROBOOST5.0L



*One function delivers double flow output (8 gpm) using 2 motors.

266

2


5000 @ .66
345 @ 2.5
18
8.2
2


5000 @ 1.32
345 @ 5.0
25
11.1
** This number is reduced by one when a double flow function is in use.



M8
M8

TIMELESS ST YLE
HARKEN PERFORMANCE

New for 2016

Wood blocks
Radial winches in
all chrome & bronze
Available January 2016

THE CLASSIC COLLECTION
Winches, blocks, and accessories in stainless steel, bronze, or chrome.
Blocks also offered in varnished maritime elm.

See the collection at www.harken.com/classic-collection

Garage Storage

Store everything from canoes and kayaks to bikes, ladders,
and roof racks at ceiling level.
Easy to Install • Complete kit • Self-locking • Easy to Use
One person can raise and lower with a single control rope,
thanks to a patented system.

7800 Bike/utility lift

7808 SUP lift

7801, 7802
7803, 7806
Storage system

7807
Two-point
lift system

Part
No.
7800
7801
7802
7803
7806
7807
7808

Mechanical
Advantage
2:1
3:1
4:1
6:1
8:1
3:1
2:1

Max
vertical lift
ft
m
10
3
10
3
10
3
10
3
10
3
10
3
10
3

Minimum
working load
lb
kg
10
4.5
15
7
25
11
45
20
75
34
15
7
10
4.5

Working
load limit
lb
kg
45
20
60
27
90
41
145
66
200
91
60
27
45
20

w w w . h o i s t e r . c o m

www.patton-watch.com/en/harken/

SUNGLASSES, GLOVES & BAGS
WWW.HARKEN.COM

I N D U S T R I A L

WHERE SAILING MEETS INDUSTRY...

LOW-FRICTION LOAD MANAGEMENT

Sean Cogan photo

For over 45 years, Harken has built its reputation on quality products developed, tested, and used in the
most extreme environments. Using this experience, Harken is designing and manufacturing a range of
load-handling equipment for use in the industrial sector: winches, pulleys, and linear motion track systems.

COMMERCIAL
MARINE

INDUSTRIAL
LIFTING & RIGGING

ARCHITECTURAL

WORKING
AT HEIGHT

Harken Industrial strives to find the best solution for your
high-load, low-friction, weight-critical applications.
find us on…

w w w.p ower- s eat. c om
w w w.hark enindus tr ial. c om
info@hark enindus tr ial. c om

R

Laser®
Mainsheet Block

Laser®
clew
sleeve

Laser®
Mainsheet Block

LASER BALL BEARING
MAINSHEET BLOCKS
Sail fast and respond quickly to lulls and puffs with the new classlegal mainsheet blocks. Made with resilient Carbo composite, their
low-friction ball bearing technology lets you ease the sheet instantly
during light air maneuvers and mark roundings. Even better, a tough
joint connecting the upper and lower traveler blocks means you’ll
never tape your blocks again.

15:1 VANG &
CUNNINGHAM SYSTEM
Powerful 15:1 Laser Vang
is a must have
• Compact, high-load sheaves
for smoother and faster mark
roundings
• Cam arms pivot from a fixed
height, a patented feature
• Easy to cleat and uncleat
while hiking

CLEW SLEEVE & HOOK
Effortlessly adjust your outhaul
• Low-friction sleeve slides along
boom without binding
• Fast and simple rigging
• Hook securely locks clew
flush with boom

TILLER EXTENSION
Hike harder and move your
weight forward
• Non-slip foam rubber grip does not
absorb water, providing an excellent grip
• Stiff aluminum body transmits
feedback for better boathandling
• Grip is larger at the end to keep hand
from slipping off

SYSTEMS BY

AVAILABLE AT YOUR LOCAL LASER DEALER
To find the nearest dealer, go to www.laserperformance.com

Put the Smooth Back in Sailing

7875
ML1, ML2, ML3, ML4

7881

7880

SAILKOTE™

ANTIFOUL ALTERNATIVE

High Performance Dry Lubricant

Environmentally Friendly Antifoul Polish

FOR EVERYTHING THAT SLIDES
Use on hatches, drawers, sliding doors, sail tracks, mast tracks and
slides, fishing reel components and fly line, sails, battens and telltales,
slider cars and tracks
• Repels water, dirt, salt and contaminants
• Reduces drag in air and water
• Clean, dry, and easy to use
• Lasts up to 10 times longer than additives,
oil, or wax-based lubricants

FOR EVERYTHING BELOW THE WATERLINE

Use on hulls, outdrives, and propellers

• Helps prevent below-the-waterline marine growth
and slime from adhering for weeks
• Reduces drag and increases efficiency
• Biodegradable, non-metallic, non-leaching

HULLKOTE™

ONEDROP™

High Performance Speed Polish

Ball Bearing Conditioner

Use on fiberglass, metal, plexiglass, and painted surfaces

Use on ball bearing traveler cars and battcars

FOR EVERYTHING THAT SHINES

• Cleans, polishes, and protects
• Reduces drag and repels water
• Environmentally friendly citrus base
• Long-lasting, high-gloss finish
• Superior UV protection

FOR EVERYTHING THAT ROLLS

• Repels salt, dirt, and other deposits
• Protects, lubricates, and conditions bearing surfaces
• Reduces friction so balls roll freely and evenly,
greatly improving performance
• Only one drop needed

www.mclubemarine.com

49er © US Sailing Team Sperry Top-Sider / Will Ricketson

INDEX

Index
All blocks (see “BLOCKS”)
All cars (see “TRAVELERS”)
All winches (see “WINCHES”)

A

Accessories................95, 106-109, 120, 122,
...............................125, 127, 130, 133, 137,
..........................202-203, 231-233, 262-263
Access Rail.......................................150-151
Addresses ........................................290-291
Athwartship Systems, Custom..........141-142

B

Backstay Adjuster, Hydraulic.................... 240
Backstay, Plate for Split............................. 64
Backstay Systems Drawings...................... 29
Ball Bearing Replacement Chart............33-35
Ball Bearing Winch Handles .............231-232
Bases
   Ball and Socket.................................. 94
  Cam................................................... 93
   Custom Removable Padeyes........... 108
  Eyestraps......................................... 106
  Padeyes....................................107-108
  Stand-Up............................................ 94
  Swivel...........................................93-94
Batten Traveler Systems ..................152-169
Battcars.............................................152-169
Bearings, Replacement ........................33-35
Below-Deck Furling...................176, 184-187
Bends, Track............................................ 147
Big Boat Travelers ............ 133-138, 141-142
Bike Lift System....................................... 268
Block Covers.............................................. 75
Block Socks............................................... 75
Bolt-Down Fairleads................................. 111
Boom Vangs, Hydraulic....................248-250
Breaking Strengths, Rigging ..................... 36
Bullseye Fairleads ............................... 93, 95

BLOCKS

16 mm....................................................... 55
Air Blocks.................................. 41-53, 68-75
Air Runners ............................................... 75
Anti-Capsize..........................................55-56
Backstay, Runners .................................... 75
Big Boat ...............................................65-86
   Black Magic Air Blocks.................68-75
   Classic Wooden Blocks.................84-85
  Cruising ESP.................................76-78
  Custom.........................................79-83
  Flip-Flop............................................. 81
  Footblock.................... 74, 77-80, 83-85
  Loop................................. 70-73, 82-83
  Low-Load......................................70-71
  Mastbase......................................77-81
  Megayacht........................ 79-80, 84-85
  Over-the-Top...................................... 81
  Runner............................................... 75
  Snatch................................................ 82
  Spriddle............................................. 71
  Stainless Steel..............................78-79
  Stand-Up........................... 70-73, 79-80
  Swivel..............70-73, 76, 78-80, 84-85
  Teardrop..................................74, 77-80
   TTR2 (Titanium Roller)...................... 83
  Wood............................................84-85

Big Bullet..............................................58-59
Bullet ....................................................58-59
Carbo Air Blocks..................................41-53
  18 mm............................................... 42
  29 mm......................................... 42, 44
  40 mm.............42-43, 45-46, 49-50, 53
  57 mm........................ 42-43, 47, 49-53
  75 mm..........................................48-53
   Clew Block Assembly......................... 44
  Fiddle................................................. 53
  Fixed Head....................................44-45
  Loop.............................................42-43
  Quad.............................................46-48
  Ratchamatic............................43, 51-52
  Ratchet....................................49-50, 53
   T2 Soft Attach...............................42-43
Classic..................................................57-64
  Midrange ......................................62-63
  Small Boat ...................................55-61
  Wire................................................... 64
  Wood............................................84-85
Cheek
  Big Boat ..................... 74, 77-80, 83-85
  Carbo.......................... 44-45, 47-49, 51
  Classic........................55-56, 59, 63, 64
  ESP...............................................77-78
  Ratchet ....................................... 49, 51
  Wood............................................84-85
Clew Block Assembly......................... 44, 172
Crossover................................................... 75
Cruising ESP..................76-78, 96, 101, 172
  Clew................................................. 172
  Deck Organizers......................... 78, 101
  Fiddle........................................... 76, 78
  Footblocks....................................77-78
  Mastbase......................................77-78
  Mastcollar.....................................77-78
  Padeye............................................... 77
  Sheaves............................................. 96
  Stainless Steel................................... 78
  Swivel.......................................... 76, 78
Dinghy....................................................... 59
Doubles..............................42, 44, 46-48, 52,
.......................................... 55-56, 58-59, 61,
..........................63, 70-71, 74, 79-81, 84-85
Exit Blocks................................55-56, 59, 64
Fiddles
  Big Boat ................................71, 76, 78
  Carbo................................................. 53
  Classic......................................... 56, 63
  Cruising ESP................................ 76, 78
  Midrange Classic............................... 63
   Small Boat Classic............................. 56
Fine-Tune Systems ............................ 22, 61
Fixed-Head.......................... 44-45, 55-56, 58
Fixed-Lead........................................202-203
Flip-Flop............................................... 54, 81
Footblocks
  Big Boat ..................... 74, 77-80, 83-85
  Cruising ESP.................................77-78
  Lock-Off..................................74, 77-78
  Stainless Steel..............................78-79
  Wood............................................84-85
Forkhead
  16 mm............................................... 55
  ESP.................................................... 76
  Micro................................................. 56

Grand Prix.................................................. 83
Gross-Trim/Fine-Tune Systems............ 22, 61
Halyard Lead...................................74, 77-81
Hexa-Cat Bases.......................................... 60
Hexaratchets.......................43, 49-52, 60, 63
Hook-In Halyard......................................... 55
Lockoff Blocks
   Big Boat Flip-Flop............................... 81
   Big Boat Footblocks................74, 77-78
   Cruising ESP Footblocks...............77-78
Loop......................................... 42-43, 70-73
Low-load Black Magic Air Blocks..........70-71
Megayacht ............................... 79-80, 84-85
Mastbase Lead ...............................74, 77-81
Mastcollar.......................................74, 77-80
Micro......................................................... 56
Midrange...............................................62-63
Optimist Halyard........................................ 55
Over-the-Top.............................................. 81
Padeye Blocks ......................................77-78
Pivoting Lead Block............................. 44, 46
Quadruples............................................46-48
Radial Vang.............................................. 125
Ratchets
   40 mm Carbo..........................43, 49-50
   57 mm Carbo..........................43, 49-53
   75 mm Carbo..........................49, 51-53
  Cheek........................................... 49, 51
  Doubles.............................................. 52
  Fiddles............................................... 53
  Hexa-Cat Bases ................................. 60
   Little Hexa-Cat Bases ........................ 60
  Midrange Hexaratchet ....................... 63
  Ratchamatic............................43, 51-52
  Soft-Attach......................................... 43
  T2...................................................... 43
Triples............................................50, 52, 63
Running Backstay
  Air Runners........................................ 75
  Covers................................................ 75
Small Boat............................................40-61
  16 mm............................................... 55
  18 mm............................................... 42
   Carbo Air Blocks...........................41-53
  Cheek ...... 44-45, 47-49, 51, 55-56, 59, 64
  Classic....................................57-61, 64
  Deck Organizers .............................. 100
  Exit ............................. 55-56, 59-60, 64
  Fiddle .......................................... 53, 56
   Pivoting Lead Block..................... 44, 46
  Ratchet..............................43, 49-52, 60
  Soft-Attach....................................42-43
  Swivel..............44-53, 55-56, 58, 60-61
  Through-Deck ............ 55-56, 59-60, 64
  Traveler.........................................44-45
  Upright Lead...........................56, 59-60
  V-Jam................................................ 56
  Wire........................................58-59, 64
Snatch ....................................................... 82
Soft Attach.....................42-43, 70-73, 82-83
  Black Magic..................................70-73
  Carbo............................................42-43
  High-load Snatch............................... 82
  Ratchamatic....................................... 43
   TTR2 Air Blocks................................. 83
Spreacher ................................................. 71
Spriddle..................................................... 71

275

Index
BLOCKS (continued)
Stainless Steel
  16 mm............................................... 55
  Big Boat........................................78-79
  Cruising ESP...................................... 78
  Micro................................................. 56
  Stand-Up............................................ 79
  Wire........................................... 64, 125
Swivel ....................44-53, 55-56, 58, 60-61,
..........................63, 70-73, 76, 78-80, 84-85
T2 Soft-Attach......................................42-43
  Doubles.............................................. 42
  Ratchets............................................. 43
  Singles..........................................42-43
Teardrop..........................................74, 77-80
Through-Deck .................... 55-56, 59-60, 64
Traveler...........................................44-45, 56
Triples................................44, 46-48, 50, 52,
...........................................55-56, 63, 70, 81
Triples with Ratchets & Cams
  Carbo........................................... 50, 52
  Midrange............................................ 63
Trunnion Snatch Blocks............................. 82
TTR2 (Titanium Roller).............................. 83
Turning Blocks .......................................... 75
Two-Speed Mainsheets ....................... 22, 61
Upright Leads.................................56, 59-61
V-Jam ....................................................... 56
Vang Block, Radial Traveler..................... 125

Wild Child, J/111, J/Boats, 11.10 m (36.50') © J/Boats Inc.

276

Wire................................................... 64, 125
Wire Bullets .........................................58-59

C

Cam Cleat Adapter Plate.......................91-92
Cam Cleats...........................................88-90
  Aluminum.....................................88-90
  Carbo............................................88-90
  Stainless Steel..............................88-90
Carbo Blocks (see "BLOCKS")
Carbo OneTouch Locking Winch Handle.. 231
Carbo Racing Foil..................................... 174
Carbon Reefing and Furling (see "FURLING").
Carbon Winches (see “WINCHES”)
Car Controls......................124, 129, 135-136
Cars (see “TRAVELERS”)
Chafe Guard, Carbo Racing Foil............... 174
Circuit Breakers....................................... 218
Clew Block Assembly, Furling Mainsail.... 172
Complementary Hardware..................87-112
Control Blocks, Traveler ..........121, 130, 137
Control Boxes, Electric Winch.................. 218
Couplers........................................... 125, 137
Crossbow Pivoting Jib Traveler................ 115
Curved Track............................................ 147
Custom Products ........79-83, 108, 112, 139,
................................. 141-146, 149, 164-170
Cylinders, Hydraulic......240, 242-246, 248-251

D

Deck Organizers
  Big Boat..............................78, 101-102
  Cruising ESP.............................. 78, 101
  Midrange.......................................... 100
  Small Boat....................................... 100
  Stainless Steel........................... 78, 101
Digital System Switch.............................. 219
Dinghy
  Blocks...........................................41-61
  Clew Hook.......................................... 95
  Jib Leads......................................... 114
  Vang System................................ 23, 61
Distributors.......................................290-291
DN Adapter................................................ 94
Dogbone.................................................. 109
Drilling Guide............................................. 32

E

Electric Winches......................207, 211-213,
................................................215, 217, 224
End Controls, Self-Tacking Jibs.............. 129,
.........................................................135-136
End Controls, Traveler.......124, 129, 135-136
Endstops.................................120, 122, 127,
........................................133, 143, 145, 148
Extreme Angle Fairlead.........................90-92
Eyestraps......................................91-92, 106

Index
F

Fairleads ........................90-92, 95, 106, 111
Fast Release Fairleads...........................90-92
Filters, Hydraulic...................................... 262
Fine-Tune Systems ............................. 22, 61
Flairleads...............................................91-92
Foil, Carbo Racing.................................... 174
Folding Padeyes....................................... 107
Formulas, Load.......................................... 37
Furling..............................................175-203
   Block, Stanchion Mount .....94, 202-203
  Electric......................................192-194
  ESP...........................................188-191
  Gennaker.......................................... 177
  Hydraulic...................................196-201
   Lead Block Kits ........................202-203
   Leg Kits, ESP....................190-191, 195
   MKIV Jib Reefing & Furling......180-187
  Powered Furling........ 192-194, 196-201
  Screecher......................................... 177
  Small Boat ...............................175-176
   Small Boat Underdeck..................... 176
  Snap Shackles..........................202-203
  Staysail............................................ 177
  Systems
  
Unit 0 (ESP)............................... 190
  
Unit 0 (MKIV)............................. 182
  
Unit 0 (MKIV Underdeck)........... 186
  
Unit 1 ESP.................................. 190
  
Unit 1 (MKIV)............................. 182
  
Unit 1 (MKIV Underdeck)........... 186
  
Unit 2 ESP.................................. 191
  
Unit 2 (MKIV)............................. 183
  
Unit 2 (MKIV Underdeck)........... 187
  
Unit 3 (ESP)............................... 191
  
Unit 3 (MKIV)............................. 183
  
Unit 3 (MKIV Underdeck)........... 187
  
Unit 4 (MKIV)............................. 183
  Underdeck.........................176, 184-187

G

Gennaker Furling ..................................... 177
Genoa Lead Cars (see “TRAVELERS”)
Grand Prix Jib Fairleads........................... 111
Grease, Winch ........................................ 233
Gross-Trim/Fine-Tune Systems............ 22, 61

H

Halyard Restrainers .........................202-203
Halyard Sheaves ....................................... 99
Halyard Tensioner.................................... 112
Hand Hold ................................................. 95
Handles, Winch.................................231-232
Harken Sport............................................ 270
Hoisters................................................... 268
Hose Assemblies, Hydraulic.................... 263
Hydraulic Furling ..............................196-201
Hydraulic Power Units .....................264-266
Hydraulic Winches.......................... 207, 211,
.........................................215, 217, 220-224
Hydraulics........................................239-266
  Accessories...............................262-263
   Backstay Adjuster, Integral............... 240
   Boom Angle Indicator...................... 249
  Boom Vangs.............................248-250
  Cylinders........... 240, 242-246, 248-251
   Cylinder Rod End Blocks................. 247

  Double-Pull Cylinders...................... 246
  Filters............................................... 262
   Grand Prix Cylinders........................ 251
  Hose Assemblies............................. 263
  Locking Cylinders............................ 244
  Manifolds..................................252-255
  Oil.................................................... 262
  Power Units..............................264-266
  Pressure Transducers...................... 262
  Pumps......................................259-260
  Reservoirs........................................ 261
  Through-Deck Gland........................ 263
  Valves.......................................252-256
  Valve Panels.............. 252-253, 256-258
  Vang Cylinders..........................248-250

J

Jib Leads.........................114, 126, 131-132,
................................................139, 144, 146
Jib Reefing and Furling Systems
(see "FURLING")

K

Kits
  Cam Fairlead ................................90-92
  Cam Wedges.................................91-92
   Furling Lead Block ...................202-203
  Gross-Trim/Fine-Tune ....................... 61
  Lazy Jacks ...................................... 172
   Sail Chafe Protectors ........................ 95
   Single Line Reefing ......................... 172
   Traveler Control Blocks........121, 125, 130, 137
  Winch Service.................................. 233

L

Laser Products......................................... 272
Lazy Jacks .............................................. 172
Lead Rings............................................... 110
Lifting Systems........................................ 268
Line-Shedding Endstop.................... 120, 122
Loading Formulas ..................................... 37
LOUPS Soft-Attachments......................... 109
Luff Slider Car .........................156, 158, 160

M

Mainsail, Luff Cars.......................... 156, 158,
........................................160, 162, 166, 168
Mainsail Outhaul Car................................ 172
Mainsail Reefing, Single Line ............ 30, 172
Mainsail Reefing Systems ......................... 30
Mainsheet Systems Drawings ..............20-22
Maintenance ............................................. 16
Manifolds, Hydraulic.........................252-255
Mastbase Blocks.............................74, 77-81
Masthead Sheaves .........................96, 98-99
Metric Conversions ................................... 32
McLube® Hullkote™ Speed Polish............ 273
McLube® One-Drop™ Ball
  Bearing Conditioner......................... 273
McLube Sailkote™ McLube®
   Sailkote™ Dry Lubricant.................. 273
McLube® Antifoul Alternative™ Polish..... 273
Micro Cam............................................88-90
Micro Cam X-Treme Angle Fairlead.......90-92
Micro Carbo-Cam Base w/Bullseye............ 93

N

Nash Trigger Cleat .............................. 90, 93

O

Oil, Hydraulic........................................... 262
Outhaul Systems Drawings ....................... 24
Outhaul Block, Furling
  Mainsail Systems....................... 24, 172

P

Padeyes............................................107-108
Pinstops ......... 114, 124, 126, 129, 131-132,
......................... 135-136, 139, 145-146, 149
Pinstop Track .........................114, 122, 127,
........................................133, 144, 146, 148
Power Units, Hydraulic.....................264-266
Powered Furling ............... 192-194, 196-201
Prefeeder ...........................95, 174, 202-203
Pressure Transducers, Hydraulic............. 262
Pumps, Hydraulic.............................259-260

R

Racing Winches (see “WINCHES”)
Ratchet Blocks (see “BLOCKS”)
Reefing and Furling Systems............180-203
Reefing, Single Line ................................ 172
Reference Pages...................................13-39
Reservoirs, Hydraulic............................... 261
Rigging Breaking Loads ............................ 36
Rings, Lead.............................................. 110
Riser, Cam............................................91-92
Riser, Traveler Track......................... 127, 133
Rondo, Sail Chafe Protector...................... 95

S

Safety Information..................................... 14
Sail Chafe Protectors................................. 95
Selection/Ordering Information
  Battcar Systems .............................. 153
   Big Boat Blocks ............................66-67
  Hydraulics................241, 245, 256, 266
   Jib Reefing & Furling....................... 178
   Midrange Classic Blocks ................... 62
  Travelers ..................................116-117
  Winches........................................... 205
Self-Tacking Jib Controls..........129, 135-136
Self-Tacking Jib Systems .................. 31, 115
Shackles
  Bow...........................................104-105
  Captive Halyard.........................104-105
  D Forged...................................104-105
  D High-Resistance....................104-105
  Large Open...............................104-105
  LOUPS Soft-Attachments................. 109
  Shallow Bow.............................104-105
  Snap.......................... 104-105, 202-203
  Spectra®/Dyneema® Braid................ 109
  Stainless Steel..........................104-105
  Stamped....................................104-105
  Twist.........................................104-105
  U-Adaptor.................................104-105
Sheaves
  Big Boat ............................................ 97
  Cruising ESP...................................... 96
  Halyard ..................................96, 98-99
  High-Load ......................................... 98
  Midrange ........................................... 96
  Self-Contained................................... 96
  Small Boat ........................................ 96
  Steering ............................................ 99

277

Index
S

Single Line Reefing ................................. 172
Slider Battcars..................154-156, 158, 160
Slider Rods, Genoa Car .................. 144, 146
Small Boat Blocks (see “BLOCKS”)
Snap Shackles ................. 104-105, 202-203
Snatch Blocks............................................ 82
Soft Shackles........................................... 109
Spinnaker Pole Cars ............................... 103
Split Backstay Plates ................................. 64
Springs ..................................................... 94
Stainless Steel Shackles...................104-105
Stanchion Mount Base ...............94, 202-203
Stand-Up
  Bases................................................. 94
  Blocks....................44-45, 70-73, 79-80
  Springs.............................................. 94
  Toggles............................125, 130, 137
Staysail Furling ....................................... 177
Steering Sheaves....................................... 99
Stops, Adjustable Pin .............114, 124, 129,
......................... 135-136, 143, 145-146, 149
Storage Systems...................................... 268
Switches, Electric/Hydraulic Winch .218-219
Systems Drawings
  Backstay ........................................... 29
  Cunningham ..................................... 25
   Genoa Lead Car ................................ 17
  Gross-Trim/Fine-Tune ....................... 22
  Halyard ............................................. 28
  Mainsail Reefing ............................... 30

Huzar 28, 8.55 m (28'), Huzar Boats © Xavier Ortega

278

  Mainsheet ....................................20-22
   Mastbase Lead Block ........................ 26
  Outhaul.............................................. 24
  Self-Tacking Jib ................................ 31
  Spinnaker .....................................27-28
  Traveler ........................................18-19
  Vang ................................................. 23

T

T-Track
   Battcar Switch System..............164-169
  Cars.................................149, 166, 168
  Track................................148, 167, 169
   Trysail Switch System...................... 170
Tangs, Split Backstay ................................ 64
Tiller Extensions....................................... 112
Track
  Battcar.....157, 159, 161, 163, 167, 169
  Bends .............................................. 147
  Endstops..... 120, 122, 127, 133, 143, 145
  High-Beam...............120, 122, 127, 133
  Low-Beam...............120, 122, 127, 133,
  ................................142, 144, 146, 148
  Pinstop.............114, 122, 127, 133, 148
  Retrofit.............................122, 127, 133
  Risers....................................... 127, 133
  T-Track ............................................ 148
  Traveler ..........................120, 122, 127,
  .........................133, 142, 144, 146-148
Track Bends............................................. 147
Traveler Stand-Up Toggles.......125, 130, 137
Traveler Systems Drawings...................18-19

Trigger Cleat ....................................... 90, 93
Truck Cap Lift System.............................. 268
Trysail Switch System.............................. 170

TRAVELERS

13 mm Micro....................................120-121
  Cars ................................................ 121
  Controls........................................... 121
  Track ............................................... 120
22 mm Small Boat ..................122-125, 140
  Cars ........................................ 123, 140
  Controls .......................................... 124
  Track ............................................... 122
27 mm Midrange ....................127-130, 140
  Cars ........................................ 128, 140
  Controls .......................................... 129
  Track ............................................... 127
32 mm Big Boat ...... 133-138, 140, 141-142
  Cars .........................134, 140, 141-142
  Controls ...................................135-136
  Custom.....................................141-142
  Track ....................................... 133, 142
42 mm Mini-Maxi ...........................143-144
  Cars .........................................141-143
  Controls .......................................... 143
  Custom.....................................141-143
  Track ....................................... 142, 144
64 mm Maxi.....................................145-146
  Cars ................................................ 145
  Controls .......................................... 145
  Custom.....................................145-146
  Track ............................................... 146

Index
TRAVELERS (continued)
Access Rail.......................................150-151
Battcars.............................................153-169
CB (Captive Ball)............115, 121, 123, 126,
......................... 128, 131-132, 134, 139-140
   13 mm Micro................................... 121
   22 mm Small Boat........................... 123
   27 mm Midrange............................. 128
   32 mm Big Boat............................... 134
  Genoa Leads.............126, 131-132, 139
  Outhaul............................................ 172
   Spinnaker Pole Cars......................... 103
  Windward Sheeting.......................... 140
Crossbow Pivoting Jib Traveler................ 115
CRX (Captive Roller).........................141-142
Custom.....................................141-146, 149
Dual Sheave Catamaran Cars................... 123
Furling Mainsail Outhaul.......................... 172
Genoa Leads.126, 131-132, 139, 144, 146, 149
  Adjustable ................126, 131-132, 139
   CB (Captive Ball).......126, 131-132, 139
  Custom....................139, 144, 146, 149
  Pinstop.126, 131-132, 139, 144, 146, 149
  Systems Drawings............................. 17
  T-Track ............................................ 148
  Track Slides .................................... 149
Loop Cars........ 121, 123, 128, 134, 141-142
Mainsheet...... 121, 123, 128, 134, 140-143, 145
Radial Vang...................................... 123, 125
Riser, Traveler Track ........................ 127, 133
Roller (CRX)............................141-142
  Cars..........................................141-142
  Custom.....................................141-142
  Track ............................................... 142
Self-Tacking Jib Controls..... 115, 129, 135-136
Soft-Attachment Cars..............121, 123, 128,
.................................................134, 141-142
Spinnaker ................................................ 103
Track........................115, 118-120, 122, 127,
................. 133, 142, 144, 146-148, 150-151
Vang Car.......................................... 123, 125
Windward Sheeting ................................. 140

U

U-Adaptors........................................104-105
Underdeck Furling.....................176, 184-187
Use Charts .................... 62, 66-67, 116-117,
................................................153, 178, 205
Utility Lift Systems................................... 268

V

Valves, Hydraulic..............................252-255
Vang, Dinghy............................................. 61
Vang, Hydraulic.................................248-250
Vang System Drawings ............................. 23
Vang Traveler Car............................. 123, 125

W

Warranty ..............................................13-14
Wedges, Cam .......................................91-92
Wire Sheaves....................................... 96, 98

WINCHES

Captive Reel Winches.......................234-237
Carbon Winches...............................226-228
  Grand Prix.................................226-228
  Pedestals/Accessories..............229-230
  Self-Tailing ...............................226-228
  Top-Cleating..............................226-228
  Wide-Body................................226-228
Classic..............................................220-224
  All-Chrome............................... 221, 223
  Aluminum................................ 220, 223
  Bronze.......................................222-223
  Plain-Top...................................221-223
  Powered....................................220-224
  Self-Tailing................................220-224
  Stainless Steel......................... 221, 223
Digital System Switch.............................. 219
Drive Components, Pedestal.................... 230
Dual-Function Control Box....................... 218
Electric/Hydraulic Components.........218-219
Grand Prix.........................................226-228
Handles............................................231-232
   Carbo OneTouch Locking
  Winch Handle................................... 231
  SpeedGrip.................................231-232
  Standard.......................................... 232
Modern Self-Tailing...................220-221, 223
Pedestals/Pedestal Accessories......229-230
  Disconnects..................................... 230
  Drive Components........................... 230
  Drive Shafts..................................... 230
  Gear Boxes....................................... 230
  Pedestals......................................... 229
   Spinnaker Retrieval System............. 230
  Support Shafts................................. 230
  Universal Joints............................... 230
Performa..........................................214-217
  Plain-Top.......................................... 216

  Powered................................... 215, 217
  Quattro............................................. 216
  Self-Tailing................................214-217
Plain-Top................... 209-210, 216, 221-223
Powered........... 207, 211-213, 215, 217-224
   Captive Reel Winches...............234-238
  Circuit Breakers............................... 218
  Classic......................................220-224
  Control Boxes.................................. 218
  Electric.............................207, 211-213,
  .................................215, 217, 220-224
  Hydraulic..................207, 211-213, 215,
  .........................................217, 220-224
  Performa.................................. 215, 217
  Racing....................... 214-217, 226-228
  Radial Line.......................206-213
  
Electric................................206-213
  
Hydraulic.....................206-207, 211
  
Rewind....................................... 213
  
UniPower.................................... 212
  Reel Winches............................234-238
  Switches...................................218-219
Quattro..................................................... 216
Racing............................... 214-217, 226-228
Radial Line.......................................206-213
  Aluminum.........................208, 212-213
  Bronze.............................................. 210
  Chrome..................... 208-209, 212-213
  White................................209, 212-213
  Powered...................................206-213
  
Electric................................206-213
  
Hydraulic.....................206-207, 211
  
Rewind....................................... 213
  
UniPower.................................... 212
  Single-Speed Self-Tailing .208-210, 212
  Three-Speed Self-Tailing ..........208-210
  Two-Speed Self-Tailing.............208-210
Reel Winches, Electric/Hydraulic......234-238
Self-Tailing Winches .......................206-217,
......................................... 220-224, 226-228
Single-Speed Winches ............208-210, 212,
.................................................216, 221-224
SpeedGrip Winch Handles ...............231-232
Three-Speed Winches .............208-210, 216,
......................................... 220-224, 226-228
Two-Speed Winches .......................208-210,
......................................... 213-217, 220-224

X

X-Treme Angle Fairleads.......................90-92

279

Index
Part Page
No. No.

Part Page
No. No.

Part Page
No. No.

Part Page
No. No.

001................................................60
010................................................94
046................................................59
047................................................60
061....................................... 94, 203
062................................................95
071................................................94
072..............................................105
073..............................................106
074..............................................106
077................................................94
082................................................58
083................................................58
084................................................58
085................................................58
086................................................58
087................................................58
088................................................59
089................................................59
093..............................................105
096................................................59
097................................................94
098................................................58
099................................................58
100................................................58
106................................................59
108................................................59
109................................................59
111..............................................105
112..............................................105
113................................................59
125................................................58
126................................................58
127................................................58
128................................................58
129................................................58

130................................................58
131................................................59
134................................................59
137....................................... 91, 106
138..............................................105
144................................................93
145................................................91
146................................................58
147................................................58
150................................................90
160................................................96
161................................................96
162..............................................175
163..............................................175
164..................................... 175, 176
165..............................................175
166................................................58
167................................................58
168................................................58
169................................................58
170................................................60
173..............................................122
174..............................................122
175..............................................125
176................................................33
177................................... 33, 34, 35
183................................................58
193................................................60
197................................................59
201....................................... 91, 106
205................................................93
206................................................60
207..................................... 175, 176
208..............................................175
216................................................93
220................................................59

222................................................59
223................................................59
224................................................56
225................................................56
226................................................56
227................................................56
228................................................56
229................................................56
230................................................56
231................................................56
232................................................56
233................................................56
234................................................56
235................................................56
237................................................95
238................................................93
239................................................93
240................................................93
241................................................93
242................................................56
243................................................56
244................................................56
245................................................56
246..............................................105
252..............................................172
253..............................................172
254..............................................172
263..................................... 122, 159
264..............................................122
265................................................96
270..............................................100
271..............................................100
272..............................................100
273..............................................100
274..............................................147
275..............................................147

276..............................................147
277................................................96
280................................................90
281....................................... 91, 106
282....................................... 91, 106
283................................................91
285................................................95
286..............................................147
287................................................59
288................................................59
289................................................59
292................................................56
293................................................91
294................................................91
295................................................91
296................................................91
297................................................91
298................................................91
300................................................64
301**............................................64
302................................................64
303................................................96
304................................................64
305**............................................64
306................................................64
307................................................96
308................................................64
309**............................................64
310................................................64
311................................................96
312................................................64
313................................................64
314................................................64
320................................................64
321................................................64
322................................................64

*New parts
**Fasteners supplied

280

Index
Part Page
No. No.

Part Page
No. No.

Part Page
No. No.

Part Page
No. No.

326................................................90
327................................................90
332................................................61
339................................................95
340................................................44
341................................................44
342................................................44
343................................................44
344................................................44
345................................................44
346................................................44
347................................................44
348................................................44
349................................................44
350................................................44
352................................................44
353................................................44
355................................................90
361................................................93
365................................................90
368................................................55
369................................................94
370................................................94
371................................................44
373.6...........................................122
373.12.........................................122
374.4...........................................122
374.6...........................................122
374.12.........................................122
375................................................91
376................................................55
377................................................56
379................................................93
381................................................44
382..............................................123

383................................................61
384..............................................125
385................................................61
386................................................61
391................................................55
394................................................95
395................................................44
396................................................44
400................................................61
401................................................61
402................................................93
403................................................93
404................................................55
405................................................55
406................................................55
407................................................55
408................................................55
409................................................55
412................................................90
415................................................96
416................................................55
417................................................55
418................................................90
419..............................................106
421................................................55
424................................................91
425................................................91
430..............................................172
432................................................55
433................................................95
434..............................................175
435..............................................175
436..............................................175
437................................................55
438................................................91

442................................................55
443................................................56
445..............................................106
446..............................................122
447................................................61
448................................. 59, 81, 203
450..............................................114
451..............................................114
452P............................................114
452S............................................114
453.9.5........................................114
453.12.........................................114
453.15.........................................114
453.18.........................................114
453.24.........................................114
455................................................61
458................................................90
459................................................90
460................................................94
461................................................94
462................................................93
463..............................................105
464..................................... 175, 176
465..................................... 175, 176
466................................................64
467................................................55
468................................................90
469................................................90
470................................................90
471................................................90
472................................................90
473................................................90
474................................................90
475................................................91
476................................................91

477..............................................176
478..............................................176
479..............................................176
480..............................................176
481..............................................176
482..................................... 175, 176
483..............................................175
484................................................55
485..............................................147
486..............................................147
487..............................................147
488..............................................147
489..............................................176
491................................................90
492*..............................................35
493..............................................176
494................................................91
495................................................91
496................................................90
497................................................90
498................................................90
499................................................90
500................................................97
518................................................97
519................................................97
520................................................97
547................................... 33, 34, 35
548..............................................133
548ASSY.....................................169
550................................................97
562..............................................133
576..............................................147
577..............................................147
580..............................................137
598..............................................137

*New parts
**Fasteners supplied

281

Index
Part Page
No. No.

Part Page
No. No.

Part Page
No. No.

Part Page
No. No.

603................................................97
627..................................... 107, 108
629..................................... 107, 108
648..................................... 107, 108
657................................................97
661.2.1m.....................................146
661.3m........................................146
661.6m........................................146
662..............................................145
664..............................................145
669..............................................137
688..............................................107
689..............................................107
691................................................99
692................................................99
693................................................99
694................................................99
695................................................99
712................................................98
714................................................98
716................................................98
724..............................................102
725..............................................102
726..............................................102
727................................................98
752..............................................137
754................................................98
789..............................................147
790..............................................147
791..............................................147
792..............................................147
793..............................................147
794..............................................147
795..............................................147

884..............................................203
885..............................................203
944..............................................203
945..............................................203
947....................................... 95, 203
1500............................................100
1501............................................100
1502............................................100
1503............................................100
1522............................................127
1522ASSY...................................169
1523............................................127
1526................................. 33, 34, 35
1527............................................147
1528............................................147
1529............................................147
1530............................................147
1531............................................147
1532............................................147
1533..............................................96
1534..............................................96
1539..............................................97
1540..............................................63
1541..............................................63
1542..............................................63
1544..............................................63
1545..............................................63
1546..............................................63
1548..............................................63
1549..............................................63
1550..............................................63
1555..............................................63
1556..............................................63
1558............................................106

1559..............................................63
1560..............................................63
1561............................................130
1564..............................................63
1565..............................................63
1566..............................................63
1571..............................................63
1574..............................................93
1581............................................147
1582............................................147
1584............................................105
1586..............................................63
1590............................................100
1591............................................100
1598............................................105
1602.8.........................................127
1602.12.......................................127
1603..............................................94
1609..............................................82
1619............................................127
1621............................................127
1622............................................127
1628............................................140
1629............................................140
1631............................................129
1632............................................129
1633............................................129
1634..............................................94
1635............................................140
1636............................................140
1637............................................140
1638............................................130
1642............................................129
1645............................................103

1646............................................103
1647............................................103
1648............................................172
1652............................................129
1702............................................143
1706.1.5m...................................144
1706.3m......................................144
1706.3.6m...................................144
1706.6m......................................144
1707............................................143
1708............................................143
1734..............................................98
1777................................... 158, 171
1835.2m......................................148
1835.4m......................................148
1836............................................148
1849................................... 127, 133
1851............................................177
1852............................................177
1867............................................102
1868............................................102
1888.2m......................................148
1888.4m......................................148
1889............................................148
1896............................................137
1966............................................137
1981..............................................75
1984..............................................75
1986..............................................81
1987........................................81, 86
1988..............................................81
1989........................................81, 86
1990..............................................81
1994............................................137

*New parts
**Fasteners supplied

282

Index
Part Page
No. No.

Part Page
No. No.

Part Page
No. No.

Part Page
No. No.

2103............................................105
2104............................................105
2105............................................105
2106............................................105
2107............................................105
2108............................................105
2109............................................105
2110............................................105
2111............................................105
2112............................................105
2115............................................105
2116............................................105
2117............................................105
2118............................................105
2119............................................105
2122............................................105
2123............................................105
2124............................................105
2125............................................105
2126............................................105
2127............................................105
2131............................................105
2132............................................105
2133............................................106
2134............................................106
2135..............................................49
2136..............................................49
2137..............................................49
2138..............................................49
2139..............................................49
2140..............................................50
2141..............................................50
2142..............................................54
2143..............................................54
2144..............................................54
2145..............................................54

2146..............................................42
2147..............................................42
2148..............................................42
2149..............................................42
2150..............................................42
2151..............................................42
2152..............................................42
2153..............................................42
2154............................................109
2155............................................109
2156..............................................46
2157..............................................46
2158..............................................42
2159..............................................43
2160..............................................43
2161..............................................42
2163..............................................45
2600..............................................47
2601..............................................47
2602..............................................47
2603..............................................47
2604..............................................47
2605..............................................47
2606..............................................47
2608..............................................49
2609..............................................49
2610..............................................49
2611..............................................49
2612..............................................50
2613..............................................50
2614 **.........................................49
2615..............................................47
2616..............................................47
2617..............................................47
2618..............................................47
2619..............................................50

2621..............................................53
2622..............................................53
2623..............................................53
2624..............................................53
2625..............................................51
2626..............................................51
2627..............................................51
2628..............................................51
2629..............................................52
2630..............................................52
2631..............................................47
2632..............................................52
2633..............................................51
2634..............................................52
2636..............................................45
2637..............................................45
2638..................................... 46, 130
2639..............................................46
2640..............................................46
2641..............................................46
2642..............................................46
2643..............................................46
2644..............................................45
2645..............................................45
2646..............................................45
2647..............................................46
2648..............................................46
2649..............................................45
2650..................................... 45, 130
2652..............................................45
2654..............................................46
2655..............................................53
2656..............................................53
2657..............................................53
2658..............................................53
2659..............................................45

2660..............................................48
2661..............................................48
2662..............................................48
2663..............................................48
2664..............................................48
2665..............................................48
2666..............................................48
2667..............................................48
2668..............................................48
2669..............................................48
2670..............................................49
2671..............................................49
2672..............................................49
2673..............................................53
2674..............................................53
2675..............................................53
2676..............................................53
2677..............................................48
2678..............................................54
2679..............................................54
2680..............................................51
2681..............................................51
2682..............................................51
2683..............................................51
2684..............................................51
2685..............................................52
2686..............................................52
2687..............................................52
2688..............................................54
2689..............................................54
2690..............................................53
2691..............................................53
2692..............................................53
2693..............................................53
2694..............................................53
2695..............................................53

*New parts
**Fasteners supplied

283

Index
Part Page
No. No.

Part Page
No. No.

Part Page
No. No.

Part Page
No. No.

2696..............................................53
2697..............................................53
2698..............................................42
2700............................................121
2701............................................121
2702............................................121
2703............................................121
2704............................................121
2705............................................121
2706................................... 120, 157
2707.600mm...................... 120, 157
2707.1m............................. 120, 157
2707.1.2m.......................... 120, 157
2707.2m............................. 120, 157
2707.2.5m.......................... 120, 157
2708........................................33, 35
2709.1m......................................120
2709.1.2m...................................120
2709.2m......................................120
2710............................................120
2711................................... 120, 157
2720.600mm...................... 122, 159
2720.1m............................. 122, 159
2720.1.2m.......................... 122, 159
2720.1.5m.......................... 122, 159
2720.1.8m.......................... 122, 159
2720.2.1m.......................... 122, 159
2720.2.5m.......................... 122, 159
2720.3m............................. 122, 159
2720.3.6m.......................... 122, 159
2720.6m............................. 122, 159
2721.1.2m...................................122
2721.1.5m...................................122
2721.1.8m...................................122
2721.3.6m...................................122
2722............................................122
2723............................................122
2724................................... 122, 159
2725.1m......................................122
2725.1.2m...................................122
2725.1.5m...................................122
2725.1.8m...................................122
2725.3.6m...................................122
2726............................................123
2726.NW*....................................123
2727............................................123
2727.NW*....................................123
2728............................................123
2729............................................123
2730............................................123
2731............................................123
2732............................................123
2733............................................123
2734............................................123
2735............................................123
2735.NW*....................................123

2736............................................123
2737............................................123
2738............................................123
2740............................................124
2741............................................124
2742............................................124
2743............................................124
2745............................................140
2746............................................140
2747............................................125
2748............................................125
2749............................................125
2750............................................126
2751.600mm...............................122
2751.1m......................................122
2751.1.5m...................................122
2751.2m......................................122
2751.3.6m...................................122
2752............................................140
2753............................................123
2754............................................123
2754.NW*....................................123
2755............................................124
2756............................................123
2757............................................123
2758.950mm.20..........................115
2758.1.1m.20..............................115
2758.1.1m.50..............................115
2759................................... 107, 125
2760..............................................96
2762..............................................47
3002..............................................81
3003..............................................81
3004..............................................81
3029............................................177
3035..............................................75
3036..............................................75
3037..............................................75
3038..............................................75
3049............................................177
3068............................................143
3069............................................143
3071............................................145
3074............................................142
3075............................................142
3076............................................172
3079.2m......................................142
3079.3m......................................142
3080............................................142
3086.2m......................................148
3086.3m......................................148
3096............................................172
3097*..........................................103
3098*..........................................103
3099*..........................................103
3122........................................81, 86

3123..............................................81
3139............................................109
3140............................................109
3141............................................109
3142............................................109
3143............................................109
3144............................................109
3145............................................109
3146............................................109
3147............................................109
3148............................................109
3149............................................109
3150............................................109
3151............................................109
3153............................................133
3157............................................133
3158............................................133
3159.8.........................................133
3159.12.......................................133
3168............................................136
3169............................................136
3170.....................................